Skip to main content

Full text of "cdc :: cyber :: cyber 70 :: kronos :: 60407000D KRONOS2.1v1 Jun75"

See other formats


60407000 



CONTRPL DATA 
CORPORATION 



KRONOS® 2.1 
REFERENCE MANUAL 



Volume 1 of 2 



CONTROL DATA® 
CYBIEIR 70 SERIES 

MODELS 72/73/74 
6000 SERIES 
COMPUTER SYSTEMS 



REVISION RECORD 



REVISION 



DESCRIPTION 



Manual released. 



(7-1-73) 



Revised to describe 580-12 line printer support, 667/669 tape unit support, TCS and QFM 



(6-17-74) 



macros, and auxiliary device requests, and to correct various technical and typographical 



Revised to update the manual for KRONOS 2. 1. 1. A ll mo dification throu gh level 7 are in- 



(12-6-74) 



eluded in this revision. The RUN control card and references to FORTRAN 2. 3 are removed. 



The ALGOL 4 control card is added. Miscellaneous corrections, smd clarifications are also 



included. 



Reprint with revision; obsoletes all previous editions. Manual revis ed t o describe the 



D 



(6-17-75) 



KRONOS 2. 1. 2 operating system at correctiv e code l evel 404, and reorg anize the manual into 
two volumes. 



The following additions have been made due to KRONOS 2. 1. 2 modifications: enhanced user 



controls as described under Validation and the LIMITS c ontro l card; accounting feature (use of 



system resource unit and new d a^ rfile messages); 026/029 keypunch cony ersion mode; 
RERUN/NORERUN control cards for I/O Queue protection feature; subsystem symbolic 



name in control language; new control cards (ENQUIRE, LENGTH. STIM E, SUMMARY, CLEAR, 



CONVERT, NEW, OLD, and USER). 



This manual contains information which was formerly in the following sections of the manual at 



revision C (sections and appendices in parentheses give the new locati on of the information): Sections 



_ . ^, , 0-- - ;_; ._ 

1 through 3(remain the same), section 4 (sections 4 a nd 5 ), section 5 (sections 6, 7 , 8, 9, 



10, and 14), section 6 (section 11). section 8 (section 15 ), sect ion 9 (section 10, appendix A, 
and appendix F), section 10 (section 13). section 11 (section 10), appendix C (appe ndix C), 



appendix H (appendix D), appendix I (appendix G), and appendix J (ap pe ndix E). A new appendix 
(B) has been added which contains dayfile messages. 



Publication No. 
60407000 



© 1973. 1974, 1975 

by Control Data Corporation 

Printed in the United States of America 



Address comments concerning this 
tnanual to: 

Control Data Corporation 
Publications and Graphics Division 
4201 North Lexington Ave. 
Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112 

or use Comment Sheet in the back of 
this manual. 



PREFACE 



The KRONOS® Time-Sharing System was developed by Control Data Corporation to 
provide remote interactive job processing for CONTROL DATA® CYBER 70 Series 
Model 72, 73, and 74 Computer Systems and for CONTROL DATA® 6000 Series 
Computer System.s. This interactive job processing capability is provided in addi- 
tion to the local and remote batch processing capabilities available under KRONOS. 

This manual describes the external features of KRONOS 2, 1. 2 for the batch user. In- 
formation in this manual should be useful to those who use the programs and utilities 
supplied with the system and those who wish to write their own. The manual is con- 
tained in two volumes to separate information pertaining primarily to the applications 
programmer from that of interest to the systems programmer. 

Volume 1 (publication no, 60407000) contains information for the applications programmer. 
This includes general information about files, job flow and execution, control card 
processing, and an extensive discussion on control cards. 

Volume 2 (publication no. 60448200) contains information for those who write system or 
assembly language programs for use with KRONOS. It is primarily intended for the 
COMPASS programmer; however, several portions contain information for users of 
higher level languages. For reference, the table of contents of volunae 2 follows the 
table of contents of this volunae. 

Throughout this manual cross references to the KRONOS 2. 1 Reference Manual Volume 
2 are of the form, "refer to section (or appendix) n, volume 2". If volume 2 is not 
stipulated, the reference is to this manual. 

This manual does not contain a description of KRONOS system operation, detailed des- 
criptions of the software product set available under KRONOS, or descriptions of the 
time -sharing commands. 

The user is assumed to be familiar with CDC computer systems and with operating 
systems in general. For further information concerning CDC CYBER 70 and 6000 
Series Computer Systems, the KRONOS time-sharing system, and the products supported 
by KRONOS, consult the following manu£j.s. 



Control Data Publication 

CDC CYBER 70 /Model 72 Computer System Reference Manual 

CDC CYBER 70/Model 73 Computer System Reference Manual 

CDC CYBER 70/Model 74 Computer System Reference Manual 

CDC 6400/6500/6600 Computer Systems Reference Manual 

KRONOS General Information Manual 

KRONOS Instant Manual 

KRONOS Installation Handbook 

KRONOS Time-Sharing User's Reference Manual 

KRONOS Operator's Guide 



Publication No. 

60347000 
60347200 
60347400 
60100000 
60407100 
60407200 
60407500 
60407600 
60407700 



60407000 D 



111 



Control Data Publication 



Publication No. 



KRONOS Terminal User's Instant 

TRANEX Reference Manual 

TRANEX Operator's Guide Addendum 

Export/Import Reference Manual 

Text Editor Reference Manual 

BASIC 2 Reference Manual 

Time-Sharing FORTRAN Reference Manual 

APL *CYBER Reference Manual 

Modify Reference Manual 

Modify Instant 

Update Reference Manual 

COMPASS 3 Reference Manual 

FORTRAN Extended 4 Reference Manual 

COBOL 4 Reference Manual 

ALGOL 3 Reference Manual 

ALGOL 4 Reference Manual 

Sort/Merge 4 Reference Manual 

Application Installation Handbook 

PERT/ Time 1 Reference Manual 

SIMULA 1 Reference Manual 

SIMSCRIPT 3 Reference Manual 

SYMPL 1 Reference Manual 

APEX III Reference Manual 

GPSS V/6000 1 General Information Manual 

LCGT/IGS 1 Reference Manual 

Math Science Library 1 Reference Manual 

8-Bit Subroutines 1 Reference Manusil 

Total Universal Reference Manual 

Common Utilities Reference Manual 

On-Line Maintenance Software Reference Manual 

Record Manager Reference Manual 

Loader Reference Manual 



60407800 
60407900 
60408000 
59150500 
60408200 
19980300 
60408600 
19980400 
60281700 
60283000 
60342500 
60360900 
60305600 
60384100 
60329000 
60384700 
60343900 
76071100 
60133600 
60234800 
60358500 
60328800 
76070000 
84003900 
17322800 
60327500 
60359400 
76070300 
60493300 
60436600 
60307300 
60344200 



This product is intended for use only as described in this document. Control Data cannot be 
responsible for the proper functioning of undescribed features or undefined parameters. 



IV 



60407000 D 



CONTENTS 



VOLUME 1 



SECTION 1 



SECTION 2 



SECTION 3 



SECTION 4 



SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 
Central Processor Unit 
Central Memory 

Central Memory Resident 

Extended Core Storage 
Peripheral Processor Units 
Peripheral Hardware 
System Software; 
User Programs 

FILES 

Logical /Physical File Structure 

Mass Storage Device File Structure 

Magnetic Tape File Structure 

Punch File Structure 
File Types 

Queue Files 

Special Files 
Permanent Filess 
Device Residence 
Accessing Files 

Reading Files 

Writing Files 
Libraries 

JOB FLOW AND EXECUTION 
Job Initiation 
Job Origin Types 
Job Names 

System Origin Type (SYOT) Job Name Format 

Batch Origin Type (BOOT) Job Name Format 

Time-Sharing and Export/Import (TXOT and 
EIOT) Job Name Format 
Validation 
Accounting 
Job Scheduling 
Job Control 

Field Length Control 

Input File Control 

Time Limit Control 

Rollout Control 

Error Control 
Job Completion 

CONTROL LANGUAGE 
Expressions 

Constants 

Arithmetic Operators 



1-1-1 
1-1-1 
1-1-1 
1-1-2 
1-1-3 
1-1-3 
1-1-3 
1-1-4 
1-1-4 

1-2-1 

1-2-1 

1-2-2 

1-2-2 

1-2-2 

1-2-3 

1-2-3 

1-2-4 

1-2-7 

1-2-8 

1-2-8 

1-2-10 

1-2-11 

1-2-14 

1-3-1 
1-3-6 
1-3-6 
1-3-6 
1-3-6 
1-3-7 

1-3-7 

1-3-7 

1-3-7 

1-3-8 

1-3-8 

1-3-8 

1-3-10 

1-3-10 

1-3-10 

1-3-11 

1-3-12 

1-4-1 
1-4-2 
1-4-2 
1-4-2 



60407000 D 



Relational Operators 

Boolean Operators 
Evaluation of Expressions 
Symbolic Names 
Control Language Statements 

GOTO Statement 

CALL Statement 

DISPLAY Statement 

SET Statement 

IF Statement 

FILE Statement 

NUM Statement 
Procedure Files 
Time -Sharing Commands 

ASCII Statement 

CSET Statement 

PARITY Statement 



1-4-2 

1-4-3 

1-4-3 

1-4-3 

1-4-4 

1-4-4 

1-4-5 

1-4-6 

1-4-6 

1-4-7 

1-4-8 

1-4-10 

1-4-11 

1-4-13 

1-4-13 

1-4-13 

1-4-13 



SECTION 5 



SECTION 6 



CONTROL CARD PROCESSING 

Control Card Format 

Job Card Format 

Control Card Processing Flow 

Exit Processing 

JOB CONTROL CONTROL CARD 

ACCOUNT Card 
CHARGE Card 
COMMENT Card 
CTIME Card 
DAYFILE Card 
ENQUIRE Card 
EXIT Card 
LDI Card 
LENGTH Card 
LIMITS Card 
MODE Card 
NOEXIT Card 
NORERUN Card 
OFFSW Card 
ONEXIT Card 
ONSW Card 
PASSWOR Card 
RERUN Card 
RESOURC Card 
RFL Card 
ROLLOUT Card 
RTIME Card 
SETCORE Card 
SETPR Card 
SETTL Card 
STIME Card 
SUBMIT Card 
SUI Card 
SUMMARY Card 
SWITCH Card 
USECPU Card 
USER Card 



1-5-1 
1-5-1 
1-5-4 
1-5-6 
1-5-8 

1-6-1 

1-6-2 

1-6-2 

1-6-3 

1-6-3 

1-6-3 

1-6-4 

1-6-5 

1-6-5 

1-6-5 

1-6-6 

1-6-8 

1-6-9 

1-6-9 

1-6-10 

1-6-10 

1-6-10 

1-6-11 

1-6-11 

1-6-11 

1-6-14 

1-6-14 

1-6-14 

1-6-14 

1-6-15 

1-6-15 

1-6-15 

1-6-16 

1-6-20 

1-6-20 

1-6-21 

1-6-21 

1-6-22 



VI 



60407000 D 



SECTION 7 FILE MANAGEMENT CONTROL CARDS 1-7-1 

ASSIGN Card 1-7-2 

BKSPCard 1-7-3 

CATALOG Card 1-7-4 

CLEAR Card 1-7-8 

COMMON Card 1-7-8 

CONVERT Card 1-7-8 

COPY Card 1-7-9 

COPYBF Card 1-7-10 

COPYBR Card 1-7-10 

COPYCF Card 1-7-11 

COPYCR Card 1-7-11 

COPYEI Card 1-7-12 

COPYSBF Card 1-7-12 

COPYXCard 1-7-13 

DISPOSE Card 1-7-14 

DOCMENT Card 1-7-15 

EVICT Card 1-7-16 

GTR Card 1-7-17 

LIBEDIT Card 1-7-18 

LIBGEN Card 1-7-19 

L1ST80 Card 1-7-20 

LOCK Card 1-7-21 

L072 Card 1-7-21 

NEW Card 1-7-25 

OUT Card 1-7-25 

PACK Card 1-7-26 

PRIMARY Card 1-7-27 

RENAME Card 1-7-27 

REQUEST Card 1-7-28 

RESEQ Card 1-7-30 

RETURN Card 1-7-31 

REWIND Card 1-7-32 

SETIDCard 1-7-32 

SKIPEI Card 1-7-33 

SKIPFCard 1-7-33 

SKIPFB Card 1-7-33 

SKIPR Card 1-7-34 

SORT Card 1-7-34 

STAGE Card 1-7-36 

TDUMP Card 1-7-37 

UNLOAD Card 1-7-38 

UNLOCK Card 1-7-38 

VERIFY Card 1-7-39 

VFYLIB Card 1-7-40 

WRITEF Card 1-7-40 

WRITER Card 1-7-40 

SECTION 8 PERMANENT FILE CONTROL CARDS 1-8-1 

APPEND Card 1-8-5 

ATTACH Card 1-8-6 

CATLIST Card 1-8-7 

CHANGE Card 1-8-9 

DEFINE Card 1-8-10 

GET Card 1-8-11 

OLD Card 1-8-11 

PACKNAM Card 1-8-12 

PERMIT Card 1-8-13 

PURGALL Card 1-8-13 

PURGE Card 1-8-14 

60407000 D vii 



SECTION 9 



SECTION 10 



SECTION 11 



SECTION 12 



SECTION 13 



SECTION 14 



REPLACE Card 
SAVE Card 

LOAD/ DUMP CENTRAL MEMORY UTILITY CONTROL 

CARDS 
DMP Card 
DMD Card 
LBC Card 
LOG Card 
PBC Card 
RBR Card 
WBR Card 

TAPE MANAGEMENT 
ASSIGN Card 
BLANK Card 
LABEL Card 
LISTLB Card 
REQUEST Card 
VSN Card 
Magnetic Tape Formats 

Data Formats 

End-of-Tape/End-of-Reel Conditions 

PRODUCT SET CONTROL CARDS 
User Libraries 
Control Card For:mats 

FTN Card 

COBOL Card 

ALGOL 3 Card 

ALGOL 4 Card 

SORTMRG Card 

PERT66 Card 

SIMULA Card 

SIMSCRIPT Card 

BASIC Card 

CHECKPOINT/ RESTART 
CKP Card 
RESTART Card 

DEBUGGING AIDS 
Central Memory Dumps 
Generating Meaningful Dumps 
Reading CM Dumps 

PROGRAM LIBRARY AND SYSTEM UTILITY CONTROL 

CARDS 
Program Library Utility Control Cards 

MODIFY Card 

OPLEDIT Card 

UPDATE Card 

UPMOD Card 
System Utility Control Cards 

FAMILY Card 

KRONREF Card 

SYSEDIT Card 



1- 


8-1 


4 




■8-15 




■9-1 






■9-1 






■9-2 






■9-2 






■9-3 






■9-4 






■9-4 






■9-5 






■10- 


1 




-10- 


11 




■10- 


12 




-10- 


13 




■10- 


14 




-10- 


14 




■10- 


15 




-10- 


18 




-10- 


18 




-10- 


25 




-11- 


1 




-11- 


1 




-11- 


2 




-11- 


■3 




-11- 


7 




-11- 


•10 




-11- 


■12 




-11- 


■15 




-11- 


■16 




-u- 


•16 




-11- 


.18 




-11- 


■18 




-12- 


■1 




-12- 


-1 




-12- 


-2 




-13- 


-1 




-13- 


-1 




-13- 


-2 




-13- 


-3 




_14. 


-1 




-14- 


-1 




-14 


-1 




-14 


-3 




-14 


-7 




-14 


-10 




-14 


-10 




-14 


-11 




-14 


-12 




-14 


-13 



Vlll 



60407000 D 



SECTION 15 



LOADERS 

Link Relocatable Loader 

Memory Map 

Link Card 



1-15-1 
1-15-2 
1-15-2 
1-15-2 



APPENDIX A 
APPENDIX B 
APPENDIX C 
APPENDIX D 
APPENDIX E 
APPENDIX F 
APPENDIX G 



CHARACTER SETS 

DAYFILE MESSAGES 

LIBEDIT 

JOB OUTPUT INFORMATION 

PERMANENT FILE DEVICE STATISTICS 

CARD FORMAT AND CONVERSION PROBLEMS 

TAPE LABELS 



1-A-l 
1-B-l 
1-C-l 
1-D-l 
1-E-l 
1-F-l 
1-G-l 



1-1-1 

1-2-1 

1-2-2 

1-2-3 

1-3-1 

1-3-2 

1-3-3 

1-3-4 

1-3-5 

1-5-1 

1-7-1 

1-13-1 

1-13-2 

1-13-3 

1-13-4 

1-13-5 

1-13-6 

1-13-7 

1-13-8 

1-13-9 

1-13-10 

1-C-l 

1-G-l 

l-G-2 

l-G-3 

l-G-4 

l-G-5 

l-G-6 

l-G-7 



FIGURES 

Central Memory Layout 1-1-2 

Sanaple Card File Structure 1-2-2 

Sample Random Access File Format 1-2-9 

Modified Sample Random Access File 1-2-13 

Basic Job Deck 1-3-1 

COMPASS Assemble and Execute Deck 1-3-2 

COMPASS Assemble, Execute, and Punch Binary Deck 1-3-3 

FORTRAN Compile and Execute Deck 1-3-4 

FORTRAN Load and Run Deck 1-3-5 

Control Card Processing Flow 1-5-7 

Sample Page of Catalog of SYSTEM 1-7-6 

Exchange Package 1-13-1 

Main Program of Main Overlay (0. 0) 1-13-5 

Function Subroutine of Main Overlay (0. 0) 1-13-6 

Subroutine of Main Overlay (0,0) 1-13-6 

Main Program of Primary Overlay (1,0) 1-13-7 

Loader Map of Main Overlay (0, 0) 1-13-8 

Loader Map of Primary Overlay (1,0) 1-13-11 

Program Output 1-13-11 

Exchange Package Dumip 1-13-12 

Central Memory Dump 1-13-12 

Adding to the Old Program Library l-C-8 

ANSI Labels: Single File, Single Volume l-G-13 

Single File, Multivolume l-G-13 

Multifile, Single Volume l-G-14 

Multifile, Multivolume l-G-15 

End-of-File, End-of- Volume Coincidence l-G-16 

End-of-File, End-of- Volume Coincidence 1-G-l 7 

End-of-File, End-of- Volume Coincidence l-G-18 



ANSI Labels: 
ANSI Labels: 
ANSI Labels: 
ANSI Labels: 
ANSI Labels: 
ANSI Labels: 



1-8-1 
1-8-2 
1-8-3 



TABLES 

Response to Current Access Write/Read Access Desired 1-8-6 

Response to Current Access Read/Read Access Desired 1-8-6 

Response to Current Access Read/Write Access Desired 1-8-7 



60407000 D 



IX 



VOLUME 2 

SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 2-1-1 

Function Processors 2-1-1 

Macros and Common Decks 2-1-1 

SECTION 2 PROGRAM/ SYSTEM COMMUNICATION 2-2-1 

System Requests 2-2-1 

System Request Processing 2-2-1 

Issuing RA+1 Requests 2-2-3 

Macro Usage 2-2-5 

SYSCOM 2-2-5 

Common Deck Usage 2-2-8 

SECTION 3 FILE CREATION AND INPUT/OUTPUT 2-3-1 

File Environment Table (FET) 2-3-1 

Circular Buffers 2-3-2 

FET Description 2-3-4 

FET Creation Macros 2-3-14 

FILEB 2-3-14 

FILEC 2-3-14 

RFILEB 2-3-14 

RFILEC 2-3-14 

CIO - Combined Input/Output 2-3-16 

CIO Function Processing 2-3-20 

Random Processing 2-3-20 

CIO Open and Close Functions 2-3-22 

OPEN 2-3-22 

CLOSE 2-3-26 

CLOSER 2-3-27 

CIO Read Functions 2-3-29 

RPHR (000) 2-3-29 

READ (010) 2-3-29 

READSKP (020) 2-3-30 

READCW (200) 2-3-31 

READLS (210) 2-3-33 

RPHRLS (230) 2-3-34 

READNS (250) 2-3-35 

READN (260) 2-3-35 

READEI (600) 2-3-36 

CIO Write Functions 2-3-37 

WPHR (004) 2-3-37 

WRITE (014) 2-3-37 

WRITER (024) 2-3-38 

WRITEF (034) 2-3-38 

WRITECW (204) 2-3-39 

REWRITE (214) 2-3-39 

REWRITER (224) 2-3-40 

REWRITEF (234) 2-3-40 

WRITEN (264) 2-3-41 



60407000 D 



File Positioning Functions 

BKSP (040) 

BKSPRU (044) 

REWIND (050) 

UNLOAD (060) 

RETURN (070) 

POSMF (110) 

EVICT (114) 

SKIPF (240) 

SKIPFF (240) 

SKIPEI (240) 

SKIPB (640) 

SKIPFB (640) 
Data Transfer Macros 

READC 

WRITEC 

READH 

WRITER 

READO 

WRITEO 

READS 

WRITES 

READW 

WRITEW 



2-3-42 
2-3-42 
2-3-43 
2-3-44 
2-3-46 
2-3-48 
2-3-49 
2-3-52 
2-3-52 
2-3-53 
2-3-54 
2-3-54 
2-3-55 
2-3-55 
2-3-59 
2-3-60 
2-3-60 
2-3-60 
2-3-61 
2-3-61 
2-3-62 
2-3-62 
2-3-63 
2-3-63 



SECTION 4 



LOCAL FILE MANAGER 

RENAME (000) 

ASSIGN (001) 

COMMON (002) 

RELEASE (004, 005. 006, 007, 016, 030) 

LOCK (010) 

UNLOCK (Oil) 

STATUS (012) 

STATUS (013) 

REQUEST (014) 

REQUEST (015) 

SETID (017) 

ASSIGN (020) 

ACCSF (021) 

ENCSF (022) 

PSCSF (023) 

LABEL (024) 

GETFNT (025) 

PRIMARY (031) 



2-4-1 

2-4-2 

2-4-3 

2-4-4 

2-4-5 

2-4-6 

2-4-7 

2-4-8 

2-4-8 

2-4-10 

2-4-11 

2-4-12 

2-4-13 

2-4-13 

2-4-14 

2-4-14 

2-4-15 

2-4-20 

2-4-22 



SECTION 5 



PERMANENT FILE MANAGER 
Auxiliary Device Requests 
SAVE (OOl.CCSV) 
GET (002, CCGT) 
PURGE (003, CCPG) 
CATLIST (004.CCCT) 
PERMIT (005, CCPM) 
REPLACE (006, CCRP) 
APPEND (007, CCAP) 
DEFINE (010, CCDF) 
ATTACH (Oll.CCAT) 
CHANGE (012,CCCG) 



2-5-1 

2-5-4 

2-5-5 

2-5-6 

2-5-7 

2-5-8 

2-5-12 

2-5-12 

2-5-13 

2-5-15 

2-5-18 

2-5-20 



60407000 D 



XI 



SECTION 6 



CONTROL POINT MANAGER 

SETQP (000) 

SETPR (001) 

MODE (002) 

SETTL (003) 

EREXIT (004) 

CONSOLE (005) 

ROLLOUT (006) 

ONSW (Oil) 

OFFSW (012) 

GETJN (013) 

GETQP (014) 

GETPR (015) 

GETEM (016) 

GETTL (017) 

SETUI (021) 

SETLC (022) 

SETRFL (023) 

GETJCR (024) 

SETJCR (025) 

SETSS (026) 

GETJO (027) 

GETJA (030) 

USECPU (031) 

USERNUM (032) 

GETFLC (033) 

PACKNAM (035) 

PACKNAM (036) 

GETSS (037) 

VERSION (044) 

GETLC (045) 

GETGLS (046) 

SETGLS (047) 



2-6-1 

2-6-1 

2-6-2 

2-6-2 

2-6-2 

2-6-3 

2-6-5 

2-6-5 

2-6-7 

2-6-7 

2-6-7 

2-6-8 

2-6-8 

2-6-9 

2-6-9 

2-6-10 

2-6-10 

2-6-11 

2-6-12 

2-6-13 

2-6-13 

2-6-14 

2-6-14 

2-6-15 

2-6-15 

2-6-16 

2-6-16 

2-6-17 

2-6-17 

2-6-18 

2-6-18 

2-6-18 

2-6-19 



SECTION 7 



SECTION 8 



QUEUE FILE MANAGER 

RERUN (015) 

NORERUN (016) 

SUBMIT (017) 

Assign File to Queue Device (020) 

QUEUE DUMP/ LOAD PROCESSOR 
Change File to Local (000) 
Release File to Queue (001) 



2-7-1 
2-7-2 
2-7-3 
2-7-3 
2-7-4 

2-8-1 
2-8-1 
2-8-3 



SECTION 9 



SYSTEM FILE MANAGER 
DAYFILE (001, 002, 003, 005) 
ESYF (004) 
RDVT (006) 



2-9-1 
2-9-2 
2-9-3 

2-9-4 



SECTION 10 



JOB CONTROL 

Translate Control Statement 

CONTROL (004) 

EXCST (005) 
Checkpoint / Re start 

CHECKPT 



2-10-1 
2-10-1 
2-10-2 
2-10-2 
2-10-3 
2-10-3 



Xll 



60407000 D 



SECTION 11 



SECTION 12 



APPENDIX A 
APPENDIX B 
APPENDIX C 
APPENDIX D 
APPENDIX E 
APPENDIX F 
APPENDIX G 
APPENDIX H 



SYSTEM/LOADER REQUESTS 
System Requests 

ABORT 

CLOCK 

DATE 

EDATE 

ENDRUN 

ETIME 

JDATE 

MEMORY 

MESSAGE 

MOVE 

PDATE 

RECALL 

RTIME 

STIME 

SUBR 

SYSTEM 

TIME 
Loader Requests 

EXU 
LDR 
Memory Allocation for Overlay Loaders 

PROGRAM WRITING TECHNIQUES 
Writing Programs under NOS 
Writing Interactive Programs 

Conversion Problems 

Default File Assignments and Special 
File Treatment 

Special Handling 

Other Special Handling 
Program Control of Terminal Activity 

Control Bytes 

DISTC Macro 

CSET Macro 

Parity Macro 

TLX Macro 

TSTATUS Macro 

CPU COMMON DECKS 

EXAMPLES OF RANDOM I/O 

CODING SPECIFICATIONS 

PROGRAM EXAMPLE 

JOB COMMUNICATION AREA 

SPECIAL ENTRY POINTS 

BINARY FORMATS 

COMPASS CONTROL STATEMENT 



2-11-1 

2-11-1 

2-11-1 

2-11-1 

2-11-2 

2-11-2 

2-11-3 

2-11-4 

2-11-4 

2-11-5 

2-11-7 

2-11-8 

2-11-9 

2-11-9 

2-11-10 

2-11-11 

2-11-11 

2-11-11 

2-11-12 

2-11-13 

2-11-13 

2-11-14 

2-11-17 

2-12-1 
2-12-1 
2-12-1 
2-12-1 

2-12-2 
2-12-2 
2-12-2 
2-12-3 
2-12-4 
2-12-5 
2-12-8 
2-12-8 
2-12-9 
2-12-9 

2-A-l 

2-B-l 

2-C-l 

2-D-l 

2-E-l 

2-F-l 

2-G-l 

2-H-l 



60407000 D 



xm 



FIGURES 



2-3-1 

2-3-2 

2-3-3 

2-3-4 

2-3-5 

2-3-6 

2-11-1 

2-B-l 

2-B-2 

2-B-3 

2-B-4 

2-B-5 

2-C-l 
2-C-2 
2-E-l 
2-G-l 
2-G-2 
2-G-3 
2-G-4 
2-G-5 
2-G-6 
2-G-7 
2-G-8 
2-G-9 
2-G-lO 



Circvilar Buffer 

Write Operation 

Read Operation 

Standard FET for Mass Storage File 

Standard FET for Magnetic Tape File 

Data Transfer Buffer Arrangement 

Absolute Loader Request Assignment 

COMPASS Program to Create a Random File 

Input File for Program Creating a Random File 

Structure of the Random File Created 

COMPASS Program Using READLS Macro to 

Retrieve a List of Records from a Random File 

COMPASS Program to Replace Certain Records 

on a Random File 

External Documentation of COPYB 

Internal Documentation of COPYB 

Job Communication Area 

Modify Library File Format 

Modification Table Format 

Modify Text Format 

Common Deck Modification Table Format 

Library File Directory Table 

Chippewa Record Format 

User Library (ULIB) Format 

ULIB Record Format 

ULIB Deck Entry /Externals Format 

Text Record Format 



2-3-2 

2-3-3 

2-3-4 

2-3-5 

2-3-5 

2-3-56 

2-11-18 

2-B-2 

2-B-5 

2-B-6 

2-B-7 

2-B-9 

2-C-2 

2-C-5 

2-E-l 

2-G-3 

2-G-4 

2-G-4 

2-G-6 

2-G-6 

2-G-7 

2-G-8 

2-G-9 

2-G-lO 

2-G-lO 



XIV 



60407000 D 



SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 



The CDC CYBER 70/Models 72, 73, and 74 Computer System and 6000 Series 
Computer Systems consist of four logicsii hardware components. They are: 

• Central processor unit 

• Central memory 

• Peripheral processor units 

• Associated peripheral equipment 

These hardware elements are controlled and coordinated by two basic levels of soft- 
ware, the system software and user programs. This section describes briefly these 
hardware and software elements and their relationship within the KRONOS Time-Sharing 
system. 

CENTRAL PROCESSOR UNIT 

The central processor unit (CPU) performs computational tasks but has no I/O capa- 
bility. It communicates with the external world through central memory. Under 
KRONOS, the CPU is used to assemble, compile, and execute user programs and to 
perform several system functions and utilities. 

The CDC CYBER 70 Series and 6000 Series Computer Systems provide two types of 
central processors. However, the programmer need be concerned only with the dis- 
tinction between the two types when writing COMPASS progi-ams. Certain instructions, 
if properly arranged, may be executed simultaneously by the CDC CYBER 70/Model 74 
CPU and the 6600 CPU. For more information about CDC CYBER 70 and 6000 systems, 
refer to the hardware reference manuals listed in the preface. 

CDC CYBER 70 Series computers are equipped with a central exchange Jump/monitor 
exchange jump (CEJ/MEJ) feature. This feature enables the system to switch control 
between the system monitor and a user program. CEJ/MEJ Is an option on 6000 
Series computers. It should be used when available to improve job performance, 

CENTRAL MEMORY 

Under KRONOS, central memory (CM) is used for three basic purposes. 

• To hold instructions to be executed by the CPU 

• To hold data to be manipulated by the CPU 

• To buffer data to and from peripheral processors 

Several programs can reside in CM simultaneously in hardware-protected areas called 
control points. The fact that these control points are hardware-protected means that 
a program cannot reference an address outside its field length. KRONOS supports a 
maximum of 27o control points. The user need be concerned only with the memory 



60407000 D 1-1-1 



assigned to his own control point. The system assigns the CPU to the control points re- 
quiring CPU activity. Normally, the assignment of the CPU is switched rapidly between 
the control points to allow all programs in memory to execute. The exact amount of time 
allowed for each control point depends on system activity anjl system parameters. Thus, 
a job may take more real time to complete at one time than at another. The user has 
no control over this switching process. 

The user program communicates with the system by placing requests in address 1 
(RA+1) of the control point. RA is the reference address that specifies the beginning of 
the user's control point memory area. 

When a user program completes, aborts, or is rolled out, the control point is released 
and made available to another program, 

CENTRAL MEMORY RESIDENT 



A portion of CM is reserved for system use. This area is, in effect, a control point 
with special privileges. This area is called central memory resident (CMR). It con- 
tains system tables and directories as well as the CPU portion of the system monitor 
(CPUMTR). 

Figure 1-1-1 illustrates the layout of CM and shows the relationship between CMR and the 
user control points. 



Control 
Point 



Central 

Memory 

Resident 



n-1 



Address 



CMR 
RA, 



RA, 



length 



FL. 



CMRk„g,h * FL, * FL^ 



i 



RA 



n-1 



RA 



CMR, ,, + FL + FL_ + . . , + FL 
length 12 n 



Figure 1-1-1. Central Memory Layout 



1-1-2 



60407000 D 



EXTENDED CORE STORAGE 

Extended core storage (ECS), a second, slower form of memory, is also available. 
KRONOS treats ECS as a mass storage device; it can be used: 

• For storing frequently accessed data. Refer to the description of permanent 
file and equipment/ file assignment requests for further information. 

• As an alternate system device for storing copies of ABS, OVL, and PP type 
routines. Refer to the SYSEDIT control card for further information. 

The FORTRAN and COMPASS cards for ECS data storage/retrieval are not supported 
by KRONOS. 

PERIPHERAL PROCESSOR UNITS 

The peripheral processor units (PPUs) are small processors that provide communication 
paths between the central processor and individual peripheral equipment. KRONOS 
supports the 10, 14, 17, and 20 PPU configurations of CDC CYBER 70/Model 72, 73, 
and 74 computers. The 7, 8, 9, 10, and 20 PPU configurations are supported for 
6000 Series computers. A peripheral processor can: 

• Read and write CM 

• Read and write ECS indirectly via CM or directly via the distributive data 
path (DDP) 

• Transmit data to and receive data from peripheral devices using the data 
channels 

The peripheral processors also perform those system control functions that are better 
handled by a PPU than by the central processor. 

For further information about PPUs, refer to the appropriate system hardware reference 
manual listed in the preface. 

PERIPHERAL HARDWARE 

The system peripheral hardware varies from installation to installation but usually in- 
cludes card readers and punches, line printers, mass storage devices, and magnetic 
tape units. The following equipment is supported by KRONOS. 

405 Card Reader 

415 Card Punch 

501. 505, 512, and 580 Line Printers 

6603 Disk System 

6638 Disk System 

863 Drum Storage 

854 Disk Storage Drive 

814 Disk File 

82V Data File 

841 Multiple Disk Drive 



60407000 D 



1-1-3 



844 Disk Storage Subsystem 

Extended Core Storage 

604, 607, 657, 659, 667, and 669 Magnetic Tape Units 

6671 Multiplexers for communication with 200 User Terminals and 731-12/732-12 
Remote Batch Terminals 

6671 or 6676 Multiplexers for communication with Interactive terminals 

The user need be concerned with these devices only to the degree that they affect the 
format of data being transferred in the system. 

SYSTEM SOFTWARE 

The system consists of the group of CPU and PPU programs that control the flow of 
user programs and satisfy any special requests that these programs may make. These 
special requests include such functions as resource allocation requests and input/output 
requests. 

USER PROGRAMS 

A user program is a group of CPU instructions defined by a user to perform a certain 
task or calculate a specific result. A user program may be written in a language at 
any of three levels. 

• Compiler languages provide the user with a language suited to his particular 
needs. The program cards are translated by the appropriate compiler 
(FORTRAN, COBOL, ALGOL, etc.) that generates assembler language or 
machine language instructions. Programs written in compiler languages are 
usually machine -Independent. 

• Assembler languages provide a one-to-one relationship between Instructions and 
machine operation. Mnemonics are provided for each Instruction. These 
languages are normally used by advanced programmers because they are 
machine-dependent. Most of the KRONOS system Is written In COMPASS, the 
assembler language of the CDC CYBER 70 and 6000 Series computers. 

• Hardware instructions are interpreted directly by the computer, and therefore, 
require no Interpretation by a compiler or assembler. Each hardware instruc- 
tion is a binary number. The programmer is rarely concerned with instruc- 
tions written at this level. The exception is when program debugging requires 
that the user scan memory dumps. 



1_1_4 60407000 D 



FILES 



A file is the largest collection of information addressable by name. It begins with a 
beginning-of- information (BOD, an indicator which precedes all data in the file. A file 
consists of one or more logical records of information. A logical record is a group of 
related words or characters, of fixed or variable length, which is independent of its 
physical environment. 

The end of a logical record is the end-of-record (EOR). The end of a logical file is the 
end-of-file (EOF) or the end- of- information (EOI), or both. If both, the EOF precedes the 
EOI. An EOI is the last physical item of information on a file. Because of this EOF/EOI 
concept, a file may actually be a multifile file. For example: 

(BOI)data (EOR) data (EOR)(EOF) data (EOR)(EOF)(EOI) 

A typical file is illustrated by the following example. 

One line of an invoice may form an item, a complete invoice may form a 
record, a set of such records may form a file, and the collection of invoice 
files may form a multifile file. 

LOGICAL/PHYSICAL FILE STRUCTURE 

The actual structure of the BOI, EOR, EOF, and EOI indicators depends on the device 
on which the information is stored. 

The user defines the logical format of a mass storage or magnetic tape file when he 
issues control cards or language specifications to create the file. Once a file is 
created, it can be transferred from one storage medium to another without affecting its 
logical format. 

To take advantage of the physical characteristics of the medium on which a file is to be 
stored, the system converts all user-defined logical file structures into a system -defined 
physical file structure. In general, for higher leyel language users, this conversion 
process and the resulting physical file format are transparent. AH file- related control 
cards and language specifications transfer data or position a file according to its logical 
definition. COMPASS users, on the other hand, have the option of reading, writing, or 
positioning a file according to its logical or physical format. 

The basis of all physical file structures is the physical record unit (PRU). The size of 
a PRU depends on the storage medium used. 



60407000 D 1-2-1 



MASS STORAGE DEVICE FILE STRUCTURE 

All data stored on mass storage devices! is written in 64 CM word PRUs. A logical 
record consists of one or more of these PRUs. The last PRU of a mass storage logi- 
cal record must be a short (less than 64 CM words) or zero-length PRU. 

A BOI for a maas storage file is the disk address for the file listed in the file name 
table (FNT). An EOR is a PRU containing less than 64 words and having a link to the 
next PRU in the file. An EOF for a mass storage file is a zero-length PRU (that is, 
a PRU containing no data) with a special link to the next F'RU in the file. An EOI is 
a zero-length PRU with no forward link. The absence of a link signifies the EOI. 

MAGNETIC TAPE FILE STRUCTURE 

The operating system uses standard 7~ or 9-track, 1/2-inch magnetic tape. BOI on 
magnetic tape is the load point. The definition of PRUs and of the EOR, EOF, and 
EOI indicators varies according to the format in which the data was recorded. Any 
of the following formats can be specified: external (X), blocked (B), line image (E), 
Internal (I), SCOPE internal (SI), SCOPE stranger tape (S), SCOPE long block stranger 
tape (L), and foreign (F). Refer to section 10 for a description of each of these for- 
mats. 



PUNCH FILE STRUCTURE 

Because the physical characteristics of cards define the data, cards do not have a PRU 
size as previously defined. Refer to appendix F for the conversion procedures used 
for the various types of punch cards. The logical format of the file is indicated as 
follows: 

• The first card in the deck is the BOI 

• A 7/8/9 punch in column 1 represents an EOR 

• A 6/7/9 punch in column 1 represents an EOF 

• A 6/7/8/9 punch in column 1 represents the EOI 

Thus, a deck can consist of many files which can consist of many records, as illustrated 
in Figure 1-2-1. 



EOR 



BOI 




Figure 1-2-1. Sample Card File Structure 



t ECS files are allocated in the sanae manner as all mass storage files. 
1-2-2 



60407000 D 



FILE TYPES 

Active files in the system are classified by their file type. Whenever a file is active, 
one or more entries are made in the file name table (FNT). The FNT entry and the 
file status table (FST) entry comprise a 2 -word description of the file. These two 
entries contain the name of the file, the device on which the file resides, the file type, 
the current position, and the current status. All system tasks involving a file use 
this 2 -word entry for control. 

In each of the following descriptions, the file type and its mnemonic (such as INFT) 
which the system uses internally for file classification are listed. 

QUEUE FILES 

Five types of files are defined as queue files. They are categorized as such because 
of the kinds of information they contain and the manner in which the system processes 
them. Queue files always reside on mass storage. When a queue file is ready to be 
processed, the system or the user places it in a queue where it waits until the re- 
quired system resource or periphei'al equipment becomes available. 

INPUT FILES (INFT) 

Input files are the job files of the system. They contain all user-supplied control 
cards and program data. There are two ways a file can be placed in the input queue: 
directly by the sytem in initiating a local or remote batch job for processing and in- 
directly by a user job in submitting another job via a SUBMIT control card or an LDI 
control card. 

When central memory space becomes available, either because a job has completed 
or because a job in the input queue has a higher priority than that of a job being 
processed, the input file is scheduled for processing (in other words, the job is 
assigned to a control point in central memory). Refer to section 3 for a description 
of the elements of jobs and the processes of job initiation and scheduling. 

ROLLOUT FILES (ROFT) 

At some stage in the processing of a job, the system or the user may determine that 
the job must be temporarily removed from central memory. When this occurs, the 
system writes all information concerning the job on a system- defined rollout file. The 
rollout file includes the contents of the job's central memory field length and the job- 
related system information from CMR. The file is read back into central memory 
when the job is again scheduled at a control point (refer to Rollout Control in section 3). 



TIMED/EVENT ROLLOUT FILES (TEFT) 

A timed/event rollout file is similar to an ROFT file in that it contains all the infor- 
mation concerning a job temporarily removed from central memory. A TEFT file, 
however, is rolled back into central memory only when a specified event has occurred 
(such as a file is no longer busy) or a specified tiime period has elapsed. 



60407000 D 1-2-3 



A job may be rolled out on a TEFT file as a result of system or user action. The 
system uses a timed/ event file if a job issues certain requests for a file or device 
that cannot be immediately honored. The COMPASS programmer can use the ROLLOUT 
macro to roll out his job subject to specified time and/ or event dependencies. 

PRINT FILES (PRFT) 

A print file contains data the user wishes to have printed during his job or upon job 
completion. The system -assigned name for print files is OUTPUT, t OUTPUT is 
placed in the print queue either by the system when the job completes or by the user 
via an OUT control card. The user can also include a DISPOSE control card to place 
a file in the print queue. 

Once a file enters the print queue, it is processed by the local or remote batch printer 
processor. Then, when a printer becomes available, the PRFT file with the highest 
priority is printed. 

Most system utility reports are written on OUTPUT unless the user specifies an 
alternate file. OUTPUT has no special internal format. Refer to appendix F for a 
description of conversion methods and printer control characters and to appendix D for 
a description of job output information. 

PUNCH FILES (PHFT) 

Punch files contain data that the user wishes to have punched on cards during his job 
or upon job completion. The system- as signed names for punch files are: 

PUNCH Contains Hollerith punch output 

PUNCHB Contains binary punch output 

P8 Contains 80-column absolute binary punch output 

These files are released to the punch queue when the job completes. In addition, the 
user can include an OUT or DISPOSE control card in the same manner as described 
for PRFT files to place a file in the punch queue. 

Refer to appendix F for a description of the format of the PUNCH, PUNCHB, and P8 
files. 

SPECIAL FILES 

Of the five special files, the first two described (local and direct access permanent 
files) are general purpose, and the remaining three (library, system, and primary 
terminal) are special purpose. 

LOCAL FILES (LOFT) 

All scratch and working files are designated as local files,, The user can create a 
local file in three ways; he can: 

1. Implicitly create a local file by making the first reference to it in one of the 
COPY control cards, any read or write language specification, or an OPEN 



t For time-sharing jobs, the name OUTPUT h,as special meaning. Refer to section 12 
volume 2, and to the Time- Sharing User's Reference Manual. 

1-2-4 60407000 D 



macro. Local files created In this manner always reside; on m^ass storage. 

2. Create a local file by preceding any COPY cards, read or write specifications, 
or OPEN macros with an explicit control card or macro file definition. The 
ASSIGN control card or the REQUEST control card or macro assigns a local 
file to mass storage or magnetic tape. The LABEL control card or macro 
assigns a local file to magnetic tape. 

3. Use a GET control card or macro to generate a local mass storage copy of an 
existing indirect access permanent file. For a description of indirect access 
permanent files, refer to Pei-manent Files in this section. 

Unless the user includes a control card or macro to change a local file to another type 
of file, it is released upon job completion. 

DIRECT ACCESS PERMANENT FILES (PMFT) 

A direct access permanent file is the type of permanent file that can be accessed 
directly rather than through the use of a working copy. The user creates a direct 
access file with the DEFINE control card or macro. Once the file is created, the 
originator or anyone else to whom the originator has given permission can assign the 
file to his job with an ATTACH control card or macro. The file remains in the system 
until the originator removes the file with a PURGALL control card, or the originator 
or any other user with the necessary permission removes the file with a PURGE control 
card or macro. 

For further information about direct access permanent files and their relationship to 
indirect access permanent files, refer to Permanent Files in this section. 



1-2-5 
60407000 D 



LIBRARY FILES (LIFT) 

A library file is a read-only file that can be accessed by several users. A user must 
be validated to access/create library files. Note that this type of file should not be 
confused with system library programis or permanent file public (library) files. 

A library file is created by performing the following steps. 

1. Create a local file Ifn. 

2. Enter the following directives as control cards or macros. 

LOCK (Ifn) 

COMMON(lfn) 

If a user wishes to read this file and knows the file name, either the COMMON control 
card or ASSIGN macro is entered. When either of these functions is performed, 
an FNT entry representing this file as a library type file is created. 

A library file cannot be removed from the system once it has been created except by 
a deadstart. Library files are not retained on initial (level 0) deadstart. They are 
retained on level 1 or 2 deadstart if a system checkpoint was done after their creation. 

For a description of the relationship between LIFT files and other libraries and library 
files, refer to Libraries in this section. 

SYSTEM FILES (SYFT) 

The system uses SYFT files for retaining special system information. SYFT files al- 
ways reside on mass storage. Although the COMPASS programmer who is validated 
to create system files can do so with an ESYF macro, only special system programs 
can access them. Once a system file is created, no user including the originator can 
remove it. System files are lost, however, at system deadstart unless the operator 
recovers them. 

PRIMARY TERMINAL FILES (PTFT) 

The primary file is the main working file for the user. Of several files which may be 
local to his job, the user may designate one file to be the primary file by using a 
NEW or PRIMARY card. (A copy of an indirect access file may be retrieved and made 
a primary file using the OLD card. ) This becomes the default file if a file name is 
not specified. Only one primary file is available to the user at a time. 



1-2-6 60407000 D 



PERMANENT FILES 

The user can create, retain, and access files which are available until he specifically 
decides to remove them from the system. These files are called permanent files. 
There are two types of permanent files. 

• Direct access permanent files are accessed using normal I/O procedures, 
including random read and write requests. Direct access permanent files 
are allocated in large blocks;! thus, they are generally used as large data 
base files. Direct access files have a write interlock. This means that if 
one user has attached the file in write mode, it cannot be attached by an- 
other user. Likewise, if a user wishes to attach the file in write mode, he 
must wait until all current users have completed using the file. The user 
should also note that because data is written directly on the file rather than 
on a working file, care must be taken when modifying a direct access file. 

The maximum size of a direct access file is determined either by the OS 
validation parameter described in the LIMITS control card, section 6, or, if 
no DS restriction is imposed, by the device limitations described in appendix 
E. 

• Indirect access permanent files are accessed by using a worKing copy of the 
file as a local file attached to the user's job. This worRing copy is obtained 
with the GET control card or macro. If the user wishes the working copy 
to remain permanent after the file has been altered, the SAVE or REPLACE 
functions must be issued. Indirect access files are allocated in blocks of 

64 central memory words (640 characters). Because of this smaller block 
size and the convenience of a worKing copy, the indirect access file is 
generally the method used to create a small permanent file that does not 
require a write interlocK. 

The maximum size of an indirect access file is determined either by the FS 
validation parameter described in LIMITS Control Card, section 6, or if no 
FS restriction is imposed, by the device limitations described in appendix E. 

To access permanent files, the batch user must specify a user number by entering the 
USER control card. The user number is a 1- to 7 -character value which represents 
a specific catalog in the permanent file system. Unless specified by an optional 
(alternate) user number, all permanent file requests are made to this catalog. 

User numbers that contain asterisKs represent users with automatic read-only permission 
to files in catalogs of other users. The user number must match the alternate user 
number in all characters not containing asterisKs. For example, the user with the user 
number *AB*DE* can access the catalogs of the following users. 

UABCDEF 
UABDDEE 
MABCDEl 
MAB1DE3 



■[■ Refer to Permanent File Device Statistics, appendix E, 



60407000 D 1-2-7 



DEVICE RESIDENCE 

For most file operations, the user need not be concerned about the specific device on 
which his file resides. However, under certain circumstances the user may wish to 
override the system default device residence for local or permanent files. 

With the ASSIGN control card, any user who has the necessary validation can assign a 
local file to either a specific magnetic tape or mass storage device or to one of a type 
of magnetic tape or mass storage devices. 

Every permanent file the user creates resides either in his family of permanent file de- 
vices or on an auxiliary device. Unless the user specifies otherwise, all permanent 
files are saved in his family. 

A family consists of 1' through 63 mass storage devices. Within a family each user has 
a master device that contains his permanent file catalog, all indirect access files, and 
some or all of his direct access files. 

Normally a system has only one family of permanent file devices. However, because 
families are interchangeable between KRONOS systems, several families may be active 
on one system. For example, consider an installation with two systems. A and B. 
System A provides bacKup service to system B. If system A failed, its family of per- 
manent file devices could be introduced into system B without interrupting current op- 
erations on system B. 

The user identifies his family by supplying a 1- to 7-character family name. The 
family name is Included on the USER card in batch jobs and is entered during login in 
time -sharing jobs. If only one family is active or If another family has been introduced 
into the user's normal system, he may but need not supply his family name. When the 
family name is omitted, the system uses the system default family name. If the user's 
family has been introduced Into another system, he must supply his family name. 

If the user chooses to save his files on family devices, he has the option of either using the 
system default device type or of specifying another type of permanent file device. 

An auxiliary device is a supplement to the mass storage provided by family devices. 
It is identified by a 1- to 7-character pack name. An auxiliary device is not necessarily 
a disk pack that can be physically removed as the pack name implies. Rather, an 
auxiliary device can be any mass storage device supported by the system and defined 
as such by the installation. Each auxiliary device is a self-contained permanent file 
device; all direct and indirect access files represented by the catalogs on the device 
reside on the device. Auxiliary devices may be defined as public or private. Anyone 
permitted to use auxiliary devices who supplies the appropriate pack name can create, 
replace, and access files on a public device. Only one user, the owner, can create 
and replace files on a private auxiliary device, but others may access those files as 
permitted by the owner. 

ACCESSING FILES 

The two methods used to access files attached to a job are sequential and random access. 
Any file can be accessed sequentially; however, only mass storage files can be accessed 
randomly. 

To read a file randomly, the system reads a portion of the file without reading all infor- 
mation In the file, from the current position to the desired position. Any mass storage 
file can be read randonaly if the user Knows which relative PRU (that is, which PRU in 
relation to the BOI) he wishes to read. The desired PRU can be read by placing the PRU 
number In the file's communication area (FET) and making the proper I/O requests 
(refer to section 3, volume 2). 

l_2-8 60407000 D 



Several methods of random processing exist. The specific method depends on the lan- 
guage being used; however, in all cases, the following points apply, 

• Most random I/O operations require a directory or index that contains the 
relative PRUs of records in the file. 

• An EOR or EOF I/O operation transfers one PRU for the EOR or EOF. 

• When randomly rewriting data within a file, the user must take care to ensure 
that data following the area he wishes to write is not destroyed. 

Figure 1-2-2 illustrates a typical example of the structure of a random access file. 

BOI 



System Information 





Word count = 64 


1 


Word count = 30 


2 


Word count = 10 


3 


Word count = 


4 


Word count = 64 


5 


Word count = 10 


6 


Word count = 64 


7 


Word count = 64 


8 


Word count = 10 


9 


Directory 


10 


11 


12 



EOR 
EOR 
EOF 



EOR 




EOF 
EOI 



Word count = 24 



The directory can be built 
in any format. This is a 
typical example. 



15 
16 

18 
20 

22 



7000 0016 0- 

Identifie 
Table 

• 

• 

• 


„„„.„ n 


r 


Record 1 | 


94 




' 


Record 2 


10 




3 


Record 3 


74 




5 


Record 4 


138 


1 


7 


record 
length 




A 

random 
address 



Figure 1-2-2. Sample Random Access File Format 



60407000 D 



1-2-9 



Each directory entry eontains the record name, the first PH.U of the record (random 
address), and the record' length. 

READING FILES 

To read record 3 sequentially, the program rewinds the file to BOI and reads the file 
and counts the number of EORs. System utilities and macros can be used to sKip the 
records; however, the primary consideration is that the data must be read to determine 
where record 3 begins. Once this is determined, record 3 can be read. 

If a directory exists for this file, the only requirement is that the random address of 
record 3 be obtained from the directory and placed in the FET. The proper random 
read requests can then be issued. To perform this random read on record 3, the following 
steps are required. 

• Skip to the EOI. This is done by the system without reading the entire file. 

• Backspace two logical records (one record for the EOF and one for the 
directory). The system must read both records to perform this operation. 

• Read the directory to obtain the random address to be placed in the FET. 

NOTE 

The EOF may or may not be used at the end of this 
file. The language and methods used to build the di- 
rectory determine whether an EOF is used. 

In 3uinm.ary, to access record 3 sequentially, four PRUs must be read. To access the 
record randomly, only three PRUs are read: two PRUs to position for the directory 
and one PRU to read the directory. 

For additional random accesses to any record in the file, it is not necessary to access 
the directory again if it remains in central meniory. 

The directory can be placed anywhere in the file. The only requirement is that those 
users who wish to access the file randomly know where to position the file in order to 
read the directory. However, the directory usually precedes the EOF /EOI. 



1-2-10 60407000 D 



WRITING FILES 

After reading and modifying record 3 of the sample file, the user may wish to rewrite 
the record in the file. If the modifications have not changed the number of PRUs re- 
quired, a write operation can be used to replace the existing record with the modified 
record. This write operation must be issued as a random I/O operation. (Refer to 
section 3, volume 2 for a complete description of the method.) However, if the modifications 
have changed the number of PRUs required, data following the record being written is lost. 
For example, the size of record 3 in the sample file is 74 words or two PRUs. A 
maximum of 53 words can be added to the record without requiring an additional PRU and 
destroying data. If a random write request that adds 53 words to record 3 is issued, 
the file has the following format. 



record 3 



Word count = 





4 


Word count = 


64 


5 


Word count = 


63 


6 


Word count = 


64 


7 


8 


9 



EOF 



]30R 



60407000 D 



1-2-11 



This operation is called a rewrite In place. If the write is issued as a nonrandom write 
operation, the file has the following format. 



record 3 



Word count 


= 


4 


Word count 


= 64 


5 


Word count 


= 63 


6 


7 



EOR 



EOI 



All data following the inserted data is destroyed. If the word count for record 3 is 
increased to 138, the file has the following format. 



record 3 



Word count = 


= 


4 


Word count = 


= 64 


5 


Word count = 


= 64 


6 


Word count = 


= 10 


1 






8 






9 



EOR 



EOR 



PRU 7 is destroyed by the write operation. To properly rewrite record 3 without des- 
troying the contents of PRU 7, the user should issue a write request at the end of the file 
and alter the directory to reflect the change. Figure 1-2-3 illustrates the updated file 
containing the new directory and the 138-word modified record 3 written at the end of 
the file. 



1-2-12 



60407000 D 



BOI 




1 
Word count = 64 




2 
Word count = 30 


EOR 


3 

Word count = 10 


EOR 


4 
Word count = 


EOF 


y////// //////// 5 

// Word count = 64 /// 
///////////////// 




<ZWord count = 10 '^// 


EOR 


7 
Word count = 64 




8 
Word count = 64 




9 
Word count = 10 


EOR 


V/yOld DirectoryOV/ 




11 

Word count = 


EOF 


12 
Word count = 64 




13 
Word count = 64 




14 
Word count = 10 


EOR ~ 
EOR 


15 
Directory 


16 


EOF 


17 


EOI 






7000 0016 - 

Identifi 
Table 
• • 

• 
• 




15 


u 
er 

« 


16 


Record 1 




94 


1 


18 


Record 2 




10 


3 


20 


Record 3 




138 


12 


22 


Record 4 




138 


7 




t 

record 

length 




random 
address 



Note that the record 3 
pointer in the directory 
has been updated. 



Word count = 24 > 



Figure 1-2-3. Modified Sample Random Access File 

Appendix B, volume 2 contains examples of COMPASS programs that create, read, and 
write a random file. 



60407000 D 



1-2-13 



LIBRARIES 

The term library can be used in five ways in KRONOS,, The following paragraphs de- 
fine the various types of libraries and the methods, if any, by which the user accesses 
them. 

• System library. The system library consists of the assembled routines that 
comprise the operating system and its associated product set. System routines 
may reside in central memory, mass storage, or ECS. The user accesses the 
system library indirectly when a system routine is executed in response to a 
control card or macro call. A complete copy of the system library is saved 
on a read-only file named SYSTEM. Refer to the CATALOG control card in 
section 7 for a partial list of the system library routines. 

• Program library, A program library is a group of source deck images saved 
on a program library file in compressed format. There are two system-de- 
fined program libraries: OPL and OLDPL. OPL contains operating system 
routines saved and maintained in Modify format via the MODIFY control card. 
OLDPL contains product set routines saved and maintained in Update format 
via the UPDATE control card. In addition, the programmer can use a 
MODIFY or UPDATE control card to create and edit his own program library. 

• User library. Before a user's compiled program can be executed, all external 
references must be satisfied. The loader satisfies externals by searching 
user libraries. A user library is a group of compiled or assembled object 
time routines saved on a user library file. There are three types of user 
library files: user-generated, product set, and system. 

User-generated libraries are created with the LIBGEN control card and can be 
specified on LIBRARY and/or LDSET control cards., Refer to the Loader 
Reference Manual for further information. Product set libraries reside as 
ULIB type records on the systena library. They are listed in section 11. If 
some externals remain unsatisfied after searching these libraries, the loader 
searches the system default user library SYSLIB, which also resides as a 
ULIB record on the system library. 

• Library files. Library files are read-only files. They are described in 
Library Files (LIFT) in this section. 

• User number LIBRARY. An installation can save under the user number 
LIBRARY permanent mass storage files containing programs or text of general 
interest (such as applications programs and games) to time- sharing users. 
Refer to the Time-Sharing User's Reference Manual listed in the preface for 
further information. 



1-2-14 60407000 D 



JOB FLOW AND EXECUTION 



A job consists of a file of card images grouped into several records. The first logical 
record contains the control cards that specify the job processing requirements. Each 
job begins with a job card and ends with an EOI card. All other control cards directly 
follow the job card. The end of the control cards is marked by an EOR, EOF, or an 
EOI card. Figure 1-3-1 illustrates a basic job deck. 



DATA 

RECORD 



PROGRAfl 
RECORD 



CONTROL 

CARD 
RECORD 




Figure l-S-^l. Basic Job Deck 



60407000 D 



1-3-1 



Figure 1-3-2 illustrates a COMPASS source deck that produces the object code and a 
listing and executes the binary file using the input data supplied. 




Figure 1-3-2, COMPASS Assemble and Execute Deck 



1-3-2 



60407000 D 



Figure 1-3-3 illustrates a COMPASS deck that assembles the jprogram, produces binary- 
punched files of each subprogram, and executes the object code of tlie first program 
record. 



DATA 
RECORD 



PROGRAM 
RECORDS 



CONTROL 

CARD 
RECORD 




SUBPROGRAM 



PROGRAM 
RECORD 



SUBPROGRAM 



PROGRAM 
RECORD 



SUBPROGRAM 



Figure 1-3-3. COMPASS Assemble, Execute, and Punch Binary Deck 



60407000 D 



1-3-3 



Figures 1-3-4 and 1-3-5 illustrate examples of FORTRAN source decks used for 
computation and user output. 



DATA 
RECORD 



PROGRAH 
RECORD 



CONTROL 
CARD 

RECORD 




DATA DECK 



SOURCE DECK 



Figure 1-3-4. FORTRAN Compile and Execute Deck 



1-3-4 



60407000 D 



DATA 
RECORD 



KRWbrAn 
RECORDS 



CONTROL 

CARD 
RECORD 




DATA DECK 



BINARY DECK 



SOURCE DECK 



Figure 1-3-5, FORTRAN Load and Run De;ck 



60407000 D 



1-3-5 



JOB INITIATION 

When a job enters the system, the system determines the job origin type. The job 
origin type identifies the means by which the job is entered into the system. It is 
also used to identify the job while it remains in the system. The job origin type is 
used by the system to control job activity and to aid in directing the job through the 
system. It also deternaines the way the job exits from the system. 

Jobs are initiated by: 

• Reading a card deck in through a card reader, either from a local or a 
remote batch reader. 

• Using the available load utilities (refer to the LDI control card, section 6). 

• Using the SUBMIT control card from a job already in the system. 

The first two methods of initiation set the job origin type to indicate the method by 
which the jobs are entered. When using the SUBMIT control card, a parameter is 
entered with the command specifying the origin type. (Refer to the description of the 
SUBMIT control card, section 6. ) 

JOB ORIGIN TYPES 

If the job originates from the system console, the job is assigned system origin type 
(SYOT). If the job is a time-sharing job and enters through the time-sharing executive, 
it is given time-sharing origin type (TXOT). If the job enters the system through the 
local card reader, it is a batch origin type (BCOT) job. A job coming into the sys- 
tem from remote batch is entered into the system by the Export/Import package and is 
assigned Export/import origin type (EIOT). 

If a user is validated to do so, he can submit jobs to the system by using the SUBMIT 
control card. He can also specify origin types which are different from his own. 

JOB NAMES 

After entering the system, the job is assigned a unique job name to prevent job name 
duplication within the system. This job name is a combination of parameters that 
describe the job; the first seven characters are the system- assigned job name; the 
eighth character indicates the job origin type. This job name precedes all messages 
issued to the system dayfile for that job. These messages include normal operating 
messages, error messages, and accounting information isstied by the system. 

SYSTEM ORIGIN TYPE (SYOT) JOB NAME FORMAT 

The first four characters of a system job name are obtained from the job name entered 
or are zero filled if fewer than four characters are entered. The nexit three characters 
are a unique system sequence number in the range from AAA to 999. The eighth char- 
acter is an S. For example, if the job entered is DIS, a possible job name is 

DISOAABS-. 



j_3_g 60407000 D 



BATCH ORIGIN TYPE (BCOT) JOB NAME FORMAT 

The first four characters of a batch origin job name are generated from the user index 
associated with the user number supplied on the USER control card. These four char- 
acters are unique to the user. The next three characters are the job sequence number. 
The eighth character of a batch origin job name is B. 

TIME. SHARING AND EXPORT/IMPORT (TXOT AND EIOT) JOB NAME FORMAT 

The first four characters of these job names are generated from the user index associ- 
ated with the user number supplied by the user when logging into the system. The next 
three characters represent the number of the terminal on which the user is logged in 
for TXOT or the system sequence number for EIOT. The eighth character Is T for 
time-sharing origin jobs and E for remote batch jobs. 

All jobs entered via the SUBMIT control card derive the first four characters of their 
job names from the job's current user index in the same manner as EIOT and TXOT 
jobs. The last three digits are the system sequence number with the eighth character 
being either E or B, as described previously, depending on the parameter supplied with 
the SUBMIT card. 

VALIDATION 

The USER card follows the job card and Is used to validate the user as a legal user 
(refer to USER card, section 6). If the user is validated, a set of control values is 
set in the control point area; these values are used by the system to control all system 
requests. In most cases, if the user Is not permitted to perform specific functions 
(such as access nonallocatable devices), his job is aborted and llie message 

ILLEGAL USER ACCESS. 

is issued when the Illegal function is attempted. 

To determine the extent of his validation, the user can issue the LIMITS command and 
receive a listing of his current validation control values. Refer to the LIMITS control 
card In section 6 for an explanation of these values. For further information or to 
change his validation, the user should contact Installation personnel,, 

Each user number has a unique user Index associated with it. Once a user number is 
validated, the user index is set In the control point area. The system uses this index 
to determine on which permanent file device (and where) the user's permanent files re- 
side. (Refer to part IV of the Installation Handbook for an explanation of tlie user In- 
dex. ) 

ACCOUNTING 

The unit of accounting for the system is the system resource unit (SRU). The SRU is 
a conaposlte value of central processor time, l/O activity, and ixiemory usage. SRU 
operations are initiated at the beginning of a job and reinitiated whenever another 
CHARGE control card is encountered. SRU information includes: 

• Central processor time 

• Mass storage activity 

• Magnetic tape activity 

• Permanent file activity 



60407000 D 1-3-7 



• SRU value 

• Application account charges t 

This information is written to the user's dayfile at the end of the job or whenever a 
CHARGE card is processed. The user may request SRU information to be written to 
his output file at any time during his job by issuing the SUMMARY control card. The 
format of SRU information written in the dayfile is given under Job Completion in this 
section. 

JOB SCHEDULING 

When a job enters the system, it is placed in the input queue on mass storage, where 
it waits for the required system resources to become available. The job is assigned 
an input queue priority depending on its origin. The system priorities are system-de- 
fined and can be altered only by the system operator. The job queue priority is 
advanced as the job waits in the queue. The priority ages to a system-defined limit. 
The job scheduler periodically scans the queues and active jobs to determine whether 
action is necessary to ensure that the highest priority jobs are being serviced. This 
action may include rolling out low priority jobs or rolling in higher priority jobs. The 
job scheduler is also activated to analyze the system status whenever the status of the 
system changes (for example, when the field length of a job is released, a job enters 
a queue, or a job completes). Because of this automatic scheduling and analysis of 
system status changes, a user can increase system performance by releasing memory 
when all of the assigned memory is not required. 

Once a job is brought to a control point, normal control card processing begins. The 
general flow of the control card processing is illustrated in Figure 1-5-1. 

JOB CONTROL 

While a job is at the control point, the system exercises several controls over the job. 

FIELD LENGTH CONTROL 

When a job is active, the system controls the field length in either of two ways. The 
action the system takes depends upon the requirements of ttie system routine called in 
response to a control card request. Some system routines indicate their field length 
requirements through RFL= or MFL= entry points. If the job issues a request to a 
routine that does not have a predefined field length, the field length remains at or is 
restored to the user-specified value. However, if the system does encounter an RFL= 
or MFL= entry point, it sets the field length according to the rules governing RFL= or 
MFL= processing (refer to appendix F, volume 2). The systera then restores the field 
length to the user-specified value before processing the next control card, unless that 
card calls a routine which also has an RFL= or MFL= entry point. 



tNot currently supported by the system but reserved for future use. 



1-3-8 60407000 D 



The running field length for the job is set by the job card which must be validated as 
previously described. The running field length can be set to any value less than the 
maximum for which the user is validated by using one of the following methods. 

• When the RFL control card is encountered, the running field length is adjusted 
accordingly. 

• If the executing program calls the control point manager (CPM) with the 
MEMORY macro or a macro call to RFL, the running field length is altered. 

• If the program issues the SETRFL macro, the running field length is set to 
the field length specified. 

Examples of field length control: 



Control Card 
JOB(CM50000, TIOOO) 

USER(USERABC, 1234567, FAMl) 

MODIFY(L=0, Z)/*EDIT. FORT 

FTN(I) 
LGO. 



Field Length 
50000 
50000 

36600 

50000 
15000 



FTN(I= TAPED 



REWIND(TAPE1, COMPILE) 



SAVE(LGO=BIN) 



RFL(30000) 



50000 



1100 



1000 



400 



libe:dit(p=o, N. V) 



30000 



60407000 D 



Comments 
Sets running field length to 50000. 

Running field length remains at 
50000. 

MODIFY increments in 2000 word 
blocks to the table size required 
to complete the MODIFY operation. 

Running field length returns to 
50000. 

The loader automatlcaHy reduces 
the job field length after perform- 
ing a relocatable load. (RFL= Is 
not present in LGO. ) The loader 
requires a field length of 30200 to 
load itself. It increments in 4000 
word blocks until the required 
table space is available. 

The system restores the job to 
the running field length because 
no RFL== is specified in FTN. 

The system sets the field length 
because REWIND utility has 
RFL= set. (FILES is the utility 
package. ) 

The SAVE utility also has RFL= 
set. (PFILES is the utility 
package. ) 

The field length is set to 400 be- 
cause the utility that sets running 
field length (CONTROL) has 
RFL==specified. This control card 
changes the running field length 
from 50000 to 30000. 

Because LIBEDIT has no RFL= 
specified, the system restores 
the field length to the running 
field before processing LIBEDIT. 

1-3-9 



INPUT FILE CONTROL 

All user jobs, when initiated, have a file named INPUT. This file contains the control 
cards and other input records required for job execution. INPUT is a locked file. 
As a result, the user may read from it and reposition it, but the system does not 
allow him to write on it. If for some special reason the user needs to write on 
INPUT, he should first issue a RETURN(INPUT) control card (refer to section 7). 
This card changes the name of the file from INPUT to INPUT* and leaves it attached 
to the user's job. The change of name on RETURN applies only if the input file is 
of type INFT. 

TIME LIMIT CONTROL 

The system sets a time limit for a job unless the job card specifies a time limit. 
This time is the amount of central processor time that the job is allowed. The maxi- 
mum time allowable on the job card is imOg seconds. Any job in the system with a 
time limit of 77771g through 77777g seconds has an infinite amount of central processing 
time at its disposal. If the user wants to increase a job's time limit, the SETTL con- 
trol card or macro is used. The user cannot, however, increase the limit beyond that 
for which he is validated. 

While a job is using the central processor, the time of usage is accumulated and 
checked against the time limit. If the job is not a time- sharing (TXOT) job, the job 
in execution is aborted when the tlmie limit is reached. Time- sharing origin jobs are 
rolled out, after which the user can reset the time limit and resume execution from 
the point where the time limit was exceeded. Refer to the Time-Sharing User's 
Reference Manual for a more detailed description. 

ROLLOUT CONTROL 

Each executing program is allowed to reside in CM for a certain amount of time before 
relinquishing its space to another program. When this CM time slice is exceeded, 
the progrson may be rolled out. This means that the contents of the job field length, 
the job control area, and the control registers (exchange package) are written to mass 
storage. The program remains on mass storage until it is rolled back into memory. 
Execution resumes from the point where rollout occurred. The amount of time the job 
is allowed to occupy CM is called the central memory time slice. The central memory 
time slice is a system parameter that can be changed only by the system operator. 
The time slices vary for each origin type. Whether a job is rolled out when its time 
slice expires depends on several factors. 

• Whether there are jobs waiting in the input and rollout queues 

• Whether the jobs that are waiting have a lower priority 

• Whether jobs that are waiting require more field length than would be available 
if all jobs of lower priority were rolled out 

When a job is rolled out, it is assigned a queue priority. The priority assigned is a 
system paranaeter suid can be changed only by the system operator. The queue priori- 
ties can vary for each origin type. The queue priority is aged (incremented) while the 
job is in the rollout queue. Normally, all other factors being equal, the job with the 
highest queue priority is selected to be rolled in. 



1-3-10 60407000 D 



ERROR CONTROL 

The exit mode feature allows the programmer to select conditions that permit the sys- 
tem to discontinue normal processing when errors occur. The error conditions and 
assoicated condition codes that can occur are: 



• Address is out of range (01) One of the following conditions has occurred. 

The program^ attenapted to reference 
CM memory or ECS outside the 
established limits. 

The program is attempting to branch 
to an address outside the user's 
field length. 

• Operand is out of range (02) Floating-point arithmetic unit received an 

infinite operand. 

• Indefinite operand (04) Floating-point arithmetic unit attempted to 

use an indefinite operand. 

The user can select any combination of these conditions with the MODE control card 
(refer to section 5). If one of these errors occurs and the proper mode for that 
error is selected, the system notes the error by setting the appropriate error flag 
and exiting from normal processing. The following dayfile error message occurs 
defining the error exit conditions: 

CPU ERROR EXIT xx AT yyyyyy. 

This message identifies the error condition by the condition code xx (as listed above) 
that was detected at location yyyyyy. Regardless of exit mode selection, the program 
interrupt is unconditional If the error is an illegal instruction or address range error 
on RNI or branch. If the exit mode is not selected, the central processor stops or 
proceeds depending on the situation. For a detailed explanation, refer to the 6000 
Series Computer Systems Reference Manual or the CDC CYBER 70/Model 72, 73, or 
74 Computer System Reference Manuals. 

When activity at a control point ceases, the system determines the reason. If an 
error flag is set, the error is noted and execution is resumed at the error exit 
address if one was specified. 

Once control is transferred, the error flag is cleared. If the error occurs because 
the central processor time limit is exceeded, the job is given another lOo seconds to 
complete processing. If the error is caused by a central processor abort the address 
at which the error occurred is specified and normal error processing continues. 

When control is transferred from an executing program because of am error, the sys- 
tem determines whether or not to continue with control card processing, perform error 
processing, or terminate the job. 

The system first searches for an EXIT control card. If an EXIT card is found, error 
processing begins with the card following EXIT. K, prior to the detection of the error, 
the system encountered a NOEXIT card, no search is made for an EXIT card and pro- 
cessing continues with the next control card. If no EXIT or NOEXIT card was en- 
countered, the system terminates the job, 

60407000 D 1-3-11 



JOB COMPLETION 



When there is no more activity at a control point, no outstanding central processor re- 
quests, and no control cards to process, the job is completed in the following manner. 

1. All CM assigned to the job is returned to the system. 

2. All equipment assigned to the job is returned to the system. 

3. All library files attached to the job are returned; other jobs can then access 
them. 

4. All scratch (local) file space used by the job is released,, 

5. All direct access permanent files attached to the job are returned; the status 
Information for these files is updated. 

6. The following information is issued to the user's dayfile and the account 
dayfile (the associated account dayfile message formats follow each item). 

Application charge activity in units 

yy. mm. dd. hh. mm. ss. jobname. UEAD, xxxxxx. xxx UNTS. 

Accumulated central processor time in seconds 

yy. mm, dd, hh, mm. ss. jobname. UEC P, xxxxxx. xxx SECS. 

Mass storage activity in kilo-units 

yy. mm. dd. hh. mm. ss. jobname. UEMS, xxxxxx. xxx KUNS. 

Magnetic tape activity in kilo-units 

yy. mm. dd. hh. mm. ss. jobname. UEMT, xxxxxx. xxx KUNS. 

Permanent file activity in kilo -units 

yy. mm, dd. hh. mm. ss. jobname. UEPF, xxxxxx. xxx KUNS. 

SRU value in units for total job usage including CPU time, I/O activity, 
and memory usage 

yy. mm. dd, hh, mm. ss, jobname. AESR, xxxxxx. xxx UNTS. 

Cards read in kilo -cards 

yy. mm. dd. hh. mm. ss. jobnanae. UCCR, es, xxxxxx. xxx KCDS. 

Lines printed in kilo-lines 

yy. mm. dd. hh, mm. ss. jobname. UCLP, es, xxxxxx. xxx KLNS. 

Cards punched in kilo -cards 

yy. mm. dd. hh. mm. ss. jobname. UCPC, es, xxxxxx. xxx KCDS. 

7. Control point dayfile is copied to the end of the print file. 

8. All output files are released to the output queue. 

9. The control point area is cleared for the next job. 



1-3-12 



60407000 D 



CONTROL LANGUAGE 



The operating system control language allows the programmer to transfer control and 
to perform arithmetic and test functions within the control card record. Control 
language consists of statements very similar to FORTRAN statements. These state- 
ments are normally composed of a command (as listed below), parameters, S3mibolic 
names, and expressions. The following are legal commands. 



GOTO 


SET 


CALL 


IF 


DISPLAY 


FILE 



NUM 



An important feature of control language is the capability to create procedure files. A 
procedure file is a group of system control cards and /or control statements which can be 
called much like a subroutine for insertion anywhere within the control card record. It 
is activated either by the CALL statement or the name of the procedure file. Because 
control cards or control language or both are allowed in a procedure file, the user is 
given a much wider range of control for manipulating his files. 

The following sections describe the various components and commands of the system control 

language. 



60407000 D 1-4-1 



EXPRESSIONS 

The expressions allowed are similar to FORTRAN expressions and may contain con- 
stants, arithmetic operators, relational operators. Boolean operators, and functions. 

CONSTANTS 

Numeric constants are assumed to be decimal. If a constant has a post radix of D, it is 
decimal. If it has a post radix of B, it is octal. 

ARITHMETIC OPERATORS 

Arithmetic operations are performed in one's complement with 48-bit evaluations. The 
arithmetic operators processed are: 



+ 


Addition 


- 


Subtraction 


* 


Multiplication 


/ 


Division 


**. ♦ 


Exponentiation 


Leading - 


Negation 


Leading + 


Ignored 



RELATIONAL OPERATORS 

Relational operations produce the value 1 if the relation is true and a value of if the 
relation is false. The relational operators are (either form may be used): 

. EQ. Equal to 

^ . NE. Not equal to 

< . LT. Less than 

> . GT. Greater than 

< . LE. Less than or equal to 

> . GE. Greater than or equal to 



1-4-2 60407000 D 



BOOLEAN OPERATORS 

The Boolean operators are (either form may be used): 
— . EQV. Equivalence 
V . OR. Inclusive OR 
A .AND. AND 
I . EOR. Exclusive OR 
' . NOT. Complement 

EVALUATION OF EXPRESSIONS 

The order of evaluation of expressions is: 

1. Exponentiation 

2. Miltiplication. division 

3. Addition, subtraction, negation 

4. Relations 

5. Complement 

6. AND 

7. Inclusive OR 

8. Exclusive OR, equivalence 

Nesting of expressions to any depth is allowed within a statement. 

SYMBOLIC NAMES 

The symbolic names used to reference values pertaining to the job process consist of those 
with arithmetic values: 

ARE Arithmetic error 

BCO Local batch origin 

CPE CPU abort 

EF Previous error flag 

EIO Remote batch (Export/Import) origin 

EM Current exit mode 

FL Job field length 

FLE File limit error ■ 

MNE Monitor call error ' 



60407000 D 1_4.3 



I 



ODE Operator drop 

OT Job origin type 

PPE PPU abort 

PSE Program stop error 

Rl Contents of control register 1 

R2 Contents of control register 2 

R3 Contents of control register 3 

I SS Job subsystem 

SYO System origin 

TKE Track limit error 

TLE Time limit error 

TXO Time -sharing origin 

those with Boolean values: 

SWn Setting (l=C)n, 0=Off) of sense switch n (1 < n < 6) 

TRUE True value 

T True value 

FALSE False value 

F False vadue 

and those using the subsystem (ss) name. The associated name must be one of the 
following: 

NULL 

BASIC 

FTNTS 

EXECUTE 

BATCH 

ACCESS! 

TRANACTt 

CONTROL LANGUAGE STATEMENTS 

Statements are described in the following paragraphs. Separators and terminators must 
be used as shown in the statement formats. 

GOTO STATEMENT 

The GOTO statement transfers control to another location within the control card file. 

The statement format is: 

GOTO. stmt. 

stmt Name of any control card or a digit (0 through 9) followed by 

a maximum of six alphanumeric characters, terminated by a 
period. 



tSpecial validation is necessary to access and use ACCESS and TRANACT. Refer to 
the LIMITS card, section 6. 

1-4-4 60407000 D 



Example 1 Example 2 

GOTO, 1WX2. REQUEST(TAPEl) 



GOTO. REQUEST. 
1WX:2, REQUEST (TAPE 1) 

REQUEST(TAPE2) 



When stmt appears more than once in the control statement file, the stmt to be executed is 
the first occurrence of stmt from the beginning of the control statement file. Hence, in 
both of the previous examples, the REQUEST (TAPED card is processed after the GOTO 
statement. 

CALL STATEMENT 

The CALL statement allows the user to insert a file consisting of a group of control cards 
(procedure file) at the specified position in the control card stream. This file is merged, 
as specified on the CALL card, with the current control card record into a third record. 
This third record becomes the current control card record. The remainder of the input 
file is then copied to the new control card record. If the C option is exercised, the current 
control card record is not used. Only the source file is used to generate a new control card 
record. All options are order- independent. 

The statement format is: 

CALL(lfn,C,S=ccc,RENAME(oldnam- =newnam^ , oldnam„=newnam„, . . , , 
oldnam =newnam ) i i ^ <i 

n n 

or 

CALLdfn, C, S=ccc(oldnam^ =newnam- , oldnam»=newnam„, .... oldnam =newnam ) 

Ifn Procedure file name (refer to the description of procedure files 

in this section for further information). The system obtains Ifn 
by: 

1. Searching for a local file, Ifn 

2. Searching the system librarjr for Ifn 

3. Attempting to retrieve a working copy of an indirect 
access file 

C Clears current statement file before entering statements from 

the called file. This replaces the entire control card record 
with Ifn. 

60407000 D 1-4-5 



S=ccc Sets next control statement to be processed to statement ccc. 

If S is not specified, the first statement in Ifn is processed. 

RENAME Each occurrence of oldnam. iss replaced with newnam. before 

the statement is entered inlfe the statement file. As ^hown by 
the optional format, the word RENAME does not have to appear. 

oldnam. Old name; name of a file or statement label used in the 

^ specified procedure file 

newnam. New name; name to replace oldnami. 

1 1 



DISPLAY STATEMENT 



I The DISPLAY statement determines the current subsystem or evaluates an expression 
and displays the result in the dayfile. Numeric results are displayed in both octal and 
decimal formats. Expression evaluation is significant only to 23 bits. Therefore, the 
octal representation of a negative number may be incorrect. 

The statenaent format is: 
DISPLAY(SS) 

or 
DISPLAY(expression) 

expression Any legal expression 

Example ; 

DISPLAY(SS) 

If the BASIC subsystem is currently in use, the preceding statement inserts the following 
message into the dayfile. 

BASIC 
Example : 



DISPLAY((R1+R3) * R2) 

If Rl=5, R2=8, and R3=3, this statement inserts the following data in the dayfile. 
64 lOOB 

(Both decimal and octal values are dlspdayed, ) 

SET STATEMENT 

The SET statement allows the user to specify a subsystem or to set software registers 
to control the flow of a job. These registers are useful when designing a multipurpose 
procedure file. They also can be used to select a particular option in the procedure 
file. These software -defined registers are kept in the job control area and are pre- 
served for the duration of the job. The control register specified in tlie control state- 
ment is set to the value of the expression supplied. This register can be Rl, R2, R3, 
or EF (refer to the description of symbolic names). The R registers are 18 -bit 
quantities whereas the error flag (EF) is a 6 -bit quantity. Excess bits are Ignored. 



1_4_6 60407000 A 



The statement format is: 
SET(Rl=expresslon) 

or 
SET(EF= expression) 

or 
SET(SS=ssname) 
Ri 
EF 

expression 
ssname 



Software -defined register 1, 2, 

An additional register 

Any legal expression 

Any legal subsystem name 



or 3 



Example: 

This example illustrates the use of the SET statement to control execution of an object 
program. Because register Rl Is set to 1 when file ABC is called, the object program 
is not executed. 

SET(R1 = 1) 

CALL (ABC) 

FTN. 

IF(Rl=l)GOTO, 3. 

REQUEST(TAPEI) 

LGO. 

3, REWIND(TAPEI) 



IF STATEMENT 

The IF statement is used to evaluate an expression. If the conditions given in the ex- 
pression are true, the dependent statement is processed. The expression is considered 
true if it Is evaluated to a nonzero numeric value. 

The statement format is: 
IF(expression)stmt. 

or 
IF(SS op ssname)stmt. 

or 
IF(SS op ssname expression) stmt. 

expression Any legal expression 

stmt Any legal control language statement 

op One of the operators: 



ssname 



.EQ. 

.NE. 
Any legal subsystem name 



60407000 D 



1-4-7 



Example : 



IF(R2 = R1. AND. R3)GOTO, REQUEST. 
SET(EF=1) 



REQUEST{TAPE) 

If the expression is true, the REQUEST control card is executed; otherwise, the SET 
statement is executed. 

Example ; 

IF(SS. EQ. BASIC. AND. Rl = l)GOTO, 100. 
SET(SS.EQ. BASIC) 



100, OLD, BAS. 

If the statement is true, the OLD control card is processed; otherwise, the SET state- 
ment is processed. 

FILE STATEMENT 

The FILE statement is used to determine the status of any file assigned to the job and 
is used in conjunction with the SET, IF, and DISPLAY statements. 

The statement format is: 

FILE (Ifn, expression) 

Ifn File name 

expression Any legal expression. FILE expressions, however, use 

different symbolic names. 

Symbolic names: 

Names with values 

EQ Equipment status table (EST) ordinal^ 

(0 through 77g) 

ID File ID (0 through 67g) 

Nam.es with true /false values 

MS File is on m.ass storage 

LK File is locked 

OP File is opened 

EX Execute- only file 

AS File is assigned to user's control point 



tContact installation personnel for a list of EST ordinals. 



1-4-8 



60407000 D 



File Types 

LO Local 

PR Print 

IN Input 

PH Punch 

LI Library 

PM Direct access permanent file 

PT Prinaary 

Device Types 

CP 415 Card Punch 

CR 405 Card Reader 

DA 6603 Disk System 

DB 6638 Disk System 

DC 863 Drum Storage 

DD 853/854 Disk Storage Drive 

DE Extended Gore Storage 

DF 814 Disk File 

DH 821 Data File 

DI 844 Disk Storage Subsystem 

DP Distributive Data Path to ECS 

DS 6612 Console Display 

LP 501, 505, 512, or 580-12 Line Printer 

LQ 512 Line Printer 

LR 580-12 Line Printer 

MD 841 Multiple Disk Drive 

MS Mass Storage 

MT Magnetic Tape Drive (7- track) 

NE Null equipment 

NT Magnetic Tape Drive (9- track) 

ST Remote Batch Multiplexer (6671) 

TT Time-Sharing Multiplexer (6676 or 6671) 



60407000 D 1-4-9 



Examples: 

SET(R1=FILE(TAPE, MT)) 

If TAPE is a magnetic tape file, Rl is set to 1; otherwise, it is given a value of zero. 
I IF(FILE(TAPE, MT. OR. LI) )GOTO, lABC. 

I If TAPE is a magnetic tape file or a library file, the statement at lABC is processed. 

NUM STATEMENT 

The NUM statement is used to determine if the specified parameter name has a num- 
eric value. It is used in conjunction with the SET. IF, and DISPLAY statements. 

The statement format is: 

NUM(name) 

name Pairameter name. If the name is numeric, the statement is true; 

otherwise, it is false. 

Example: 

If the following CALL statement were used to call procedure file A: 

CALL(A,RENAME(2XY=2,T=TAPE) 
the IF statement in A : 

IF(NUM(2XY))GOTO. IS. 
would be evaluated as true, and control would transfer to IS. 

However, the statement: 

IF(NUM(T))GOTO, IS. 
would be evaluated as false, and control would pass to the next statement in A, 



^"■^'^^ 60407000 D 



PROCEDURE FILES 

Procedure files are source files consisting of control statements or system control 
cards, or both. The first statement of a procedure file may be the file name. If the 
first statement is the same as the file name used in the CALL statement, the first 
statement is ignored. Procedure files are activated by the CALL statement or by using 
the name of the procedure file, if the file is in the system. 

Example 1; 

This procedure file edits the decks MTR and LINK and builds a new deadstart tape 
containing the edited routines. The procedure file determines whether the system OPL 
is on mass storage and then modifies and assembles the specified decks. 

Input Deck 

JOB(T7777. PI 7, CM60000) 

USER(USERNUM,PASSWRD.FAM1) I 

REQUEST(TAPE) ' 

CALL(MOD(T=TAPE,OUT=OUTPUT,BIN=LGO,lNEXT=UNLOAD) 

UNLOAD(TAPE) 

COMMON(SYSTEM) 

LIBEDIT(p=SYSTEM. N) 

COMMON(NEW) 

-EOR- 

*EDIT, LINK, MTR 

-EOI- 

Pfocedure File on File MOD 

MOD 

IF(FILE{T, MT))GOTO, 2. 

1, MODIFY, L=0. 

COMPASSd, L=OUT, B=BIN) 

GOTO, INEXT. 

2,REWIND(T) 

COPYBF(T,OPL) 

GOTO, 1. 

After the CALL control card is processed, the input file is: 

JOB(T7777, PI 7. CM60000) 

USER(USERNUM,PASSWRD,FAM1) I 

REQUEST (TAPE) * 

CALL(MOD(T=TAPE,OUT=OUTPUT,BIN=LGO, lNEXT=UNLOAD) 

IF(FILE(TAPE. MT) KJOTO, 2. 

1, MODIFY, L=0. 

COMPASSd, L=OUTPUT, B=LGO) 

GOTO, UNLOAD. 

2.REWIND(TAPE) 

COPYBF(TAPE,OPL) 

GOTO, 1. 

UNLOAD (TAPE) 

COMMON(SYSTEM) 

LIBEDIT(P=SYSTEM. N) 

COMMON(NEW) 

-EOR- 

*EDIT, LINK. MTR 
-EOI- 

60407000 D 1-4-11 



Example 2; 

This is an example of nested calls. It illustrates the use of one procedure file to 
skip a specified number of files on a tape (contents of Rl) and to copy ssource data to 
the tape. The other procedure file retrieves source data from the OPL (old program 
library) and calls the first procedure file to place that source data on the tape. 

Input Deck 

jobaaa 
i user(us*ernum, passwrd, faml ) 

request(tape) 
modify(s. z)/ *edit, link 

SET(R1=0) 

CALL(PROC,RENAME(A=TAPE, B=SOURCE. 2 = 2A, 3=3A) 

SET(R1=R1+1) 

CALL(PROB) 

-EOR- 

Procedure File PROB 



PROB 

MODIFY(S=NEW. Z)/ *EDIT, MTR 
CALL(PROC,RENAME(A=TAPE, B=NEW) 
RETURN. NEW. 

Procedtire File PROC 

PROC 

REWIND(A. B) 

SET(R2=0) 

2.IF(R1=R2)G0T0.3. 

SKIPF(A) 

SET(R2=R2+1) 

GOTO, 2. 

3, COPYBF, B. A. 

WARNING 

On job initiation the user's input file is a locked file. 
If the user wishes to call procedure files that write 
data on the input file, he should enter the RETURN 
(INPUT) control card before attempting to write on 
INPUT. For further information, refer to the descrip- 
tion of Input File Control in section 3. 



1-4-12 60407000 D 



TIME-SHARING COMMANDS 

The following commands are Intended for use only by time -sharing origin jobs but in- 
cluded here for their use in procedure files. For additional information about these 
commands, refer to the Time-Sharing User's Reference Manual. 

ASCII STATEMENT 

The ASCII control statement specifies that all subsequent operations are to be done 
using the ASCII character set. 

The control statement format is: 
ASCII. 

If this control statement is processed while output is still available, the terminal 
switches to ASCII mode for the remainder of the output. 

CSET STATEMENT 

The CSET control statement speciiles the current character set mode of the terminal. 

The control statement format is: 

CSET(m) 

m Current terminal character set mode; m may be one of the following: 

ASCII Set ASCII character set mode; escape code processing 

is enabled 

NORMAL Set NORMAL character set mode; escape code pro- 
cessing is disabled 

If this control statement is processed while output is still available, the terminal 
switches to the new character set mode for the remainder of the output. 

PARITY STATEMENT 

The PARITY control statement sets the terminal to the indicated parity. 

The control statement format is: 
PARITY(p) 

p Terminal parity; p may be one of the following: 

ODD Set odd parity 

EVEN Set even parity 

If p is omitted, odd parity is assumed. 

If this control statement is processed while output is still available, the terminal 
parity switches to the new parity for the remainder of the output. 



60407000 D 1-4-13 



CONTROL CARD PROCESSING 



Jobs entering the system consist of one or more logical records. The first logical record 
contains system directives (control cards) which describe the processing that is to occur in 
the job file (job deck). This section describes control card processing and how the control 
cards affect other aspects of job processing. 

The KRONOS Operating System recognizes three types of control cards, 

• Local File Control Cards These cards call files that are assigned to the 

job control point. LGO is the system default 
local file used for retaining object code gener- 
ated by one of the language processors des- 
cribed in section H, 

• System Control Cards These cards are divided into eight categories. 

Job control control cards 

File management control cards 

Load and dump central memory utility control 
cards 

Loader control control cards t 

Permanent file control cards 

Tape management control cards 

Program library utility control cards 

System utility control cards 



• Product Set Control Cards The product set control cards call the various 

products available under KRONOS (refer to 
section 11). 

CONTROL CARD FORMAT 

All control cards may consist of from one to four fields. The first field is the statement 
label field. If present (the field is optional), it begins with a numeric character and termin- 
ates with a separator character. The field is used only in conjunction with the system 
control language described in section 4. 

The second field, also optional, is a $ or / prefix character which precedes the program 
name. If a $ is present, it indicates that the specified program to be executed must be 
loaded from the system library, f Therefore, even if a lociil file of the same name is 
present, it will not be executed, rrhe / option may be used on local file control card 
calls. If a / is present, it indicates that the parameters following the program name 
are to be processed in the operating system format. If a / is not present, the param- I 
eters will be processed in product set format. The default is product set format be- | 
cause it is assumed that most programs specified In local file calls have been generated 
by one of the product set members,, The / option does not apply for control card calls 
to programs residing on the systerei library. F'or those types of calls, parameters are _ 
processed in the operating system format unless the SC directive to SYSEDIT has been | 
entered. Refer to the SYSEDIT control card for a description of the SC directive. 

t Refer to section 15 and the Loader Reference Manual. 

60407000 D 1-5-1 



The third field contains the name of the program to be executed. The fourth field (optional) 
contains parameters which further define the operation to be performed. The parameter 
field is set off from the name field by a separator character. After the fourth field, or the 
third field if no parameters are present, there miust be a valid terminator character. 

The following is a comparison of the operating system and product set formats. 



Operating System Format 
1. Valid separators are 



2. Valid terminators are 

.) 

3. Letters, numbers, and the 
* are the only characters 
allowed in the parameter 
field. The one exception to 
this rule is the use of lit- 
erals (that is, character 
strings delimited by dollar 
signs). Characters other 
than letters, numbers, and 
the * can be included in lit- 
erals. No characters within 
a literal have special mean- 
ings; the system merely checks 
the syntax of the literal. 

The called program must do its 
own processing of the literal. 

Literals are allowed only on 
equipment /file assignment 
control cards and loader con- 
trol control cards. 

4. All embedded blanks within a 
control statement except those 
appearing in literals are 
ignored. 



5. Comments may appear on 

the control card but they must 
follow the terminator. Com- 
ments may contain any char- 
acter. 



Product Set Format 

1. Valid separators are 

+ ■•"/=.( 

and any other character with a display 
code value greater than 44 „ except 
* ) $ . and blank. 

2. Valid terminators are 

.) 

3. Any parameter field that includes 
characters other than letters, num- 
bers, and the * must be expressed 
as a literal. 



4. All embedded blanks within a control 
statement except those appearing in 
literals or after the program name , 
are ignored. A blank following the 
program name is considered a valid 
separator. 

5. Same as for the operating system 
format. 



1-5-2 



60407000 D 



Operating System Format Product Set Format 

6. Parameters, separators, 6. Parameters are stored in their display 

and terminators are stored code equivalent beginning at RA+2. 

in the user's field length Separators and terminators are stored 

beginning at RA+2. The as follows: 

characters , . and ) are stored 
as zero. For all parameters 
and all valid separators except 
the comma, their display code 
equivalent is stored. 



Character 


Code (0( 


;tal) 


9 


1 




= 


2 




/ 


3 




( 


4 




+ 


5 




- 


6 




Blank 


7 




• 


10 




) or . 


17 




Other valid 


16 




separators 







7. File names are 1 to 7 alpha- 7. File names are 1 to 7 alphanumeric 
numeric characters. characters. File names beginning 

with a numeric character are illegal. 

8. Not SCOPE compatible 8. SCOPE compatible 

In general, no parameter can contain more than seven characters. If a parameter 
contains more than seven characters, the entire control card is issued to the dayfile, 
followed by the message: 

FORMAT ERROR ON CONTROL CARD. 

There are two exceptions to this rule. If a card calls a program from the system 
library that has an ARG= entry point, parameters in the card can contain more than 
seven characters. If a parameter contains more than seven characters, the ARG = 
entry point is not present, and the SDM= entry point is present, the statement name 
(such as DEFINE) is issued to the dayfile but all parameters are suppressed. 

The parameters can appear in either order-dependent or order- independent format. Order- 
dependent parameters are required when the parameters must be passed in a specific order. 
An example of order-dependent parameters is 

RESEQ(MYFILE, B. , 20) 

In this example, the system expects the resequencing increment to be passed as the 
fourth parameter; therefore, a separator must be present for the parameter not speci- 
fied. 

Order- independent parameters may be passed in any order. This is made possible by the 
use of kesrwords. Keywords are identifiers which have meaning either by themselves or 
when used in conjunction with other parameters. Usually, keywords are passed with a 
parameter and a separator. The separator must not be a comma. When the list of param- 
eters is passed to the called program, all separators except commas are also passed. 



60407000 D 1-5-3 



Some programs require specific separators (usually =), and others merely require that a 
separator be present. Examples of keyword notation are: 

1. COBOL(I=SFILE.B=BFILE) 

2. COBOL(B-BFILE.I=SFILE) 

3. COBOL{L=0.A,F) 

4. JOBX.T10.CM45000. 

In examples 1 and 2, both parameters and separators are passed to the COBOL com- 
piler. Since these parameters are order-independent, both cards produce the same 
result. 



In example 3, two keywords are passed with no separator character or parameter. 
example 4, the keyword is the first character of the parameter. 



In 



The control statements are processed in the following manner: parameters are extracted 
from the control card and stored in the user's field length beginning at AIIGR (RA+2) through 
RA+n (n cannot exceed 63g). t The total number of parameters stored in the user's field 
length is placed in the lower 18 bits of RA+64jj. The name of the control statement is placed 
in bits 18 through 59 of RA+64g. 



'8* 



The control card image, less any label or prefix field, is stored at RA+70„. If the program 
being executed was loaded from the system library and has an ARG= entry point, then the 
entire control card image will be present at RA+70g. Neither the information on arguments 
nor the argument count, however, will be entered when ARG= is present. This entry point 
allows for control cards with special parameter requirements (refer to appendix F, volume 2). 

An example of how the control card 



PERMIT(FILEABC/USERAAA=R,USERBBB=W) 
appears in CM is illustrated. 



Menaory 



Display Code 

Equivalent 

A. 



ARGR 



RA+E 



RA + b 



Obll IMDS OlOE D3DD 
2S23 OSES DlDl 



V I *" — ~\ 

DDSD FILEABC / 
USERAAA 



DIDD DDSM 

EEOD DDDO ODOD OODO ODOD R 

ESS3 DSEE OBOE DEOO ODSM USERBBB 

DDDD DDDD U 



E7D0 DQDD DDDO 



ACTR 
CCDR 



RA+b^ 
RA+70 



RA + 73 



EDDS 2E1S 11B^ SbDb lllM PERMIT (FIL 

OSDl aED3 SDE6 E3D5 EEOl EABC/USERA 

DlDl 5MEE 5bES E30S EEDE AA=R-iUSERB 

DEOH 5ME7 57SS DDDO DDDO BB=y) 



The following control cards would provide exactly the same image in CM. 

123, PERMIT (FILEABC/USERAAA=R, USERBBB^W) 
123, $PERM1T (FILEABC /USERAAAA=R, USERBBB=W) 

JOB CARD FORMAT 

The first card of the control card record is always the job card,, The job card may be in 
either order- dependent or order- independent format. When the job card is in order-inde- 
pendent format, the keyword and parameter are passed with no separator character. The 

format for the job card is: 



t The first IOI3 words of the user's field length, from RA through RA+lOOo. comprise 
the job communication area. Refer to appendix E, volume 2 for a description of this area. 



1-5-4 



60407000 D 



jobname(Tt, CMfl. Pp) cm 

jobname( p, t, fl) cm 

jobname Alphanumeric job name (1 to 7 characters) which must begin 

with a letter. This name Identifies indi\Fidual jobs being run 
under the same user number. 



t Central processor time limit in octal seconds, ranging from 1 

to 7777O3. The time limit must be sufficient for completion of 
the job. If t is absent, the system assumes t equals IOO3 (IOO3 
seconds is approximately 1 minute). 

fl CM field length (storage requirement) for the job. The system 

rounds the value to the next highest multiple of lOOg. The field 
length cannot exceed: 

360,000- on a 131K machine 

163, DOOg on a 65K machine 

61. OOOg on a 32K machine 

If fl is absent, the system assumes fl = 50,000„. 

NOTE 

The following messages are issued to the user's 
dayfile if validation limits are exceeded. 

CM NOT VALIDATED. The number of CM 

words specified on 
tiie job card exceeds 
that for which the 
user is validated. 

TL NOT VALIDATED. The time limit 

specified on the job 
card exceeds that 
for which the user 
is validated. 

The user may be further restricted by limits placed on him 
by the validation file or by installatipn parameters. Also, 
the user should consult installation personnel for additional 
restrictions based on the machine configuration and sub- 
systems used. 

Priority level (octal) at which the job enters the system; 

1 <p < 17g. 

This para]:neter is currently ignored since the system will 
automatically assign priorities specified by the installation 
parameters. 



60407000 D 1-5-5 



cm Conversion mode contained in columns 79 and 80. A 26 

indicates coded cards are to be converted in 026 mode; 29 
indicates cards are converted in 029 mode. This is the 
initial keypunch mode of the job but mode may be changed 
by a conversion change card (refer to Coded Cards, appendix 
F) when reading cards or a DISPOSE card when punching 
cards. If this parameter is omitted,, the system default 
keypunch mode is used. 

In addition to the regular separator characters, the * may aLso be used to separate 
parameters on the job statement. 

CONTROL CARD PROCESSING FLOW 

The system translates a control statement by: 

1. Reading the statement from the control point control card buffer. If necessary, 
the system reads control statements from file INPUT,. 

2. Deleting all spaces between the beginning of the statement and the terminator 
character (a period or a right parenthesis). I In general, the system allows only 
standard FORTRAN characters to appear before the terminator character, although 
other characters can appear within a literal or in the comment field. 

3. Comparing special control card names with the name of the control card being 
processed. If the card name is CTIME, RTIME, or SlIME, the system 
processes the control statement. 

4. Searching the file name table for a file assigned to the job with a name identical to 
the nam.e of the control statement. However, if a $ precedes the program name, 
this step is skipped. If an identical name is found, the program is loaded into 
memory. The arguments are extracted from the control statement and stored in 
RA+2 through RA+n+1 (n is the number of parameters). The CPU is requested to 
begin execution unless special loader control cards follow. 

5. Searching the central library directory for a program name that matches the control 
card name. If the name is found, the system proceeds as in step 4; otherwise, 

the system searches further. 

6. Searching the peripheral processor library directory for a program name that 
matches the control card name. If found, the name is placed, with a maximum of 
two arguments, as a peripheral processor request, and the system exits to the 
program. 

7. If the control card name is not found during any of the above searches, the control 
statement is declared Ulegal and the job is aborted. 



tif product set format is used, a blank following the program name is considered 
a valid separator. 



1-5-6 60407000 D 



Figure 1-5-1 illustrates the flow of control card processing. 



GD 



READ A 
CONTROL CARD 



<D 



& 




FOUND? ^ 



YES 



CONTROL CARD 
PROCESSOR 
SEARCHES ITS LIST 
OF CONTROL CARD 
NAMES FOR SPECIAL 
CONTROL CARD 




SEARCH CPU 
LIBRARY FOR 
CONTROL CARD 
NAME 



FOUND ? 
NO 



YES 



PROCESS 
SPECIAL 
REQUEST 




Z 




PROCESS FIELD 
LENGTH CONTROL 
(SEE SECTION 3) 



LOAD PROGRAM 
TO CENTRAL 
MEMORY 



SEARCH PP 
LIBRARY FOR 
NAME, IF NAME 
IS LEGAL PP 
PROGRAM NAME 



YES 



•© 



YES 



USE KRCINOS FORMAT 
FOR PROCESSING 
PARAMETERS 



SEARCH FNT 
FOR FILE 
ASSIGNED TO 
THIS JOB 



I 



STORE CONTROL 
STATEMENT AND 
COWROL STATEMENT 
ARGUMENTS IN 
USER'S CONTROL 
POINT AREA 




/ EXECUTE 
\^ PROGRAM 



) 



PLACE NAME 
WITH UP TO T«»0 
OCTAL ATCUMENTS 
AS A PP REQUEST 



EXIT TO PROGRAM ' 
(NO FL CHANGE) i 



Figure 1-5-1. Control Card Processing Flow 



60407000 D 



1-5-7 



EXIT PROCESSING 

When an error condition occurs during job processing, the system searches the control card 
record for an EXIT card. If the record does not contain an EXIT card, the system termi- 
nates the job. If the system finds an EXIT card, it clears the error condition and processes 
the control cards that follow the EXIT card. If the error was a time limit error, the limit 
is reset to the time used plus lOg seconds. This gives the user time for post-error cleanup 
operations. 

If a NOEXIT card is encountered, normal error processing is not performed. That is, if 
the no exit flag has been set (by the NOEXIT card) prior to the error, the error flag is 
cleared, no search is made for an EXIT card, and processing continues with the next control 
card. An ONEXIT card can be used to return to error processing mode; it clears the no 
exit flag. For further discussion of possible error conditions, refer to section 3 of this 
manual. 

The following sequence of control cards illustrates this exit processing. 

JOBABCD(T100, CM60000) 
I USER(USERNUM, PASSWRD, FAMA) 

GET (INPUT, I=INPUT) 
MODIFY (N, 1=1, X) 
LGO. 
NOEXIT. 

COMMON(SYSTEM) 
LIBEDIT(P=SYSTEM, N, 1=1) 
ONEXIT. 
REQUEST(TAPE) 
COPY(NEW, TAPE, V) 
UNLOAD(TAPE) 
EXIT. 

DMP(2000, 12500) 
-EOR- 

During the processing of control cards 1 through 5 and control cards 10 through 12, normal 
error processing is in effect. If an error condition occurs, the control cards are searched 
for an EXIT card. This is found at the thirteenth card and processing continues with the 
DMP card. If no errors occur before the NOEXIT card, normal error processing is turned 
off until the ONEXIT card is processed. 



1-5-8 60407000 A 



JOB CONTROL CONTROL CARDS 



I 



The job control control cards enable the user to alter information that controls his 
job while in the system and to retrieve information concerning the status of his job. 
The control cards included in this category are: 

ACCOUNT MODE ROLLOUT 

CHARGE NOEXIT RTIME 

COMMENT NORERUN SETPR | 

CTIME OFFSW SETTL 

DAYFILE ONEXIT STIME 

ENQUIRE ONSW SUBMIT 

EXIT PASSWOR SUI 

LDI RERUN SUMMARY | 

LENGTH RESOURC SWITCH | 

LIMITS RFL USECPU 

USER I 

All of these cards, with the exception of PASSWOR and SUI, can be issued by 
the user regardless of his validation. A listing of validation information can be obtained 
using the LIMIT card. Although the user is allowed to change; several control values 
for his job (such as RFL, SETPR,, and SETTL), he can never specify more than that 
for which he is validated. 

The system uses the USER card and CHARGE card for checking user validation and I 

system accounting information. The RESOURC card is also used by the system to ' 

prevent deadlocks from occurring when several tapes or packs are used concurrently. 

The user is enabled to submit files as batch origin type jobs through the LDI and 
SUBMIT control cards. He can specify the mode of error exit processing desired 
through use of the EXIT, ONEXIT, NOEXIT, and MODE cards. He can also set 
conditions for his program with sense switches (such as ONSW, OFE'SW, and SWITCH). 
In the event of a system malfunction causing jobs to be recovered, he may either allow 
his job to be run again with the RERUN card or prevent it from being rerun with the | 
NORERUN card. Additional information is returned to the user by the CTIME, RTIME, 
and DAYFILE cards. The COMMENT card allows the user to provide his own docu- 
mentation. 



60407000 D 1-6-1 



I 



ACCOUNT CARD ^ 

The ACCOUNT control card is used to determine if the user is a legal user, which 
resources he is validated to use, and the extent (limits) to which he may use those 
resources. 

The control card format is: 

ACCOUNT(usernum, passwrd, familyname) 

usernum User's user number 

passwrd User's password 

familyname Optional parameter identifying the family tt of permanent 

file devices that have been or may be transferred from the 
user's normal system to a backup system. 

The ACCOUNT card performs the same function as the USER card and is used in 
exactly the same way. All uses and restrictions apply to both. For further informa- 
tion, refer to the USER card in this section. 

CHARGE CARD 

The CHARGE card causes the system to record on the account dayfile all information 
regarding resources used under a specified charge number/project number combination. 
Its purpose is to control the accounting activity of the system for a customer or the 
installation. 

The control card format is: 

CHARGE(chargenum, projectnum) 

chargenum A 1- to 10-alphanumeric character charge number assigned 

to the user 

projectnum A 1- to 20-alphanumerici character project number assigned 

to the user 

The CHARGE card is used in conjunction with user accounting control. An installation 
which implements this feature can impose limits on the SRUs or connect time a user 
may accumulate or restrict his access to the system to a certain time-of-day interval. 

If access option 8 is not set (refer to LIMITS control card in this section), the user 
must include a CHARGE card immediately following every USER card in his job. If 
option 8 is set, the user may but is not required to include a CHARGE card. A user 
assigned more than one charge and/or project number may include additional CHARGE 
cards in his job to record resources used under each charge number/project number 
combination. Whenever a new CHARGE card is issued, the SRU inforniation for the 
previous charge number/ project number is written to the account dayfile and then cleared. 
However, the other accumulators (central processor time, mass storage activity, and 
so on) are not cleared but continue to increment. The following message is also issued 
when a new CHARGE card is entered. 

yy. mm. dd. hh. mm. ss. jobname. ACCN, chargenum, projectnum. 

For a complete listing of messages issued to the user's dajrfile, refer to Job Completion 
in section 3. 



tThe ACCOUNT control card is included for compatibility with previous systems. 
The USER control card is recommended, 
tt Refer to section 2 for a description of permanent file devices. 

1-6-2 60407000 D 



COMMENT CARD 

The COMMENT card is used to enter the specified comment in the system and user's 
dayfile. 

The control card format is: 

COMMENT, comments or 
^comments 

comments Any combination of characters the user wishes to display 

If the 

^comment 
format is used, the * must appear in column 1. 

CTIME CARD 

The CTIME control card requests that the accumulated CPU time for the job be issued 
to the user's dayfile (in seconds). 

The control card format is: 
CTIME. 

DAYFILE CARD 

The DAYFILE control card causes the system to write the user's control point day- 
file to the file specified. 

The control card format is : 

DAYFILE (If n) 

Ifn File to which the dayfile is to be written; the default file 

name is OUTPUT. 



60407000 D 1-6-3 



ENQUIRE CARD 

The ENQUIRE control card gives information about the system to the user. Three 
forms of the command are allowed. 

The control card formats are: 

ENQUIRE(OP=P]^P2. • . P^, JN=jobname, FN=lfnj, 0=lfn2) 

or 
ENQUIRE(pj^P2. . . p^) 

or 
ENQUIRE. 

p. Any of the following options: 

Option Description 

A Causes all OP= options to be executed. 

B Returns to the user informiation about his user identi- 

fication and his priorities, such as USER NUMBER, 
FAMILY NAME, CPU PRIORITIES. USER INDEX 
HASH,, etc. 

F Status of files at the user's control point. 

Example: 

FILENAME LENGTH/ PRUS TYPE STATUS 



BFILE3 


81 


LO. 


EOR 


OUTPUT 


7 


PR. 


IC RE/WR 


OPL 


19349 


PM. 


EOR 



J Returns the contents of the user's control registers and 

error flag field. 

L Returns user's loader information. 

R Returns to the user the amount of resources he has 

used, such as CPU time, MS activity, MT activity, etc. 
These statistics are the factors that make up the SRU. 

S Gives the user his SRUs. The SRU represents the 

total usage of the system by the user. This unit is 
derived from central processor time, I/O activity, and 
memory usage. 

T Returns accumulated CPU time. 

U Returns the amount of resources remaining available 

to the user. Included in these resources are dispose 
files, mass storage, dayfile messages, and control 
cards. 

jobname Last three characters of the name assigned by the system to a 

remote batch job that has been initiated with the SUBMIT card. 
When this parameter is specified, the status of the remote batch 
job is returned. It is only possible to obtain the status of jobs 
submitted under the current user number. 

Ifn. Local file name. When this parameter is specified, the status of 

the particular file is returned in the same manner as when the F 
option is specified. 

1-6-4 60407000 D 



lft»2 Name of alternate file to receive output. If omitted, the system 

assumes OUTPUT. 

The third form of the card (ENQUIRE,.) defaults to the OP=A option. All OP= options 
are executed and information is printed on OUTPUT. 

EXIT CARD 



The EXIT control card indicates the position in the control card record where process- 
ing will resume if an error is encountered, or where to terminate normal control card 
processing if an error is not encountered. For additional information, refer to the 
description of the NOEXIT and ONEXIT control cards later in this section and to the 
description of exit processing in section 5. 



LDI CARD 



The control card format is: 
LDKlfn, id) 



Ifn Name of file containing the batch job image to be submitted; 

if Ifn is omitted, LOAD is assumed. 



id 



Identification code (0-6 7g); if this parameter is omitted, 
is assumed. 



The LDI routine copies fUe Ifn to mass storage and submits the file to the input queue 
with identifier id. The file is submitted as a batch origin type job. 

LENGTH CARD 

The LENGTH control card gives the user the current status of one of his local files. 

The control card format is: 
LENGTH(lfn) 

Ifn Name of local file 

The information given for the local file includes its length, type, and current status. 



60407000 D j_g_5 



LIMITS CARD 

The LIMITS control card directs the S3''stem to list validation information on file OUT- 
PUT for the user named on the latest USER card. 

The control card format is: 
LIMITS. 

Generally, validation limits are the internal system controls associated with each user 
number which govern his use of certain system resources. The listing provided des- 
cribes both the resources available to the user and the extent to which they may be 
used. All numeric values listed are decimal unless the post radix B appears, signi- 
fying an octal value. The following information is listed. 

Field Description 

ABt Answerback identifier (1 to 10 alphanumeric characters) used for 

terminal identification 

MT Maximum number of magnetic tape units the user is allowed to have 

assigned to his job concurrently 

RP Maximum number of removable auxiliary devices the user is 

allowed to have assigned to his job concurrently 

TL Maximum amount of central processor time (cumulative CPU time 

slices) in seconds allowed for the user's job. TL represents the 
actual time limit divided by lOg. 

CM Maximum number of central memory words that the user is allowed 

to request. The value stored for CM represents the actual word 
limit divided by lOOg. 

NF Maximum number of files that the user is allowed to have attached 

to a job concurrently 

DB Maximum number of deferred batch jobs that the user can have in 

the system concurrently 

If the user is validated for system privileges and DEBUG mode is 
set on the system display console or if the user is submitting jobs 
from system origin, this parameter is ignored. The user is 
allowed to submit as many jobs as desired. 

FC Maximum number of permanent files the user can have in each 

catalog. This limit applies to each catalog being accessed (main, 
public auxiliary, or private auxiliary). 

CS Maximum number of PRUs available to the user for Indirect access 

files 

FS Maximum number of PRUs available to the user for any one In- 

direct access file 

PAt Terminal parity (EVEN or ODD) 

ROt Specifies the number of rubout characters required for carriage 

return delay 



tFor further information about this field, refer to the Time-Sharing User's Reference 
Manual. 

1-6-6 60407000 D 



Field Description 

PXt FULL or HALF duplex transmission mode 

TTt Terminal type 

TC Character set to be used by time-sharing terminal 

IS Initial subsystem for time-sharing terminal 

MS Maximum nuimber of mass storage PRUs the user is allowed to 

additionally allocate via his job 

DF Maximum number of MESSAGE requests the user can issue to the 

system and/ or job dayfiles 

CC Maximum number of batch control statements processed for a user. 

(Time-sharing processed control statements are excluded. ) 

OF Maximum number of print and punch files the user can dispose to 

output queues 

CP Maximum number of cards that can be punched from a user's 

disposed punch file 

LP Maximum number of lines that can be printed from a user's dis- 

posed print file 

ECtt Maximum number of ECS memory words that the user is allowed 

to request 

SLtt Maximum number of SRUs the user is allowed 

CN Charge number to which the user is assigned 

PN Project number to which the user is assigned 

DS Maximum number of PRUs available to the user for any one 

direct access permanent file 

AW Access word; controls the user's access within the system ac- 

cording to the following options (assumed values are options 1, 
3, and 4) 

Option Signifies 

1 User can change his password. 

2 User can use the privileged time-sharing commands.! 1 1 

3 User is allowed to create direct access files. 

4 User is allowed to create indirect access files. 



tFor further information about this field, refer to the Time-Sharing User's Reference 
Manual. 
t tNot currently used by the system but provided for future expansion of validation control. 
1 1 tFor further information about privileged time-sharing commands, refer to the operator's 
guide. 

60407000 D 1-6-7 



Option Signifies 

5 User can have system origin (SYOT) capability from any 
job origin if the system console is in DEBUG mode. 

The user is allowed to assign a device by its EST 
ordinal although the system need not be in DEBUG 
mode to do so. 

The user is allowed to call the customer engineering 
FPU based diagnostics if ENGINEERING mode (ENGR) 
is set at the system console,, 

6 User can access/create library files. 

7 User can assign nonallocatable devices. A nonallocatable 
device is a magnetic tape unit, card reader, card 
punch, or line printer. Refer to File Management Con- 
trol Statements in section 7 for further information. 

8 User is allowed to access the system without supplying 
his assigned charge and project numbers. 

9 User can define, save, and replace files on auxiliary 
devices. 

10 User can access special transaction functions. 

11 Allow no terminal timeout. 

The octal value listed for AW corresponds to the preceding options 
where bit is option 1, bit 1 is option 2. and so on. For example, 
if the access word listed were: 

AW=00000000000000000215 
the user would be validated for options 1, 3, 4, and 8. 

The LIMITS card is equivalent to the 0:P=I option of MODVAL. If any parameters are 
included on the LIMITS card, the system issues the following message to the user's 
dayfile. 

ERROR IN LIMITS ARGUMENTS. 

MODE CARD 

The control card format is: 
MODE(m) 

m Exit mode (0 <. m < 7) 

The following values can be supplied for m. 

m Error Exit Mode 

Disable exit mode; no selection made 

1 Address out of range because: 

• Attempt was made to reference CM or ECS outside 
established limits, or 

• Attempt was made to reference last 60 -bit word (word 7) 
in relative address FL of ECS. 



1-6-8 60407000 D 



m Error Exit Mode 

2 Operand out of range; floating-point arithmetic unit received an 
infinite operand 

3 Address or operand out of range (mode 1 or 2) 

4 Indefinite operand; floating-point arithmetic unit received an in- 
definite operand 

5 Indefinite operand or address out of range (mode 1 or 4) 

6 Indefinite operand or operand out of range (mode 2 or 4) 

7 Indefinite operand, operand out of range, or address out of range 
(mode 1, 2, or 4). If no mode is selected, the system assumes 
m=7. 

The MODE card is used to define the error conditions that cause the system to exit 
from normal processing. When the specified error occurs, the system sets the appro- 
priate error flag and exits from normal processing to perform any error processing 
required. If an error occurs for which the exit mode is not selected, the system notes 
the error, skips the operation that is causing the error, and continues normal proces- 
sing. Note that if exit mode 3, 5, 6, or 7 is specified, a combination of exit modes 
1, 2, and 4 is actually selected. For example, if exit mode 5 is specified, an error 
exit will occur for either a mode 1 or mode 4 error condition. Refer to Error Con- 
trol, section 3, and to the CDC CYBER 70 and the 6000 Series Computer Systems 
Reference Manuals for further information about the processing of mode errors. 

NOEXIT CARD 

The NOEXIT control card suppresses the transfer of control to the statement following 
the next EXIT statement if an error occurs. 

The control card format is: 
NOEXIT. 

If a NOEXIT card has appeared in the control card record and an error occurs, pro- 
cessing continues with the next control card, if possible (that is, if error does not 
cause job to abort). Refer to the description of exit processing in section 4 for 
further information. 

NORERUN CARD 

The NORERUN control card allows a user to clear job rerun status. 

The control card format is: 
NORERUN. 

If the NORERUN card has been issued, the job may not be rerun. This may be de- 
sirable to prevent updating of an important data base when the job would otherwise be 
rerun. 

This card is ignored from a time-sharing origin job. 



60407000 D 1-6-9 



OFFSW CARD 

The OFFSW control card clears the pseudo- sense switches for reference by the user's 
program. 

The control card format is: 
OFFSW(Sj,S2, .. .,s„) 

s. Sense switch to be cleared; l<Si<6. If Si=0 is specified, 

all sense switches are cleared". 

The system stores the sense switch settings in the user's control point area and copies 
them to RA for use by the central program. The system operator can change these 
settings by console command. 

ONEXIT CARD 

The ONEXIT control card causes the transfer of control to the statement following the 
next EXIT statement if an error occurs. 

The control card format is: 
ONEXIT. 

The ONEXIT card reverses the effect of a NOEXIT card. If an error occurs in pro- 
cessing a card following ONEXIT, control transfers to the card following the next 
EXIT card. Refer to the description of exit processing in section 4 for further infor- 
mation. 

ONSW CARD 

The ONSW control card sets the pseudo-sense switches for reference by the user's 
program. 

The control card format is: 
ONSW(sj, Sg... -.Sjj) 



s 



Sense switch to be set; l<_Si<_6. If Si=0 is specified, all 
sense switches are set. 

The system stores the sense switch settings in the control point area and copies them 
to RA for use by the central program. The system operator can change these settings 
by console command. 



1-6-10 60407000 D 



PASSWOR CARD 

The PASSWOR control card is used to change the user's password. 

The control card format is : 

PASSWOR (oldpswd. newpswd) 

oldpswd Old password 

newpswd New password 

The user's password is changed from oldpswd to newpswd. The user can change his 
password only if access option 1 is set (refer to the LIMITS control card in this 
section). If option 1 is not set and the user submits a PASSWOR card, the system 
issues the following message to his dayfile. 

ILLEGAL CONTROL CARD, 

If the control card parameters are in error, the system issues the following message. 

ERROR IN PASSWOR ARGUMENTS. 

RERUN CARD 

The RERUN control card allows a user to set job rerun status. 

The control card format is: 
RERUN. 

If the RERUN card has been issued, the job may be rerun. This card is ignored from 
a time-sharing origin job. 

RESOURC CARD 

The RESOURC control card is necessary in any job that uses more than one tape or 
pack concurrently in order to prevent deadlocks with other jobs which may need the 
sanae resources. 

The control card format is : 

RESOURC(rti=ui, rt2=U2, . . . , rtn=Un) 
rt^ Resource type: 

MT Magnetic Tape Unit (7-track) 

NT Magnetic Tape Unit (9-track) 

DDi 854 Disk Storage Drive (l<i<8) 

Dli 844 Disk Storage Subsystem (l<i<8) 

MDi 841 Multiple Disk Drive (l<i<8) 

u. Maximum number of unita of resource type rtj^ this job 

will use concurrently; any rt^- Uj[ entry can be changed on 
subsequent RESOURC control cards. 



60407000 D 1-6-11 



The system manages the use of tape units and disk packs in such a way as to prevent 
deadlocks from occurring. A deadlock would occur if the system, by assigning a tape 
unit or pack to one job, prevented another job with currently assigned resources from 
completing, For example, an installation with two tape units is processing jobs A 
and B. Each job needs both units during some phase of processing. Job A is assigned 
unit 1. If job B were assigned unit 2, neither A nor B could complete until the other 
job relinquished its assigned unit. 

The system prevents such situations by requiring that a RESOURC control card be 
included in any job that uses more than one tape or pack concurrently. When a job 
that includes a RESOURC card is submitted, the system first checks if the specified 
number of units exceeds the number of units for which the user is validated t or the 
number of units available at the installation. If either of these situations occurs, the 
system issues an error message to the user's dayfile and aborts the job. 

When the job requests a tape or pack It, the system compares the number of units that 
jobs being processed have scheduled via RESOURC cards with the number of units act- 
ually assigned. If it determines that the assignment would cause a deadlock, it rolls 
out the job until a deadlock would not occur. If the assignment would not cause a 
deadlock, the system searches for the requested tape or pack. If found, it is assigned 
to the requesting job. If the pack is not found and the NA keyword was included in 
the request or if the tape is not found, the requesting job is rolled out until the 
operator makes the pack or tape available. 

Thus, in the previous example, a RESOURC card would be required in both jobs. The 
information supplied by the cards would enable the system to anticipate the deadlock 
situation and roll out job B until job A no longer needed both units. 

Under certain conditions the system overcommits resources, provided all jobs with 
currently assigned resources can complete. For example, an installation with three 
tape units is processing jobs A and B. Included in each job is a RESOURC card 
scheduling two units. Job A requests its first tape. It is assigned the tape (unit 1) 
because there are enough units available for job A to complete. Job B requests its 
first tape. It is assigned the tape (unit 2) because either A or B can complete if 
assigned the last unit, and when the job that is assigned the last unit completes, the 
other can then use that unit and also complete. Job B then requests and is assigned 
its second tape (unit 3). It completes its operations (that is, terminates or returns 
the files on the tape) and makes the unit available for job A to complete. 

The system manages resources by keeping totals of the number of scheduled units and 
assigned units. Each total can vary during job processing. A user can increase the 
number of scheduled units by RETURNing all files attached to his job residing on re- 
source units not currently needed and then scheduling the required number of units 
with another RESOURC card. He can decrease the number of scheduled units by in- 
cluding RETURN cards or additional RESOURC cards. 



' For jobs that use only one tape or pack at a time and do not contain a RESOURC 
card the system checks validation limits when the request is made. 

1t Refer to Permanent File Control Cards for a description of disk pack requests and 
to Tape Management Control Cards for a description of tape requests. 



1-6-12 



60407000 D 



In the following job, for example, the second RESOURC card increases the number of 
scheduled disk drives and decreases the number of scheduled tape units. 



SAMSJOB(CM50000, T40) 
USER(SJGREEN, WGT, AI.TFAM) 
RESOURC(NT=2) 



RESOURC (DD 1 = 2, NT = 1) 



-EOI- 



At some time during this phase of processing, 
the job will require two 9-track tape units. 



During this phase, the job will require two 854 
Disk Storage Drives and one 9-track tape unit. 
The N = l entry decreases the number of scheduled 
tape units from two to one. 



If the user decreases the total to less than the num.ber of currently assigned units or 
increases the total to a point where a deadlock would occur, the system issues an 
error message to the user's dayfile and aborts his job. 

The method of assigning units depends on the resource type. For example, all tapes 
and all private disk packs not accessible by alternate users can only be assigned to 
one job at a time. All public packs and those private packs accessible by alternate 
users are sharable, and therefore, can be assigned to several jobs at the same time. 

On indirect access file requests the pack is charged to the job in fulfilling its resource 
demand only if the request causes the pack to be mounted. For direct access file re- 
quests, the pack is charged to the job when the first ATTACH of a direct access file 
is made. 

A unit is assigned to a job until the job terminates or all direct access files residing 
on the unit that are assigned to the job are RETURNed. At this point a tape or a non- 
sharable pack can be dismounted. A sharable pack, however, can be dismounted only 
when there are no files residing on the unit that are assigned to any of the jobs sharing 
the pack. 

NOTE 

In GET requests for indirect access files, a pack is 
assigned to a job only as long as the pack is actually 
being used (that is, until the system retrieves the local 
copy of the file). Therefore, during a series of GET 
requests, the operator may determine that the pack is 
not being used £ind dismount it. If the user has a direct 
access file on the pack, he can avoid this situation by 
attaching the direct access file before issuing the GET 
requests. 



60407000 D 



1-6-13 



RFL CARD 

The RFL control card allows the user to change the job field length from that speci- 
fied on the job card. It also sets the restoration field length for all jobs. 

The control card format is: 
RFL{nnnnnn) 

nnnnnn Field length (octal) 

The restrictions on nnnnnn are the same as those described for the job card in 
section 4. If the requested field length exceeds that for which the user is validated, 
the following error message is issued to the user's dayfile. 

FL BEYOND USER LIMIT. 

ROLLOUT CARD 

The ROLLOUT control card requests that the user's job be rolled out and all memory 
assigned to the job released. 

The control card format is: 
ROLLOUT. 

The user's job is entered into the rollout queue and is rescheduled by the system. 

RTIME CARD 

The RTIME control card requests that the current time be read from the realtime 
clock and issued to the dayfile (in seconds). 

The control card format is: 
RTIME. 

SETCORE CARD 

The SETCORE control card presets each word within the field length. 

The control card format is: 
SETCORE(p) 

or 
SETCORE(-p) 

p Any of the following: (If a minus sign precedes the parameter p, 

the complement of p is set in core. ) 

p Fill Characters 



ZERO Zeros (0) 

INDEF Indefinite (1777 0000 0000 0000 0000) 

INF Infinite (3777 0000 0000 0000 0000) 

Each word within the field length is set to p. If p is omitted, the system assumes p=0. 
1-6-14 60407000 D 



ROUTE CARD 

"Hie ROUTS control card allows a batehvuser (caris or TELEl) to route a 
job to a specific CXTTPUT and locaHon, 

The control format is: 

ROUTE(lfn,EJ,C=cc,L«loc,EQ=eq,AT=at,WASTB] or SA1?E) 

Ifn Logical file name. No default. 

EJ If present, ROUTE occurs at end-of-job. Default- 
immediate . 

L=loc Location to which file is to be direeted. Default* 
location at which Job was submitted, 

EQ=»eq Output device to i*iich file is to be directed. 3 

AT»at Attribute. Default- none. 

G=cc Copy count. Default=l. 

WASTE or Will ensure that each oage of printout begins 
SAVE on a new page. Particularly helpful for a printout 
to be in continuous use. 

D-cJ Cou»^ie\r Oro^ C'r-Ac . 

U Hold in 6o-^fl:A <j'jf'je'^(-Sf.ra ^r^'ni ^/,or,'f-v, ) "^uWer (72. 

PS" P^ro^V,A,m( r /Uv«<^'.^ ^ IVP'Jl use 

P \aJ pa 3 s J-'o iro( J 



1-6-11,3 



SETPR CARD 

The SETPR control card allows the user to specify a new CPU priority for his job. 

The control card format is: 
SETPR(p) 

p Priority, l<p<70g; if p exceeds that for which the user 

is validatedT" If is reduced to that value. 

The CPU priority controls the assignment of the CPU to active jobs. If the CPU 
priority is lower than that of other jobs, the job is assigned to the CPU only when 
jobs of a higher priority do not need it. The user is validated for a maximum CPU 
priority. He cannot request a level that exceeds this value or 7O3 (the maximum 
CPU priority). 

SETTL CARD 

The SETTL control card allows the user to specify a new CPU time limit for his job. 
The control card format is: 

SETTL(t) 

t Central processor time limit in octal seconds (maximum 

is 77777g); t is accurate to the nearest second. 

The CPU time limit is the amount of time (in seconds) that a job is allowed to use 
the CPU before the error message: 

TIME LIMIT EXCEEDED. 

is issued by the system. 

The user is validated for a maximum time limit. If this is exceeded or 0<t<_777773 
is not satisfied, the following message is issued. 

ILLEGAL USER ACCESS. 

If t is between 777708 ^^'^ 777778. **^® time limit is infinite. The user cannot set a 
time limit greater than that for which he is validated. 

STIME CARD 

The STIME control card requests that the accumulated SRU value for the job be issued 
to the user's dayfile. 

The control card format is: 
STIME. 



60407000 D 1-6-15 



SUBMIT CARD 

The control card format is: 



SUBMITafn.q,NR)c 
Ifn 



NR 



Name of the file to be submitted to the system for pro- 
cessing as a batch job 

Specifies disposition of job output as follows: 

B Job output is disposed to local batch queue to be 

printed and/or punched at the central site (default 
value for nontime- sharing origin jobs) 

N Job output is disposed to local batch queue, but is 

dropped at job termination (default value for time- 
sharing origin jobs) 

E Job output is disposed to Export/import queue for 

printing at a remote batch terminal. 

No rewind option; inhibits rewind of file specified by re- 
formatting directive cREAD. If omitted, file specified by 
cREAD directive is automiatically rewound. 

Escape character used to identify reformatting directives 
in the file to be submitted (Ifn). If omitted, the system 
assumes c==/. 



The submit file Ifn contains a batch job submitted to the system for processing. The 
reformatting directives described in this section are provided to aid the user in pre- 
paring the submit file. When the SUBMIT card is processed, the submit file can be 
reformatted according to the directives that appear in the file. 

Each line in the submit file preceded by an escape character is recognized by KRONOS 
as a reformatting directive. The escape character to be used must be specified on the 
SUBMIT card (/ by default). Throughout this description, the letter c, preceding a 
directive, denotes the escape character. Reformatting directives may be interspersed 
throughout the submit file as long as transparent mode is not in effect. Transparent 
mode is selected by the cTRANS directive and requires that the user observe special 
rules when inserting subsequent directives into the file (refer to description of cTRANS 
and cNOTRANS directives). 

The systena does not process reformatting directives unless the first line of the 
submit file contains the cJOB directive. In addition, the first two card images following 
the cJOB directive (second and third cards of the submit file) must be a job and USER 
card, respectively. All following information is determined by the user. Thus, the first 
three lines of a submit file that is to be refornmatted before processing should be: 

Inl cJOB 

ln2 jobname, . . . 
In3 USER,... 

where Inl, ln2, and ln3 are optional line numbers. 



1-6-16 



60407000 D 



The SEQ and NOSEO directives are used to determine, during reformatting, if the submit 
file will contain leading line numbers. Therefore, it is a simple matter to include line 
numbers on the entire submit file and specify which line numbers are to be removed 
during reformatting. This is especially useful if the submit file contains a BASIC program 
where line numbers are a requirement of the language. 

The reformatting directives available are described as follows: 



cJOB 



cEOR 

cEOF 

cSEQ 

cNOSEQ 

cPACK 

cNOPACK 
cTRANS 



Indicates that the submit file is to be reformatted and 
selects the following default reformatting directives. The 
default directives remain in effect until specified otherwise. 

cNOTRANS (disabled by cTRANS) 

cSEQ (disabled by cNOSEQ) 

cPACK (disabled by cNOPACK) 

The cJOB directive must be the first line of the submit file. 
If omitted, the file is not reformatted. 

Indicates that an end-of-record mark is to be placed at 
this point in the submit file during reformatting. 

Indicates that an end-of-file mark is to be placed at this 
point in the submit file during reformatting. 

Indicates that the following lines are preceded by line 
numbers and requests that they be removed (default value). 

Reverses the effect of the cSE]Q directive. No attempt is 
made to remove leading line numbers from subsequent lines. 

Requests that all succeeding end-of-record and end-of-file 
marks be removed (default value). This directive applies 
only to internal EOR and EOF marks that currently exist. 
The cEOR and cEOF reformatting directives are not affected. 

Reverses the effect of the cPACK directive. Requests the 
system not to discard succeeding internal end-of-record and 
end-of-file marks that currently exist. 

Indicates transparent mode. When the system encounters this 
directive, it checks the next line of the submit file for an 
additional directive. If one exists, it is ,processed and the 
next line is checked. This continues until a line that is not 
a reformatting directive is encountered. Transparent mode 
is then selected and all directives that exist on subsequent 
lines are ignored until an internal EOR or EOF is encountered 
(this pertains only to EOR and EOF marks that currently 
exist, not cEOR and cEOF directives). The cPACK and 
cNOPACK directives determine if the internal EOR or EOF 
mark will be retained. The line following the internal EOR 
or EOF mark is then checked for a reformatting directive. 
If one exists, it is processed and the following line is checked. 
All directives are processed until a line that does not con- 
tain a reformatting directive is encountered. This causes 
transparent mode to be reset unless a cNOTRANS directive 
was encountered. This process continues until either the end 
of the submit file is reached or until a cNOTRANS directive 
following an Internal EOR or EOF is encountered. 



60407000 D 



1-6-17 



cNOTRANS 



cREAD.lfn 



The cTRANS directive is typically used in conjunction with 
the cREAD directive. It allows the user to copy the contents 
of an existing file into the submit file at the location of the 
cREAD directive. Because the file is read in transparent 
mode, no check for reformatting directives is attempted until 
an internal EOR or EOF is encountered. Note that the cREAD 
directive must follow the cTRANS directive and must be located 
before the first succeeding line that is not a reformatting di- 
rective. If not, transparent mode is selected before the cREAI 
directive is encountered and the cREAD will be ignored. 

The cSEQ or cNOSEQ directive in effect before transparent 
mode was selected has no effect upon the submit file or the 
file being read (cREAD) while transparent mode is in effect. 
Note, however, that the cPACK or cNOPACK directive in 
effect before transparent mode was selected remains in effect 
after it is selected. 

Reverses the effect of the cTRANS directive and informs the 
system that the submit file is to be examined on a line-by-line 
basis. All directives encountered in the submit file while the 
cNOTRANS directive is in effect will be processed. This 
directive is initially selected by default and remains in effect 
until a cTRANS directive is encountered in the submit file. 

The user should be careful in placing this directive in the 
submit file. If transparent mode is selected, this directive 
can possibly be ignored unless it immediately follows either 
a cREAD directive in the submit file or an internal EOR or 
EOF mark. 

Requests that the system read the entire contents of the 
specified file, Ifn, and insert that file in place of the cREAD 
directive in the submit file, during reformatting. If the file 
to be read is not currently local to the job, the system 
automatically attempts a GET and then an ATTACH on the 
file. If Ifn is not specified in the directive, TAPEl is 
assumed. If the file specified cannot be found, the message 

NO READ FILE - Ifn. 

is issued to the user's dayfile, and the job is terminated. 
If the read file is found to be busy (direct access files only), 
the message 

READ FILE BUSY - Ifn. 

is issued to the user's dayfile, and the job is terminated. 
The file specified by Ifn in the cREAD directive is automati- 
cally rewound before the read operation unless the NR para- 
meter is specified on the SUBMIT control card. In this case, 
the rewind directive must precede the cREAD directive in 
the submit file if it is desired to rewind file Ifn before the 
read operation begins. KRONOS returns all files specified 
in cREAD directives before completion of the job. 

If the cPACK directive is in effect at the time of the read, 
all internal EOR and EOF marks will be removed. If the 
cNOPACK directive is in effect, all internal EOR and EOF 
marks are read into the submiit file in the proper position 
during reformatting. 



1-6-18 



60407000 D 



Unless transparent mode Is in effect when file Ifn is read, 
each line of that file will also be checked for a reformatting 
directive. Any directives contained in the file, except an- 
other cREAD, will be processed. The cREAD directive cannot 
be nested. In addition, any directives in effect before the 
cREAD directive is processed will remain in effect for the 
file being read, unless transparent mode is selected. Then, 
only the cPACK or cNOPACK directive remains in effect for 
the file being read. Moreover, only those directives that 
immediately follow an internal EOR or EOF in the file being 
read will be processed. 

If the file to be read is a binary file, it is recommended 
that the cTRANS directive be used. This is to ensure that 
binary data will not be mistaken for a refor:matting directive. 
The cTRANS directive should immediately precede the cREAD 
directive In the submit file, if used. 

cREWIND.lfn Requests that the system rewind file Ifn to the beginning-of- 

informatlon (BOD. If Ifn is not supplied, TAPEl Is assumed. 
This directive is required only if the NR parameter Is in- 
cluded in the SUBMIT command. Otherwise, file Ifn is auto- 
matically rewound. 

This directive is used in conjunction with the cREAD directive. 
Thus, if it is desired to rewind a file before the read operation 
begins, this directive must precede the cREAD directive in 
the submit file. 

CjEC=C2 Indicates that the escape code character is to be changed 

from Cj (current escape code) to C2 (new escape code). The 
new escape code will be used to recognize all subsequent 
reformatting directives until further change. 

There is no restriction on the maximum number of characters per line for transparent 
mode. For all other modes, no line can exceed 150 characters. 

If the user determines that an error occurred during processing of his job, he may 
reference a listing of the user's dayfile as an aid in identifying the cause of the error. 
The user's dayfile contains a record of the job processing activity and is disposed to 
the local batch queue or the Export /Import queue for printing when the job is terminated. 
However, all output is normally dropped at job termination when a batch job image is 
submitted from a time-sharing terminal. This includes the dayfile output as well as the 
job output. In this event, the user can make provisions within his job to save the con- 
tents of the dayfile if an error In processing occurs. This is done by including the 
following control cards at the end of the control card record. 



Inx 


EXIT. 


Iny 


DAYFILE(lfn) 


Inz 


SAVE (Ifn) 



For further information about using SUBMIT from a time-sharing terminal, refer to the 
Time-Sharing User's Reference Manual. 



60407000 D 1-6-19 



SUI CARD 

The SUI control card allows a user to access a permanent file catalog without using 
the USER statement. 

The control card format is: 
SUI(n) 

n User index desired; 0<n<3777778. 

The SUI card is useful if validation is not active. Only system origin jobs may issue 
this control card. If the job is not of systena origin, the following message is issued. 

CPM ILLEGAL REQUEST. 

SUMMARY CARD 

The SUMMARY control card gives information about the system to the user. Three 
forms of the command are allowed. 

The control card formats are: 

SUMMARY(OP=PiP2. . . Pq. JN=jobname, FN=lfni, 0=lfn2) 

or 

SUMMARY(pjP2. . . p^) 

or 

SUMMARY. 

p. Any of the following options: 

Option Description 

A Causes all OP= options to be executed. 

B Returns to the user information about his user identifi- 

cation and his priorities, such as USER NUMBER, 
FAMILY NAME, CPU PRIORITIES, USER INDEX HASH, 
etc. 

F Status of files at the user's control point. 

Example : 

FILENAME LENGTH/ PRUS TYPE STATUS 

BFILE3 81 LO. EOR 

OUTPUT 7 PR. IC RE/WR 

OPL 19349 PM„ EOR 

J Returns the contents of the user's control registers and 

error flag field. 

L Returns user's loader information. 

R Returns to the user the amount of resources he has used, 

such as CPU time, MS activity, MT activity, etc. These 
statistics are the factors that make up the SRU. 

S Gives the user his SRUs. The SRU represents the total 

usage of the system by the user. This unit is derived 
from central processor time, I/O activity, and memory 
usage. 

1-6-20 60407000 D 



Option Description 

T Returns accumulated CPU lime. 

U Returns the amount of resources remtiaining available to 

the user. Included in these resources are dispose files, 
mass storage, dayflle messages, and control cards. 

jobname Last three characters of the name assigned by the system to a 

remote batch job that has been initiated with the SUBMIT card. 
When this parameter is specified, the status of the remote batch 
job is returned. It is only possible to obtain the status of jobs 
submitted under the current user number. 

Ifh. Local file name. When this parameter Is specified, the status of 

the particular file Is returned In the same manner as when the F 
option is specified. 

lfn„ Name of alternate file to receive output. If omitted, the system 

assumes OUTPUT. 

The third form of the card (SUMMARY. ) defaults to the OP=R option. The resource 
usage of the job is listed on OUTPUT. 

SWITCH CARD 

The SWITCH control card sets the pseudo-sense switches for reference by the user's 
program. 

The control format is: 

SWITCH(si, Sg, . . . Sjj) 

Sj Sense switch to be set; l<Si^6. If Si=0 is specified, all 

sense switches are set. 

The system stores the sense switch settings in the control point area and copies them 
to RA for use by the central program. The systiem operator can change these settings 
by console command. 

This control card performs the same function as the ONSW control card. 

USECPU CARD 

The USECPU control card specifies which central processor is to be used when more 
than one is available for processing. 

The control card format is: 

USECPU(n) 

n = Either central processor can be used. 

n = 1 CPU is to be used (CDC CYBER 74- 2X or the 6600 

CPU on the 6700). 

n = 2 CPU 1 is to be used (CDC CYBEFl 74- 2X or the 6400 

CPU on the 6700). 

The USECPU card is to be used only when the system is running on a CDC CYBER 
74-2X or 6700 system. 



60407000 D 1-6-21 



USER CARD 

The system utilizes the USER control card to determine if the programmer is a legal 
user, which resources he is validated to use, and the extent (limits) to which he may 
use those resources. The USER card must follow the job card if user validation is 
active. 

The control card format is: 

USER(usernum, passwrd, familyname) 

usernum User's user number 

passwrd User's password 

familyname Optional parameter identifying the family f of permanent file 

devices that have been or may be transferred from the user's 
normal system to a backup system 

This card defines controls and validation limits for the job and defines the user's per- 
manent file base. The user can specify a different permanent file catalog during job 
processing by issuing another USER card. However, the access limits (refer to LIMITS 
control card in this section) for the user named on the first USER card remain in 
effect for all subsequent USER cards. 

Normally, the familyname parameter need not be included on the USEB; card. However, 
if the user maikes a practice of specifying his family name each time he submits a job, 
he can be sure that his job will be processed even if his normal system is not available 
and his permanent file family had to be moved to a backup system. If, after the first 
USER card, the user doesn't specify a familyname on the USER card, Ms permanent file 
family remains the same. If the user specifies the (zero) familyname, his permanent 
file family becomies the system default family. 

Example: 

An installation has two systems, A and B. System B provides backup service for sys- 
tem A. The system default family name for system A is AFAM,and the system default 
family name for system B is BFAM. 

During normal operations, system A user CWJONES with password JPWD could enter 
either of the following USER cards. 

USER(CWJONES, JPWD) 

USER(CWJONES, JPWD, AFAM) 

System B user JDSMITH with password SPWD could enter either of the following cards. 
USER(JDSMITH, SPWD) 
USER, JDSMITH, SPWD, BFAM) 

If system A failed, user CWJONES would be required to enter: 

USER(CW JONES, JPWD. AFAM) 

to identify his family of permanent file devices. User JDSMITH could enter either of 
the USER cards as before because the defavilt family name would still be valid. 



t Refer to section 2 for a description of permanent file devices. 



1-6-22 60407000 D 



If the user attempts to access permanent files on a device not present In the alternate 
system, one of the following messages is issued to the user's dayfile. 

DEVICE UNAVAILABLE, AT nnn. This message is issued if the user's 

master device! was not transferred to 
the backup system. 

DIRECT ACCESS DEVICE ERROR. This message Is issued if the user attempted 

AT nnn. to reference direct access files on a de- 

vice (other than his master device) not 
present in the backup system, t 



t Refer to section 2 for a description of permanent file devices. 



60407000 D 1-6-23 



F^LE MANGEMENT CONTROL CARDS 



The file management control cards enable the user to manipulate files attached to his 
job. Many of these control cards are processed by the systenri processor, FILES. 
The control cards included in this category are: 



ASSIGN 


COPYEI 


NEW 


SKIPF 


1 


BKSP 


COPYSBF 


OUT 


SKIPFB 




CATALOG 


COPYX 


PACK 


SKI PR 




CLEAR 


DISPOSE 


PRIMARY 


SORT 


1 


COMMON 


DOCMENT 


RENAME 


STAGE 




CONVERT 


EVICT 


REQUEST 


TDUMP 


1 


COPY 


GTR 


RESEQ 


UNLOAD 




COPYBF 


LIBEDIT 


RETURN 


UNLOCK 




COPYBR 


LIST80 


REWIND 


VERIFY 




COPYCF 


LOCK 


SETID 


VFYLIB 




COPYCR 


L072 


SKIPEI 


WRITEF 
WRITER 





The cards in this section allow the user to position his files,, copy data from one file 
to another, specify method and format of input/output, sort his files, and add correc- 
tions. He can assign his files to a specific device type; change the file type, identi- 
fication code, and write interlock status; and release them from job attachment. The 
user can also receive information about records in a file or documentation in a file 
containing COMPASS source code. 

If an error is encountered in an operation on one file of a multiple file request, the 
operation is not performed on the following files. For example, if an error occurs in 
processing file B on the following control card: 

COMMON(A, B, C. D) 

files C and D are not processed. 

If a file is not specifically assigned through the use of an ASSIGN, LABEL, or REQUEST 
control card, the system assigns the file to available mass storage. Refer to the 
ASSIGN and REQUEST cards in this section and Tape Management Control Cards in 
section 10 for a more detailed description. 



60407000 D 



1-7-1 



ASSIGN CARD 

The ASSIGN control card directs the system to assign a file to the specified device or 
device type. 

The control card format is: 

ASSIGN(nn, Ifn. (^g) ) 

nn Device or device type to which the specified file is to be 

assigned; nn may be either the EST ordinalt of a peripheral 
device or the device type as defined as follows: 

Type Equipment 



CP 415 Card Punch 

CR 405 Card Reader 

DA 6603 Disk System 

DB 6638 Disk System 

DC 863 Drum Storage 

DD 854 Disk Storage Drive 

DE Extended Core Storage 

DF 814 Disk File 

DH 821 Data File 

DI 844 Disk Storage Subsystem 

DP Distributive Data Path to ECS 

LP 501, 505, 512, or 580-12 Line Printer 

LQ 512 Line Printer 

LR 580-12 Line Printer 

MD 841 Multiple Disk Drive 

MS Mass Storage Device 

NE Null Equipment 

TT Time-Sharing Multiplexer! t 

Ifn Name of the file to be assigned to the specified equipment 

CK Specifies that Ifn is to be used as a checkpoint file. Each time 

a checkpoint dump is taken, the new information is written at the 
previous EOI of Ifn. 

CB Specifies that Ifn is to be used as a checkpoint file. Each time a 

checkpoint dump is taken the new information is written at the 
BOX of Ifn. 

Before performing the assignment, the system issues a RETURN on Ifn. Any job can 
assign a file to MS and any time-sharing origin job can assign a file to TT. However, 
to assign any other devices, the job raust be of system origin or the user must be 
validated for system origin privileges, t t T 

If the user attempts to perform an assignment for which he is not validated, the job is 
aborted and the following message is issued to the user's dayfile. 

ILLEGAL USER ACCESS. 



t Contact installation personnel for a list of EST ordinals, 
t t This device type applies only to tune-sharing origin jobs, 
tit Refer to LIMITS control card, section 6. 



1-7-2 60407000 D 



In addition, to assign a file to any nonmass storage device except device type TT, the 
user must be validated to use nonallocatable devices. If the user does not have this 
validation or the device is not available, the system aborts the job. 

The user should not normally assign any nonallocatable devices to his job. While it is 
possible to assign a central site card reader, line printer, or card punch directly on- 
line to the user's job, only a subset of the capabilities of local batch input/output are 
available through this method of access. Also, there is no need to assign nonallocatable 
devices to local files named OUTPUT, PUNCH, P8, or PUNCHB and any other local 
file disposed to an output queue because these files are always processed upon job 
completion. 

Example 1: 

ASSIGN(MS, OUTPUT) 

This card assigns file OUTPUT to mass storage. With this assignment, a time-sharing 
user causes output normally printed at his terminal to be written on a mass storage 
file instead. Here, output means information generated by a program durijpg execution. 
Informative and error messages are still printed at the terminal. Once this assign- 
ment is made, output is written on the mass storage file OUTPUT until the file is 
returned or reassigned. 

Example 2: 

ASSIGN(TT.XYZ) 

This card assigns file XYZ to the user's time- sharing terminal. The assignment 
causes output that would nornaally be written on XYZ to he printed at the terminal in- 
stead. 

Example 3: 

ASSIGN(MD, ABC) 

This card assigns file ABC to an 841 Multiple Disk Drive if one is available. 

The ASSIGN card can also be used to create or access existing 7- or 9-track unlabeled 
tapes. For a description of the card as it applies to magnetic tape assignment, refer 
to Tape Management, section 10. 

BKSP CARD 

The BKSP control card directs the system to bjrpass a specified number of logical records 
in the reverse direction. 

The control card format is: 

BKSPdfn. n. m) 

Ifn Name of the file to be backspaced 

n Number of logical records (decimal) to backspace; if this para- 

meter is omitted, the system assumes n=l. 

m File mode; C for coded, B for binary. If omitted, the system 

assumes the file is in binary mode. 



60407000 D 



1-7-3 



The BKSP request can be issued at any point in a logical record. If, for example, 
FILEl were positioned within the third record, a 

BSKP( FILED 

request would reposition FILEl to the beginning of the third record. The system does 
not backspace past the beginning of information (BOX). However, EOF indicators are 
considered separate records and are included in the record count. An unrecognizable 
record count causes the following message: 

ERROR IN FILE ARGUMENTS. 

to be issued to the user's dayfile. 

The BKSP card has no effect on a primary file since that file is rewound after every 
operation. 

CATALOG CARD 

The CATALOG control card requests a listing of information about each record in a 
specified file. 

The control card format is: 

CATALOGdfn, Pj, Pg. • . . . P^^) 

Ifn Name of the file to be cataloged 

p. May be one of the following: 

N=0 Catalog until an empty file is encountered 

N=x Catalog x files; default is N=l 

N Catalog to end of information 

L=frame Specifies the name of the file to receive output; 

if this parameter is omitted, the system assumes 
L = OUTPUT 

U Select user library list (not given unless selected) 

D Suppress all comment fields; suppress all page 

headings after the initial page heading for each 
individual file. 

R Rewind Ifn before and after cataloging 

CS Suppress character set list for OFL (old program 

library) and OPLC (old program library common 
deck) type records. 

The listing for each file of a multifile set begins on a new page with a page heading 
for that file. If the D option has been specified, the page heading appears only once, 
at the beginning of the file. The information listed included: 

• Number of the record cataloged 

• Record name from the first word of the record or the second word of the prefix 
(77) table, if present. 

• Record tjrpe (list of valid record types follow this list) 

l-'^-4 60407000 D 



• Length (less 77 table length) in words printed as an octal number 

• A checksum (not Including the 77 table) 

• Dates and comments in 77 table, if present 

• Character set mode for OPL/OPLC type records (unless suppressed by CS 
option) 

Type may be one of the following. 



• ABS 

• COS 

• OPL 

• OPLC 

• OPLD 

• OVL 

• PP 

• PPU 

• REL 

• TEXT 

• ULIB 



Multiple entry point overlay 

Chippewa format central processor program 

Modify old program library deck 

Modify old program library common deck 

Modify old program library directory 

Central processor overlay 

6000 series peripheral processor program 

7600 peripheral processor program 

Relocatable central processor program 

Unrecognizable as a program 

User library program 



Entry points are listed for REL and ABS format records. The entire record is listed 
for TEXT format records if the name of the record begins with CMRDECK, CMRDC, 
IPRDECK. IPRDC. LIBDECK, or LIBDC. The first line is listed for TEXT format 
records if the name of the record begins with OVERLAY. Correction identifiers and 
their YANK status (refer to the Modify Reference Manual) are listed for OPL and 
OPLC records. 

A ULIB format record suppresses listing of records in the library unless the U option is 
specified on the control card. Zero-length records cause the length since the last zero- 
length record to be listed. EOFs cause the length since the last EOF to be listed. 



60407000 D 



1-7-5 



CATALOG OF SYSTEM 



FILE 



REC 


NAME 


TYPE 


LENGTH 


301 


PROFILE 
PROFILE 
ARG« 
RFL» 
SSJ« 


ABS 




5112 


302 


SFS 


OVL 


01,00 


1716 


303 


OAV 


PP 


(0000) 


155 


304 


2TJ 


PP 


(2000) 


140 


305 


(00) 




SUM » 


25023 


306 


IBA 


PP 


(1100) 


401 


307 


3BA 


PP 


(2000) 


57 


308 


3BB 


PP 


(2000) 


374 


309 


3BC 


PP 


(2000) 


136 


310 


3B0 


PP 


(2365) 


50 


311 


3BE 


PP 


(236i) 


27 


312 


ICO 


PP 


(1100) 


1051 


313 


110 


PP 


(HOC) 


165 


314 


3IA 


PP 


(2213) 


237 


315 


318 


PP 


(4113) 


37 


316 


3IC 


PP 


(2213) 


163 


317 


5IA 


PP 


(4325) 


74 


318 


SIC 


PP 


(4325) 


74 


319 


5IE 


PP 


(4325) 


117 


320 


5IG 


PP 


(4325) 


117 


321 


2LP 


PP 


(2000) 


253 


322 


2PC 


PP 


(2000) 


270 


323 


2RC 


PP 


(2000) 


302 


324 


(00) 




SUM » 


4723 



1 

CKSUM DATE COMMENTS 
7106 75/04/22. 73/05/24. 



0262 
7256 
0744 



6467 
5751 
0425 
2771 
5527 
6720 
2713 
7162 
6117 
2354 
5366 
6335 
7601 
0462 
7764 
7000 
6063 
0151 



75/04/19. 73/05/24. 
75/04/19. 73/05/05. 
75/04/19. 70/12/13. 



75/04 
75/04 
75/04 
75/04 
75/04 
75/04 
75/04 
75/05 
75/05 
75/05 
75/05 
75/05 
75/05 
75/05 
75/05 
75/04 
75/04 
75/04 



/19. 
/19. 
/19. 
/19. 
/19. 
/19. 
/19. 
/08. 
/08. 
/08.' 
/08. 
/08. 

/oe. 

/08. 
/08. 
/19. 
/19. 
/19. 



74/04 
74/04 
74/04 
74/04 
74/04 
74/11 
75/03 
74/04 
74/04 
7 4/04 
74/04 
74/04 
74/04 
74/04 
74/04 
70/12 
70/12 
70/12 



/22. 
/22. 
/22. 
/22. 
/22. 
/25. 
/20. 
/22. 

tzz. 

/22. 
/22. 
/22. 
/22. 
/22. 
/22. 
/13. 
/13. 
/13. 



Figure 1-7-1. Sample Page of Catalog of System 



1-7-6 



60407000 D 



325 


E200CP 


ovt 


00^00 


326 


XSP 


PP 


(1100) 


327 


lED 


PP 


(1100) 


328 


ILS 


PP 


(1100) 


329 


9IA 


PP 


(2000) 


330 


9IB 


PP 


(6000) 


331 


9IC 


PP 


(6000) 


332 


910 


PP 


(2000) 


333 


9IE 


PP 


(2000) 



334 
335 
336 
337 



9 IF 

9IG 
9IH 
(00) 



PP (2401) 

PP (1100) 

PP (7000) 

SUM » 



672 

255 

1075 

123 

555 

122 

121 

25 

64 

131 

35 

77 

4005 



5255 75/04/19. 75/03/23. 



3067 
1267 
3727 
1661 
2452 
6122 
6133 
7515 



75/04/19. 
75/04/19. 
75/04/19. 
75/04/19. 
75/04/19. 
75/04/19. 
75/04/19. 
75/04/19. 



74/05/19. 
74/05/19. 
74/05/19. 
74/05/19. 
74/05/19. 
74/05/19. 
74/05/19. 
74/05/19. 



671.2 75/04/19. 74/05/19. 
2476 75/04/19. 74/05/19. 
0056 75/04/19. 74/05/19. 



338 


CSl 


PP 


[1123) 


533 


339 


ITP 


PP 


11100) 


140 


340 


DATADEF 


OVL 


00>00 


14222 


341 


OATAMAP 


OVL 


00»00 


11330 


342 


DBFORM 


OVL 


00>00 


14626 


343 


KTSDMP 
KTSDMP 
RFL" 


ABS 




6643 


344 


LIBTASK 
LIBTASK 
RFL» 


ABS 




7653 


345 


PRESIM 


OVL 


00*00 


15446 


346 


TRANEX 


OVL 


00,00 


7037 


347 


TRANEXA 


OVL 


01,00 


260 


348 


TRANtXB 


OVL 


01,00 


170 


349 


TRANEXC 


OVL 


01,00 


235 


350 


TRANEXD 


OVL 


01,00 


253 


351 


TRANEXE 


OVL 


01,00 


252 


352 


TRANEXF 


OVL 


01,00 


174 


353 


TRANDBM 


OVL 


01,00 


6140 


354 


TRANEXl 


OVL 


00,00 


6332 


355 


TRANEX2 


OVL 


01,00 


1007 


356 


TRANSIM 
TRANSIM 
RFL = 
SSJ» 


ABS 




1455 


357 


TRANLIB 


ULIB 


11? 


375 


BDMLIB 


ULIB 


140 


395 


(00) 




SUM » 


143246 


396 


DEMUX 
DEMUX 
RFL = 


ABS 




3303 



5264 75/04/20. 71/11/16. 



2011 
7267 
3602 
6462 
6370 



5646 
6643 
3744 
2473 
4042 
7276 
2614 
2655 
3221 
7120 



5272 
2502 



75/04/20. 
75/04/20. 
75/04/20. 
75/05/08. 

75/04/20. 



72/09/01. 
71/10/13. 
71/10/04. 
05/08/72. 
72/09/23. 



4432 75/04/20. 71/09/01. 



3173 75/04/20. 73/05/06. 



75/05/20. 
75/05/20. 

75/05/20. 
75/05/20. 
75/05/20. 
75/05/20. 
75/05/20. 
75/05/20. 
75/05/20. 
75/05/20. 



75/0<r/20. 
75/04/20. 
75/04/20. 
75/04/20. 
75/04/20. 
75/04/20. 
75/04/20. 
75/04/20. 
72/04/29. 
75/04/20. 



0562 75/04/20. 71/12/09. 



75/04/20. 
75/05/20. 



2744 75/04/20. 74/05/07. 



Figure 1-7-1. Sample Page of Catalog of SYSTEM (Cont'd) 



60407000 D 



1-7-7 



CLEAR CARD 

The CLEAR control card releases all the user's current working files. 

The control card format is: 
CLEAR. 

If a primary file exists, only the file name is retained; information within the file is 
purged. The empty file remains available as the primary file. 

COMMON CARD 

The COMMON control card is used to either create or access a librari^ type file. 

The control card format is: 

COMMONdfnj, Un^. .... Ifn^) 

Ifn Logical file name 

The user must be validated to access/create library files. The specified file must be 
a local mass storage file. If Ifn is not local, a search is made for a library file by 
that name and an error message issued if the file is not found. If the operation com- 
pletes successfully, the file is attached to the user's job as a library type file. 

Before a local file can be made a library file, it must be locked. Refer to the LOCK 
control card. 

CONVERT CARD 

The CONVERT control card converts records from one character set to another. 

The control card format is: 
CONVERT(Pj, Pg, . . . , P^) 

p. May be one of the following: 

P=lfnj Input on file Ifnj ; if omitted, file OLD is assumed 

N=lfn2 Output on file lfn2: if omitted, file NEW is as- 
sumed 

RS=n-| Maxim.umi record size in characters (decimal); 

l<n< 500. If omitted, 300 is the assumed maxi- 
mum record size. (Each character is 6 bits. ) 

64 Convert from 63-to 64~character set; if omitted, 

no conversion takes place. The TS option must 
be specified if 64 is not. 

TS=tj Convert from old to new time -sharing character 

set; U may be one of the following terminal types: 

t^ Te rminal Type 

TTY ASCII code terminal with standard 

print 
COR Correspondence code terminal 

with standard print 



1-7-8 60407000 D 



1 



_*!_ TerminsJ. Type 

CORAPL Correspondence code terminal 
with APL print 

MEMAPL Memorex 1240 (ASCII code) 
terminal with APL print 

BLKEDT ASCII code terminal with stan- 

dard print, block edit mode 

If ti is omitted, it is assumed to be TTY. 
If TS Is omitted, no time-sharing conversion 
takes place. The 64 option must be specified 
if TS Is not. 

R Rewind Input and output files prior to processing. 

If omitted, no rewind takes place. 

RC=n2 Convert n2 decimal records. If n2 Is omitted, 
convert until an E^OF Is encountered. If RC Is 
omitted, one record Is assumed. 

The following table lists legal conversion using the appropriate CONVERT parameter. 

Type of Record Lega l Conversion Parameters 

6 3- character set, nontime -sharing 64 

record 

Old time-sharing record TS or 

64 and TS 

New NORMAL time-sharing record 64 

(equivalent to BATCH character set) 

New ASCII time -sharing record None 

COPY CARD 

The COPY control card causes the first file specified to be copied to the second file. 

The control card format is: 

COPYdfnj.lfng.x, c) 

Ifn^ Name of the file to copy from; if this parameter is omitted, file 

INPUT is assumed. 

lfn„ Name of the file to copy to; if this parameter is omitted, file 

OUTPUT is assumed. 

X If a third parameter (1 to 7 alphanumeric characters) is present. 

both files are rewound before the copy begins and rewound, veri- 
fied, and rewound again after the copy is complete. 



60407000 D 1-7-9 



c If a fourth parameter (1 to 7 alphanumeric characters) is present, 

the copy to or from an SI. S, or L format tape is performed in 
coded rather than binary mode. 

The copy begins at the current position of both files, unless the x parameter is speci- 
fied, and continues until an empty file (a double EOF) or EOI is encountered in Ifnj. 
If the copy is terminated by a double EOF, the second EOF is detected but is not trans- 
ferred to Ifuo. That is, if the files are not rewound after the copjr (x parameter not 
specified), file Ifn^ is positioned after the second EOF and Ifng after the first EOF. 

COPYBF CARD 

The COPYBF control card causes a specified number of binary files to be copied from 
one file to another. 

The control card format is: 
COPYBF(lfnj, Ifng, n. c) 

Ifnj Name of the file to copy from; if this parameter is omitted, file 

INPUT is assumed, 

IfUg Name of the file to copy to; if this parameter is omitted, file 

OUTPUT is assumed. 

n Number of files (decimal) on Ifn- to copy; if this parameter is 

omitted, n=l is assumed. 

c If a fourth parameter (1 to 7 alphanumeric characters) is present, 

the copy to or from an SI, S, or L format tape is performed in 
coded rather than binary mode. 

The copy begins at the current position of Ifn^ . If Ifn^lfn^,, n files are skipped but no 
data transfer occurs. If the EOI is encountered before the file count is satisfied, an 
EOF is written on lfn2, and the operation terminates. 

COPYBR CARD 

The COPYBR control card causes a specified number of binary records to be copied 
from one file to another. 

The control card form^at is: 

COPYBRdfni, Ifng, n, c) 

Ifnj Name of the file to copy from; if this parameter is omitted, file 

INPUT Is assumed. 

IfUg Name of the file to copy to; if this parameter Is omitted, file 

OUTPUT is assumed. 

n Number of records (decimal) to copy; if this parameter is omitted, 

n=l is assumed. 

c If a fourth parameter (1 to 7 alphanumeric characters) is present, 

the copy to or from an SI, S, or L format tape is performed in 
coded rather than binary mode. 



1-7-10 60407000 D 



The copy begins at the current position of Ifn,. EOF indicators are considered separate 
records and are included in the record count. If Ifn^slfng. n records are skipped but 
no data transfer occurs. If the EOI is encountered before the record count is satisfied, 
an EOF is written on lfn2> and the operation terminated. 

COPYCF CARD 

The COPYCF control card directs the system to copy a specified number of files from 
one file to another. 

The control card format is: 

COPYCF(lfni, lfn2, n.fchar, Ichar) 

Ifni Name of the file to copy from; if this parameter is omitted, 

file INPUT is assumed. 

Ifn2 Name of the file to copy to; if this parameter is omitted, 

file OUTPUT is assumed. 

n Number of files (decimal) to copy; if this parameter is 

omitted, n=l is assumed. 

fchar First character position of each line to copy; if this parj*- 

meter is omitted, fchar=l is assumed. 

Ichar Last character position of each line to copy; if this para- 

meter is omitted, lchar=136 is assumed. 

The copy begins at the current position of Ifn-^. If Ifn2==lfn2, n files are skipped but no 
data transfer occurs. If the EOI is encountered before the file count is satisfied, an 
EOF is written on Ifrio. and the operation terminates. COPYCF reformats the file into 
line images if it is blocked in greater than Ichar blocks. 

If Ichar is less than fchar, Ichar is greater than 150, or either fchar or Ichar is un- 
recognizable, the following error message is issued to the user's dayfile. 

ILLEGAL CHARACTER. NUMBER. 

If COPYCF is attempted on a line longer than 150 characters which does not contain a 
line terminator, the following message is issued. 

NO LINE TERMINATOR. 

If n is illegal or zero, the following message is issued. 

ILLEGAL COUNT. 

COPYCR CARD 

The COPYCR control card directs the system to copy a specified number of records 
from one file to another. 

The control card format is: 

COPYCRdfni, lfn2. n, fchar, Ichar) 

Ifnj Name of the file to copy from; if this parameter is omitted, 

file INPUT is assumed. 

Ifn2 Name of the file to copy to; if this parameter is omitted, 

file OUTPUT is assumed. 

60407000 D 1-7-11 



n Number of records (decimal) to copy; if this param.eter is 

omitted, n=l is assumed,, 

fchar First character position of line to copy; if this parameter 

is omitted, fchar = l is assumed. 

Ichar Last character position of line to copy; if this parameter 

is omitted, lchar = 136 is assumed. 

The copy begins at the current position of Ifn^. If lfnj=lfn2. n records are skipped but 
no data transfer occurs. EOF indicators are considered separate records and are in- 
cluded in the record count. If the EOI is encountered before the record count is satis- 
fied, an EOF is written on lfn2, and the operation terminates. COPYCR is processed 
in exactly the same manner as the COPYCF control card except that n specifies the 
number of records rather than the number of files. 

If COPYCR is attempted on a line longer than 150 characters which does not contain a 
line terminator, the following message is issued. 

NO LINE TERMINATOR. 

COPYEi CARD 

The COPYEI control card directs the system to copy one file to another. 
The control card format is: 

COPYEI(lfnj,lfn2,x.c) 

Ifn^ Name of the file to copy from; if this parameter is omitted, 

file INPUT is assumed. 

Ifn^ Name of the file to copy to; if this parameter is omitted, file 

OUTPUT is assumed. 

X If a third parameter (1 to 7 alphanumeric characters) is 

present, both files are rewound before the copy, and rewound, 
verified, and rewound again after the copy is complete. 

c If a fourth parameter (1 to 7 alphanumeric characters) is 

present, the copy to or from an SI, S, or L format tape is 
performed in coded rather than binary mode. 

The copy begins at the current position of Ifn^ and continues until the EOI is encountered. 
The EOI is not defined for certain tape formats (refer to Data Formats, section 10). 

COPYSBF CARD 

The COPYSBF control card enables the user to copy a file where the first character of 
each line is not a printer control character and is to be printed. 

The control card format is: 

COPYSBPdfnj, Ifng, n) 

Ifn, Name of the file to copy from; if this parameter is omitted, file 

INPUT is assumed. 

Ifn, Name of the file to copy to; if this parameter is omitted, file 

OUTPUT is assumed. 

n Number of files (decimal) to copy; if this parameter is omitted, 

n=l is assumed. 

1_7«12 60407000 D 



The COPYSBF routine copies n files beginning at the current position of Ifn^ to file Ifng. 
shifting each line image one character to the right and adding a leading space. A page 
eject character is inserted at the beginning of each logical record (refer to appendix A for 
a list of carriage control characters). If lfni=lfn2. n files are skipped but no data 
transfer occurs. If the EOI is encountered before the file count is satisfied, an EOF 
is written to lfn2, and the operation terminates. 

If COPYSBF is attempted on a line longer than 150 characters which does not contain 
a line terminator, the following message is issued. 

NO LINE TERMINATOR. 

COPYSBF results in single-line spacing and a page eject at the beginning of each 
record when the file is printed. 

COPYX CARD 

The COPYX control card enables the user to specify certain conditions when copying 
logical records. 

The control card format is: 

COPYXdfni, Ifng, X, b, c) 

Ifni Name of the file to copy from; if this parameter is omitted, 

file INPUT is assumed. 

Ifn2 Name of the file to copy to; if this parameter is omitted, 

file OUTPUT is assumed. 

X Copy specifications; if omitted, one record is copied. The 

value for x may be one of the following: 

X Meaning 

n Number of records (decimal) to copy 

00 Copy all records up to and including first 

zero-length record 

name Copy all records up to and including record 

of specified name (record name is first 
seven characters of record) 

type/name Copy all records up to and including record 
of specified type and name (refer to CATA- 
LOG control card for list of valid record 
types ) 

b Backspace control; if omitted, is assumed. 

b Meanin g 

No backspace 

1 Backspace file Ifnj^ one record after copy 
completes 

2 Backspace file lfn2 one record after copy . 
completes 

3 Backspace files Ifn^ and lfn2 one record 
after copy completes 

c If a fifth parameter (1 to 7 alphanumeric characters) is 

present, the copy to or from an SI, S, or L format tape 
is performed in coded rather than binary mode. 

60407000 D 1-7-13 



I 



The COPYX routine copies logical records from file Ifni to file Hn2 at the current position 
of Ifni until the condition specified by x is met. It then backspaces the files according to 
the value specified by the b parameter. If lfni=lfn2, the file is repositioned according to 
the X parameter; no data is transferred. 

DISPOSE CARD 

The DISPOSE control card is used to release specified files to the proper output queues. 
The control card format is: 

DISPOSEafni=qi,lfn2=q2. . . . ,lfnn=qn/ot=usernum) 

Ifn^ Name of the file to be disposed 

qi Queue type: 

PR Print 

PH Punch coded 026 

P9 Punch coded 029 

PB ]l\inch binary 

P8 Punch 80 -column binary 

ot Origin type to which files are to be disposed: 

BC Local batch 

EI Remote batch (Export /Import) 

usernum Number of the remote batch (that is, ot is EI) user to which 

the files are to be disposed (ignored if ot is BC). This 
parameter is valid only if the user is allowed deferred 
batch jobs. Also, usernum must match the number of the 
user performing the DISPOSE on all character positions 
except those containing an *. 

The file type for file Ifn^ is changed to q^ in the FNT/FST entry for Ifn.. The system 
then processes the file according to queue type. Theuser can dispose ^coded punch 
files to either 026 or 029 regardless of the job's initial keypunch mode. If the sys- 
tem cannot recognize qj^, the following message is issued. 

ILLEGAL DISPOSE CODE. 

If the ot and usernum parameters are not specified, a remote batch job disposes the 
files to the 200 user terminal from which it was submitted, and all other origin types 
dispose the files to the central site output device. If ot is BC, the usernum parameter 
is ignored and the files are disposed to the central site device. 



1-7-14 60407000 D 



DOCMENT CARD 

The DOCMENT control card enables the user to extract either the external or internal 
documentation from a file containing COMPASS source code. 

The control card format is: 

DOCMENT(pp P2. . . . . p^) 

Pi The parameters can be in any order and must be in one 

of the following forms. 

Omitted The first default value is assumed. 

a The alternate default value is assumed. 

a=x X is substituted for the assumed value. 

Any numeric parameter can be specified with a post radix character of either B or D. 
The values that p^ can assume are: 

I=lfrn Name of the file that contains the page footing information; 

this must be a single card in the following format. 



Column(s) 


Contents 


1 


Blank 


2- 


•45 


Document title 


46- 


■55 


Publication numiber 


56- 


■60 


Revision level 


61- 


■70 


Revision date 



S=lfn2 Name of the file containing the source card images from 

which to extract the documentation 

L=lfn3 Name of the file on which the file is to be written 

N=nn Number of copies to be produced 

T=type Documentation type: 

INT Internal documentation (detailed description 

of the internal features of the software) 

EXT External documentation (detailed description 

of the external features of the software) 

C=cc Key character for documentation 

P=pp Number of print lines per page 

NT Negate table generator 

TC List table of contents 



60407000 D 1-7-15 



The following are the default values lor tne parametera ueaui lucu. 





First 


Alternate 


Parameter 


Default 


Default 


I 





INPUT 


S 


COMPILE 


SOURCE 


L 


OUTPUT 


OUTPUT 


N 


1 


1 


T 


EXT 


INT 


C 


* 


03 


P 


60 


80 


NT 


ON 


OFF 


TC 


OFF 


ON 



Co mment 

Page footing information; if I 
is 0, no footing information 
is printed. 

Source card images 

List file 

Number of copies (decimal) 

Documentation type 

Check character (two octal 
digits) 

Number of print lines per page 

Table generator status 
Table of contents status 



Refer to appendix C, volume 2 for a detailed explanation of the documentation standards 
followed. It also contains examples of external and internal documentation for program 
COPYB. 



EVICT CARD 

The EVICT control card releases file space for a specified file(s) but does not release 
file attachment to the job. 

The control format is: 

EVICT(lfni.lfno....,lfn ) 
12 n 



Ifn. 



Name(s) of the file(s) to be evicted 



The operation that EVICT performs depends on the file type. For permianent files, all 
file space except the first track is released, job attachixient remains, and an EOI is 
written on the first sector of the first track. For all other file types, file space is 
released and job attachment remains. Also, all files for which write lockout is set 
are returned to the system. An EVICT of a tape file performs the same function as 
a RETURN except that EVICT cannot be used to decrease the number of tape units 
scheduled via the RESOURC card. 



1-7-16 



60407000 D 



GTR CARD 

The GTR control card provides directives for specifying certain records to be copied 
from one file to another. 

The control card format is: 

GTRdfn^ , Ifn , D, NR, S)selection directives 

The parameters must be entered in the order shown; they are defined as follows: 

Ifn^ File which is searched for the selected records; if this par- 

ameter is omitted, file OLD is assumed. 

lfn„ File on which the selected records are written; if this par- 

ameter is omitted, file LGO is assumed. 

D If specified, a directory record (OPLD type) is written at the 

end of lfn2. In this case, lfn2 must be a mass storage file. 

This parameter has special meaning for ULIB type records, 
as follows: 

If D is omitted, the first record of the user library, 
that Is, the directory record (UPLD), is not copied to 
lfn2; the last record (OPLD type) is copied but is not 
altered. 

If D is specified, the first record of the user library 
(UPLD) Is copied to lfn2, but Is not altered, and an addi- 
tional record, a new directory for the file (OPLD type), 
is added to lfn2. 

NR If specified, files Ifni and Ifno are not rewound before or after 

the operation. If not specified, Ifn^ and Ifng are rewound both 
before and after the operation. 

S Ifn-i is processed as a sequential file; no attempt is made to read 

a directory. 

selection The user can specify the record types and names that he wants 

directives retrieved; these can be: 

type/nanrie Retrieves record of specified type and name 

(refer to CATALOG control card for a list of 
valid record types). The record name is the 
first seven characters of the record. 

name Retrieves the record specified; the type is 

either TEXT or the type specified previously. 
If name='S=, all records of the specified type 
are retrieved. 

Inserts a zero-length record on file Ifng. 

type/name-- Retrieves records name- through name„ of 
name„ type specified, 

jTR searches file Ifn^^ for the records specified by the selection directives. The 
selected records are then copied to file lfn2 starting at the current EOI. Note that 
slanks are not legal between the terminator and the selection directives. 



60407000 D 1-7-17 



Examples of the use of this control card are: 

• GTR(SYSTEM,BIN.D)PP/* 

All records of type PP are retrieved from file SYSTEM and copied to file BIN. 
A directory is built and placed as the last record on file BIN. 

• GTR(OPL. NEW, , NR)OPLC/COMCARG, 0, COMCCIO 

Record COMCARG (type OPLC) is retrieved from file OPL and written on 
file NEW beginning at the current EOI. Then a zero-length record is written 
on file NEW. Finally, record COMCCIO (also type OPLC) is retrieved from 
file OPL and written on file NEW at its current position. File OPL is not 
rewound either before or after the operation. 

• GTR(SYSTEM, SYSLIB, D)ULIB/SYSLIB 

The record named SYSLIB (type ULIB) is retrieved from file SYSTEM and 
copied to file SYSLIB. The D parameter must be specified to copy the ULIB 
directory (UPLD) of a ULIB record set. If the D parameter were omitted, 
the UPLD record would be skipped. 

LIBEDIT CARD 

The LIBEDIT control card specifies directives for editing and replacing binary records 
on a file with records from one or more correction files. 



The control card format is: 
LIBEDIT(pi,p2, . 
Pi 



Pn> 
Any of the following parameters in any order: 

I=lfni Directives comprise the next record on file Ifni. 

1=0 No directive input. 

I omitted Directives are on file INPUT. 

P=lfn2 File lfn2 contains the old program library. 

P=0 No old program library file. 

P omitted Old program library is on file OLD. 

N=lfn3 New program library will be written on file lfn3. 

N=0 Illegal; no error message is issued, if used. 

N omitted New program library will be written on file NEW. 

L=l Short correction listing (includes only directives, 

modifications, and errors) on the file specified 
by the LO parameter. 

L=0 No output is listed. 

L omitted Full correction listing is written on the file 
specified by the LO parameter. 

LO=lfn4 List output on file lfn4 

LO omitted List output on file OUTPUT. 



B-lfns 

B=0 

B omitted 



C omitted 



1-7-18 



Use file Ifns for the replacement file. 
Do not use a default replacement file. 
Use file LGO as the default replacement file. 

Copy the new library file over the old library file 
after processing. 

Do not copy the new library file over the old 
library file after processing. 

60407000 D 



R Do not rewind library files after processing. 

R omitted Rewind old and new library files after LIBEDIT 
and VFYLIB processing. 

V Call VFYLIB after LIBEDIT processing. 

V omitted Do not call VFYLIB to verify libraries after 

LIBEDIT processing. 

D Ignore errors and continue. 

D omitted Do not ignore errors; abort job. 

For a description of the LIBEDIT directives, refer to appendix C. 

LIBGEN CARD 

The LIBGEN control card allows the user to generate a user library file. 

The control card format is: 

LIBGEN(pi, pg, . . . . Pn) 

p. Any of the following in any order: 

F=lfnj^ Name of source file containing records to be 

placed on user library file lfn2. 

F System assumes source file LGO. 

F omitted System assumes source file LGO. 

P=lfn2 Name of the file on which the library is to 

be written. 

P System assumes library to be written on 

ULIB. 

P omitted Systena assumes library to be written on 

ULIB. 

N=lfn3 Name of the user library being generated; 

this name becomes the name of the ULIB 
and OPLD records. 

N System assumes lfng=lfn2. 

N omitted System assumes Ifn3=lfn2. 

NX=n If n Is nonzero, no cross references are 

given. That Is, decks are not cross -linked 
In the ULIB directory. This can be used to 
avoid duplicate entry points on loads. 

NX omitted The system assumes n=0. 

LIBGEN processes the source file specified and generates a library file on the file 
specified with the P parameter. The library is given the name specified with the N 
parameter. If the F and P options specify the same file, the message: 

FILE NAME CONFLICT. 

Is Issued. 



60407000 D 



1-7-19 



LIBGEN rewinds and scans the source file and builds a directory of all entry points, 
program names, and external references for records in the file. When an EOF mark 
appears, LIBGEN terminates the directory and rewinds Ifnj. LIBGEN then copies Ifn-^ 
to Ifng, adding the library and directory records. The directory is written as the 
first record of the new file. It is indicated as a user library type record by a 76 
identification table. The identification table also contains the name of the library. 

The directory contains all external references within the library and the linkage to 
routines that reside In the library. This Indicates which routines must be loaded when 
routines from this library are loaded. This means that all externals for routines in a 
library are automatic eilly satisfied from that library first. 

The entire file follows the directory record on the new file. The file index is the last 
record on the file. This record contains random addresses for each record in the file. 
The index record has a table Identifier of TOOOs. LIBGEN processes only REL and 
COS type records, bypassing all other record types. 

For example, file RELB contains routines that are used at execution tume for several 
application programs. It Is desirable to load these routines as needed when executing 
the application programs. To generate the library, the following control statement: 

LIBGEN(F=RELB, P=MYLIB, N=APPLIB) 

is entered. This creates user library APPLIB on file MYLIB. If FORTRAN applica- 
tion programs are compiled using the control card: 

FTN. 

the user library can be used by loading the program In the following manner. 

I LDSET(LIB=MYLIB/RUNLIB) 

LOAD(LGO). 
EXECUTE. 

This causes the program to be loaded and executed with externals satisfied first from 
user library MYLIB, then from user library RUNLIB, and finally from the system de- 
fault library SYSLIB. 

LIST80 CARD 

The LIST80 routine reads a file containing COMPASS source code and compresses it to 
80 columns, which fits on 8-1/2 by 11-lnch printer paper. 

The control card format is: 

LIST80(lfnj,lfn2.NR) 

Ifnj File to copy from; if this parameter is omitted, file LIST 

is assumed. 

IfHg File to copy to; If this parameter is omitted, file OUTPUT 

is assumed. 



NR 



If this parameter Is specified, Ifn^ is not rewound. 



1-7-20 60407000 D 



LOCK CARD 

The LOCK control card enables the user to prevent writing on a file. 
The control card format is: 
LOCK(lf ni , If ng . . . . , Ifn^) 



Ifn. 

1 



Logical file name of a local file 



With the LOCK card, the user can set the write interlock bit in the FNT/FST entry for 
a local file. Subsequently, the system allows only read operations on the file. The 
file specified must be a local file; if it is not. the following message is issued. 

ILLEGAL FILE TYPE. 

The LOCK card may also be used In conjunction with the COMMON card to lock local 
files before making them library files for multiple user access. Refer to Library Files 
in section 2 and the COMMON control card. 



L072 CARD 

The L072 control card allows the user to specify the reformatting of his files. 
The control card format is: 



L072(pj,p2. . . . ,Pn) 
Pi 



Any of the following parameters in any order: 

I Reformat parameters are on file INPUT. 



I=lfni 
1=0 



S 
S=lfn^ 



L 
L=lfn, 



T 

T=x 



Reformat parameters are on file Ifn,. 

There is no input file of reformat parameters. 

If the I parameter is omitted, 1 = is assumed. 

Data to be reformatted is on file SCR. 

Data to be reformatted is on file Ifng. If the 

S parameter is omitted, SCR is assumed. 

Reformatted data is listed on file OUTPUT. 
Reformatted data is listed on file lfn3. If the 
L parameter is omitted, OUTPUT is assumed. 

File to be reformatted is of type B. 

File to be reformatted is of type x, where x is: 

M Modify source data 

C COMPASS source data 

B Other source data 

If the T parameter is omitted, B is assumed. 



60407000 D 



1-7-21 



H Number of characters per output line Is 72. 

H=xxx Number of characters per output line is xxx 

(maximum allowed is 150 characters). If the 
H parameter is omitted, 72 is assumed. 

NOTE 

H miust be greater than or equal to the 
numiber of characters being moved (Nx) 
plus the starting column number of the 
destination field (Ox). 

LP Output is formatted for the line printer. 

NR Output file is not rewound. 

Nx=y Specifies the number of characters to be moved 

(up to 6 fields): 

x(l to 6) Number of the field being moved 

y Number of characters being moved 

Note: N1+N2+N3+N4+N5+N6 must be less than or 
equal to the numiber of columns specified 
in the H parameter. 

Ix=y Specifies the field the data originates from: 

x(l to 6) Number of the field being moved 
y Starting column of originating field 

Ox=y Specifies the destination field the data is going to: 

x(l to 6) Number of the field to receive data 
y Starting column of destination field 



1-7-22 60407000 D 



The following table shows the default values assumed for the N, O, and I parameters 
for the various source types. 

Type 
B 
C 

M 



Nl 


11 


Ol 


N2 


12 


02 


N3 


13 


03 


72 


1 


1 




















7 


9 


1 


50 


41 


8 


15 


112 


58 


2 


6 


1 


48 


10 


3 


22 


82 


51 



The remaining parameters of these types are defaulted to 0. 

L072 reformats files (output files in general). The user can rearrange each line (all 
lines must be formatted the same) in the format he chooses. All default values com- 
press output to 72 columns, which is appropriate for terminal output or 8-1/2 by 11-inch 
printer paper. If a 1 is encountered in column 1 (the page eject printer control char- 
acter), the next two lines of source data are processed as a two-line header. This 
header is compressed to 72 columns for all source types. If no page eject control 
characters are encountered, no headers are processed. 

The following values apply to the first line of header and cannot be changed. 

Nl=42, 11 = 8, 01 = (if LP not specified; otherwise, 01 = 1) 
N2=20, 12 = 90, 02=42 
N3 = 5, 13 = 115, 03=62 
N4 = 5, 14 = 121, 04=67 

The subheader lines for COMPASS and Modify listings are processed uniquely. 

For B listings, the following values apply to the reformatting. 

Nl=43, 11=8, 01 = (if LP not specified: otherwise, 1 = 1) 
N2=29. 12 = 70, 02=43 

All parameters are passed to L072 by the control card. If an input file is specified. 
L072 reads it for additional input parameters. If the job originates from a time-sharing 
terminal, the user is asked if he wishes to change any of the input parameters. If he 
enters YES, the system prints the current parameter values and allows him to change 
them individually. Pressing the carriage return key for any parameter leaves the para- 
meter at its former value. In the following examples, the same input parameters are 
entered in three possible ways. 

Control Card 

LO72(I=0, S=SOURCE, T=C. L=OUT, N4 = 1,I4=2. 04 = 75, H = 90) 

Time-Sharing Terminal : (underlined data is entered by user) 



60407000 D 



1-7-23 



/L072 



DO YOU WANT TO CHANGE A 


,NY CONTROL 


ARGUMENT VALU 


ENTER: YES OR NO 








? YES 








ARGUMENT 




VALUE 




INPUT FILE NAME: 






? *CR* 


SOURCE FILE NAME: 




SCR 


? SOURCE 


OUTPUT FILE NAME: 






? OUT 


SOURCE FILE TYPE: 






? £_ 


OUTPUT LINE LENGTH: 




72 CHARS. 


? IQ 


NO. OF I.iOVED FROM 


MOVED TO 


CHARS. COLUMN 


COLUMN 


(X) (NX) 


(IX) 




(OX) 


1. 7 


9 




1 


2. 50 


41 




8 


3. 15 


112 




58 


4. 










5. 










6. 










ENTER CHANGES IN THE FOLLOWING FORMAT: 


NX=AA*CR* 








IX=BB*CR* 








OX=CC*CR* 








ETC. 








TO CONTINUE. ENTER 


*CR* 


ONLY. 




? N4 = l *CR* 









o 


14=2 ^ 


!=CR* 


9 


04 = 75 


*CR* 


? *CR* 
Input File 



S=SOURCE, L=OUT, T=C. 
N4 = l. 14=2, 04=75 
H = 90. 
-EOR- 



Each line in the input file must end with a terminator. 



1-7-24 



60407000 D 



NEW CARD 

The NEW control card creates a primary file. 

The control card format is: 

NEW(lfn/ND) 

Ifn Name of file to be made primary file 

ND If this parameter is specified, current working files are 

not released 

The NEW card creates an empty file and makes it the user's new primary file. Any 
currently existing primary file is released. 

Note that all current working files are released unless the ND parameter is specified. 

OUT CARD 

The OUT control card is used to release output files from the control point to the 
output queue. 

The control card format is: 

OUT. 

The only files released are those having the names: 

OUTPUT 
PUNCH 
PUNCHB 
P8 

This control card is used if the user wishes to initiate printing or punching of the 
files before job termination. The PUNCH file is punched in either 026 or 029 mode 
depending on the origin of the job. If the job is a local batch job, the coded deck 
is punched in the initial keypunch mode of the job's control card record. For all 
other job origin types, the coded file is punched in the system default keypunch mode. 



60407000 D 1-7-25 



PACK CARD 

The PACK control card allows the user to pack a specified file and copy it to another. 
The control card format is: 
PACK(lfni,lfn2,x) 

Ifn^ Name of file to be packed 

Ifng Name of file to receive packed data 

X If a third parameter (1 to 7 alphanumeric characters) is 

specified, Ifni is not rewound before the pack occurs. 

The input file, Ifnj, may consist of any number of records and/or files. If no third 
parameter is supplied, Ifn^ is read from the BOX to the EOI, and all EOR and EOF 
marks are removed. It is written to file lfn2 at the current position as one record. 
File Ifng is rewound after the pack; Ifn^ is not. If lfn2 is not specified, file Ifn^ is 
packed to itself. 

The programmer should note that problems may arise when using PACK with direct 
access files. For example, if file A resides on a legal direct access file device and 
the following cards are submitted: 

PACK(A) 
DEFINE(A) 

PACK may copy file A to a device which does not support direct access files. In this 
event the DEFINE card would then cause the job to abort and the following message to 
be issued to the user's dayfile: 

DIRECT ACCESS DEVICE ERROR, AT nnn. 
when nnn is the file environment table (FET) address.! 

The user can avoid this situation by defining file A as an empty direct access file, 
creating the file, and then packing it. 

DEFINE(A) 
create file A 
PACK(A) 

The following error messages may be issued to the user's dayfile in response to a PACK 
card. 

Message Description 

PACK PARAMETER ERROR. The PACK control card contains an error. 

ILLEGAL INPUT FILE. An attempt was made to pack a file that is 

assigned to a time-sharing terminal (for 
example, file INPUT for time-sharing origin 
jobs represents data typed at the terminal 
keyboard, and therefore cannot be packed). 

ILLEGAL CIO REQUEST. An attempt was made to pack a nonmass 

storage file. 

WRITE ON READ-ONLY FILE fff. The direct access file was not attached in 

AT nnn. write mode (refer to the ATTACH control 

card). 



■f Refer to Permanent File Manager, section 5, volume 2. 

1_7_26 60407000 D 



PRIMARY CARD 

The PRIMARY control card makes a local file the primary file. 

The control card format is: 
PRIMARY (ifn) 

Ifn Name of local file 

The file to be made prim.ary miust be a local mass storage file. Any currently existing 
primary file (other than the Ifn specified) is released. If the specified file is already 
primary, the operation is ignored. 

The primary file is rewound after every operation performed on that file. Therefore, 
the file manipulation cards BKSP, SKIPEI. SKIPF, SKIPFB. and SKIPR cannot be used 
to position within the file. The user should also remember that the primary file is 
rewound after the completion of any of the COPY cards. An attempt to add to the file 
using one of the COPY cards may result in writing over existing data at the BOI. 

RENAME CARD 

The RENAME control card allows the user to change the name of a local file. 
The control card format is: 

RENAME(nlfnj=olfnj. nlfn2=olfn2. .... nlfn^=olfn^) 

nlfnj New name of the local file 

olfn. Existing name of the local file 

The RENAME control card is used to change the name of the file olfn^ to nlfn. in the 
FNT/FST. This does not change the names of files in the permanent file system. 

If a file by the name nlfn; already exists, it is returned to the system. Under certain 
conditions the system also changes the file type of olfn^^ to that of the file which was returned. 

• If olfn. is a local mass storage file and the returned file was a print, punch, 
or primary type file, olfni is renamed and its fil.e type is changed to that 

of the returned file. 

• If olfn. is a local mass storage file and the returned file was not a print, 
punch, or primary type file, olfnj is renamed but its file type is not changed. 

• If olfn. is not a local file or does not reside on mass storage, an 

ILLEGAL FILE TYPE, 
error message is issued. 

For example, the user has only two files assigned to his job. File A is a local mass 
storage file and file B is a print type file. If the user issues the following request 

RENAME (X=A) 

file A is renamed file X and its file type (local) is not changed. However, if the user issues the 
request: 

RENAME(B=A) 

file B is returned to the system; file A is renamed file B and changed to a print type file. 

1 -7-97 

60407000 D 1 ( ^< 



REQUEST CARD 

The REQUEST control card enables the user to assign a file to a device by including 
in the comment field a description of an acceptable device. 

The control card format is: 

REQUESTdfn, ^^ ) 

Ifn Name of the file to be assigned to the specified equipment. 

CK Specifies that Ifn is to be used as a checkpoint file. Each time 

a checkpoint dump is taken, the new information is written at the 
previous EOI of Ifn. 

CB Specifies that Ifn is to be used as a checkpoint file. Each time 

a checkpoint dump is taken, the new information is written at the 
BOI of Ifn. 

The descriptive comment is displayed at the system console, directing the operator to 
make the requested assignment. 

If Ifn already exists when the REQUEST is made, no new assignment is made and job 
processing continues with the next control card. However, the user can reassign Ifn 
by issuing a RETURN on the file before making the REQUEST. 

Any user, regardless of his validation, may use the REQUEST card to assign a file 
to a mass storage device. However, to assign a file to a nonmass storage device, 
the user must be validated to use nonallocatable devices. T if the user does not have 
this validation and attempts to request a nonmass storage device, the system aborts 
his job. 

If Ifn is to be used for checkpoint dumps, either the CK or CB keyword is specified. 
These keywords are used in conjunction with the CKP and RESTART control cards; they 
allow the user to: 

• Save all checkpoint dumps by appending each dump to the checkpoint file: 

REQUESTdfn, CK) 

• Save the last checkpoint dump by writing each dump at the beginning of the 
checkpoint file: 

REQUESTdfn, CB) 

• Save two consecutive checkpoint dumps by alternately writing on two check- 
point files: 

REQUESTdfni.CB) 

REQUESTdfng.CB) 



t Refer to LIMITS control card, section 6. 



1-7-28 60407000 D 



If the CK parameter is specified for alternate files or if more than two checkpoint files 
are specified, the job is aborted and the following message is issued to the user's day- 
file. 

CHECKPOINT FILE ERROR. 

The CK and CB parameters specify a checkpoint file that is local to the job. The user 
can make the checkpoint file permanent by placing a DEFINE cardt before the REQUEST. 

DEFINEdfn) 

REQUESTdfn. CK) 

CKP. 

The user is not required to supply a REQUEST card to define a checkpoint file. He 
can use an ASSIGN or LABEL card, or he can use default values. 

If no REQUEST card specifying a checkpoint file has been detected when the first CKP 
card is encountered, the system^ requests a device for the user, specifies a file name 
of CCCCCC, and selects the CK option. For a subsequent restart job, however, the 
system assumes the user has made the checkpoint file available. 

The REQUEST card can also be used to create or access existing 7- or 9-track unlabeled 
tapes. For a description of the card as it applies to magnetic tape assignment, refer 
to Tape Management, section 10. 



f Any mass storage file used as a checkpoint file must have write permission. 



60407000 D 1-7-29 



RESEQ CARD 

The RESEQ control card is used to resequence source files which have leading sequence 
numbers. 

The control card format is: 

RESEQdfn, t. xxx, yy) 

Ifn Name of the file to be resequenced 

t Type of file: 

B BASIC source code 

T Text source information; a five -digit sequence 

number plus a blank is added at the beginning 
of each line; the file text, however, is not in- 
spected 

other Any number at the beginning of a line is Con- 

or sidered a sequence number and is resequenced 

omitted according to the xxx and yy parameters; numbers 

are added to lines where no leading sequence 
numbers are present. This option can be used 
with time-sharing FORTRAN statements. 

xxx New line number of the first statement; if this parameter is 

omitted, the system assumes xxx=100 

yy Increment to be added to xxx for each succeeding line number; 

if this parameter is omitted, the system assumes yy=IO. 

Files which have leading sequence numbers include Time-Sharing B'ORTRAN and BASIC 
source files. If the file has no leading sequence numbers, five-digit numbers are 
attached to the beginning of each line. If the line number encountered or required ex- 
ceeds 99999, the following message is issued. 

LINE NUMBER LIMIT EXCEEDED. 

Some BASIC statements reference the sequence numbers which must also be changed; 
therefore, it is imperative that the user specify the proper file type (t). When errors 
occur while resequencing a BASIC program, the following message is issued for all 
lines containing errors. 

ERROR AT LINE xxx. 



1-7-30 60407000 D 



RETURN CARD 

The RETURN control card releases the specified file from job attachment and/or 
releases its file space. 

The control card format is: 

RETURNdfn. , lfn„ ..... Ifn ) 
L I n 



Ifn. 



Name(s) of the file(s) to be returned 



The operation performed depends on the file type. 



Type 
Input 



Print 

Punch 

Local 

System 

Library 

Primary 

Permanent 



Opera tion 

The file name is changed to INPUT*. File space is not 
released; INPUT* remains attached to the job as a local 
file (refer to Input File Control in section 3 for further 
information). 

Job attachment and file space are released. 

Job attachment and file space are released. 

Job attachment and file space are released. 

Job attachment is released but file space remains. 

Job attachment is released but file space remains. 

Job attachment and file space are released. 

Write Interlock Is cleared. Job attachment Is released 
but the file space remains. 



In addition, the RETURN card can be used to decrease the number of tapes or packs 
scheduled for the job via the RESOURC control card. 



60407000 D 



1-7-31 



REWIND CARD 

The REWIND control card causes files to be rewound and positioned -to the BOI 
(or beginning- of- reel for magnetic tape files). 

The control card format is: 

REWINDdfn, . lfn„ ..... If n ) 
1 4 n 

Ifn. Name(s) of file(s) to be rewound 



If the previous operation on the magnetic tape file was a write, a REWIND card causes 
the following operations to be performed. 

1. If the tape is ANSI labeled, the system writes a tape mark, an EOFl label, 
and three tape marks and then rewinds the tape. 

2. If the tape is unlabeled and the data format specified on the ASSIGN, LABEL, 
or REQUEST card is X. S. L. E. B, or F, the system writes four tape 
marks and then rewinds the tape. 

3. If the tape is unlabeled and the data format is I or SI. the system writes 
a tape mark, an EOFl label, and three tape marks and then rewinds the 
tape. 

Refer to Tape Management Control Cards in section 10 for further information about 
tape files and to appendix G for a description of EOFl and EOVl labels. 

SETID CARD 

The SETID control card assigns a new identification code for the specified file. 

The control card format is: 

SETID(lfnj=Xj. lfn2=X2. .... lfn^=x^) 

Ifn. Logical file name 

X. New identification code for the file (0 through 67g). This code 

^ must match the device identification code specified in the EST. 

The identification code allows the user to route his file to an output device or device 
group with the same identification code. This is useful when a print file requires 
special forms. 

The fUe Ifnj^ must be an input (INFT), local (LOFT), print (PRFT), or punch (PHFT) 
type file or the following message is issued. 

ILLEGAL FILE TYPE. 



1-7-32 60407000 D 



SKIPEI CARD 

The SKIPEI control card directs the system to position the specified file at the EOI. 
The control card format is: 
SKIPEI(lfn) 

Ifn Name of the file to be positioned 

On magnetic tapes where no EOI is defined, the operation stops at an EOF. 

The SKIPEI card has no effect on a primary file since the file is rewound after every 
operation. 

SKIPF CARD 

The SKIPF control card directs the system to bypass, in a forward direction, the 
specified number of files from the current position of the named file. 

The control card form^at is: 

SKIPF(lfn, n, m) 

Ifn Name of the file to be positioned 

n Number (decimal) of files to be skipped; if the parameter is 

omitted, the system assumes n=l. 

m File mode; C for coded, B for binary. If omitted, the system 

assumes the file is in coded mode. 

If an EOI is encountered before n files are bypassed, file Ifn remains positioned at 
the EOI. 

The SKIPF card has no effect on a primary file since the file is rewound after every 
operation. 

SKIPFB CARD 

The SKIPFB control card directs the system to bypass, in the reverse direction, the 
specified number of files from the current position of the named file. 

The control card format is: 

SKIPFBdfn, n. m) 

Ifn Name of the file to be positioned 

n Number (decimal) of files to be skipped; if the parameter is 

omitted, the system assumes n=l. 

m File mode; C for coded, B for binary. If omitted, the system 

assumes the file is in coded mode. 

The system does not backspace past the beginning -of- information (BOI), in the event 
that BOI is encountered before n files are bypassed. 

The SKIPFB card has no effect on a primary file since the file is rewound after every 
operation. 

60407000 D 1-7-33 



SKIPR CARD 

The SKIPR control card directs the system to bypass, in a forward direction, the 
specified number of logical records from the current position of the napied file. 

The control card format is: 

SKIPR(lfn,n,f , m) 

Ifn Name of the file to be positioned 

n Number (decimal) of records to be skipped; if this parameter is 

omitted, the system assumes n=l. 

jt EOR level; 0<f < 17. If 0<j(! < 16, the system assumes £ =0. If 

t =17, n indicates the number of files to skip i-ather than records. 

m File mode; C for coded, B for binary. If omitted, the system 

assumes the file is in binary mode. 

EOR marks are considered separate records and included in the record count. If the 
EOI is encountered before n records are bypassed, file Ifn remains positioned at the 
EOI. 

The SKIPR card has no effect on a primary file since the file is rewound after every 
operation. 

SORT CARD 

The SORT control card enables the user to sort a file of line or card images in 
numerical order based on leading line numbers consisting of a specified number of 
digits. 

The control card format is: 

SORT(lfn.NC=n) 

Ifn Logical file name of the file to be sorted; Ifn may be a local 

file or a direct access perm.anent file. 

n Number of leading line number digits the file is to be sorted 

on; n < 10. If the NC parameter is omitted, the system 
assumes n=5. 

In the case of duplicate line numbers, all lines other than the first are considered 
correction lines. All lines with the same number are deleted from the file except the 
last line encountered. 



1-7-34 60407000 D 



For input from a time-sharing terminal, SORT deletes a line or card image if a line 
number is followed by an empty line or a line number is followed by a blank and a 
carriage return. 

For batch input, SORT deletes a card or line image if a card containing only the line 
number is submitted. 

If a line number contains more than n digits, the user can delete the line either by 
entering the first n digits of the line number and pressing the carriage return (terminal 
input) or by submitting a card containing only the first n digits of the line number (batch 
input). 

After the sort, Ifn is packed and set at EOI. 

The following SORT error messages may be issued to the user's dayfile. 

Description 



Message 
NO LINE NUMBER ON SORT FILE 



ILLEGAL SORT PARAMETER. 

EMPTY SORT INPUT FILE. 

WRITE ON READ-ONLY FILE fff 
AT nnn. 



A line on the input file is missing a line 
number or a line exceeded the 150-char- 
acter limit. 

The SORT control card is in error. 

File Ifn contains no data. 

The direct access input file was not 
attached in write mode (refer to the 
ATTACH control card). 



60407000 D 



1-7-35 



STAGE CARD 

The STAGE control card causes files to be copied from the specified device to a file 
residing on mass storage. 

The control card format is: 

STAGEdfn. Pj. Pg. ••••?„) 

Ifn Name associated with file to be staged from magnetic tape to 

mass storage 

p- Any of the following in any order: 

NR Do not rewind Ifn before beginning operation; 

default is rewind. 

NU Do not unload Ifn after staging operation; de- 

fault is automatic unload. 

DR Drop job after staging operation. 

N=n Copy n files to Ifn. 

T=xx Stage file Ifn from device with EST ordinal 

XX. t This parameter is specified only when 
tape containing files to be staged is unlabeled 
(X format and system default density). 

VSN=vsn Specifies the 1-to 6-character volu:me serial 
number of the labeled tape containing the file 
to be staged 

D=den Tape density: 

200 200 bpi (implies 7-track) 

556 556 bpi (implies 7-track) 

800 800 bpi/cpi (7- or 9-track) 

1600 1600 cpi (implies 9-track) 

F=format Data format (refer to section 9): 
I Internal 

X External 

SI SCOPE Internal 

MT 7-track tape (default) 

NT 9-track tape 

If T is not included but VSN is included, n files are copied from the specified tape. 
If neither T nor VSN is included, a request for ifn is issued to the operator. If DR 
is not included, STAGE requests the next set of parameters for the next staging opera- 
tion to be entered by the K display on the system console. When Ifn is staged to mass 
storage, it is designated as a library file. If a library file already exists with the 
same name as the file being staged, the system issues the following message. 

DUPLICATE COMMON FILE NAME. 



tContact installation personnel for a list of EST ordinals. 



j.^.gg 60407000 D 



TDUMP CARD 

The TDUMP control card lists a file in octal and/or alphanumeric form. 

The control card format is: 



TDUMP(ppP2.....p^) 



Any of the following in any order: 



I=lfn 



1 



L=lfn2 
O 



R=r count 



F=f count 



N=lines 



NR 



Input file name (default is TAPED 

Output file name (default is OUTPUT) 

Octal dump only (default is octal and 
alphanumeric dump) 

Alphanumeric dump only (default is octal 
and alphanumeric dump) 

Number of records in decimal to dump 
(default is dump to EOI) 

Number of files in decimal to dump (de- 
fault is dump to EOI) 

Maximunn number of lines in decimal that 
can be dumped (if N is omitted, there is 
no restriction on the number of lines). 

Do not rewind file Ifnj before dump (de- 
fault is to rewind Uni). 



The user has the option of dumping the entire file or of specifying the number of 
records, files, or lines to dump. 



60407000 D 



1-7-37 



UNLOAD CARD 

The UNLOAD control card releases job attachment and/or the file space of the specified 
file. 

The control card format is: 

UNLOADdfnj, Un^. .... Ifn^^) 

Ifn. Name(s) of the file(s) to be unloaded 

The UNLOAD card perfci'ms the same function as the RETURN control card; for 
additional information, refer to the description of the RETURN card earlier in this 
section). Unlike the RETURN card, an UNLOAD of a magnetic tape file cannot be used 
to decrease the number of tape units scheduled for the job via the RESOURC control 
card. For raagnetic tape files, if the previous operation was a write, the UNLOAD 
card causes the following operations to be performed. 

1. If the tape is ANSI labeled, the system writes a tape mark, an EOFl label, 
and three tape marks and then unloads the tape. 

2. If the tape is unlabeled and the data format specified on the ASSIGN, LABEL, 
or REQUEST card is X, S, L, E, B, or F, the system writes four tape marks 
and then unloads the tape. 

3. If the tape is unlabeled and the data format is I or SI, the system writes a 
tape mark, an EOFl label, and three tape marks and then unloads the tape. 

Refer to Tape Management Control Cards, section 10. for further information about tape 
files and to appendix G for a description of an EOFl label. 

UNLOCK CARD 

The UNLOCK control card rescinds the LOCK command and clears the write interlock 
bit for the specified file. 

The control card format is: 

UNLOCK(lf Uj , If ng , . . . , Ifn^) 

Ifn. Name(s) of local file(s) 

The file must be a local file; if it is not, the following message is issued. 
ILLEGAL FILE TYPE. 



1-7-38 



60407000 D 



VERIFY CARD 

The VERIFY routine performs a binary comparison of all data from the current position 
of the files specified. 

The control card format is: 

VERIFYdfni. Ifn2, Pi. P2. • • • . Pn^ 

Ifn, Name of the first file; if this parameter is omitted, the 

system assumes TAPEl. 

Ifn^ Name of the second file; if this parameter is omitted, the 

system assumes TAPE2. 

p. Any of the following in any order: 

N=0 Verify terminates on the first empty file en- 

countered on either file. 

N=x Verify x files; default is N=l. 

N Verify terminates when end of information is 

encountered on either file. 

E=y List the first y errors encountered on the 

comparison. If E is omitted, the system 
assumes E = 100. 

L=lfno List errors on file Ifn,. If L is omitted, the 
system assumes L=OUTPUT. 

A Abort if errors occur. 

R Rewind both files before and after the verify. 



Whenever words on the two files do not match, VERIFY lists the: 

• Record number 

• Word number within the record 

• Words from both files that do not match 

If errors are encountered, the following message is issued to the user's dayfile. 

VERIFY ERRORS. 
If any pair of Ifn^, lfn2. and Ifng are identical, the following message is issued. 

FILE NAME CONFLICT. 



1 -7-.^9 
60407000 D 



VFYLiB CARD 

The VFYLIB program perforins a compare on binary records from the current position 
of the specified files. 

The control card format is: 

VFYLIBdfnj, Ifn^. Ifn^, NR) 

Ifn^ Name of the first file; if this parameter is omitted, the system 

assumes OLD. 

lfn„ Name of the second file; if this parameter is omitted, the system 

assumes NEW. 

lfn„ Name of the file to receive output; if this parameter is omitted, 

^ the system assumes OUTPUT. 

NR If specified, Ifn^ and lfn„ are not rewound. 

The VFYLIB program lists: 

• Replacements 

• Deletions 

• Insertions 

on the output file Ifn,. A program is defined as being replaced when the actual binary 
code is changed. Information in the prefix (77) table such as last modification date and 
last assembly date are skipped in VFYLIB's comparison. 

WRITEF CARD 

The WRITEF control card directs the system to write a specified number of file marks 
on the named file. 

WRITEFdfn, x) 

Ifn Name of the file to be written on 

X Number of file marks to be written; if this parameter is 

om^itted, the system assumes x=l. 

WRITER CARD 

The WRITER control card directs the system to write a specified number of empty 
records on the named file. 

The control card format is: 

WRITERdfn, x) 

Ifn Name of the file to be written on 

X Number of empty records to be written; if this parameter is 

omitted, the system assumes x=l. 



1-7-40 60407000 D 



PERMANENT FILE CONTROL CARDS 



8 



The permanent file control cards allow the user to utilize the permanent file system. ' 
The control cards included in this category are: 

SAVE 



APPEND 


DEFINE 


PERMIT 


ATTACH 


GET 


PURGALL 


CATLIST 


OLD 


PURGE 


CHANGE 


PACKNAM 


REPLACE 



The cards described in the following section allow the user to create permanent files 
(DEFINE) and make local files permanent (SAVE, REPLACE). These fUes can be 
accessed (ATTACH, GET), added to (APPEND), and destroyed (PURGE, PURGALL). 
Requests are directed to a specified auxiliary device by the PACKNAM card. Certain 
parameters can be changed with the CHANGE card without attaching and redefining 
the file or retrieving and saving it. 

Information on permanent files is obtained through the CATLIST card. Part of that 
information is the permission status of the user as granted by another user by means 
of the PERMIT card. 

The following pages list options available on the control cards. Unless otherwise 
stated, the options described apply to all of the permanent file control cards. For 
a detailed description of permanent file structure, refer to section 2. Errors en- 
countered during permanent file control card processing cause error messages to be 
issued to the user's dayfile. For a description of these messages, refer to appendix 
B. 



t The batch user is unable to access permanent files unless he has included a 
USER card in the job deck. 



60407000 D 



Keyword 

UN = 



Option 



usernum 



PW = 



CT = 



passwrd 



ct 



Description 

Alternate user number. This parameter is 
necessary only if the permanent file involved 
resides in another user's catalog. To be able 
to access other catalogs, the. user must be 
granted explicit permission (refer to the PERMIT 
control card), the file must be a semiprivate 
or public file, or the user must have automatic 
permission. A user has automatic permission 
to files in catalogs of other users if his user 
number contains asterisks, and all nonasterisk 
characters match the other user's user number. 

The user has the option of specifying a l-to-7- 
character password for a file. This password 
miust be specified whenever alternate users access 
the file. 

Permanent files fall into three categories which 
specify the method of access. This option must 
be selected when the file is saved or defined. 
The categories are: 

p Private files are available for 

or access only by the originator or 

PRIVATE those to whom the originator has 

explicitly granted permission (refer 
to the PERMIT control card). 

S Semiprivate files are available for 

or access by all users who know the 

SPRIV file name, user number, and pass- 
word. The system records in the 
originator's catalog the user num- 
ber of each user who accessed the 
file, the number of accesses, and 
the date and time of the last access 

PU Public files t are available for 

or access by all users who know the 

PUBLIC file name, user number, and pass- 
word. The system records the 
number of times the file was 
accessed but does not record user 
numbers or the last access date 
and timie. 



tCT=LI can also be used to specify public files. 



1-8-2 



60407000 D 



Keyword 
M = 



Option 



m 



Description 
File or user permission mode: 

W Allows the user to write, read. 



or 

WRITE 



M 
or 
MODIFY 



A 
or 

APPEND 

R 

or 

READ 

RM 

or 

READMD 



RA 

or 

READAP 



or 

EXECUTE 



N 
or 

NULL 



append, execute, modify, and/or 
purge the file. This mode can be 
specified for direct or indirect 
access files. 

Allows the user to modify, append, 
read, and /or execute a direct 
access file. Adding new informa- 
tion within the existing boundaries 
of the file is legal but the file 
size must be maintained. 

Allows the user to append infor- 
mation to the end (EOT) of the file. 
This mode can be specified for 
direct or indirect access files. 

Allows the user to read and/or 
execute the file. This mode can 
be specified for direct or indirect 
access files. 

Allows the user to read and/or 
execute a direct access file with 
the implication that another user 
may currently be accessing the same 
file in MODIFY mode. This 
mode can be specified only for 
direct access files. 

Allows the user to read and/or 
execute a direct access file with 
the implication that another user 
may currently be accessing the 
same file in APPEND mode. This 
mode can be specified only for 
direct access files. 

Allows the user to execute the file. 
If the file is attached to the user's 
job in E]XECUTE mode, the file 
must be in absolute format. This 
mode can be specified for direct 
or indirect access files. 

Relocatable files with EXECUTE 
permission may be loaded and 
executed only via a stand-alone 
file name call (such as LGO), 
which is not preceded by a 
loader control. 

Removes permission previously 
grantsd via PERMIT control cards. 
This mode can be specified for 
direct or indirect access files. 



60407000 D 



1-8-3 



Keyword 



Option 
r 



Descrip tion 

Specifies the type of device on which the permanent 
file resides or is to reside; r can be any of the 
following. 

r Device 

DE Extended Core Storage 

Dli 844 Disk Storage Subsystem (l<_i<_8) 

DP Distributive Data Path to ECS 

MDi 841 M/ultiple Disk Drive (l<i<_8) 



PN = 



space 



packname 



The R keyword can be used in two ways. 

1. It can be used on the DEFINE control card 

to specify the family device on which the direct 
access permanent file is to reside. 

2. It can be used in conjunction with the PN 
and NA keywords on any per:manent file con- 
trol card (including DEFINE) to identify the 
auxiliary device on which the permanent file 
resides or is to reside. R is required only 
if the desired device has a device type 
different from that of the available device 
and the installation has defined the desired 
device as rem.ova.ble. If PN and NA are 
specified but R is not specified, the system 
default device type is used. If the specified 
device type cannot be recognized or does 
not exist in the system, the following 
miessage is issued to the user's dayfile. 

ILLEGAL DEVICE REQUEST, AT nnn. 

Specifies the amount of space in decimal PRUs 
desired for the direct access file. Refer to the 
DEFINE control card. 

A l-to-7 character pack name used in conjunction 
with the R keyword to identify the auxiliary device 
to be accessed in the permanent file request. This 
parameter is specified only when the file to be accessed 
resides on an auxiliary device. If the device is 
currently not available and the NA keyword was not 
specified, the following message is issued to the 
user's dayfile. 

DEVICE UNAVAILABLE, AT nnn. 

An auxiliary device is a mass storage device that 
supplements the normal family of permanent file de- 
vices. A RESOURC control card must be included in 
any job that uses two or more disk packs con- 
currently. 



1-8-4 



60407000 D 



Keywford 

NA 



Option 



Des cript ion 
The NA keyword can be used in two ways. 

1. Normally, if the user attempts to access 
a file that is interlocked or if an error 
occurs in an attempt to process the file, 
the system aborts the job. With the 

NA option the user can bypass a job abort 
and continue processing. If Ifn is busy and 
the NA option is specified on an ATTACH 
control card, the system automatically 
suspend the job until the file becomes avail- 
able. If NA is specified and an error other 
than pfn IBUBY occurs in processing file 
Ifnj^, the system issues the appropriate 
error message to the user's dayfile and then 
continue with file Ifn., •.. If the error 
occurred on the last file specified on the 
cardj the system continues with the 
next card* 

2. If the user requests an auxiliary device 
that is currently not available, the system 
will abort his job. The NA keyword enables 
him to bypass this abort and direct the 
system to make the desired device available. 



ND 



The ND keyword prevents releasing of the 
user's working files upon processing of an 
OLD control card. 



Several files can be accessed with one control card. A slash (/) is used to separate 
the files being accessed and the options described previously. The special options 
are order-independent and are indicated by the keywords described. If special options 
are specified on the control card, they apply to all files that appear on the card. 

APPEND CARD 

The APPEND control card allows the user to add supplenrientary information to an 
existing indirect access file. 

The control card format is: 

APPEND(pfn, Ifnj, lfn2, .... lfnn/PW=passwrd, UN=usernum, PN=packname, R=r, NA) 
pfn Name of the indirect access permanent file to which the 



Ifm 



locEil files are to be appended 

Name(s) of local file(s) to be appended to pfn 



The logical structure of the two files is retained; that is, EORs and EOFs are appended 
as well as data. If the file is appended to a file in an alternate user's catalog, a 
password naust be supplied if one is required. 



60407000 D 



1-8-5 



ATTACH CARD 

The ATTACH control card allows a user to access a direct access file. 
The control card format is: 



ATTACH(lfnj=pfn^,lfn2=pfn2. 
PN=packname, R=r, NA f 



,lfnj^=pfn^/UN=usernum, PW=passwrd,M = m, 



Ifn, 



pfnj 



Local file name given to the direct access file while it is attached 
to the user's job. A working copy is not generated 
since user access is made directly to the permanent file. 
Thus, Ifnj is used only when it is desirable to reference the 
attached file by a name other than its permanent file name, 
pfni. 

Name of direct access file to be attached. If pfnj^ is omitted, 
the system assumes pfnj^=lfnj^. 

File or user permission mode, where m can be W, M, A, E, 
R, RM, or RA. If m is omitted, the system assumes m is 
R. This option must be specified by all users, including the 
originator, if the file is to be modified or new information is 
to be added to the file. If pfn^ is attached in W mode, the 
date is recorded as last modification date even if the file 
was not altered. 



A read/write interlock is provided to ensure that only one user at a time can access 
the file in write mode. Several users may access the file in read mode simultaneously. 
The user should return the file as soon as possible to enable other users to access the 
file. If Ifn^ is present before this command is issued, it is returned to the system 
even if an error is encountered when processing the command. 

The following tables show the resulting current access modes when the user attempts 
to attach an active file. (FB means the file is busy and cannot be attached at that 
time. Refer to the NA option. ) 

TABLE 1-8-1. RESPONSE TO CURRENT ACCESS WRITE /READ ACCESS DESIRED 





Current Access 


Access Desired 


W 


M 


A 


R 


FB 


FB 


FB 


E 


FB 


FB 


FB 


RM 


FB 


M/R 


A/R 


RA 


FB 


FB 


A/R 



TABLE 1-8-2. RESPONSE TO CURRENT ACCESS READ/READ ACCESS DESIRED 





Current Access 


Access Desired 


R 


RM 


RA 


Free 


R 


R 


R 


R 


R 


E 


R 


R 


R 


R 


RM 


R 


RM 


RA 


RM 


RA 


R 


RA 


RA 


RA 



1-8-6 



60407000 D 



TABLK 1-8-3, RESPONSE TO CURRENT ACCESS READ/WRITE ACCESS DESIRED 





Current Access 


Access Desired 


R 


RM 


RA 


Free 


W 


FB 


FB 


FB 


W 


M 


FB 


M/R 


FB 


M 


A 


FB 


A/R 


A/R 


A 



The resulting current access listed in these tables should not be confused with the mode 
the user will have when requesting file access. For example, in Table 1-8-1, the user 
desires RM (read/allow modification) access and the current access is M (modify). The 
resulting current access (M/R) indicates that one user is modifying the file and at least 
one user is reading the file. The user requesting RM access is permitted read-only 
access. 

Note that if an auxiliary device has been previously specified by a PACKNAM card, the 
system attempts to attach pfn^ from the auxiliary device rather than the normal system 
devices. 



CATLIST CARD 

The CATLIST control card lists information about the user's permanent files or those 
permanent files he can access in the catalogs of alternate users. 

The control card format is: 

CATLIST(LO=p, FN=pfn, UN=usernum, PN=packname, R=r, L=lfn, NA, DN=dn) 

p One of the following list options: 

F Selects a listing of pertinent information about 

each file in the user's catalog. If an alternate 
user number is specified (UN option), the user 
obtains a listing of all files that he can access 
in the alternate user's catalog. Note that the 
password for files in an alternate user's catalog 
is not included in the listing. The password to 
files in an alternate user's catalog must be ob- 
tained directly from that user. 

FP Selects a listing of permission information 

recorded for each alternate user of a specified 
file in the user's catalog. This option requires 
that a file name be specified (FN option). If 
an alternate user number is specified (UN option), 
only the permission information for that user of 
the specified file is listed. 

The user numbers listed include those that have 
been granted explicit permission to the file 
(private file only) and those that have accessed 
the file because of implicit permission (semiprivate 
files only).t 



tUser numbers are not recorded for accesses to public files. 



60407000 D 



1-8-7 



pfn 



usernum 



packname 



Ifn 



Selects a short list that includes only the names 

(zero) of the files in the user's catalog. If an alternate 
user number is specified (UN option), the user 
obtains only the names of the files that he can 
access in the alternate user's catalog. If no 
LO keyword is specified, the system assumes 
this value. 

P Selects a short list that indicates only the user 

numbers of alternate users who have accessed 
the specified private or seniiprivate file. This 
option requires that a file namie be specified 
(FN option). 

Permanent file name. This option specifies that catalog 
information is desired only for this permanent file. This 
parameter is required when listing permit information 
(LO=FP, LO = P). If the short list options are selected 
(LO=0, LO = P), the message 

pfn FOUND. AT nnn. 

is issued if the file (or user number) is located. The 
message 

pfn NOT FOUND, AT nnn. 

is issued if the specified file (or user number) is not located. 

User number. This parameter has two purposes. 

1. For LO=F and LO=0. Indicates the alternate catalog 
for which the user desires catalog information. 

2. For LO=FP and LO=P. Indicates the permission 
information recorded for the specified alternate user. 

This parameter specifies an auxiliary device that contains 
catalog information for all users with files on that device. 
The PN keyword must be specified if the user wishes to 
obtain the following information from his catalog on the 
specified auxiliary device. 

• Pertinent information about each file (LO=F) 

• Only the name of each file (LO = 0) 

• Permission information for each alternate user that 
has accessed a specific file (LO==FP) 

• Only the user number of each alternate user that 
has accessed a specific file (LO = P) 

The PN parameter can also be specified to allow alternate 
users to obtain a list of files they can access on the auxiliary 
device, as well as pertinent information about each file. 

Output file name. This is the name of a local file to which 
the CATLIST information is written. If this parameter is 
omitted, the system assumes L=OUTPUT. If Ifn exists and 
is positioned at BOI, the contents of that file is purged be- 
fore the CATLIST information is written. However, if Ifn 
exists and is positioned at EOI, the CATLIST information is 
appended to the file as a new logical record. 



1-8-8 



60407000 D 



NA No abort option. CATLIST continues processing if errors 

are encountered during processing. 

dn Device number (0 through llg). List file residing on 

specified device number dn. 

If no entries are present in the specified catalog, the message 

EMPTY CATALOG. 

is issued to the user's dayfile. 

CHANGE CARD 

The CHANGE control card allows the originator of a direct or indirect access file to 
alter any of several parameters without having to attach and redefine the file or re- 
trieve and save it. 

The control card format is: 

CHANGE(nfn=ofn/CT=ct. M=m, PW=passwrd, PN=packname, R=r, NA) 

nfn New permanent file name 

ofn Old permanent file name. If no name change is desired, 

only ofn is specified. 

The CT, M, and PW keywords should be specified only if a change in the value asso- 
ciated with that keyword is desired. To clear the password for an existing file, the 
user must set PW=0. The PN and R keywords cannot be used to specify a new auxiliary 
device. They are used only to specify the device on which ofn resides. CHANGE also 
updates the last modification date and last access date for the specified file. 

The following messages may be issued to the user's dayfile in response to a CHANGE 
request. 

Message Description 

ofn NOT FOUND, AT nnn. The specified permanent file, ofn, was not 

found in the user's cEitalog. 

nfn ALREADY PERMANENT, The new permanent file, nfn, already exists 

AT nnn. in the user's permanent file catalog. 



60407000 D 1-8-9 



DEFINE CARD 

The DEFINE control card allows the user to define direct access permanent files. 

The control card format is: 

DEFINE (Ifni=pfni,lfn2=pfn2, . . . , lfn„=pfnn/PW=passwrd, CT=ct.M=m, R=r, 
S=space, PN=packname, NA) 



Ifn, 



pfn. 



If DEFINE is to be used to create an empty direct access 
permanent file, Ifnj is specified only if the user desires to 
reference the file by a nanrie other than its permanent file name. 
If DEFINE is to be used to define an existing local file as a 
direct access file, Ifn- is the name of the local file. Also, 
if Ifnj exists, its position is not altered. 

Permanent file name. If pfnj^ is omitted, the system assumes 
lfnj=pfnj. 

Type of device on which the permanent file is to reside. The 
device must be a permanent file mass storage device on which 
direct access files are allowed. 



The user can either create an empty permanent file or define an existing local file as 
a direct access file. If the user releases the file and wishes to access it at some 
time in the future, the ATTACH control card must be included. 

If Ifni does not exist, the device on which pfn^ resides depends on the r and space 
parameters. 



Specified 
Specified 

Not specified 

Not specified 



space 
Not specified 

Specified 
Specified 
Not specified 



Residency 

The file resides on the device of type r with 
the most space available., 

The file resides on the device of type r with 
the most space available, provided that de- 
vice has as many PRUs available as specified 
by the space parameter. 

The file resides on the device with the most 
space available, provided that device has as 
many PRUs available as specified by the 
space parameiter. 

The file resides on the device with the most 
space available. 



If an auxiliary device has been previously specified by a PACKNAM card, pfn. resides 
on that auxiliary device rather than a system device. 

If the optional parameters are omitted, the system assumes the following values. 
Keyword Default 

PW None 

CT PRIVATE 

M WRITE 

PN None 



1-8-10 



60407000 D 



If the S option is selected and no device has the specified amount of space available, the 
request is aborted and the following message is issued to the user's dayfile. 

PRUS REQUESTED NOT AVAILABLE, AT nnn. 

Unused space is not guaranteed to be available if the user attempts to expand the file 
at a later time. 

If Ifn. already exists on a device other than that specified by r, or an illegal device 
is specified, the system issues the following message to the user's dayfile. 

DIRECT ACCESS DEVICE ERROR, AT nnn, 

GET CARD 

The GET control card enables the user to retrieve a copy of file pfni for use as a 
local file. 

The control card format is: 

GET(lfn2=pfni, Ifn2=pfn2, . . . , lfnn=pfnji/UN=usernum, PW=password, PN=packname, 
R=r, NA) 

Ifm Local file name given the file while in use 

pfn;^ Permanent file name. If pfnj^ is omitted, lfn^=pfnj 

If the request is made with no parameters specified, the user's primary file is as- 
sumed. 

Each pfn specified must be an indirect access file. File Ifnj^ is returned to the 
system if it is present before this command is issued even if an error is encountered 
in processing the command. The new file is rewound. No interlock is provided to 
prevent other users from obtaining working copies of the same file simultaneously. 
If the name of the user's current primary file is specified as an Ifn, the corresponding 
pfn is made the new primary file and any subsystem associated with it becomes the 
user's new current time -sharing subsystem. 

If the request is for a file in another user's catalog (UN option specified), the per- 
mission mode is that which the user has beep permitted for private files or that speci- 
fied in the catalog for semiprlvate and public files. 

If an auxiliary device has been previously specified by a PACKNAM card, the system 
attempts to retrieve the copy of pfn^ from the auxiliary device rather than the normal 
system devices. 

OLD CARD 

The OLD control card retrlves a copy of a permanent file and makes it the primary file. 

The control card format Is: 

OLD(lfn=pfn/UN=usernum, PW=passwrd, PN=packname, R=r, NA, ND) 
Ifn Local file name given the file while in use 

pfn Permanent file name. If pfn is omitted, lfn=pfn. 



60407000 D 1-8-11 



The OLD card performs the same operation aa the GET card, and additionally makes 
Ifn the primary file. Any currently existing primary file is released. All working 
files are also released unless the ND parameter is specified. 

If an auxiliary device has been specified previously by a PACKNAM card, the system 
attempts to retrieve the copy of pfn from the auxiliary device rather than the normal 
system devices. 

PACKNAM CARD 

The PACKNAM card directs subsequent permanent file requests to the specified auxiliary 
device. 

The control card format is: 

PACKNAM(PN= packname ) 
or 

PACK (packname) 

packname A 1- to 7-character name used to identify the auxiliary device 

to be accessed in subsequent permanent file requests 

PACKNAM allows the user to omit the PN keyword from requests for files that reside 
on the specified device. However, if permanent files on another auxiliary device are 
to be accessed, the PN keyword can be specified in the request or another PACKNAM 
request can be issued. Refer to Permanent File Devices, section 2 for information 
concerning auxiliary permanent file devices. 

The user cannot access permanent files residing on the normal system devices while 
the PACKNAM request is in effect. To access these files, he must include a PACK- 
NAM card in either of the following formats, 

PACKNAM 

or 
PACKNAM(PX=0) 



1_8-12 60407000 D 



PERMIT CARD 

The PERMIT control card allows a user to explicitly permit another user to access a 
private file in his permanent file catalog. 

The control card format is: 

PERMIT(pfn, usernumi=m2, usernum2 = ni2, .... usernumj^fmn, PN=packname, R=r, NA) 

pfn Permanent file name 

usernum- User number to be permitted access to pfn 

m. Permitted mode of access. If m^ is omitted, the system 

assumes mode R. 

If pfn is a public file, the following message is issued. 

PFM ILLEGAL REQUEST, AT nnn. 

PURGALL CARD 

The PURGALL control card purges all permanent files in the user's catalog that 
satisfy the criteria specified by the parameters. 

The control card format is : 

PURGALL(CT=ct, AD=ad, MD=md, CD=cd, DN=dn, TY=ty, TM=tm, FN=packname, R=r, NA) 

ct File category 

ad Last access date; format of date is yymmdd 

md Last modification date; format is yymmdd 

cd Creation date; format is yymmdd 

dn Device number (0 through Tig). The device number is 

assigned during system configuration time when the device 
is defined. It uniquely identifies a device within a family.' 

ty File type: 

I 

or Purge all indirect access files 

INDIR 

D 

or Purge all direct access files 

DIRECT 

A 

or Purge all files 

ALL 

If this parameter is omitted but other parameters are 
specified, the system assumes ty is ALL. If no other 
parameters are specified and the user wishes to purge 
all files, he must specify TY=A. 

tm Time of day on the date specified by ad, md, or cd 

parameter. The time of day is expressed in the format 
hhmmss. 



' Refer to section 2 for further information about families of permanent file devices. 



60407000 D 1-8-13 



packname Name of auxiliary device on which the files to be purged 

reside. The PN option cannot be selected if a device 
number was specified. 

r Type of auxiliary device on which the files to be purged 

reside. The R option cannot be selected if a device 
number was specified 

The AD, MD, and CD keywords are used to purge any files whose Jast access, last 
modification, or creation occurred before the specified date. To purge all files in 
his catalog, the user must enter: 

PURGALL(TY=A) 

CT, CN, TY, TM, and either AD, MD, or CD may be entered simultaneously. 

PURGE CARD 

The PURGE control card allows a user to remove a file from the permanent file device. 

The control card format is : 

PURGE(pfni, pfn2, — , pfn^/UN=usernum, PW=passwrd, PN-packname, R=r, NA) 
pfn. Permanent file name 

I If the request is made with no parameters specified, the user's primary file is assumed. 

When a PURGE command is issued for a direct access file which is not being used, 
the file is purged and the permanent file catalog altered accordingly. If the direct 
access file is in use, the catalog is altered to reflect purging of the permanent file 
but the actual file is not purged untU the last user returns it. 

To purge a file in an alternate user's catalog, the user must have write permission 
or the file must be semiprivate or public with write mode. If pfn-]^ does not exist, 
the following message is issued. 

pfn NOT FOUND, AT nnn. 

REPLACE CARD 

The REPLACE control card enables the user to place a copy of a local file in the 
permanent file system as an indirect access file. 

The control card format is : 

REPLACE(lfni=pfni, lfno=pfn2. . . . , lfnn=pfnjj/UN=usernum, PW = passwrd, 
PN=packname, R=r,'TJA) 

Ifn. Local file name 

pfnj Permanent file name. H pfnj^ is omitted, lfnj^=pfni. 

I If the request is made with no parameters specified, the user's primary file is assumed. 

If pfn- already exists, it is purged and replaced by the new file. The new file is in 
the same category as the file it replaced. If pfn, does not exist, the new file is saved 
as a private file. Permission information and alternate user access data for the fQe 
are not lost when a file is replaced. 

A user who has been granted write permission to another user's file can replace that 

file only if he is validated to create indirect access permanent files (refer to LIMITS 

control card, section 6. ) 

60407000 D 
1-8-14 



SAVE CARD 

The SAVE control card allows the user to retain a copy of a local file as an indirect 
access file. 

The control card format is : 

SAVE(lfni=pfni, Ifn2=pfn2. .... lfnn=pfnn/PW=passwrd, CT=ct, M=m, PN=packname, 
R=r, NA) 

Ifn^ Local file name 

pfnj^ Permanent file name. If pfn^^ is omitted, the system 

assumes lfnj=pfnj^. 

If the request is made with no parameters specified, the user's primary file is assumed.] 
If the name of the user's current primary file is specified as an Ifn, the user's current 
subsystem is stored in the file's catalog entry. 

The local files are rewound when the save operation is completed. If the optional 
parameters are omitted, the system assumes the following values. 



Keyword 


Default 


PW 


None 


CT 


PRIVATE 


M 


WRITE 



If an auxiliary device has been previously specified by a PACKNAM card, the system 
saves pfn^ on the auxiliary device rather than a normal system device. 

If pfnj^ already exists in the user's catalog, the following message is issued. 

pfn ALREADY PERMANENT. AT nnn. 



60407000 D 1-8-15 



LOAD/DUMP CENTRAL MEMORY UTILITY CONTROL CARDS 



The load/dump central memory utility control cards allow the user to transfer infor- 
mation that resides in his job field length to a peripheral device or to transfer infor- 
mation from that device into central memory. The following cards are included in this 
category. 



DMP 


LOC 


RBR 


DMD 


PBC 


WBR 


LBC 







The DMP and DMD control cards dump central memory in octal representation and/or 
display code equivalences. These cards are particularly helpful in creating dumps for 
debugging purposes. (Refer to Debugging Aids, section 13.) Other transfers of data 
from central memory use the PBC card which dumps a binary record to PUNCHB and 
the WBR card which writes a binary record on a specified file. 

Data is loaded to central memory by the LBC, LOC, and RBR cards. The LBC con- 
trol card is useful in loading binary data in an unknown format. All numeric parameters 
may be expressed in octal (post radix is B) or decimal (post radix is D) notation. If 
no radix is specified, octal is assuicned. If the parameter is expected to be numeric 
and only B or D is specified, the value is assumed to be zero. 

DMP CARD 

The DMP control card requests a dump on file OUTPUT of central memory in four words 
per line. 

The control card fornaat is: 

DMP(fwa, Iwa) or 

DMP(lwa) or 

DMP. 

fwa First word address of memory to be dumped; fwa is relative 

to RA. If fwa is absent, dump mode depends on presence or 
absence of Iwa. 

Iwa Last word address plus 1 of memory to be dumped; Iwa is 

relative to RA. If Iwa alone is present, DMP assumes 
fwa=0. If neither fwa nor Iwa is present, DMP dumps the 
exchange package and 4O3 locations before and after the 
program address register in the exchange package. 

The DMP routine dumps on file OUTPUT central memory according to the DMP call 
parameters in four words per line. If lines are duplicated, they are suppressed with 
the following notation. 

DUPLICATE LINES. 

The DMP card must immediately follow the program to be dumped. No control card 
other than EXIT card may intervene. 

60407000 D 1-9-1 



Dumping will always stop at FL if Iwa > FL. If a DMP control card image is entered 
under the batch subsystem from a time-sharing terminal, the dump will be formatted for 
72-column output. If either fwa or Iwa is nonnumeric, the request is interpreted as 

DMP. 

If fwa > FL, fwa is set to FL-lOg. If both fwa and Iwa > FL, fwa is set- to FL-lOg 
and Iwa is set to FL. If fwa=lwa, the system adds lOs to Iwa and proceeds with the 
operation. If fwa > 4000008, the first dump address is fwa-4000008, memory from 
the first dump address through Iwa is dumped, and the job is aborted. If fwa > Iwa, 
the system issues the following miessage to the user's dayfile. 

DUMP FWA.GE. LWA+1. 

DMD CARD 

The DMD control card requests a dump similar to that of the DMP card but additionally 
contains the display code equivalences to the right of the octal representations. 

The control card format is: 

DMD(fwa,lwa) or 

DMD (Iwa) or 

DMD. 

fwa First word address of memory to be dumped; fwa is relative 

to RA. If fwa is absent, dump mode depends on presence 
or absence of Iwa. 

Iwa Last word address plus 1 of naemory to be dumped; Iwa is 

relative to RA. If Iwa alone is present, DMD assumes 
fwa=0. If neither fwa nor Iwa is present, DMD dumps the 
exchange package and 40g locations before and after the 
program address in the exchange package. 

The user should not enter the DMD card image from a time-sharing terminal; the data 
transmitted for the display code equivalences may cause the terminal to be disconnected. 

LBC CARD 

The LBC control card is intended for loading binary data of unknown format. 

The control card format is: 

LBC(addr) 

addr Address relative to RA at which binary load begins; if 

addr is omitted, (RA) is assumed. 

LBC reads only one record from file INPUT. The user must make an LBC call for each 
record of data to be loaded. If addr is specified in the program call, binary data is loaded 
beginning at that address; otherwise, loading begins at the reference address (RA). 



1-9-2 60407000 D 



The following messages may be Issued to the user's dayfile in response to an LBC 
card. 

LBC ARGUMENT ERROR. The load address, addr, is not numeric. 

LBC FWA .GE.FL. The load address is greater than or equal 

to the user's field length. 

RECORD TOO LONG. The record is too long fof available memory. 

Available memory is filled and the excess 
data is skipped. 

LOC CARD 

The LOC control card calls the LOC program and specifies address parameters used by 
LOC to read octal card images from file INPUT and enter them in CM. 

The control card format is: 



LOC(fwa,lwa) 


or 


LOC(lwa) 


or 


LOC. 




fwa 





First word address of an area to clear (zero) before loading 
correction cards. If fwa is absent, LOC assumes 0. 

Iwa Last word address plus 1 of the area to be cleared. If 

Iwa is absent, LOC assumes 0. 

The correction card images consist of octal address and data fields. The address field 
specifies the location to be corrected, and the data field contains the data to be placed in 
that location. Both fields may start at any column as long as the address precedes the 
data. The address field consists of a one- to six-digit address. If it is five characters or 
less, it is separated from the data field by a nonoctal character (for exsunple. a blank). 
If it is six characters, no separator is required. 

The data field consists of 1 to 20 octal chracters. If it is less than 20 characters, it 

is terminated by a nonblank, nonoctal character and is stored right -justified. If it is 

20 characters, no terminator is required. Embedded blanks in the data field are ignored 

The following messages miay be issued to the user's dayfile. 

LOC ARGUMENT ERROR. The fwa or Iwa parameter is not numeric. 

LOC RANGE ERROR. Either fwa > Iwa or Iwa > FL. 

ADDRESS OUT OF RANGE, The address aaaaaa on a correction card is 

aaaaaa. greater than or equal to the user's field length. 

The correction card is ignored and LOC continues. 



If both addresses are specified and both are nonzero, storage is cleared from fwa to 
Iwa and the octal line images are loaded at the specified addresses. LOC can be called 
to clear storage by providing an empty (zero-filled) record on file INPUT. 



60407000 D 1-9-3 



PBC CARD 

The PBC routine writes one record from the specified area of CM to file PUNCHB. 
The control card format is: 



PBC(fwa,lwa) 

PBCdwa) 

PBC. 

fwa 



Iwa 



or 
or 



Address relative to RA at which the binary deck begins; if this 
parameter is omitted, the PBC operation depends upon the 
presence or absence of Iwa. 

Last word address plus 1 of the binary deck. If Iwa alone 
is present, PBC assumes that fwa=RA. If lwa=fwa, and a 
nonzero value is specified. PBC adds 10-, to Iwa. If fwa 
and lwa = or are omitted, RA contains Iwa in the lower 18 
bits. If the upper 12 bits of RA are 7700j,, Iwa is the lower 
18 bits of the location following the prefix (77) table plus the 
length of the prefix table. 



CM is not altered by PBC. 

The following messages may be issued to the user's dayfile. 

PBC ARGUMENT ERROR. Either fwa or Iwa is nonnumeric. 

The fwa parameter is greater than Iwa. 



PBC FWA .GT.LWA. 
PBC RANGE ERROR. 



The }wa parameter is greater than or equal 
to the user's field length. 



RBR CARD 

The RBR routine loads one binary record from a specified file. 



The control card format is: 

RBR(n,name) 
n 



name 



n is used in constructing the name of the file containing 
the binary record to be read. If n is less than four char- 
acters and is numeric, TAPEn is the file name. If n 
contains a nonnumeric character or is four or more char- 
acters long, then n itself is used as the file name. If n 
is absent, TAPE is the file name. 

A 1- to 7-character name used in a record prefix. 



1-9-4 



60407000 D 



The RBR routine loads one binary record from the specified file, 
is included, a record prefix is placed in memory starting at RA. 
follows. The following is the format of the record prefix. 



RA 
RA+1 
RA+2 
RA+3 



If the name parameter 
The record itself 





59 


53 


47 35 


17 




C 


1 




77 


GO 


0016 


length 






name 









date (yy/mm/dd. ) 











J. 


' 








4- 











5200 





length 1 





RA+1 7 
RA+20g 

length Record length including the prefix 

lengthi Record length minus words RA through RA+178 

If the record is too long for available memory, memory is filled, excess data is skipped, 
and the following message is issued to the user's dayfile. 

RECORD TOO LONG. 

WBR CARD 

The WBR routine writes a binary record from CM to a file at its current position. 
The control card format is: 



WBR(n.rl) 

n 



rl 



n is used in constructing the name of the file on which the 
binary record is to be written. If n is less than four 
characters and is numeric, TAPEn is the file name. If 
n contains a nonnumeric character or is four or more 
characters long, then n itself is used as the file name. 
If n is absent. TAPE is the file name. 

Record length in words. If rl is or absent, the length 
is taken from the lower 18 bits of RA. 



WBR begins writing from I^A. 

The following messages may be issued to the user's dayfile. 

WBR ARGUMENT ERROR. The rl parameter is nonnumeric. 

RECORD TOO LONG. The rl parameter is greater than or equal to 

the user's field length. 



60407000 D 



1-9-5 



TAPE MANAGEMENT 



10 



This section is devoted primarily to the control cards necessary to create and manage 
files on magnetic tape. Following the control cards are descriptions of the various 
types of tape formats available to the user. 



The control cards described in this section are: 



ASSIGN 
BLANK 
LABEL 



LISTLB 
REQUEST 

VSN 



The ASSIGN, LABEL, and REQUEST control cards cause files to be assigned to tape 
units or devices. The REQUEST card requires operator action unless the VSN is 
specified. In this case, if the tape has already been mounted, assignment is automatic 
LABEL and ASSIGN also cause automatic assignment. 

ANSI tape labels can be read using the LISTLB card and blank labeled for installation 
control using the BLANK card. 

The control cards available to the user for assigning a file to magnetic tape are also 
used to create new and access existing 7- and 9-track labeled and unlabeled tapes. 
The following terms are used in describing these cards. 



Volume 

Volume serial number 

Block 



Reel of magnetic tape 

Number that uniquely identifies a reel of tape 

One physical record unit (PRU); that is. a group of 
contiguous characters recorded on and read from 
magnetic tape as a unit. 



Noise 
Label 



Tape mark 
Owner 



KRONOS 2. 1 
written tape 



Any block less than the minimum acceptable block size 
is considered noise and discarded by the system. 

Field of characters that identifies and/or delimits a 
volume or file. Labels may be written in ANSI standard 
or nonstandard format. ANSI labels are 80-character 
blocks recorded at the beginning of a volume (VOLl), 
the beginning of a file (HDRl), the end of a file (EOFl), 
and the end of a volume (EOVl). Labels which do not 
conform to ANSI standards in format and /or content 
are defined as nonstandard. 

Special configuration recorded on magnetic tape indicating 
the boundary between files and /or labels 

Owner of a KRONOS 2. 1 written tape identified in the 
VOLl label by the combination of his family name and 
user number 

Tape with ANSI labels written by KRONOS 2. 1 and 
identified as such in the system code field of each 
HDRl, EOFl, and EOVl label 



60407000 D 



1-10-1 



The format and contents of ANSI labels are described in appendix G. A RESOURC 
control card must be included in any job that uses two or more tape units concurrently. 

The following is a list of the parameters that may appear on one or more of the 
tape mianagement control cards. 



Keyword 


Parameter Default 


Valid on 


LO 


Installation 
parameter 


ASSIGN 
REQUEST 


HI 


Installation 
parameter 


ASSIGN 
REQUEST 


HY 


Installation 
parameter 


ASSIGN 
REQUEST 


HD 


Installation 
parameter 


ASSIGN 
REQUEST 


PE 


Installation 
parameter 


ASSIGN 
REQUEST 


D= 


den Installation 
parameter 


ASSIGN 
BLANK 
LABEL 
LISTLB 

REQUEST 



Description 

200 -bpi tape density (implies 
7-track tape) 

556-bpi tape density (implies 
7-track tape) 

800-bpi tape density (implies 
7-track tape) 

800- cpi tape density (implies 
9-track tape) 

1600-cpi tape density (implies 
9-track tape) 

Specifies tape density: 

LO 
HI 
HY 
HD 
PE 
200 
556 
800 
1600 



200 bpi (7-track) 

556 bpi (7-track) 

800 bpi (7-track) 

800 cpi (9-track) 
1600 cpi (9-track) 

200 bpi (7-track) 

556 bpi (7-track) 

800 bpi (7- or 9-track) 
1600 cpi (9-track) 



1-10-2 



60407000 D 



Keyword 
FC = 



Parameter 
fcount 



Default 
None 



Valid On Description 

ASSIGN Frame count. Specifies the 

LABEL maximum size block (in frames) 

REQUEST that may be read or written. 

This parameter applies only 

to E, B, and F data formats 

(refer to the F keyword ). 



ccount 



None 



ASSIGN 
REQUEST 



CV = 
or 

N = 



conv 



MT 



NT 



PO^ 



P1P2- • • P 



Installation 
parameter 



• • ' fn 



Installation 
parameter 



Installation 

parameter 



A (nonsystem 

origin jobs) 

AU (system origin 

jobs) 



ASSIGN 
LABEL 

REQUEST 



ASSIGN 
BLANK 
LABEL 
LISTLB 
REQUEST 

ASSIGN 
BLANK 
LABEL 
LISTLB 

REQUEST 

ASSIGN 

LABEL 

requp:st 



Character count. Specifies 
the maximum size block (in 
6 -bit characters) that may 
be read or written. This 
parameter applies only to E, 
B, and F data formats (refer 
to the F keyword). 

Specifies the conversiont mode 
for 9-track tapes: 

AS ASCII/display code 

conversion 
US Same as for AS 
EB EBCDIC /display code 

conversion 

Specified file resides on or 
is to reside on 7-track tape 



Specified file resides on or 
is to reside on 9-track tape 



A string of characters 
specifying processing options: 

A Job will be automatically 
aborted on an irrecover- 
able read or write parity 
error. 

N Job will not be aborted 
if an irrecoverable read 
or write parity error 
occurs; on a read opera- 
tion, data will be passed 
to the program. 

R Enforce ring out. If the 
tape is mounted with the 
write ring in, job pro- 
cessing will be suspended 
until the operator re- 
mounts the tape correct- 
ly. 



t Refer to appendix A for the character sets showing translation between display code 
and ASCII (USA SI) and display code and EBCDIC. 



60407000 D 



1-10-3 



Keyword 



Parameter 



Default 



Valid On Description 

W Enforce ring in. If the 

tape is mounted without 
the write ring in, job 
processing will be sus- 
pended until the operator 
remounts the tape cor- 
rectly. 

U Inhibit unload. Do not 

unload at the end of usage. 
For system origin jobs, 
the inhibit unload option 
is selected by default; 
for all other origin type 
jobs, omission of the U 
option causes the tape to 
be unloaded at end of 
usage. 

F Force unload. Unload 

at the end of usage. 
This option is useful 
for system origin jobs 
where otherwise U (in- 
hibit unload) would be 
the default. 

E Error inhibit. All hard- 

ware read/write errors 
are ignored and proces- 
sing continues. The sys- 
tem does not attempt 
error recovery, issue 
error messages, nor re- 
turn error status. This 
option is not intended for 
the normal user. How- 
ever, it can be used to 
recover portions of data 
from a bad tape, for 
hardware checkout pur- 
poses, and to write on 
tape without skipping bad 
spots; in the latter case, 
the user is responsible 
for verifying that the data 
was written correctly. 

B Directs the system to 

write system noise 
blocks when perform- 
ing write error re- 
covery. This option is 
ignored for 1600-bpi 
tapes. In addition, this 
option should not be used 
for tapes which are to 
be interchanged with 
other systems. 



1-10-4 



60407000 D 



Keyword 



Parameter 



Default 



Valid On 



Description 



format 



NS= 



ns 



I format for LABEL 
card. 

I format for AS- 
SIGN card if VSN 
keyword is included; 
otherwise, default 
is X format. 
I format for RE- 
QUEST card if VSN 
keyword is included 
or VSN control 
card has been pro- 
cessed; otherwise, 
default is X format. 

For all data for- 
mats except I, SI, 
and X, the default 
for ns is 18 frames. 
The NS keyword 
should not be speci- 
fied for I, SI, and 
X format tapes be- 
cause the definition 
of noise block size 
is implied by the for- 
mat. (Refer to the 
K keyword. ) 



ASSIGN 
LABEL 

REQUEST 



ASSIGN 
LABEL 
REQUEST 



I Directs the system to ig- 
nore the block being read 
when the EOT is encoun- 
tered, t 

P Directs the system to 
accept the block being 
read when the EOT is 
encountered. ' 

S Specifies where the 

system is to stop on an 
exit condition. For 
unlabeled tape, it directs 
the system to stop at the 
first tape mark after the 
EOT is sensed. For 
labeled tape, it directs 
the system to stop at the 
tape mark plus EOFl or 
the tape mark plus EOVl 
when the EOT is encoun- 
tered. 

Specifies the data format 



I 


Internal 


X 


External 


B 


Blocked 


E 
S 
L 


Line image 

SCOPE stranger tape 

SCOPE long block 


SI 


stranger tape 
SCOPE internal 


F 


Foreign 



Noise size. Any block con- 
taining fewer than ns frames 
is considered noise and dis- 
carded by the systemi; the 
maximum value of ns is 31 ^q 
frame. If a noise size of 
zero is specified, the default 
noise size is used. 



t For further information, refer to End-Of-Tape/End-Of-Reel Processing in section 10. 



60407000 D 



1-10-5 



Keyword 



Parameter 



Default 



Valid On 



Des(2ription 



LB= 



VSN= 



vsn 



KL for LABEL 
card. 

KL for ASSIGN card 
if VSN keinvord is 
included; otherwise, 
default Is KU. 
KL for REQUEST 
card if VSN keyword 
is included or VSN 
control card has 
been processed; 
otherwise, default 
is KU. 



Refer to 
appendix G. 



ASSIGN Specifies whether the tape is 

LABEL to be treated as labeled or un- 

REQUEST labeled. 

KU KRONOS unlabeled. 

KL KRONOS labeled. The 
tape is treated as hav- 
ing ANSI labels. If the 
tape is a KRONOS 2. 1 
tape, volume and head- 
er accessibility re- 
strictions will be en- 
forced. 

NS Nonstandard labels. 
The system skips over 
labels based on tape 
marks but does not 
process the labels. 
This option can also be 
used in processing a 
non KRONOS tape which 
although designated as 
unlabeled contains a 
tape mark prior to the 
beginning of data. 

ASSIGN A 1- to 6 -character volume 

BLANK serial number that uniquely 

LABEL identifies a reel of tape (refer 

REQUEST to the VSN control card). 



CK 



CB 



FI= 
or 
L = 



fileid 



Refer to 
REQUEST card. 



Refer to 
REQUEST card. 



Refer to 
appendix G. 



ASSIGN 
LABEL 
REQUEST 



ASSIGN 
LABEL 
REQUEST 



LABEL 



Specifies that Ifn is to be used 
as a checkpoint f Ue. Each time 
a checkpoint dump is taken, 
the new information is written 
at the previous EOI of Ifn. 

Specifies that Ifn is to be used 
as a checkpoint file. Each 
time a checkpoint dump is 
taken, the new information is 
written at the BOI of Ifn. 

A 1- to 17-character file 
identifier recorded in HDRl. 



1-10-6 



60407000 D 



Keyword Parameter Default 



Valid On 



Description 



FA = 



fa 



Unlimited access 



OFS= 



fa 



Unlimited access 



BLANK File accessibility. One char- 

LABEL acter that indicates who has 

access to the labeled file (refer 
to appendix G, HDRl label). 

A Only the owner of the 

KRONOS 2, 1 written 
tape can access the 
file. 

omitted FA omitted indicates 
unlimited access. 

other All future accesses 

to this tape must 
specify this character 
as the fa parameter. 

File accessibility is not 
checked for system origin 
jobs. 

BLANK One character that indicates 

the current file accessibility 
of a labeled tape which is to 
be blank labeled. (Refer to 
FA description for explana- 
tion of fa characters. ) 



SI= 
or 

M = 


setid 


Refer to 
appendix G. 


LABEL 
LISTLB 


SN = 
or 
V = 


secno 


Refer to 
appendix G. 


LABEL 


QN = 
or 
P = 


seqno 


Refer to 
appendix G. 


LABEL 
LISTLB 


G= 


genno 


Refer to 
appendix G. 


LABEL 


E = 


gvn 


Refer to 
appendix G. 


LABEL 


CR = 


cdate 


Current date 


LABEL 



or 
C = 



RT = 



rdate 



Current date 



LABEL 



1- to 6-character set identi- 
fier for a multifile set (refer 
to appendix G, HDRl label). 

1- to 4-digit file section num- 
ber (refer to appendix G, HDRl 
label). 

1- to 4-digit file sequence 
number (refer to appendix G, 
HDRl label). 

1- to 4-digit generation 
number (refer to appendix G, 
HDRl label). 

1- to 2 -digit generation version 
number (refer to appendix G, 
HDRl label). 

Creation date in the form 
yyddd where 1 < ddd <:366. 
Creation date is meaningful 
only on read operations; 
on write operations, the 
current date is always used. 
(Refer to appendix G, HDRl 
label). 

Retention date in the form 
yyddd (used to derive expira- 
tion date described in appendix 
G, HDRl label). 



60407000 D 



1-10-7 



Keyword 
T = 



Parameter 
ret cycle 



Default 

Refer to 
appendix G. 



Valid On 
LABEL 



LABEL 



W 



LABEL 



VA = 



va 



Unlimited access 



BLANK 



Description 

1- to 3 -digit retention cycle 
specifying the number of days 
from the current date that the 
file is to be retained (used to 
derive the expiration date if 
the RT keyword is not speci- 
fied. Refer to appendix G, 
HDRl label). 

Directs the system to read the 
existing ANSI label. The para- 
meters on the LABEL card are 
compared with the values re- 
corded on the file labels. If 
the comparison fails, the job 
is aborted. 

Directs the system to write 
standard ANSI labels using the 
parameters specified on the 
LABEL card or their default 
values. It is not necessary to 
specify the PO=W option to 
enforce ring in. If the tape is 
mounted without the write ring, 
job processing is suspended 
until the operator remounts 
the tape correctly. However, 
if the PO=R option is specified, 
the job is aborted. 

Volume accessibility. One 
character that indicates re- 
strictions on who may have 
access to information on the 
reel (refer to appendix G, 
VOLl label). 

omitted VA omitted indi- 
cates unlimited 
access. 

other Whenever this 

reel is processed 
under KRONOS as 
a KRONOS 2. 1 
labeled tape 
(LB=KL), volume 
accessibility re- 
strictions are im- 
posed. Thus, the 
user cannot change 
or destroy the 
VOLl label on the 
tape. This feature 
enables an install- 
ation to BLANK 
label new tapes 
and be assured 
that the volume 
serial number 
field of VOLl 
cannot be changed 
by a user. If VA 
is nonblank, only 
a system origin 
job can change 
VOLl. 



1-10-8 



60407000 D 



Keyword 
OWNER = 



LSL = 



Parameter 

usernum/ 
familyname 



Isl 



Default 

Refer to 
appendix G. 



The labels and data 
format of the speci- 
fied volume require 
the agreement of the 
interchange parties. 



Valid On 
BLANK 



BLANK 



LO = 



Itype 



R 



LISTLB 



L = 
U = 



out 



OUTPUT 



LISTLB 
BLANK 



Description 

Identifies the owner of the 
KRONOS 2. 1 labeled tape (refer 
to appendix G, VOLl label). 

Label standard level (refer to 
appendix G, VOLl label). 

1 The labels and data 

format of this volume 
conform to the re- 
quirements of the 
ANSI standard. 

blank LSL omitted indicates 
that the labels and 
data format of the 
specified volume re- 
quire the agreement 
of the interchange 
parties. 

Specifies the type of labels to 
be listed (refer to appendix G). 

A List all required and 

optional ANSI labels. 

R List all required labels 
(VOLl, HDRl. EOFl, 
and if present, EOVl) 

O List all optional 

labels (VOL2-9, 
HDR2-9, EOF2-9, 
EOV2-9, UVLl-9. 
UHLa, and UTLa) 



V 


List all VOLl-9 
labels. 


H 


List all HRDl-9 
labels. 


F 


List all EOF 1-9 
labels. 


E 


List all EOVl-9 
labels. 


U 


List all UVLl-9, 
UHLa, and UTLa 
labels. 



Specifies the file on which the 
labels are to be listed. 

Unload tape after blank label- 
ing it; tape is always returned 
after blank labeling. 



60407000 D 



1-10-9 



The system allows continuation cards for ASSIGN,. BLANK. LABEL, REQUEST, and VSN 
cards that require more than 80 characters. If, in processing one of these cards, the 
system does not encounter a termination character prior to the end of the line, it 
assumes the next line is a continuation line. All continuation lines must contain a 
blank in column 1. 

NOTE 

The system accepts continuation lines from 
a time-sharing terminal only if they are con- 
tained in procedure files. 

The programimer can use a literal for any parameter on a tape management control 
card that contains nonalphanumeric characters. Characters other than letters, numbers, 
and asterisks are defined as nonalphanumeric. A literal is a character string delimited 
by dollar signs. Blanks within literals are retained. If the literal is to contain a 
dollar sign, two consecutive dollar signs must be included. Thus, the literal 

$A B$$41$ 

is interpreted as: 

A B$41 

If continuation cards are used, a literal cannot extend from one card to another. 

Generally, if more than one parameter of a given type is specified, the last one en- 
countered in a left-to-right scan is used. The two exceptions to this rule are in the 
processing option parameters. If both ring enforcement options (PO=R and PO=W) or 
more than one EOT option (PO=I, PO=P, PO=S) is specified, the ARGUMENT ERROR 
message is issued to the user's dayfile. 



1-10-10 60407000 D 



ASSIGN CARD 

The ASSIGN control card can be used to create new and access existing 7- or 9-track 
unlabeled tapes. 

The control card format is: 

ASSIGN(nn, lfn.D= den. {FC=f count j (^y^^onv, I^tI po==p,p„. . . p„. 

\. C=ccount) [ NT j i ^ n 

F=forniat, NS=ns, LB=1, VSN=vsn, j^^j 

nn Device or device type to which the specified file is to be assigned; 

nn may be either the EST ordinal t of a magnetic tape unit or one 
of the device types MT or NT. MT is defined as a 7-track mag- 
netic tape drive; NT is a 9-track magnetic tape drive. 

Ifn Name of the file to be assigned to the specified equipment. 

Although the user can also Include this card to assign a labeled tape to his job, he 
cannot use it to create or verify tape labels. It is suggested that the user include 
LABEL cards for all tapes whenever possible. 

The job must be of system origin or the user must be validated for system origin 

privileges. The user must also be validated for use of magnetic tapes, ft If 'the user 

attempts to perform an assignment for which he is not validated, the job is aborted 
and the following message is issued to the user's dayfile. 

ILLEGAL USER ACCESS. 

Before performing the assignment, the system issues a RETURN on Ifn. 
Example: 

ASSIGN(51, TAPED 

This card assigns the file TAPEl to the magnetic tape unit identified by EST ordinal 
51. 



t Contact installation personnel for a list of EST ordinals, 
tt Refer to LIMITS control statement, section 6. 

60407000 D l-lO-ll 



BLANK CARD 

The control card format is: 
I BLANK(D=den. | J^J" } , VSN=vsn, FA=fa, OFA=ofa„ VA=va, OWNER=usernum/famllyname, 

LSL=lsl,U) 

With the BLANK control card, an installation can establish control over the use of 
labeled tapes. The values supplied on the card are used to blank label a tape with 
standard ANSI volume header (VOLl), first file header (HDRl), and first end-of-file 
(EOFl) labels. The labels are written as follows: 





VOLl 


HDRl 


* 


* 


EOFl 


* 


* 







In writing these labels, the system uses default values for all fields except those fields 
for which there are corresponding parameters on the BLANK card. The VA and FA 
keywords can be used to restrict access to information on the reel and the specified 
files, respectively. If the tape to be blank labeled is a labeled tape which has a file 
accessibility other than A, this old file accessibility must be specified by the OFA 
parameter. When the tape is blank labeled, the file accessibility is that specified 
by the FA parameter. The default track type may be set by the installation to either 
MT or NT. t If a track type other than the default is desired, it must be specified. 

Once a tape has been blank labeled, the user can modify the labels as follows: 

1. If the volume accessibility field of VOLl indicates unlimited access (that is, 
VA is blank), the user can: 

• Include another BLANK card to change VOLl, HDRl, or EOFl values. 

• Request the tape as unlabeled (that is, LB=KU) and write it in whatever 
format he specifies. 

• Include a LABEL card to change HDRl by specifying one or more of the 
parameters associated with that label and selecting the write label (W) 
option. 

2. If the volume accessibility field is nonblank, the user can: 

• Include a LABEL card to change HDRl. However, in requesting a tape 
in which VA is nonblank, the user must specify an NOS labeled tape 
(that is, LB=KL), and therefore, cannot change or destroy the VOLl 
label. 

• Submit a system origin job to change VOLl. 



t Contact installation personnel for the default track type. 



1-10-12 



60407000 D 



LABEL CARD 

LABELdfn, D=den, FC=fcount,CV=conv,|jJ,j^|,PO=piP2. . .p^. F=format.NS=ns. 

LB=f . VSN=vsn. { ^^|. { ^,^=^"^!^1 . FA=fa. { ?f ^^"^1 . 1 SN=secno» . 
* ICBI I L=fileidf • • l]Vl=setidJ I v=secnor 

I '*^S=^®^"°l.G=genno. E=gvn, | CR=cdate \ , (RT=rdate \ , / Wl x 
\ P=seqnof « • K .| c=cdate I V T=retcycle T 1 R P 

Ifn Name of the file that resides on or is to reside on magnetic 

tape 

The LABEL control card directs the system to assign file Ifn to a tape unit. This 
assignment occurs using VSN only; the file identifier is not considered in assigning. 
If a file by the name Ifn silready exists, the following action is taken. 

1. If Ifn is assigned to a device other than a tape unit, job processing continues 
with the next control card. 

2. If Ifn is an existing tape file and the read label (R) parameter is specified, 
the system compares the parameters on the LABEL card with the values re- 
corded on the file labels. If the comparison fails, the job is aborted. 

3. If Ifn is an existing tape file and the write label (W) parameter is specified, the 
system compares the vsn specified on the LABEL or VSN card with the vsn in 
the VOLl label. If the vsns match, the system writes file labels (refer to 
appendix G) using the parameters specified on the LABEL card. If the vsns 

do not match, the job is aborted. 

To assign to tape an ifn that was previously assigned in the same job to another device, 
the user must make sure that Ifn Is RETURNed before the LABEL card is processed. 
Note that the default track type may be set by the installation to either MT or NT. f I 

If a track type other than the default is desired, it must be specified. | 

If Ifn is to be used for checkpoint dumps and the dumps are to be written on labeled tape, 
the CK or CB parameter must be included on the LABEL card. For further information 
about checkpoint dumps, refer to the REQUEST control card. 

Example 1 : 

LABEL (NEWFILE,VSN=TP01,FI=FILEA,W) 

This card creates an ANSI-labeled tape which the job can access by the filename NEWFILE. 
Default values are used for all fields of HDRl except the file identification, FILEA, 
Any data written is recorded in 512 CM word blocks. 

Example 2: 

LABEL(OLDFILE,VSN=TP01,FI=FILEA) 

This card assigns the tape file created in a previous job (refer to example 1) to the file 
OLDFILE. The system compares the vsn in VOLl and the file identification in HDRl 
with the values on the card. 

Example 3: 

LABEL(CFILE, VSN=TP02, FI=THIRDFILE, SI=ABCD, QN = 0003) 

This card assigns the tape with vsn TP02 to the file CFILE. The system positions the tape to 
the beginning of data of THIRDFILE. the third file in the multifile set ABCD. 

tContact installation personnel for the default track type. 
60407000 D 1-10-13 



LISTLB CARD 

The control card format is: 

LISTLB (lf„. |g:n!i^)'(''?:IX I • LO=I.yp.,L=ou.. 



The LISTLB control card directs the system to read the ANSI labels on the tape file speci- 
fied by Ifn and write them on the user specified file out. The setid and seqno parameters 
enable the user to list only those HDRl-9 and EOFl-9 labels which have the specified 
multifile set identifier a'..d/or file sequence number. The Itype parameter allows the 
user to specify the type of labels to be listed. Refer to appendix G for a description 
of each type of label. 

REQUEST CARD 

The REQUEST control card enables the user to assign a file to a device by including 
in the comment field a description of an acceptable device. 

The control card format is: 

REQUESTafn,D=den.|FC:=fcount I cv=convJMTl PO=p,,p„. . .p . 

\ C=ccountJ I NT J i^ ^ i^ 

F=format, NS=ns, LB=ie , VSN=vsn, j^^j ) 

This comment is displayed at the system console, directing the operator to make the 
requested assignment. If the user has previously specified a vsn via a VSN control 
card or if he has Included the VSN keyword on the REX5UEST card, the system initiates 
automatic tape file assignment. 

If Ifn already exists when the REQUEST is made, no new assignment is made and job 
processing continues with the next control card. However, the user can reassign Ifn 
by issuing a RETURN on the file before making the R:EX3UEST. 

The REQUEST card can be used to create new and access existing 7- or 9-track un- 
labeled tapes. Although the user can also include this card to assign a labeled tape 
to his job, he cannot use it to create or verify tape labels. It is suggested that 
LABEL cards be used for all tapes whenever possible., The default track type may be 
set by installation of either MT or NT. t If a track type other than the default is 
desired, it must be specified. 

If Ifn is to be used for checkpoint dumps, either the CK or CB keyword is specified. 
These keywords are used in conjunction with the CKP and RESTART control cards; 
they allow the user to: 

• Save all checkpoint dumips by appending each dump to the checkpoint file 
REQUEST(lfn,CK) 



tContact installation personnel for the default track type. 



1-10-14 60407000 D 



• Save the last checkpoint dump by writing each dump at the beginning of the 
checkpoint file 

REQUESTdfn.CB) 

• Save two consecutive checkpoint dumps by alternately writing on two check- 
point files: 

REQUESTdfhi, CB) 

REQUEST (Ifng, CB) 

If the CK parameter is specified for alternate files or if more than two checkpoint files 
are specified, the job is aborted and the following message is issued to the user's day- 
file, 

CHECKPOINT FILE ERROR. 



The user is not required to supply a REQUEST card to define a checkpoint file, 
can use an ASSIGN or LABEL card or he can use default values. 



He 



If no REQUEST card specifying a checkpoint file has been detected when the first CKP 
card is encountered, the system requests a device for the user, specifies a file name 
of CCCCCCC, and selects the CK option. For a subsequent restart job, however, the 
system assumes the user has made the checkpoint file available. 

VSN CARD 

The control card format is: 



VSN(lfn2=vsnj.lfn2=vsn2, 



, lfnn=vsn^) 



Ifn, 



vsn; 



Name of the file with which the specified vsn is to be 
associated 

1- to 6-character volume serial number to be associated 
with Ifnj. If the vsn^ is zero, absent, or SCRATCH, any 
available scratch tape will be automatically assigned to Ifn^. 
If characters other than letters and numbers are used, 
vsn^ must be specified as a literal. 



60435400 A 



1-10-15 



The system allows tape assignment to be performed either by the system or by the 
operator. By supplying a vsn uniquely identifying every tape (labeled, unlabeled, and 
nonstandard labeled), the user enables the system to assign tapes without operator intervention. 

A vsn is provided via the VSN keyword on a LABEL or REQUEST card or via a VSN 
card. With a VSN card the user can: 

• Omit the VSN keyword from his LABEL or REQUEST cards and specify 
Ifn/vsn associations on the VSN card Instead. This allows the user to 
specify new vsns without changing LABEL or REQUP;:ST cards. 

• Override the vsn specified on subsequent ASSIGN, LABEL, REQUEST, or 
VSN cards. For example, the sequence: 

VSN(FILEA = 123) 

VSN(FILEA = 124) 

LABEL(FILEA) 

directs the system to assign FILEA to the tape with vsn 123. However, 
the user can redeclare an Ifn/vsn association by returning the file. Thus, 
the following sequence 

VSN(FILEA = 123) 

RETURN(FILEA) 

VSN(F1LEA = 124) 

LABEL(FILEA) 

directs the system to assign to FILEA the tape with vsn 124. 

• Associate the vsns of two or more duplicate reels with one flle.t If any 
of several duplicate reels can be used (that Is, they differ only In vsns), 
the vsns should be separated by equal signs. Thus, the card 

VSN(FILE1=VOL100=VOL101) 

Indicates that either the tape with the vsn of VOL 100 or the tape with the 
vsn of VOLlOl can be assigned to FILEl. 

• Specify the vsns of a multireel flle.t If the file extends to more than one 
reel, the vsns for all reels required must be separated by slashes. 

The system assigns the reels In the order Indicated on the card. For ex- 
ample, the card 

VSN(FILE2=VSN23/VSN24/VSN25) 

Indicates that FILE2 may extend to the three reels identified by the vsns of 
VSN23, VSN24, and VSN25. 

The system processes tape requests as follows: 

1. Whenever a tape is mounted, the system checks for labels. If the tape was 
labeled, the system keeps a record of the vsn read from VOLl and the equip- 
ment on which the tape Is mounted. 



t Up to 55 vsns can be specified for a single file in any combination of duplicate reel 
and/or multireel configurations. 



1-10-16 60407000 D 



2. If, when a request is made for tape assignment, an Ifn/vsn association is en- 
countered, the system compares the vsn associated with the file (or one of its 
equivalences) with the vsns read from mounted tapes. If a match is found, the 
system automatically assigns the tape to the requesting job, provided a deadlock 
would not occur. If the tape is not mounted, the system rolls out the job until 

a tape with the required vsn is mounted. For a mounted, unlabeled tape, the 
operator enters a VSN command specifying the required vsn. The system is 
then able to automatically assign the tape. 

3. If no Ifn/vsn association is encountered when the request is made, the system 
directs the operator to assign an available unit. 

4. For an ASSIGN card, the method of assignment depends on the nn parameter. 
If nn is a device type (MT or NT), the operator must assign an available 
unit. If nn is the EST ordinal of a tape unit, the system automatically 
assigns the specified unit. 

The following is a summary of the system and/or operator action taken in response to 
an ASSIGN, LABEL, or REQUEST card. The VSN column indicates whether or not the 
user has specified an Ifn/vsn association via the VSN keyword or a VSN card. The 
mode column shows the mode as determined by the system in checking for labels. 



Card 
ASSIGN 



VSN 
Yes 



Mode 
Labeled 



REQUEST 



LABEL 



Yes 


Unlabeled 


No 


Labeled 


No 


Unlabeled 


Yes 


Labeled 


Yes 


Unlabeled 


No 


Labeled 


No 


Unlabeled 


Yes 


Labeled 


Yes 


Unlabeled 


No 


Labeled 


No 


Unlabeled 



Action 

If the nn parameter is MT or NT, the operator 
must assign an available unit. If the nn para- 
meter is the EST ordinal of a tape unit, assign- 
ment is automatic. 

Same as when the vsn is specified and the tape 
is labeled. 

Same as when the vsn is specified and the tape 
is labeled. 

Same as when the vsn is specified and the tape 
is labeled. 

The system matches the vsn read from VOLl 
with the vsn on the REQUEST or VSN card. 
Assignment is automatic. 

The operator enters a VSN command specifying 
the vsn included on the REQUEST or VSN card.t 
Assignment is automatic. 

The operator assigns an available unit to Ifn. 

The operator assigns an available unit to Ifn. 

The system matches the vsn read from VOLl 
with the vsn on the LABEL or VSN card. 
Assignment is automatic. 

The operator enters a VSN command specifying 
the vsn included on the LABEL or VSN card, f 
Assignment is automatic. 

The operator assigns an available unit to Ifn. 

The operator assigns an available unit to Ifn. 



The LB keyword is not used in assigning a tape. Rather, it is used in processing the data 
on the tape once the assignment has been made. 

tA VSN which contains special characters should not be specified in a request for an 
unlabeled tape. It is not possible to enter special characters via the VSN, xx, aaaaaa. 
operator conamand. 



60407000 D 



1-10-17 



MAGNETIC TAPE FORMATS 

The standard magnetic tapes used are 7 -track, 1/2-inch tape and 9 -track, 1/2 -inch 
tape. Each type of tape can be written in binary or coded mode. Unless specified 
otherwise, tapes are assumed to be in binary mode. The user can select 200, 556, 
or 800 bits per inch (bpi) density for 7-track tapes or 800 or 1600 characters per 
inch (cpi) density for 9-track tapes, provided these densities are available with the 
hardware. Tape density can be specified by a LABEL, ASSIGN, or REXJUEST control 
card, the LABEL macro (refer to section 4, volume 2), or an IPRDECK installation 
option (refer to the Installation Handbook). The system normally performs automatic 
processing of tape parity errors and end-of-tape conditions. However, the user can 
control the processing of these functions via the PO keyword on LABEL, ASSIGN, and 
REQUEST control cards or the po field of the FET (FET+8,, bits 36 thirough 47). 

DATA FORMATS 

Data can be recorded on magnetic tape in any of eight formats. 



Format 


Description 


I 


Internal 


SI 


SCOPE internal 


X 


External 


S 


SCOPE stranger 


L 


SCOPE long block stranger 


E 


Line image 


B 


Blocked 


F 


Foreign 



1-10-18 60407000 D 



The control card user specifies the data format via the F keyword of a LABEL, ASSIGN, 
or REQUEST control card. The LABEL macro user specifies the data format via 
FET + 10, bits 30 through 35. The following is a description of the physical and logical 
characteristics of each format. Note that the user can define maximum block size, 
end-of-reel conditions, and noise for any format via control card or FET parameters; 
the following description of these characteristics defines the suggested (and default) 
values. 



I (INTERNAL) FORMAT 

Characteristics 

Mode 

Block size (PRU size) 



Logical end-of-record 



Logical end-of-file 



Logical end -of- information 



t Refer to appendix G. 

60407000 D 



Description 

Binary 

Actual data block size can range from to 512 
(lOOOo) CM words in exact multiples of CM words. 
All blocks except those containing labels include 
a 48-bit block terminator formatted as follows: 



47 



35 



11 



3 



byte count 


block number 





i„ 



byte count 

block number 
In 



Total number of bytes in the 
block including the block 
terminator 

Number of blocks since the 
last HDRl label t 

Level number 



17 



8 



End-of-record 
End-of-file 



User-specified frame or character counts have no 
m^eaning. 

Any block with fewer than 512 (lOOOg) CM words 
of data is considered a logical end-of-record. 
During a write operation, the level number field of 
the block terminator contains the level number 
obtained from FET+0, bits 14 through 17, or the 
WRITECW macro control word. During read op- 
erations, the systena will return end-of-record 
status and the contents of the block terminator level 
number field. If the level number is 17g, the 
system will also return end-of-file status. Some 
blocks may consist only of a block terminator. 

Any block consisting of only a block terminator with 
a level number of 17g is considered a logical end- 
of-file. The system ensures that an end-of-record 
will always precede an end-of-flle by writing. If 
necessary, a block terminator with a level number 
of zero prior to the end of file. 

If the tape Is unlabeled, there Is no logical end-of- 
Informatlon. For labeled tapes, a tape mark followed 
by an EOFl label Is considered the end-of-lnformation. 
The system issues a label content error if it 
encounters a tape mark without a valid label following 
It. 



1-10-19 



Characteristics 
End-of-reel 



Noise 



Special considerations 



Desc ription 

Refer to option 3 under End-Of-Tape/End-Of-Reel 
Conditions . 

Any block containing fewer than eight frames for 
7-track tapes or six frames for 9-track tapes is 
considered noise, and therefore,, ignored. 

All 9-track tapes are written in an even multiple of 
bytes. 

On all read operations, the system checks for fill 
status and compares the number of bytes read and 
the block number expected with the byte count and 
block number values in the block terminator. If 
the specified condition does not occur, the system 
handles it as if it were a parity error. This method 
is designed to prevent dropped or fragmented blocks; 
in general, it provides a much higher degree of 
reliability than any other format. 



S (SCOPE INTERNAL) FORMAT 

Characteristics 

Mode 

Block size (PRU size) 



Desc ription 

Binary or coded as indicated by FFJT+0, bit 1. 

For binary mode, the block size can range from 
to 512 (IOOO3) CM words in exact multiples of CM 
words. Any block smaller than the maximum size 
except those containing labels will contain a 48-bit 
block terminator. This terminator has the same 
format as that for I format. For coded mode, the 
block size can range from to 128 (200g) CM words 
in exact multiples of CM words. Any block smaller 
than the maximum size except those containing labels 
will contain a 48-bit block terminator formatted as 
follow s : 



47 







blanks 



In 



In Blank if level is 

1 through 17g for all other levels 

User-specified frame or character counts have no 
meaning. 



1-10-20 



60407000 D 



Characteristics 
Logical end-of-record 



Logical end-of-file 
Logical end-of -information 
End-of-reel 

Noise 

Special considerations 



X (EXTERNAL) FORMAT 

Characteristics 

Mode 

Block size (PRU size) 

Logical end-of-record 



Desc ription 

For binary mode, any block containing fewer than 
512 (lOOOo) CM words represents a logical end-of- 
record. For coded mode, any block containing fewer 
than 128 CM words represents a logical end-of-record. 
If a logical record consists of an exact multiple of 
512 (binary) or 128 (coded) CM words, the block 
that denotes the logical end-of-record consists solely 
of a block terminator. During write operations, the 
level number field of the block terminator contains 
the level number from FET+0, bits 14 through 17, 
or the WRITECW macro control word. During read 
operations, the system will return end-of-record 
status and the contents of the block terminator level 
number field. If the level number is IVg, the system 
will return end-of-file status. 

Same as for I fornriat. 

Same as for I format. 

Refer to option 3 under End-Of-Tape/End-Of-Reel 

Conditions. 

Same as for I fornaat. 

• The system writes all 9 -track tapes with 3n+2 mode. 

• The system does not perform block checking via block 
terminators as is done for I format. 

• For read and write operations on a coded 7-track tape, 
KRONOS is incompatible with SCOPE. The system con- 
verts data from display code to external BCD on write 
operations and from external BCD to display code on 
read operations. SCOPE converts data from external 
BCD to internal BCD on both read and write operations. 

• For 7-track tapes, standard code conversion is per- 
formed. For 9-track tapes, no code conversion will 
be perform^ed. 

• For read operations, if a coded 7-track tape contains 
external BCD 1632 in byte 4 of a CM word, the 
system converts it to an end-of-line (0000 in display 
code). The converse is true for write operations. 

• The FET device type is returned in SCOPE format 
(refer to the description of the CIO OPEN naacro in 
section 3, volume 2). 



Description 

Binary 

Actual data block size can range from to 512 (lOOOo) 
CM words in exact multiples of CM words. 

Any block containing fewer than 512 CM words repre- 
sents a logical end-of-record. If a logical record 
consists of an exact multiple of 512 words, the block 
that denotes the logical end-of-record consists solely 
of a block terminator in the same format as that for 
I format. 



Logical end-of-file 
60407000 D 



Tape mark 



1-10-21 



Characteristics 

Logical end-of-information 

End-of-reel 

Noise 

Special considerations 



Description 

None 

Refer to option 1 under End-Of-Tape/End-Of-Reel 
Conditions. 

Same as for I format. 

X-formatted tapes cannot be kibeled. 

All 9-track tapes are written in an even multiple of 
bytes. 



S (SCOPE STRANGER) FORMAT 

Characteristics 

Mode 

Block size (PRU size) 



Logical end-of-record 

Logical end-of-file 
Logical end-of-information 



End'-of - reel 



Noise 



Special considerations 



Descriy ition 

Binary or coded as indicated by FET+0, bit 1. 

No explicit multiple of frames is required. The 
maximum block size miay be specified in the mlrs 
field of the FET (FET+7, bits through 17). If 
no block size is specified in the mlrs field, it is 
assumed to be lOOOg. 

On a CIO READ (010) or READSKP(020) request, 
each PRU is considered an end of record. 

None 

If the tape is unlabeled, there is no logical end-of- 
information. If the tape is labeled, the logical end- 
of-information is a tape mark followed by an EOFl 
label. 

Refer to option 2 under End-Of-Tape/End-Of-Reel 
Conditions . 

Any block containing fewer than 18 frames is con- 
sidered noise, and therefore, ignored. 

• Level numbers 1 through 163 are interpreted as level 
number 0, 

• Standard code conversion is performed for 7- or 9- 
track tapes in coded mode. 

• For CIO READ (010), WRITE (014), WRITER (024). 
and WRITEF (034) functions, a one-block (PRU) 
operation is performed with the unused bit count 
(FET+7, bits 24 through 29) taken from and returned 
to the FET. 

• The FET device type is returned in SCOPE format 
(refer to the description of the CIO OPEN macro 
in section 3, volume 2). 



L (SCOPE LONG BLOCK STRANGER) FORMAT 

The characteristics and descriptions are the same as for S format tapes except that if 
no block size is specified in the mlrs field (FET+7, bits through 17). it is assumed 
to be L IMIT- FIRST- 1. 



1-10-22 



60407000 D 



E (LINE IMAGE) FORMAT 

Characteristics 

Mode 

Block size (PRU size) 



Logical end-of-record 



Logical end-of-file 
Logical end-of-information 



End-of-reel 

Noise 

Special considerations 



Descrip t ion 

Coded 

The block size cannot exceed 5120 frames. If the 
tape unit will not allow an odd number of frames to 
be written, the system will append a space. Unless 
the user specifies otherwise when he requests the 
tape, the system assumes the maximum block size 
is 136 frames. 

For a write operation, there is no logical end-of- 
record. For a read operation, end-of-record status 
is returned when a tape mark is encountered. An 
additional read operation returns end-of-file status. 

Tape mark 

If the tape is unlabeled, there is no logical end-of- 
information. If the tape is labeled, the end-of- 
information is a tape mark followed by an EOFl 
label. 

Refer to option 2 under End~Of-Tape/End-Of-Reel 
Conditions. 

Same as for S-formatted tapes. 

E-formatted tapes cannot be labeled. 

For a write operation, a block of data will stop either 
at a zero byte (end-of~line) in byte 4 of a CM word or 
at the multiple of CM words (rounded up) based on the 
frame or character count. The system will then space- 
fill the buffer to the number of frames specified. Thus, 
the amount of data written will exactly equal the amount 
specified. 

For a read operation, if there is an odd number of 
characters, the system will space-fill the last six bits 
of the last byte and delete all trailing spaces. This 
ensures that data will be stored in the buffer with at 
least one 12 -bit byte of zeros. 

For a control word write operation, no end-of-line 
processing is done. Data is blocked on tape using 
the specified frame count. Likewise for a control 
word read operation, no end-of-line processing is 
done; data is transferred to the user as It is read. 



B (BLOCKED) FORMAT 

Characteristics 

Mode 

Block size (PRU size) 



Description 

Coded 

The block size cannot exceed 5120 frames. If the 
tape unit will not allow an odd number of frames 
to be written, the system will append a space. Un- 
less the user specifies otherwise when he requests 
a tape, the system will assume the maximum block 
size is 150 frames. 



60407000 D 



1-10-23 



Characteristics 



Description 



Logical end-of-record 

Logical end-of-file 
Logical end-of-lnformation 

End-of-reel 

Noise 

Special considerations 



F (FOREIGN) FORMAT 

Characteristics 
Mode 

Block size (PRU size) 



Logical end-of-record 
Logical end-of-file 
Logical end -of- information 
End of reel 

Noise 



For a write operation, there is no logical end-of- 
record. For a read operation, end-of-record status 
is returned when a tape mark is encountered. An 
additional read operation returns end-of-file status. 

Tape mark 

If the tape is unlabeled, there is no logical end-of- 
information. If the tape is labeled, the end-of- 
information is a tape mark followed by an EOFl 
label. 

Refer to option 2 under End-Of-Tape/End-Of-Reel 
Conditions . 

Same as for S-formatted tapes. 

• B-formatted tapes cannot be labeled. 

• A write operation will stop either at the first zero byte 
encountered in any byte position of a CM word or at a 
multiple of CM words (rounded up) based on the frame 
or character count. 

• For a read operation, the system ensures that data will 
be stored in the buffer with at least one 12 -bit byte of 
zeros. 

• For a control word write operation, no end-of-line 
processing is done. Data is blocked on tape using 
the specified frame count. Likewise for a control 
word read operation, no end-of-line processing is 
done; data is transferred to the user as it is read. 



Description 

Binary or coded, as needed, for 7-track tapes and 
binary for 9-track tapes 

The block size cannot exceed the CM buffer size. 
No explicit multiple of frames is required. The 
maximum block size must be specified at tape 
request time. The block size is used to determine 
whether to continue read or write operations based 
on the amount of data versus the space in the buffer. 
For example, if the maximum block size is lOOOs 
CM words, the read operation will stop any time 
less than lOOlg words remain. It is recommended 
that the user specify a buffer size equal to the 
largest block. 

None 

Tape mark 

None 

Refer to option 1 under End-Of-Tape/End-Of-Reel 
Conditions. 

Any block containing fewer than 18 frames is con- 
sidered noise, and therefore, ignored. 



1-10-24 



60407000 D 



Characteristics Des cri ption 

Special considerations • F-formatted tapes cannot be labeled. 

• For 7-track tapes, if a parity error is detected be- 
cause the tape is being read in the opposite mode, the 
mode will be switched. 

• F-format operations are only done using control 
word reads and writes. On read operations, the 
control words are transferred to the user regard- 
less of the operation being used. 

END-OF-TAPE/END-OF-REEL CONDITIONS 

The following is a description of the processing options for end-of-tape conditions. The 
user can select one of these options by default by specifying the data format or he can 
specify an option via the PO kejrword on a LABEL, ASSIGN, or REQUEST control card 
or the processing option field of the FET (FET+8, bits 36 through 47). In addition, the 
user processing option (FET+1, bit 45) gives the macro user control over end-of-reel 
conditions. For further information, refer to the CLOSER, REWIND, and UNLOAD 
macros described in section 3, volume 2. 

Option PO= Option Description 

1 I If, during a write operation, the system senses the 

end-of-tape, it rewrites the block on which the EOT 
occurred as the first block on the following reel. No 
trailer Information Is written on the current reel. 
During a read operation, the block on which the EOT 
occurred is ignored and reading continues on the next 
reel. If a tape mark and the EOT are sensed at the 
same time, the EOT is Ignored, 

2 P If, during a write operation, the system senses the 

end-of-tape, the system writes a trailer sequence, 
consisting of a tape mark, following the block on which 
the EOT was sensed. Any data that occurs following 
the block on which EOT was sensed, yet before the 
tape mark, is ignored. During a read operation, the 
system transfers to the user the block on which the 
EOT was sensed. The read operation resunaes on the 
next reel. If a tape mark and the EOT are sensed at 
the same time, the EOT Is Ignored. 

3 S If. during a write operation, the systera senses the 

end-of-tape, the system writes a trailer sequence 
following the block on which the EOT was sensed. 
This trailer sequence consists of a tape mark followed 
by an EOVl label for labeled tapes, and tape marks 
for unlabeled tapes. The next block is written on the 
next reel. During a read operation, the EOT is noted 
and the system transfers to the user the block on which 
the EOT was sensed plus all following blocks until a 
trailer sequence (as described above) Is recognized. 
Reading resumes on the next reel. 

For options 1 and 2, the system is concerned only with the block on which the EOT 
Is sensed. If tapes written using these options are transferred to another system, 
any data that occurs on the reel after this block should be Ignored. 



60407000 D 1-10-25 



I 



PRODUCT SET CONTROL CARDS 11 



KRONOS supports the following products, t 

FORTRAN Extended 4 Sort/Merge 4 

COBOL 4 PERT /TIME 1 

ALGOL 3 SIMULA 1 

ALGOL 4 SIMSCRIPT 3 

Although they are generally used in time-sharing jobs, the KRONOS interactive com- 
piler (BASIC) and the KRONOS interactive interpreter (APL) can also be used in batch 
jobs. The BASIC control card call is described in this section. The APL control 
card is described in the APL Reference Manual. 

FORTRAN Extended, COBOL 4, and Sort /Merge 4 use the Record Manager for accessing 
files. In addition, KRONOS supports the indexed sequential (IS), direct access (DA), and I 
actual key (AK) file management capabilities of the Record Manager. The user interfaces! 
with the Record Manager via the FILE control card. This card is used to update the 
file information table (FIT) which is required for files which the Record Manager 
accesses. For further information, refer to the Record Manager Reference Manual. 

This section describes the user library feature available to the KRONOS user and the 
control card calls for the product supported by KRONOS. 

USER LIBRARIES 

KRONOS offers the user the option of specifying a library other than the product set 
default libra,ry. The user can then write library routines to perform special functions 
to meet his own requirements, t t Routines can also be given names identical to 
routines from another library without causing a system conflict. This enables a user to 
compare the performance of library routines without modifying his software. 

The libraries from which externals are to be satisfied can be specified as parameters 
on the LDSET card as follows: 

LDSET(LIB=llbi/llb2/. . . /Hb^) 
LOAD(lfn) 

llbj^ Library from which externals are to be satisfied. The system checks 

through the specified libraries sequentially. 

Ifn Name of the file to be loaded 

Libraries can also be specified by using the LIBRARY card to define the global library 
set. (Refer to Loader Reference Manual. ) The default system library, SYSLIB, is 
used to satisfy the externals if no library is specified or if unsatisfied externals exist 
after using the libraries specified or defaulted. 



t Refer to the preface for a list of product set reference manuals, 
tt Refer to the Loader Reference Manual for Information about the generation of a user 
library. 

60407000 D 1-11-1 



CONTROL CARD FORMATS 

The following is a description of the program call cards for the product set members 
supported by KRONOS. The reference manuals listed in the preface provide further 
information concerning these products. 

NOTE 

The following product set control cards are pro- 
cessed In product set format. 

FTN SORTMRG FILE 

COBOL SIMULA 

ALGOL SIMI5 

Product set format does not allow file nanries be- 
ginning with a numeric character (refer to Control 
Card Format, section 5). 



1-11-2 60407000 D 



FTN CARD 

The FORTRAN Extended control card calls the compiler to a control point. The 
minimum memory requirement for FORTRAN Extended is 46, 000 octal locations. FTN 
externals are satisfied from the user library FORTRAN. 

The control card format is: 

FTN. p^,P2. .. •»?„• 

p. Description 

A Branch to EXIT control card if fatal compilation error occurs. If there 

is no EXIT card, the job terminates. 

A=0 Control transfers to the next control card, regardless of the instal- 

lation default, if fatal compilation errors occur. 

B Object code is written on file LGO. If the B parameter is omitted, 

this option is assumed. 

B=lfn^ Object code is written on file Ifn^. 

B=0 Suppresses obj,ect code output. 

BL Generates output listing that is easily separable into components by 

issuing page ejects between source code, error summary (if present), 
cross reference map, and object code (if requested); and ensures 
that each program unit listing contains an even number of pages 
(page parity) by issuing a blank page at the end if necessary. If 
omitted, BL=0 is assumed. 

BL,=0 Listings are produced in compact formiat. 

C Use COMPASS assembler for compiler- generated code. 

C=0 Selects the FTN assembler regardless of the installation default. 

D Debug mode of compilation; a minimum of 61,000o locations is re- 

quired if this option is selected. Debug input is obtained from INPUT 
source. 

D=lfn„ Debug input is to be obtained from Ifng. 

D=0 Debug statements are ignored. 

E Compiler- generated object code on file COMPS is output as COM- 

PASS line images for input to Update. 

E=lfn„ Compiler- generated object code on Ifn^ is output as COMPASS card 

images for input to Update. 

E=0 Normal binary object file is generated. If the E parameter is 

omitted, this option is assumed. 

EL=« Lists diagnostics according to list specification i : 



60407000 D 1-11-3 



Pj Description 

i^ Description 

A List diagnostics indicating all non-ANSI usagtjs, as well as 

fatal diagnostics. Also, list informative diagnostics if com- 
piling under OPT=0, 1, or 2; list note and warning diagnostics 
if compiling in TS mode. 

I List informative and fatal diagnostics if compiling under OPT= 

0, 1, or 2; list note, warning, and fatal diagnostics if compiling 
in TS mode. 

N List note, warning, and fatal diagnostics if compiling in TS 

mode; list fatal diagnostics if compiling under OPT = 0, 1, or 
2. 

W List warning and fatal diagnostics if compiling in TS mode; 

list fatal diagnostics if compiling under OPT =0, 1, or 2, 

F List fatal diagnostics. 

If this parameter is omitted, EL=I is assumed. 

G Loads the first system text overlay from the sequential binary file 

SYSTEXT. A maximum of seven system texts can be specified by 
any combination of the G, S, and C parameters. 

G=lfn, Loads the first system text overlay from the sequential binary file 

Ifn^. 

G=lfn-/ovl Searches the sequential binary file, Ifn., for a system text overlay 

with the name ovl and loads the first such overlay encountered. 

G=0 No system text is loaded. If the G parameter is oitnitted, G=0 is 

assumed. 

GO Binary object file is loaded and executed at end of compilation. 

GO=0 Binary object file is not loaded and executed. If the GO parameter 

is omitted, GO=0 is assumed. 

1 Source input is on file COMPILE. If I is omitted, input is on 

file INPUT. 

I=lfn_ Source input is on file lfn_. 

L Listable output (specified by list control options BL„ EL, OL, R, 

and SL) is to be written onto file OUTPUT. If list control options 
are not specified, the listing consists of the source program, infor- 
mative and fatal diagnostics, and a short reference map. If the L 
parameter is not specified, this option is assumed. 

L=lfn„ Listable output is to be written onto file Ifng. 

L=0 Fatal diagnostics and the statements that caused them are listed on 

the file OUTPUT. All other compile-time output, including inter- 
mixed COMPASS, is suppressed. List control options are ignored. 



1-11-4 



60407000 D 



Pi_ 

LCM=D 
LCM=I 



ML 

ML=nnn 

OL 

OL=0 

OPT=n 



P=0 

PL=n 

PL=nB 
Q 



Q=0 



R=n 



Description 



Selects 17-bit address mode for level 3 data. This method pro- 
duces more efficient code for accessing data assigned to level 3. 
User ECS field length must not exceed 131,071 words. If the LCM 
parameter is omitted, this option is assumed. 

Selects 21 -bit address mode for level 3 data. This mode depends 
heavily upon indirect addressing. LCM=1 must be specified if the 
execution ECS field length exceeds 131,071 words. In TS mode, all 
LCM addressing is done in 21 -bit mode, regardless of the LCM 
parameter. 

Current date in the form yyddd is used for the MODLEVEL micro. 
If the ML parameter is omitted, this option is assumed. 

Specifies nnn as the value of the MODLEVEL micro used by COM- 
PASS, nnn consists of 1 to 7 alphanumeric characters. 

Generated object code is listed on the file specified by the L 
param.eter. 

Object code is not listed. If the OL parameter is omitted, OL=0 
is assumed. 

Level of optimization: 

n=0 Fast compilation (automatically activates T option) 

n=l Standard compilation and execution. (Default value). 

n=2 Fast execution. OPT=2 is equivalent to OPT. 

Page numbering is continuous from subprogram to subprogram, in- 
cluding intermixed COMPASS. If P is omitted, page numbers begin 
at 1 for each subprogram. 

Page numbers begin at 1 for each subprogram. 

n is the maximum number of records produced by the user program 
at execution time which can be written on the file OUTF'UT. n does 
not include the number of records in the source program listing, 
and compilation and execution time listings; n < 999 999 999. 

An octal number must be suffixed with a B; n j< 77 777 777. 

Compiler performs full sjrntactic scan of the program, but no object 
code is produced. No code addresses are provided if a reference 
map is requested. This mode is substantially faster than a normal 
compilation; but it should not be selected if the program is to be 
executed. 

Normal compilation. If the Q parameter is omitted, this option is 
assumed. 

Selects the kind of reference map required: 



60407000 D 



1-11-5 



-Pi- 



Description 



ROlIND=s 

ilOUND=0 

ROUND 
S=ovl 

S=lib/ovl 

S=0 

SEQ 

SEQ=0 

SL 

SL=0 
SYSEDIT 

SYSEDIT=0 



n=0 
n=l 

n=2 
n=3 



No map 

Short map (symbols, addresses, properties, and a 
DO- loop map) 

Long map (short map plus references by line number) 

Long map with printout of common block members 
and equivalence groups 



T=0 



In TS mode, R=3 is identical to R=2; comn:ion and equivalence groups 
are not listed. 

Directs the compiler to produce code that rounds arithmetic opera- 
tions involving the following operators: (s==!'/-i- or -). 

Computation for the indicated operators is not rounded. If the 
ROUND parameter is omitted, this option is assumied. 

Implies ROUND=+-*/ 

The system text overlay, ovl, is loaded from the Job's current 
library set. 

The system t^xt overlay, ovl, is loaded from lib. lib can be a 
user library file or a system library. 

When COMPASS is called to assemble any intermixed COMPASS 
programs, it will not read in a system text file. If the S param- 
eter is omitted, the default is S=SYSTEXT. 

Source input file is in sequenced line format (as used in TSRUN 
FORTRAN). Specifying this option automatically activates the 
TS option. 

Source input file is in istandard FORTRAN format. If the SEQ 
parameter is omitted, this option is assumed. 

Source program is listed on the file specified by the L parameter. 
If the SL parameter is omitted, this option is assumed. 

Source program is not listed. 

All input/output references are accomplished indirectly through a 
table search at object timie. File names are not entry points in 
main program, and subprograms do not produce external references 
to the same file. 

Input/output references accomplished directly; file names are used 
as entry points in the main program, and subprograms produce 
external references to the file name. If the SYSEDIT parameter is 
omitted, this option is assumed. 

If this parameter is specified, full error traceback occurs. This is 
primarily used for programs in debug stages. Selecting the D 
parameter or OPT=0 automatically activates the T option. 

No traceback occurs when an error is detected. 



1-11-6 



60407000 D 



Pj Description 



If the T parameter is omitted, this option is assumed. 

TS Timesharing mode. Compilation speed and field length are optim- 

ized at the expense of execution speed and field length. TS mode 
is preferable to the optimizing compilation modes (OPT=l, 2, or 3) 
for the debugging stages of a program. Specifying the TS option 
together with the C, D, E, or Q option constitutes a fatal control 
card error. 

X File OPL is the source of external text (XTEXT) when location field 

of XTEXT pseudo instruction is blank. Only one X parameter may 
be specified. If omitted, external text is on OLDPL file. 

X=lfn„ External text on file lfn„. 

Z When Z is specified, all subroutine calls having no parameters are 

forced to pass a parameter list consisting of a zero word. This 
feature is useful to COMPASS- coded subroutines expecting a variable 
number of paramieters. Z should not be specified unless necessary, 
since programs require less memory if Z is omitted. 

Z=0 A zero word parameter list is not passed. If tlie Z parameter ie 

omitted, this option is assumed, 

COBOL CARD 

The COBOL control card calls the COBOL compiler to the control point. The minimum 
memory requirement for COBOL is 52.000 octal locations. External references are 
satisfied from COBOL. 

The control card format is: 

COBOL. Pj, Pg. .... p . comments 

If the control statement does not fit on one card, it can be continued on the next card. 
However, the last character on the first card must be separator, such as (, +- or /. 

The following parameters c£in be supplied. 

p. Description 



A Leading blanks are treated as zeros in arithmetic statements and 

comparisons. 

B Relocatable binary object code is written to file LGO. If the B 

parameter is omitted, this option is assumed. 

B=lfn^ Binary object code is written to file Ifn^ . The file name should 

specify a mass storage file. 

B=0 Suppresses binary output of object code. 

BUF In COBOL 4 buffer sizes are based on the record description; a 

minimun size of 514 words has been established. The BUF 
parameter selects the Version 3 method which does not use record 
description or ALTERNATE AREAS to determine the minimum 
block size. 



60407000 D 



1-11-7 



p- Description 

C Specifies that a copy is to be made from source rather thsin from 

the library, which is the default condition. 

D Inhibits COBOL program execution when an E diagnostic is en- 

countered. 

DB Checks for subscript range errors. If an error is encountered, the 

run is terminated. If DB is not specified, no check is made for 
subscript range errors. 

DBl Allows generation of object code which calls paragraph trace feature 

to trace the flow of the COBOL program. 

E Allows output of a COBOL compilation to be added to the system 

library with EDITLIB. This parameter has no application for 
KRONOS. 

E=program- The main overlay of the program is named by progr ami- name, which 
name must not exceed five characters. 

F All data name entries described as COMPUTATIONAL are inter- 

preted as COMPUTATIONAL- 1 when this parameter is included. 

H Increases sort efficiency if no OPEN statement is executed during 

SORT input or output procedure. If this parameter is not used, 
unnecessary space is reserved for all program files. If a file 
is opened during input/output and H is specified, the run is ter- 
minated. 

I Specifies that compiler input is to be obtained from file INPUT. 

If this parameter is omitted, file INPUT is also assumed. 

I=lfn2 Compiler input is obtained from file Ifng. Tape files must be BCD. 

L Specifies that the listing is to be written on file OUTPUT. If the L 

parameter is omitted, this option is assumed. 

L=lfng Output is to be written on file Ifn,. 

L=0 Suppresses output except for errors. 



1-11-8 60407000 D 



A- 



N 
OB 

OB=lfn4 

P 
S 

S=file-name 
SUB 

SUBM 
T 

U 



W 



Description 

The L parameter may appear with one of the following suffixes 
to produce special listings. 

Suffix Meaning 

C Listing of items copied from user libraries 

M Data map 

O Object code in octal 

R Data-name and procedure-name cross-reference 

list with pointers to source lines 

X Extended diagnostics 

Directs COBOL compiler to issue an E type diagnostic if a non- 
ANSI feature is detected. 

Separates binary overlay segments from main program and writes 
them on LGO. If this parameter is omitted, this option is assumed. 

Specifies that binary output from overlay segments is to be written 
on lfn4. 

Allows the user to execute a strictly ANSI program. 

Specifies that external references are to be satisfied from the 
source library file COLIB. If this parameter is omitted, this option 
is assumed. 

Specifies that external references are to be satisfied from the file 
identified, which contains the COBOL source library. 

Suppresses data division binary output that duplicates output from a 
separately corapiled main program, except for working storage and 
constant sections, so that the subprogram and main program can be 
loaded together. 

Identifies the COBOL program as a subprogram so that it can be called 
from a main program written in another language. 



Requests a tap)e sort rather than a disk sort, 
files which may be assigned to the disk. 



This requires four 



Allows use of a collating sequence other than the standard CDC 
sequence. 

If the loaded program is to be saved using NOGO with the file name 
specified, the V parameter must be specified for all COBOL/SORT 
programs. Specifying this parameter causes the SORT code to be 
included in the program rather than being loaded dynamically. 

An independent segmerit (priority number 50 through 99) may overlay 
or be overlayed by an overlayable fixed segment or another inde- 
pendent segment. In COBOL version 4 and for ANSI programs, an 
independent segment is made available in its initial state. To over- 
ride this usage and provide independent segments in their last used 
state so that COBOL 3 programs can be run without change, the W 
parameter must be included. 

Ensures compatibility with COBOL version 3 and turns on the C and 
W parameters. 



60407000 D 



1-11-9 



ALGOL 3 CARD 

The ALGOL control card is used to call th0 ALGOL compiler to the control points 
ALGOL requires a minimum of 27,000 octal locations. External references are satis- 
fied from SYSMISC 

The control card format is: 
ALGOL. Pj. Pg. • • . . P„' 

The following parameters may be supplied. Except for the I parameter, the absence 
of any parameter suppresses the corrcisponding option. 

j)._ Description 

A Specifies that the assembly language encoded form of the object 

code is to be written on file OUTPUT. 

A=lfh| Specifies that the assembly language encoded form of the object 

code is to be written on file Ifn.. 

B Specifies that the assembly language encoded form of the object 

code is to be written on file PUNCH. 

B=lfn2 Specifies that the assem.bly language encoded form of the object 

code is to be written on file lfn«. 

C Performs checks on actual parameters in object program to 

ensure correspondence with number and kind of formals. Also 
perform real to integer transformations on call-by-name parana- 
eters. These checks are performed in the absence of C option 
except when Q is selected. 

D Debugging mode. Examine source program for debugging direc- 

tives and install debugging code where required. If D is omitted, 
debugging directives in source program are ignored. 

F Compile with full checking of array bounds, formal parameter 

specifications, and real to integer transformations, if necessary, 
on call-by-name parameters. Absence of F implies F. This 
parameter is not necessary; it is supplied only for compatibility 
with ALGOL 2.0. 

Gt Specifies that file LGQ contains user subprogram input exclusively. 

This option can be specified only when the S option is specified 
and the U option is not specified. This option suppresses the 
explicit or implicit I option. 

G=lfng Specifies that file IfUg contains user subprogram input exclusively. 

I Input is to be obtained from file INPUT. If this parameter is 

omitted, file INPUT is assumed. 

I=lfn^ Input is to be obtained from file Ifn^. 

L Specifies that a listing of the source input is to be written on file 

OUTPUT. 



tKRONOS does not support segmentation. 

1_11-10 60407000 D 



_p. Description 

L=lfng Specifies that the source input is to be written on file Ifng. 

M Produce a map, at compile time, of source input block structure 

and relative stack locations of identifiers and descriptors. The 
map is produced, following the source listing, on the file de- 
clared by the L option or on the OUTPUT file if L is absent. 

N Suppresses array bound checking in the object program. 

O Optimization of generated code. The code which would be gener- 

ated in absence of this option is optimized by eliminating dupli- 
cate fetches and stores and by scheduling instructions. Provides 
maximum utilization of X registers (all 6000 series CPU) and 
functional units (6600 CPU only). 

P Specifies that the binary form of the object code is to be written 

on file PUNCHB. If P is omitted, no file is generated. 

p=lfne Specifies that the binary form of the object code is to be written 

** on file Ifng in PUNCHB format. 

Q Perform optimization of code produced for loops and array 

addressing. Do not check array bounds in the object program. 
Do not check correspondence of actual parameters with formal 
specifications in the object program. 

R^ Specifies that the program on file SEGMENT is to be executed 

in segmented form. If the S option is not specified, the system 
assumes that the segmented object code already exists. The use 
of this option suppresses the I, U, and G options. The file 
must be a disk file. 

R=lfnt Specifies that the object program on file Itn^ is to be executed 

in segmented form. 

S^ Specifies that the object program is to be written in segmented 

form on file SEGMENT. This option suppresses the X option 
but not the P parameter. The file must be a disk file. 

S=lfn^ Specifies that the object program is to be written in segmented 

'' form on file IfOg. 

U Specifies that file LGO contains user input, supplementary to the 

file specified with the I option. This is valid only when the S 
option is specified. 

U=lfnt Specifies that fUe Ifng contains user input, supplementary to the 

^ input file. 

Z Syntax errors only. Compile according to other options selected 

unless the program has syntax errors (detected by PASS 1). If 
syntax errors are detected, compilation terminates when the end 
of program is read and syntax diagnostics are listed. This pro- 
vides a preprocessing mode of compilation for debugging pur- 
poses which may overcome error recovery problems. 



tKRONOS does not support segmentation. 



60407000 D 1-11-11 



ALGOL 4 CARD 

The ALGOL control card is used to call the ALGOL 4 compiler to the control point. 
ALGOL 4 requires a minimum of 46, 000 octal locations to compile. External references 
are satisfied from ALGOLIB. 

The control card format is: 
ALGOL, Pj, Pg, .... Pj^. 

The following parameters may be supplied. The absence of any parameter suppresses 
the corresponding option. 

p . Description 

A Specifies that the assembly language form of the object code is to 

be written on the file specified by the L option. 

A=0 No assembly language listing. 

B The output object program is to be written on file LGO. 

B=lfn, The output object program^ is to be written on file Ifn.. 

B=0 No binary object program, 

C=n Comments interpretation for special delimiters. This option requires 

the compiler to search comnaents for special delimiters interpretation. 

n_ Description 

No comments interpretation. 

1 Debugging directives which are present in comments 
are detected by the compiler and cause debugging 
code to be inserted into the object program, 

2 Overlay directives which are present in comments 
are detected by the compiler and cause overlay 
directives in loader input format to be inserted into 
the object program. 

3 Array bound checking directives which are present in 
comments are detected by the compiler. 

Multiple selection for the C option can be performed by separating 
each value by a slash. For example: C=3/2/l is acceptable. 

D The symbol file is created on file DUMPFIL . 

D=lfn2 The symbol file is created on file Ifn-. 

D=0 The symbol file is suppressed. 

E The job is aborted to an EXIT control card if a fatal error occurs 

during compilation. 

E=0 Suppress abort in the event of a fatal error. 



1-11-12 60407000 D 



p. Description 

F If a fatal error is found in the first pass, compilation is terminated 

at the end of this pass. 

F=0 Continue until the normal end of compilation. 

G f Compilation will consider stack swapping to ECS and when the 

program is executed, the swapping procedures will be activated 
automatically. 

G=0 No swapping will be considered. 

This option must not be selected when using a machine without 
ECS; otherwise, unpredictable results leading to a fatal error will 
be obtained. 

I Source input is on file INPUT, 

I=lfn3 Source input is on file lfn3. 

1=0 No source input. 

K=n Input record size. 

n The number of significant characters to be inter- 

preted by the compiler on the source card image. 

The default value of K is 72. 

L The source program is listed with fatal diagnostics on file OUTPUT. 

L=lfn^ The source program is listed with fatal diagnostics on file Ifn^. 

L=0 Fatal diagnostics only are listed on file OUTPUT. 

N A listing of advisory diagnostics is generated on the file specified 

by the L option. 

N=0 Advisory diagnostics are suppressed; only diagnostics fatal to code 

generation are listed. 

0=n Specifies the level of compiled optimization. 

n Description 

The program is compiled in fast compile mode. 

1 Linguistic optimization is performed by optimizing 
procedure calling. 

2 Optimizations ofO-1 and also subscript and for 
statement optimizations. 



60407000 D 1-11-13 



p. Description 

P Specifies that the assembly language form of the object code is to 

be punched in standard assembly language card format on file 

PUNCH. 

P=lfng Assembly language is to be punched on file Ifn^. 

P=0 Assembly language punching is suppressed. 

Q Create interactive file on file QFILE for ALGOL Interactive De- 

bugging Aids (AIDA). 

Q=lfng Create interactive file on file Ifng. 

Q=0 Suppress interactive compilation and file. 

Q may not be specified if the S option is selected. 

R A cross-reference map is produced and listed at compile time for 

identifiers in the source program on the file specified by the L 
option. 

R=0 No cross-reference map is produced. 

S=n Array storage location. 

n Description 



All arrays are allocated to CM. 

1 Virtual arrays are allocated to ECS. 

S may not be specified if the Q parameter is specified. 

U Specifies that the file COMPILE contains user implicit outer block 

head input, supplementary to the file specified with the I option. 

U=lfnY The source program is preceded by the implicit outer block head 

list on file Lfny. 

U=0 There is no file for implicit outer blocks. 

X Allow real-integer (or integer-real) correspondence between formal 

and actual parameters, and in the case real to integer perform 
the conversion. 

X=0 Forbid any real- integer (or integer- real) correspondence between 

formal and actual parameters. 

Selection of this option will significantly degrade the performance 
of the program. 



1-11-14 60407000 D 



SORTMRG CARD 

The SORTMRG control card calls Sort/Merge to process a logical record of directives. 
The minimum memory requirements for Sort/Merge is 25, 000 octal locations. 

The control card fornnat is: 

SORTMRG(pi, P2. . . . . Pq) 

pj Description 



I 



I=lfni/rj 



0=lfn2 /r2 



OWN 



OWN=lfn3/r3 



Sort/Merge directives are on file COMPILE, ff I is omitted 
directives are on file INPUT. 

Sort/ Merge directives are on file Ifn^ with the following rewind 
options : 



R 
NR 



Description 

File is rewound before opening. If system INPUT 
file is selected, R should not be specified. 

File is not rewound before opening. This option is 
assumed if rj is not specified. 



Listings will be written to the file OUTPUT. If the O parameter 
is omitted, this option is assumed. 

Listings are written to file lfn2. with the following rewind options: 

r2 Description 

R File is rewound before opening. If the system 

OUTPUT file is indicated, R should not be specified. 



NR 



File is not rewound before opening, 
assumed if r2 is not specified. 



This option is 



Owncode binaries are on file LGO. If the OWN parameter is 
omitted, owncode binaries are on file INPUT. 

Owncode binaries are located on file lfn3, with the following rewind 
options : 



R 
NR 



Description 

File is rewound before opening. If the system 
INPUT file is indicated, R should not be specified. 



File is not rewound before opening, 
assumed if r, is not specified. 



This option is 



60407000 D 



l-ll-'lS 



p. Description 

MO=n Intermediate merge order; 2<_n< 64. In general, higher merge 

orders produce faster sorts at The expense of greater field length 
requirements. If insufficient core is available to merge at the re- 
quested order, a fatal error occurs; and a diagnostic indicates how 
much additional core is required. 

MO=*n Intermediate merge order; 2<n<64. If insufficient core is available 

to merge at the requested orBer, merge will take place at a smaller 
order and an informative diagnostic will be issued. 

MO omitted The installation default merge order is used (release system default 

is 5). 

PERT66 CARD 

The PERT66 card calls PERT/Time to process the user-supplied directives. The 
minimum memory requirement is 72,000 octal locations. 

The control card format is: 

PERT66. 

PERT/Time 1. 2 is not provided with the KRONOS 2. 1 base system release package; refer 
to the Installation Handbook for a description of the special procedures for using PERT/ 
Time. 

SIMULA CARD 

The SIMULA control card calls the compiler to the control point. The minimum memory 
requirement for SIMULA is 30,000 octal locations. Externals are satisfied from user 
library SYSMISC. 

The control card format is: 

SIMULA, p J, pg, . . . , p^. 

The following parameters may be supplied. Except for the I parameter the absence of any 
parameter suppresses the corresponding option. 

_p._ Description 

A Specifies that the assembly language encoded form of the object 

code is to be written on file OUTPUT. 

A=lfnj Specifies that the assembly language encoded form of the object 

code is to be written on file Ifn^ . 

B Specifies that the assembly language encoded form of the object 

code is to be written on file PUNCH. 

B=lfn2 Specifies that the assembly language encoded form of the object 

code is to be written on file lfn„. 



1-11-16 60407000 D 



p. Description 

D Specifies that debugging code is to be generated. 

Gt Specifies that file LGO contains user subprogram input exclusively. 

This option can be specified only when the S option is specified 
and the U option is not specified. This option suppresses the 
explicit or implicit I option. 

G=lfnt Specifies that file Ifng contains user subprogram input exclusively. 

I Input is to be obtained from file INPUT. If this parameter is 

omitted, file INPUT is assumed. 

I=lfn. Input is to be obtained from file Ifn^. 

L, Specifies that a listing of the source input is to be written on file 

OUTPUT. 

L=lfnc Specifies that the source input is to be written on file lfn5. 

N Suppresses array bound checking in the object program. 

P Specifies that the binary form of the object code is to be written on 

file PUNCHB. If P is omitted, no file is generated. 



p=lfnft Specifies that the binary form of the object code is to be written on 

file Ifnc in PUNCHB format. 



^6 



R^ Specifies that the program on file SEGMENT is to be executed in 

segmented form. If the S option is not specified, the system 
assumes that the segmented object code already exists. The use 
of this option suppresses the I, U, and G options. The file must 
be a disk file. 

R=lfnl Specifies that the object program on file Ifn,^ is to be executed in 

segmented form. 

S' Specifies that the object program is to be written in segmented 

form on file SEGMENT. This option suppresses the X option but 
not the P parameter. The file must be a disk file. 

S=lfn^ Specifies that the object program Is to be written in segmented 

form on file Ifno. 

U Specifies that file LGO contains user input, supplementary to the 

file specified with the I option. This is valid only when the S 
option is specified. 

U=lfnt Specifies that file Ifng contains user input, supplementary to the 

input file'. 

X Specifies that the object code is to be written on file LGO. 

X=lfn.Q Specifies that the object code is to be written on file Ifn^Q. 



t KRONOS does not support segmentation. 



60407000 D l-ll-l? 



SiMSCRiPT CARD 

The SIMSCRIPT control card calls the compiler to process the user's program. The 
minimum memory requirement for SIMSCRIPT is 55, 000 octal locations. External 
references for SIMSCRIPT programs are satisfied from SIMLIB. 

The control card format is: 

SIMI5(I=lfni. L=lfn2, A =lfn3, B=lfn4. G=g. D=d) 

I=lfnj^ Specifies that Ifn^^ is the input file. If the file nam^e or the 

entire parameter is omitted, the input is obtained from file 
INPUT. 

L=lfn„ Specifies that output is to be written on Ifn,. If the file name or 

the entire parameter is omitted, output is written on file OUT- 
PUT. Output is suppressed when the user specifies L=0. 

A=lfn„ lfn„ is the file on which the intermediate assembler code is 

written. If A=0, no listing is generated (default is A=0). 

B=lfn^ lfn4 is the file on which the binary object code is written. If 

B=0, no binary file is produced (default is B=0). 

G=g Compile error override flag 

Abort il compile error (default) 

1 Load and execute regardless of compile errors 

D=d Debug mode flag 

1 Normal (debug) mode (default) 
Production naode 

BASIC CARD 

The BASIC control card is used to call the BASIC compiler to the control point. The mini- 
mum field length required is 30,000 octal locations. Normally, BASIC coanpiles directly 
to central memory. All object-time routines are contained within the coraipiler; therefore, 
no external references are generated. However, the user can include the B parameter to 
generate relocatable code. When this code is loaded, externals are satisfied from SYSMISC. 

The control card format is: 

BASIC, Pj, Pg. . . . , Pjj. 

The following paramieters may be supplied. 

_p. Description 

L Source listing, diagnostics, and execution output on file OUTPUT 

L=lfnj Source listing, diagnbstics, and execution output on Ifn^ 

L omitted Diagnostics and execution output on file OUTPUT 

K Diagnostics and execution output on file OUTPUT 

K=lfn2 Diagnostics and execution output on Ifn, 



60407000 D 1-11-18 



K omitted 
I 

I=lfn3 
I omitted 
B 

B omitted 
A 

A=lfn5 
A omitted 
N 



Description 
Diagnostics and execution output on file OUTPUT 
Source input from file INPUT 
Source input from Ifn, 
Source input from file INPUT 
Relocatable code on file LGO 
Relocatable code on Ifn^ 
No relocatable code generated 
Assembly listing on file OUTPUT 
Assembly listing on Ifn- 
No assemblLy listing 
Inhibits program execution 



N=lfng Inhibits prognam execution. Absolute code is written on file Ifn- 

N omitted Program is executed in place (no loading occurs) 

If both the K and L options are specified on the control card, K is ignored. 



TSRUN CARD 

The TSRUN control card calls the time-sharing FORTRAN compiler to the control point. 
The TSRUN compiler can also be used as a batch compiler. The minimum memory 
requirement for TSRUN is 46,000 octal locations. Because TSRUN is written in 
Chippewa format (refer to appendix D), all object-time routines are satisfied from the 
COS library at compilation time. No user library is specified when loading COS pro- 
grams. 

Chippewa format presents several problems the user should be aware of when modifying 
TSRUN routines. Object-time routines in Chippewa format are relocatable. Bits 15, 
16, and 17 (the upper three bits of the address field) of 30-bit instructions are used 
for loader control. If constants extend into these bits, they are treated as addresses 
and relocated when loaded. Constants that extend into this field should be defined out- 
side the block that is identified as that to be relocated. The relocatable block is 
identified in the first two words of tlie routine as shown in the following example. 

+ VFD 42/OLentry, 18/end 

+ VFD 18/erc, 18/end, 24/n 

BSSZ n 



60407000 D 



1-11-19 



entry Entry point and beginning of relocatable code 

ere End of relocatable code 

end End of code 

n Number of parameters passed to subroutine 

Addresses between entry and ere are modified according to bits 15, 16, and 17 of 
30-blt instructions; constants that interfere with these bits should be defined between 
ere and end. The addresses pointing to these constants are modified, but the constants 
are not. 

The control card format is: 

TSRUN, cm, if, rf, bl, fl, cl. 

The following are the order-dependent parameters. 

cm Compile mode option; if this parameter is omitted, the system assumes 

cm=G; if this parameter is unrecognizable, the system assumes cm=S. 

cm Mode 



D Compiles with binary output; the program is not listed 

or executed. 

G Compiles and executes the program. No listing is 

generated unless LIST cards appear in the deck. 

L Compiles with source and object list; the program is not 

executed. 

O Compiles and executes the program; no listing is gener- 

ated. 

P Compiles with source list and punches deck on file 

PUNCHB; the program is not executed. 

S Compiles with source list; the program is not executed, 

if Name of file containing compiler input; if this parameter is omitted, the 

system assumes if=INPUT. 

rf Name of file to receive binary information; if this parameter is omitted, 

the system assumes rf=LGO. 

bl Object program I/O buffer length (octal); if this parameter is omitted, 

the system sets bl = 1001 „. 

fl Object program field length (octal); if this parameter is omitted, the 

system sets fl=field lengtii at compile time. 

cl Object program common length. 



1-11-20 60407000 D 



CHECKPOINT/RESTART 12 



A job may be terminated at any time as the result of system, operator, or programmer 
error. For some jobs it becomes more advantageous to accept the overhead of check- 
point procedures than to run the risk of losing the entire job output. The checkpoint/ 
restart feature is implemented through the CKP control card and the RESTART control 
card. 

CKP CARD 

The CKP control card causes a checkpoint dunap to be taken. 
The control card format is: 
CKPdfni, Ifng, .... Ifnn) 

Ifn. Specifies a file to be included in the checkpoint dump. If no files 

^ are specified, all files local to the job at the time the CKP card 

is processed will be checkpointed. 

Each time a CKP card is processed, the system takes a checkpoint dump. The dump 
is written on the tape or mass storaige checkpoint file specified on a REQUEST, AS- 
SIGN, or LABEL control card. The dump consists of a copy of the user's central 
memory, the system information used for job control, and the names and contents of 
all assigned files explicitly or implicitly identified by the CKP card. These files 
are: 

• INPUT, OUTPUT, PUNCH, PUNCHB, P8, CCCCCCO, and LGO. These files | 
are always included in the checkpoint dump. 

• Library type files, working copies of indirect access files, and some direct 
access files. If one of these types of files is specified on the CKP card, it 
is included in the checkpoint dump, and all other files of that type are ex- 
cluded. If no files are specified, all files of these types assigned to the job 
are included in the dump. 

Each checkpointed file is copied according to the last operation performed on it. If 
the last operation was a write, the file is copied from the BOI to its position at 
checkpoint time; only that portion will be available at restart time. The file is posi- 
tioned at the latter point. 

If the last operation was a read and the EOI was not detected, the file is copied from 
its position at checkpoint time to the EOI; only that portion will be available at restart 
time. The file is positioned at the former point. If the last operation was a read 
and the EOI was detected, no copy is performed. 



60407000 D 1-12-1 



The exception to this rule is the type of operation performed on execute-only direct 
access files. If a dump is specified for this type of file, its name and associated 
system information are copied but the contents of the file itself is not copied. Thus, 
if the user attempts to resume from such a dump, RESTART will be unable to retrieve 
that file and will abort. The user can avoid this by selecting the NA and FC options 
of the RESTART card and retrieving the file himself. 

If the checkpoint file is to reside on mass storage, the user must include a SAVE or 
DEFINE control card in the checkpoint job and a GET or ATTACH control card in the 
restart job. 

If the checkpoint file is to reside on magnetic tape, care should be taken to use a 
labeled or nonblank tape. An unlabeled blank tape (one which has never been used) 
cannot be specified as the checkpoint file since the checkpoint program attempts to 
read the tape to determine the number of the last checkpoint. The tape subsystem then 
aborts the job with a blank tape read message. 

The system numbers checkpoints starting at one and incrementing by one to a limit of 
4095. At this point, a second cycle of numbering begins, again starting at one. An 
example showing how to restart from a specific checkpoint is given in the RESTART 
control card section. 

RESTART CARD 

The RESTART control card directs the system to restart a previously terminated job 
from a specified checkpoint. 

The control card format is: 

RESTARTdfn, nnnn, x^) 

Ifn Identifies the checkpoint file; the user must have write permission 

to Ifn. 

nnnn Number of the checkpoint from which to restart; if nnnn Is *, the 

last available checkpoint on Ifn is used; if nnnn is omitted, the first 
checkpoint Is used. The nnnn parameter can be obtained from the 
CHECKPOINT nnnn COMPLETE messages issued to the user's day- 
file in response to CKP control cards. 

X. Any of the following In any order: 

RI If this parameter is included, the control card file on Ifn 

Is not restored. The control card file of this restart 
job at its current position Is used instead. If this 
parameter Is not Included, the entire control card file of 
the checkpolnted job Is restored and set to its position 
at checkpoint time; any control cards following RESTART 
are not processed. 

NA If this parameter is included, RESTART is not aborted 

if a required file is not available. Also, If NA is in- 
cluded and a read parity error occurs In an attempt to 
obtain a file from checkpoint nnnn, RESTART selects 
checkpoint nnnn-1 If It is available. 

FC Normally RESTART restores all files included in the 

specified checkpoint. However, if this option is selected, 
RESTART first checks if a file is already local to the 
restart job. If it Is, RESTART does not replace it with 
the file on the checkpoint dump. 



1-12-2 60407000 D 



The user must assign Ifn to his job before the RESTART card is processed. He must 
include a REQUEST, ASSIGN, or LABEL control card if Ifn resides on magnetic tape or 
a GET or ATTACH control card if Ifn resides on mass storage. 

Checkpoint dumps are numbered in ascending order from 1 to 4095. When nnnn=4095, 
the numbering sequence begins again at nnnn=l. The value of nnnn depends on the 
structure of the checkpoint file, as defined by the CK and CB parameters of the RE- 
QUEST, ASSIGN, or LABEL control cards. 

If CK was specified when the checkpoints occurred, each dump is appended to the 
checkpoint file, and therefore, all dumps up to the time the job aborted are available 
for restart. The user may specify a particular checkpoint dump in the following man- 
ner. 

Assume a CK file of the name CHF:FILE is being used and checkpoint number 4095 has 
been passed. The job is terminated at checkpoint number 10 In the second cycle of 
numbering. To restart the job from checkpoint 4 of the second numbering cycle, 
the following control cards can be used. 

SKIPR(CHKFILE, 8196) There are two records for every checkpoint and 

4098 checkpoints must be skipped to reach check- 
point 4 of the second numbering cycle. 

COPYBR(CHKFILE,AA, 2) The fourth checkpoint Is copied to file AA. At this 

point, file CHKFILE Is not positioned correctly for 
subsequent checkpoints. If the user intends to con- 
tinue checkpointing on this file, a: 

BKSP, CHKFILE. 

card should be Included. 

RESTART(AA. . . ) The job Is restarted from file AA using the fourth 

checkpoint. 

If CB was specified when the checkpoints occurred, each dump Is written over the pre- 
ceding dump, and therefore, only the last dump Is available. If two REQUEST, ASSIGN, 
or LABEL cards are submitted, successive CB-type dumps are alternated between two 
files; therefore, the last two dumps are available.! 

All files copied by RESTART are made local to the restart job. Therefore, the user 
must make sure that any direct access files are not lost. For example, assume that 
direct access files X, Y, and Z are attached to a job. The job is then checkpointed 
and X, Y, and Z are copied to the checkpoint file Ifn. To retain these files as direct 
access files during restart, the user should include the following sequence of control 
cards. 

PURGE(X.Y.Z) 

DEFINE(X,Y,Z) 

RESTART(lfn,nn,x.) 

If the information table associated with a file was included on the checkpoint file, but 
the file itself was not copied, RESTART issues the appropriate commands to retrieve 
the file. 



tif alternate checkpoint files are used and a read parity error occurs in an attempt to 
read the last checkpoint, RESTART will abort even if the NA option was selected. 



60407000 D 1-12-3 



DEBUGGING AIDS 



13 



This section contains a description of central memory dumps and their use as a debug- 
ging aid. This information should be of considerable assistance to" the user in finding 
errors in his program. 



CENTRAL MEMORY DUMPS 



The first line of a dump gives the boundaries of the memory that is dumped, relative 
to the user's field length. Four ceiitral memory words are printed per line, with the 
address of the leftmost word printed on the left-hand side of the page. When the phrase 
DUPLICATED LINES appears within the dump, all groups of four words not printed are 
exactly like the last group of four words. Each word is divided into four groups of 
15, „ bits, with the octal representation printed. Figure 1-13-10 is an example of a cen- 
tral memory dump. Section 9 describes the options of the DMP control card that can 
be used to obtain various dumps. 



The user may also dump his exchange package, 
the actUEil exchange package. 



Figure 1-13-1 illustrates the format of 



n 

n+1 
n+2 
n+3 



n+1 5 



59 


53 






35 


17 





WA 


P 


AO 


B<> 


'/M 


R^cm; 


Al 


Bl 




flcm: 


A2 


B2 


y/A//A 


^ 


'/////////y 


A3 


B3 


RAecs 


A4 


B4 


FLecS 


A5 


B5 


MA 


A6 


B6 


y//////////////////////, 


A7 


B7 


xo 


XI 


X2 


X3 


X4 


X5 


X6 


X7. 



Figure 1-13-1, Exchange Package 



60407000 D 



1-13-1 



P Program address currently being executed 

RA Reference address, beginning address of the associated field length 

[central memory (CM), extended core storage (ECS)] 

FL Field length 

EM-M Program error exit mode (refer to section 6) 

MA Monitor address 

An Address registers 

Bn Increment registers 

Xn Operand registers 

When the user requests this form of a dump, he also gets the following information. 



• 



• 



The contents of memory at the address contained by the A registers, 
identified as (An) 

The contents of RA (reference address) and RA+1, identified as (RA) and 
(RA+1), respectively 



• 40j> locations before and after the address contained in P (lOOg locations total) 
Figure 1-13-9 illustrates an example of this exchange package dump. 

GENERATING MEANINGFUL DUMPS 

The following methods are used to generate meaningful central memory dumps. 

• Error Exit Control 

By using the EREXIT macro within his COMPASS program, the user can direct 
execution when certain errors occur, rather than having his program completely 
halt execution. This enables him to use it as a checkpoint method (that is, to 
save generated data to this point). It could also enable him to do further cal- 
culations or to write pertinent data to an output file. Refer to section 6, 
volume 2 for a description of this macro. 

• EXIT/NOEXIT/ONEXIT Control 

Once program execution ceases, due to an error condition, and control card 
processing is resumed, the user can direct which cards are to be processed 
through the use of the EXIT, NOEXIT. and ONEXIT cards. Upon an error con- 
dition, the user can issue the DMP control cards to obtain appropriate dumps. 
For a detailed description of these control cards^ refer to section 6. 

• Dumps may also be generated under control of the user's program through the 
use of the SYSTEM macro. The FORTRAN user can generate dumps by calling 
the DUMP subroutine. 



1-13-2 



60407000 D 



READING CM DUMPS 

Figures 1-13-2 through 1-13-10 are output from a FORTRAN program source deck 
processed by the following sequence of control cards. 

TESTA(CM50000, TIO) 

USER(ABCD, PASS, FAMA) 

SETCORE(O) 

MAP(FULL) 

FTN. 

LGO. 

OVLA. 

DMP. 

DMP, 10000. 

The source deck in the example consists of four parts. 

• Main program (main overlay) 

• Function subprogram 

• Subroutine subprogram 

• Primary overlay 

Each part is listed separately followed by the corresponding address assignments, 
such as: statement assignments, variable assignments, program length, unused 
compiler space, etc. (refer to Figure 1-13-2). 

Figures 1-13-6 and 1-13-7 illustrate the load map generated by the MAP control card. 
The load map gives the address and length of all block assignments and the address 
and references of all entry points. Maps are listed separately for each overlay. 
Finally, the load map contains the field length required to load and run the program. 

Output generated by the program follows the load map (refer to Figure 1-13-8). 

Figure 1-13-9 and 1-13-10 illustrate the central memory dumps generated by the 
DMP. and DMP, 5000. control cards, respectively. 

The following three examples illustrate the use of these dumps to obtain specific infor- 
mation. 



60407000 D 1-13-3 



Example 1: (Finding Data Locations in a Core Dump) 

Referring to Figure 1-13-2, the variable I is used as the control variable in the DO loop 
defined by statements 10 through 20. To find the value of I at job termination, the 
following steps must be performed. 

1. Find I in the variable assignments (lower half of Figure 1-13-2), noting I is at 
relative address 4167o. 

2. Find the first word address (FWA) of the main overlay TESTA. (Refer to the 
load map. Figure 1-13-6.) The FWA of TESTA is 1433. 

3. Add (143g + 4167g = 4332o) to obtain the absolute address of I. 

4. In Figure 1-13-10. address 4332 contains 00138 (Hio)' This should be the 
last value of I. 

Example 2: (Finding Data Locations in a Core Dump) 

To find the variable B(3), the following points m^ust be considered. 

• Find B in the variable assignments (lower half of Figure 1-13-2). The value is 
12, which means that B begins at relative location 123 of common block AAA. 
By referring to the map (Figure 1-13-6), note that AAA begins at absolute 
address lOlg. Therefore, IOI3 + 12g (relative location of B) equals 1138.. 

the beginning address of array B. B(l) is 113g, and the address of B(3) 
is 115g. 

• The location in core of the B array is illustrated in Figure 1-13-10. 

Example 3: (Finding an Address Within the Program) 

By referring to Figure 1-13-9, note that the program stopped at address 10114 (the 
value of P). To find where this is in the program, the following points must be 
considered. 

• Figure 1-13-6 or 1-13-7 contains the routine addresses. 

• Figure 1-13-6 illustrates that routine SYS. RM is at 10114 which means the 
program ended in routine SYS.RM. 



1-13-4 60407000 D 



m 



I" 



11 



(9 

CO 



sg 



Of 

Of 






I. • O >». V 

. «r> fO K1 M 
) O •> • • 

I <r • N w 

- ..N •. M. 

» • O CM CM 
» Ci CM • • 



* cy ro 

J Nk N^ X, X. 



3 

a 



e: IM 4-k . 






^ ** v40 U7 



•.a h- M M -« 



fw c n> ^ •• 



■ — r* N. 
•'I— o »i* «* 
«i l/> o <i V 

_J li! ■*-< V O 

> f- « «i: o 

O UJ <! -J 

»- a: x ** OD 

>- <4 X V X. 

3S§§S 

o; O X z z 

lu a- r i: X 
» o. o o o 
o u u u 



O T^ W 

tr II II 



o — ^ ' 

v-t «r 03 

CO — «» 



kK> 1^ t^ M -» 

«>•.•. .,4 es 

■H CJ « • » 
^* ** *^ C3 *-» 
O U U Xl » 
. > •s^ < 
.«> — —.•>_■ 

3 CM (\l <M C3 5» -» 
^ •> «t « U\ O CC 
► •rtCVJ « --I li 
)— — —-<■»• O - 
I O O t3 II ■- O t-l . 

4 •.•.fc->>-_IO*-l 

,.^^» ••<tCQ'<<' 

H •• • "-i C»f »- •^«» ' 

'<-4i\jmwuJZ mm: 
3 — — — sriOCn — i 
'Ooo-'oa<t 




Cl 




^ -1 ^UJ 




«<!«►- 




UJtU u z 


h-1 


Oi Ck^ (K l-l 






« 




1— t 




J3 




CO 








■§ 


O 


> 


o 
-J 


(4-1 

o 


aj II) uj -5 






"B 




_o 


CVJ tO o c 




*-i \D ^ 


"ctf 


^ -1 


o 


J^ J- 


o 



X >• 



e 

0. 



i: I- I- 

M « «r 
u O cr 



«t«i«t<<_l_l«-«"~«»"-'-J-' 

|-l-l-l-l-_i_l MMH S<_I_J" 






*4 
~ -« » J 

1-4 *-l CM ^ ^K 

WW w O tf 

«« « I sc 

« » 4- -^ O 












z 
o 

M 

u 

o 


AAA 

AAA 


1 


1- 

OL 

1- 

O 










1- -f 

U> 4^ 

z 

UJ 

-J 


en 












C3l CO 


CD CD 


«. *« — w O 












-1 




e 


























•i fo 


CM -» 


MM -^ >- -I 






«K 






Ui 








4-t 
























ir- c= 


-t t 


S < "^S -J — 

w w ^ ort- 

>. M 11 II Ui z -> 
KOf-i > 2^ 11 




II 
Of 

a. 






Of 


<x <9: < 

ma: oi 

« <* < 


>- 

ct. 

cr 




o 

CM 


crt 


K) 


PJ 




O IT 

1- 4-1 


4-1 

CM 

O 
PJ 












J- 


«-< 


11 11 Ifl-S 

.~ «. m •' -1 -J 


4H 




z 
















<x 








U. 
















X 


MM 3f -1 _l W O 










































O X 


w w O -1 <t ■« 




z 


UJ 










o- a 






























«c CD o ai o u o 


liJ 


u 






































z ♦- 








z 










UJ UJ 






Uj 












I 
1- 

z 

UJ 

-1 


o 


O"- 


Ui 






aJ O 








UJ 






UJ 

a. 


j-i-i 


U* UJ 


UJ 

o 




> 




-I 




X 




o 


t^. 








-1 z 

ID 








Ul 






>-«<!«( 


1- t- 


o 




J- 




«r 




UJ 














7 -J 








li. 






1- UI Ui Ul z z 


I. 








Ul 




o 

z 

M. M 














O 








UI 








an; or MM 










at' 




•■> 










T 


X z 

T O 














z 
















1/1 


* 














»- I O X 








u 






to 












>- 
< 




-i 

UJ 

CO 

<f 
-J 














O ♦- LJ T 








M 
























tfl 






tf 




■z u> 


O 








-1 

o 
to 












3 






bJ 
<r 

-J »o 






Sj, 


«r 


o 
o 


(/* 


IM 7 O O 
-J U;UJ 
_l .J V 








T 
>■ 


z en 

M UJ 


UJ 4 en o 


M Z 


t/\ Q. 
UIZ 
IM 


Ui f- 

in » otr 
_I o •- 


1- CJ 

r ro 

UJ 
Ul C3 


in 

ro 


-J 
to 


N. 


4 




o 


X Ul z 

«r o* CO <* 

O: Ui « ^ 


o 




in 




a 




-I 




/ 


^ 




4 










2; 








[.0 (J5 O- 


_J a> 


pj 




CM 




>• 


rw 


II> 

4 


o <= -* 


K<r 


z 


13 


Z 

or 






en tr\ ^ 


O 
I 

o 
u 








►H 

»- 


o u. 

a- 3 X r: 












o 

«4 


l-« 
or 


4-1 4-1 


UJ 




UJ 

1- 






«1 


Q- 4-« 
O 4-1 


w 








i/i 


a ceo o 










z 


J- 


« 




J-a- 


I-* 




X 






1— 


C J 


-* 













Figure 1-13-2. Main Program of Main Overlay (0,0) 



60407000 D 



1-13-5 



FUNCTION TRY(A,8» 
1(1 TRY = SQRT(A)*SORT(a» 

RETURN 

ENTRY TRI 

IF (A.LE.3) 10,20 
20 TRY = SQRT(A)-S'3?T(B) 

RETURN 

ENO 



SYMBOLIC REFEREN( 


;e map (r=i) 


ENTRY POINTS 

1". TRI 


"♦ TRY 


VARIABLES SN TYPE 
A REAL 
31* T?Y REAL 


RELOCATION 
F.P. 


EXTERNALS TYPE 
SQRT REAL 


ARCS 

1 LIBRARY 


STATEMENT LABELS 

r 10 




STATISTICS 

PROGRAM LENGTH 


35»J 2 



20 



REAL 



F.P. 



INACTIVE 



Figure 1-13-3. Function Subroutine of Main Overlay (0,0) 



SUBROUTINE PRMTtAJ 

COMMON/ /O (1001 

COMMON/ AAA/P(2qi 

COMMON/ A/ S0e(5) 

8=0 

00 50 1=1,29 
50 B=8tP<I) 

PRINT 5 6,8, (SUa(I),I=l,5) 
55 FORHAT (IX, 6F17.7) 

RETURN 

ENO 



SYMBOLIC REFERENCE HAP (R=l) 



ENTRY POINTS 
3 PRNT 








VARIABLES SN 
A 

P 


TYPE 
REAL 
REAL 
REAL 


RELOCATION 
•UNUSED F.P. 
ARRAY / / 
ARRAY AAA 


26 

27 




FILE NAMES 

OUTPUT 


MODE 
FMT 






STATEMENT LABELS 
SO 




ZW 


55 FM 


LOOPS LA9EL 
11 50 


INDEX 

I 


FRON-TO LENGTH 
6 7 33 


PROPERTIES 
INSTACK 


COMMON BLOCKS 
/ / 
AAA 
A 


LENGTH 

100 

29 

5 







B 
I 

sue 



REAL 

INTEGER 

REAL 



ARRAY 



STATISTICS 

PROGRAM LENGTH 308 2'* 

CM LA8ELE0 COMMON LENGTH »»2B S"* 

CM 3LAMK COMMON LENGTH l<t<tB 100 



Figure 1-13-4. Subroutine of Main Overlay (0,0) 



l-13-( 



60407000 D 



1 OVERLAY (OVLA, 1,0) 

PROGRAM OVLIO 
COMMON/ AAA/' Wti>9) 
PRINT 105, (Wd), 1=1, 7) 

5 PRINT 105,(W(I»,I=8,1'») 

PRINT 105, (W(T), 1=15, 21) 
PRINT 105, (W(T), 1*22, 28) 
PRINT 106,(H(29)) 
105 F0RMAT<1X,7F17.7) 
10 106 FORMAT (4X,Fl/,7) 

END 



SYMBOLIC REFERENCE MAP (R=l ) 



ENTRY POINTS 




3 OVLIO 




VARIABLES 


SN TYPE 


1*7 I 


INTEGER 


FILE NAMES 


MODE 


OUTPUT 


FMT 



RELOCATION 

M REAL ARRAY AAA 



STATEMENT LABELS 

«»3 105 FMT «t5 106 FMT 

COMMON BLOCKS LENGTH 
AAA 23 

STATISTICS 

PROGRAM LENGTH V7B 39 

BUFFER LENGTH 18 1 

CM LABELED COMMON LENGTH 35B 29 



Figure 1-13-5. Main Program of Primary Overlay (1, 0) 



60407000 D 1-13-7 



LOAD MAP - TEST* 
OVERLAYIOVLA,a,a) 



CYBER LOADER LO-UitOl 



7S/06/0J, 13.21., 01, 



PAGE 



- OVERUAY<OVLA,0,a) 



FMA OF THE LOAD 
LHA-H OF THE LOAD 



IDl 

17 32 



TRANSFER ADDRESS — TESTA 



•»252 



PROGRAM AND BLOCK ASSIGNHENTS. 
BLOCK ADDRESS LE^ 



/AAA/ 

/BLOCKA/ 

TESTA 

TRY 

/A/ 

PRNT 

/OA.IO./ 

/lOCON./ 

no«in=: 

FLTOUT= 
CHTAP- 
FORSYS= 
GETFIT= 
KODE'^s 
OUTC = 
O'JTCOMi 
OI/ERLAY 
SQ=?T 
SYSAIO= 
SYS=IST 
SYS.'^M 
UCL040 
/JIPS.RM/ 
LBUF.SQ 
/CON.RM/ 
CIO.RM 
/AOB.RM/ 
E!?R.^M 
•lOtfE.RM 
CHHR.SQ 
ICT.^H 
/MEMC.RM/ 
/OPES.FO/ 
/OPEN.FO/ 
OPFN.RM 
0SU8.RH 
OPEN, SO 
OPEX.SQ 
/PUT.RT/ 
RLEQ.RK 
/TERM.RM/ 
/PUT.FO/ 
PUT.SQ 
HAR.SQ 
/CLSF.FO/ 
CLSF.RM 
GLSF.SQ 
/CLSV.FO/ 
0LSV,S(5 
/GET.FO/ 
/GET.BT/ 
/GET.RT/ 
GET.SQ 
2,S0 
FSU.SQ 
9TRT.SQ 
LXER.SO 
KEOX.SQ 
/SKFL.FO/ 
3KFL.S0 
// 



Ifli 

136 

IW 

<.H22 

i»*57 

<«<«6if 

1.5 1<» 

<.650 

<.712 

1.775 

5306 

5667 

65 /li 

6575 

7?5i. 

71.1.6 

7621 

7761. 

l')02'' 

100 30 

10112 

10162 

101.1.0 

lObSl 

106 01. 

10612 

1061.6 

10656 

1126? 

1131.5 

11355 

11610 

11613 

11611. 

11623 

12057 

12152 

121.32 

121.1.6 

121.57 

12521 

12522 

12531 

11.0 30 

11-310 

11.317 

11.31.2 

11.1.73 

11.502 

11.625 

11.6 31. 

11.61.1 

11.652 

1?7D1 

16002 

16110 

16221. 

lextbi. 

16610 

16617 

16666 




cldress of common block /AAA/ containing 
variable arrays A, B, and C 



DATE 



PROCSSR VcR LEtfEL HARDWARE 



35 

'5 
1.257 

35 
5 

30 
131. 

1.2 

53 
311 
351 
651. 

<.2 
1.57 
172 
153 
11.3 

1.3 
1 

62 

SO 
255 

11 
1T3 

31. 

IP 

1.01. 

6U 

7 

233 

3 

1 

7 

2 31. 

73 

260 

11. 

11 

<*? 

1 

7 

12^7 

260 

7 

23 

131 



--T'WA of main overlay 



7S/0i/02 FTN 
75/06/02 FTN 



■..1. U1.01 
1..1. U1.01 



5 
11 

1027 
101 
106 
111. 
220 
11.:. 
7 
i.7 
1^1. 



LGO 



SL-FO?Ti»AN 

SL--ORTr<AM 

SL-FORT?AiJ 

SL-FORTRA-< 

SL-FO^T^A>l 

SL-FORT?A>l 

3L-F0RT<AN 

SL-FORTi?A>l 

SL-FORTRAN 

SL-FORT'^A'^ 

3L-F0?T^AN 

SL-FO^TRAM 

SL-5YSI0 

SL-3YSia 

SL-3YSI0 

SL-3YSI0 

SL-5YSI0 
SL-SYSIO 
SL-3YSI0 
SL-3Y3IO 



SL-SYSIO 
3L-iYSI0 
SL-3YSI0 
SL-SYSIO 

SL-3YSI0 



SL-3YSI3 
SL-SYSIO 



SL-SYSIO 
SL-3YSI0 



75/0D/02 FTl* 



123 SL-SYSI3 



SL-SYSIO 
SL-SYSIO 
SL-3YSI0 
SL-SYSIO 
SL-SYSIO 
SL-3YSID 

SL-3YSI0 



75/03/27 
75/01/27 
75/03/27 
75/03/27 
7"!/f)3/27 
75/03/27 
76/03/27 
75/03/27 
75/03/27 
75/03/27 
75/03/27 
75/03/27 
75/03/27 
75/03/27 



COMPASS 
COiPASS 
DD1PASS 
C31PASS 
'?3'1PASS 
C31PASS 
OD-tPASS 
CD'IPASS 
COiPASS 
COiPASS 
COiPASS 
531PASS 
COMPASS 
C31PASS 



75/03/27 COMPASS 

75/03/27 COiPASS 

75/03/27 COiPASS 
75/03/27 COiPASS 
75/03/27 COiPASS 
76/03/27 COiPASS 



75/03/2^ CDIPASS 
75/03/27 COiPASS 
75/03/27 COiPASS 
75/03/27 CSiPASS 



3. 75096 

3. 75086 

3. 75006 

3. 7508b 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75096 

3, 75086 

3. 75096 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 



3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 



75/03/27 CDiPASS 3. 75096 



75/03/27 CSiPASS 
75/03/27 COiPASS 



76/03/27 C3iPASS 
75/03/27 COiPASS 



75/03/27 COiPASS 



75/03/27 
75/03/27 
75/03/27 
75/03/27 
75/03/27 
75/03/27 



COiPASS 
COiPASS 
COiPASS 
COiPASS 
COiPASS 
COiPASS 



666y 
666X 



3. 75086 
3. 75086 



3. 75036 
3, 75186 



75086 



3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75096 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 

3. 75086 



6fc6X I 



COMMENTS 



0PT = 1 
OPTsl 



0PT=1 



COiMON COaEO I/O ROJTINES ANU CONSTANTS. 
COiMON FLOATING OUTPJT CODE 
CRACK APLliT AN3 Fa^iAT FOR KOOER/KRAKER. 
FO:?TRAN OBJECT LIBi'.A^Y UTILITIES, 
LOCATE AN FIT GI\(EN H FILE NAME. 
OUTPUT FORMAT INTE'^P^ETER. 
FORiATT£0 W^ITE FJ*TRAN RECORO 

COMMON OUTPUT cooe 

OV-RLAY LOADING ROUTINE. 

COiPUTE THE SaUARE OOT OF X. OPT = ALL. 

LINK BtTWttN SYS = Alr) ANO INITIALIZATION COJE. 

MATH LIBRARY LINK TO ERROR MESSAGE P-JOCtiSOR. 

PROCFSS SYSTEM RECWEST. 

L7;5086 LOAUE=! USER 'lALL INTERFACE riOJTINt. 



75/03/27 COiPASS 



75086 



Figure 1-13-6. Loader Map of Main Overlay (0. 0) 



1-13-8 



60407000 D 



ENTRY POINTS. 



ENTRY 


AnORESS 


PROGRAM 


REFERENCES 


TNPUTr 


11.3 


TESTA 




OUTPUT= 


Z20i» 




PRNT 


TESTA 


itzsz 






TRY 


hkZ^ 


TRY 


TESTA 


TRI 


'.If 76 




TESTA 


PRNT 


".(.e/ 


PRNT 


TESTA 


OSNTRY. 


1.K1.1 


FORSYS= 


TESTA 


FECCHR. 


1*717 


COM 10 = 


<OOFR= 


FeOP?T. 


U7 3T 




FHTA3= 


c^OFOL. 


i.7 75 


FLTO'JT = 


KnDER= 


^EOEOV, 


5017 




l<OOFP- 


FEOEXP. 


5021 




KOnER: 


FEOPNO. 


5n5n 




KODEi'.s 


FE0S04. 


5113 




<ODER= 


FE07',0. 


5177 




<onFR= 


-ECN4P. 


5316 


FMTAP = 


<0DFO= 


ff-:ap. 


ESZ^t 




OUTC = 


FEHFMT. 


634? 




K00f'= 


FECFMU. 


53^6 




KIOER' 


FECJP= 


51.51 




OUTC = 


FECL". 


?i*S2 




KOOFR= 


FECP?. 


51*75 




<<OCFR= 


FECE-. 


5512 




KOOE^= 


FECV. 


556(1 




KOOF=>= 


FECB'JG. 


5567 




KOnF'P= 


RANDOM. 


5667 


FORSYS= 




LITE. 


5651 






FLSCM. 


5662 






FLLCM. 


55r.3 






END. 


5715 




I'^STA 


= XTT 


67ul 






STOP. 


571.3 






A9N0R1. 


57e7 






SYSAPG = 


5773 






lOE'?'.. 


6012 




OUTC 


SYSEND. 


<?n36 






SYP=S 


6037 






CLSLNK. 


6053 






SYSERR. 


611i« 




r;oMio= 



itsnj 



itzei* 










1.270 










1.256 


1.306 








1.252 










6653 


671.0 








5575 










7035 


7051. 


7075 






7051. 










7036 










7023 


7051 


7072 






7013 


701.6 


7066 






7021. 


70S2 


7073 






6660 


6735 


671.1 


67b 1 


6775 


7360 










6655 


7231 


7203 


721 3 


721.3 


6611. 


6720 








7353 










661.7 










6650 










7001 










6621. 










6575 


6576 









7736 



1.311 



r;oMio= 


1.756 


FMTAP= 


5611. 


GETFTT= 


6562 


OUTC: 


71.1.0 


OVrpL^Y 


7730 



1.771 



SYSTIA. 


6155 
















SY°=1 


6161 
















SYP = 2 


6167 
















SYP=3 


62 36 
















SYPil. 


62-1. 
















SYS = 6 


!)271. 
















SYS2 = 


6317 
















:oi. 


6356 
















cso. 


6365 
















coo. 


6372 
















BFM. 


6i.ni 
















FECQPt. 


61.06 




OUTC = 


7 335 










LINLIM. 


61.51 




OUTC = 


71.17 










liGAT. 


6'*65 
















3=<3FTT. 


61.76 




Oi/EPHY 


7652 










GETFTT. 


65 36 


G-rFiT= 


0(1 TC = 


7277 










NAME. 


6573 
















KOJPT. 


65'6 


03E=; = 


0!)Tr=- 


7267 










<OaM'.T = 


7237 




OUTC = 


731.7 










KO'EP. 


721.1. 




O'.IJC- 


7270 










OJTCI. 


7271 


OJTC= 


PRNT 


4501 










3UTC'.. 


7367 
















FEDL. 


71.1.6 


ojTcaM= 


<ODEi!'= 


6613 


6656 








FFOT. 


71.51 




KOCER' 


6610 


6611 








FEOVFL. 


7516 




FLTOUT- 


5020 
7077 


5210 
711.6 








FEO»FM. 


757.. 




FLTOUT= 


501.1. 


501.7 


5051 


5055 


= 205 


FEOBLS. 


7531 




FLTOUT: 
K001R= 


5000 
5203 
7030 


6001 
7155 


5002 


6004 


5174 


FEOnNV. 


76*.. 




FLTOUT= 


5016 










FEORIF. 


7575 




FLTO'JIT = 


5172 










FEORto. 


7601 
















FEONTL. 


7506 
















OVERLAY 


7673 


ni/-RLAY 


TESTA 


1.251. 


4301. 








S1',T 


77h5 


S1?T 














SQRT. 


inoni. 




TRY 


1.1.31 


4433 


41. 47 


445 1 




SYSAIn^ 


100 27 


SY5Aia= 


OR. TO, 
SYS=1^T 


1.51.0 

1001.7 










3YS1ST. 


10033 


SY3=1ST 


SQPT 


10017 










WORGLIE. 


100,15 

















!)175 



5201 



Figure 1-13-6. Loader Map of Main Overlay (0. 0) (Cont'd) 



60407000 D 



1-13-9 



SYS= 



MUB- 
MSG= 



C10= 

LOADER^ 

LOUDER 

L9l)F.SQ 

RM.CIO 



s<rs.RH 



RM.RGLi 



R'l.ROLP 



RM.SYS= 



iR^l.Rf 

HOtfE.R" 

OHMR.SO 

ICT.'^M 

OPfN.RM 
0S'J9.RM 
OPEN.SQ 
OPXX.SG 
OPEX.SO 
^LErJ.OM 

?UT.3Q 

fLSH.SO 
H«R.30 

^EPO.SO 
CLSF.PM 

SLSF.SC 
'.SPT.SQ 



10127 
101S3 

1011. :i 



1015? 

loi«>z 

10162 
10l»51 
10613 



10623 



10630 



1063' 
lO/Su 



1071.0 
11116 
11262 

llSiio 

11362 

11623 
12057 
12152 
12267 
121.32 
12<.57 

125^2 

13«5i.3 
li>030 

lfc2?7 
l^Sl? 

11.3U2 
li.i."lO 



UDLOAO 



L3UF.Sa 
CID.RH 



tR?.^M 



lOKE.Rw 
CHMR.S1 
MOT .?!1 
O'EN.RM 

o'tN.sa 
o'h:x.33 

^LEI.R-1 
PJT.SQ 

C.3F.R1 

C.5F.S') 



FORSYS= 
ERR.RM 



QS.IO. 
FaRSYS= 

ERO.R1 

puT.sa 

LXEP.3Q 



OtfERHY 

LXER.5Q 

ERR.R1 

OPEN. SI 

nPEX.Sf) 

PUT.S5 

HAP. SI 
CLSF.Sa 
CLSV.30 
GET, S3 
MEOX.Sd 
ERR.R1 
PUT.S5 
WAR. S3 
CLSF.Sil 
GET. SI 
3TOT.ST 
PUT. S3 
GET. S3 

JMPS.'M 
MEMC.'.M 
OPES.FO 
OPEN.FO 
OPEN.^I 

OSUB.^M 

OPtN.SO 

OPEX.SO 
RLEQ.RM 
PUT.F3 
''UT.S3 



OLSF.FO 
CLSF.'^M 
CLSF.33 
CLSV.FO 
GET. FT 
GET. 33 

LXER.S3 
MEOX.30 
SKFL.=0 
SKFL.Sn 



PUT. S3 
FSU.33 
OPEN. 30 
=UT.S3 
OPEN.^M 

r;LSF.^?i 

FORSYS= 
OPEN.^M 
FORSYS= 
0PEX.3Q 
OPEN. 33 
PUT. S3 
HAR.S3 
F3''SYS = 
3UTC= 

PUT. S3 
ME0X.33 

FORSYS=^ 
OUIC= 

ODEN.SO 
OPEX.Sn 
CLSV.sa 

GET. S3 



<.536 


461.6 












5701 


5733 


5 77 2 










11067 


11106 


11237 










1.51. «. 














5726 


6731 


5761 


576 3 


5770 


6267 


6306 


6311. 














11024 


11041. 


11115 










13262 


13316 












16355 














7701. 














1631.1. 














11103 














12275 


1?1.10 












121.37 














12600 


1322 3 


13310 


1333 


13541 


13551 


13634 


11.020 














11.132 


11.306 












11. 1.01. 


11.1.71 












11.535 


11.545 


11.561 


11.571 


14603 






15101. 


15271 


15361. 


15321 


15533 






16532 


16552 












11073 














13522 


13657 


14007 










11.232 














11.372 














11.752 


15026 












16210 














13236 


13256 












1621.5 














101.1.1 


10442 


101.43 


101.44 


10445 


101.1.6 


10450 


11610 


11611 


11512 










11613 














11611. 


11615 


11616 


11517 


11623 


11521 


11522 


11625 


11716 


11765 


12031 


1201.0 


1201.2 


12046 


12050 


12051 












1211.0 


1211.1 


1211.2 


1211.3 


1211.1. 


12145 


121i.b 


1211.7 


12150 












12226 


12230 


12233 


122? 4 


12334 


12336 


12373 


121.23 


1Z1.21. 












121.33 














121.62 
12522 


12523 


12521. 


1252 5 


125Z6 


12527 


12530 


12531 


12535 


12572 


12513 


12515 


12623 


12572 


12731. 


12770 


13017 


1322 5 


13254 


13255 


13275 


11.015 


11.023 












11.310 


11.311 


11.312 


11.313 


1431* 


11.315 


14315 


14321 


11.332 


11.31.0 










11.350 


ll.i.27 


141.72 










11.1.73 


11.1.71. 


11.1.75 


141.7 6 


11.477 


11.500 


11.501 


11.625 


11.526 


11.627 


1453 


11.631 


11.532 


14533 


11.652 


14656 


11.573 


147 


11.705 


161.05 


15527 


15562 


15605 












16371 














151.51. 


161.61. 


161.57 


165 








16610 


16611 


16512 


15513 


16614 


16615 


15516 


16621 


16621* 


16527 










13111 














16061 














12162 














13026 














1161.6 


11650 


11752 


117!;i* 


12022 


12026 




11.321. 














61.1.7 














11766 














641.7 














121.1.5 














12266 














1261.1. 


12726 












11.031 














5 331 














71.23 














1765'2 














161.77 














6101 


6140 












7327 














1231.5 














12431. 














14521 


11.615 












15 027 


15 = 13 













Figure 1-13-6. Loader Map of Main Overlay (0, 0) (Cont'd) 



1-13-10 



60407000 D 



OVERLAy(OVLA,l,0) 

FHA OF THE LOAD 17033 

LHA*1 OF THE LOAD 17103 

TRANSFER ADDRESS ~ OVLIO 



i7o;<"; 



PROGRAM AND BLOCK ASSIGNMENTS. 
BLOCK ADDRESS LENGTH FILE 

OVLIO 17033 SO L60 

ENTRY POINTS. 



DATE PROCSSR tfER LEVEL HARDWARE COMMENTS 

75/06/02 FTN 't.'f UffOl 566X 1 0PT«1 



ENTRY 


ADDRESS 


PROGRAM 


REFERENCES 


OUTPUT= 


zzn>* 


TESTA 


OVLIO 


aSNTRY. 


<»5<.l 


FORSYS= 


OVLIO 


END. 


5715 




OVLIO 


OUTCI. 


7271 


OUTC= 


OVLIO 


DVLIO 


17036 


OVLIO 





17052 17056 17062 17056 17072 

17036 

17051 

irO'»0 170i»2 1701.4 1701.6 17050 



Figure 1-13-7. Loader Map of Primary Overlay (1, 0) 



i.doooooo 
s.ooooooo 

500.0000000 

2.1000000 

3.3000000 

6177.2000000 

2.0000000 

16.0000000 

6. 32<i$553 

2.1000000 

3.3000000 

795. 7*9»875 



2.0000000 

9.0000000 

600.0000000 

3.1000000 

0.0000000 
If. 0000000 
18.0000000 
6.92820 32 
3.1000000 

0.00 000 00 



3.0000000 

lO.oooooon 

700.0000000 
202.0000000 

o.ooooonn 
6. ooooooo 

20. DQOQOOO 

7.<»03Jl«t3 

202.0000000 

0.0000000 



<».nQoaaoo 
lOO.oooonoo 
Boo.noooooo 

2.2000000 

0.3000000 
6.3000000 
2.S2ai»271 

8.3000000 
2.20000DD 

0.0000000 



s.onoriQoo 

200.0000000 

900.0000000 

3.2000000 

0.0000000 

lo.ooooiono 
H.ooQoioao 

8.<»8S2814 

3.20001000 

0.0000000 



Figure 1-13-8. Program Output 



6.0000000 

300.0000000 

1000.0000000 

303.0000000 

0.0000000 

12.0000000 

<«.0S89795 

8.9'»42719 

303.0000000 

0.0000000 



7.0000000 
1(00.0000000 
101.0000000 

2.3000000 



ii».oaoooua 

5.65685if2 

101.0000000 

2.3000000 



60407000 D 



1-13-11 



EXCHANGE PACKAGE. 



p 


1 1011*1 AO 


220* an 





RA 


12*100 «1 




1 81 


I 


FL 


17200 AJ 


: 6530 fl2 


7 7775 5 


EN 




7 A3 


6531 33 


2*5 


RAX 




A^ 


5670 B* 


2* 


FLX 




«5 


; 567* 35 


10*** 


HA 


2200 Ae 




1 86 


6102 






A7 


2236 87 


30 


XO 


0000 


0000 


0000 0000 0000 


XI 


0000 


0000 


0000 0000 0000 


xz 


1717 


0631 


»631 *b*0 361S 


Xi 


2000 


0000 


0000 0000 0012 


X"» 


2000 


0000 


0000 0000 0000 


xs 


0000 


0000 


0000 0000 0003 


X6 


0516 


0*20 


onoo 0000 0000 


X7 


20O0 


0000 


0000 0000 0001 


(RIM 


0000 


0000 


0000 0000 0000 


tR»n» 


osie 


0*20 


0000 0000 0000 


DUNP FROM 1005* TC 


1 1016* 




10 05<» 




52577 


77676 


66622 


53*55 


lOOSO 




10633 


553*1 


2270* 


5 5*31 


10 06* 




01000 


00000 


61000 


*6aao 


10070 




21322 


530*0 


0*000 


10030 


1007* 




00000 


00000 


00000 


00000 


10100 




55012 


20725 


15051 


6 2*55 


1010* 




00000 


00000 


00000 


00 00 


10110 




00000 


OOOOD 


00000 


0000 


1011* 




0*000 


0573* 


00000 


00 00 


10120 




51100 


10112 


0*000 


10122 


101?* 




51100 


00001 


01000 


10112 


10130 




51100 


00001 


03110 


10127 


1013* 




71602 


2031* 


2065 2 


J 6662 


101*0 




0*000 


10132 


61000 


*6aoa 


101** 




2 6?? 


12161 


20651 


20123 


10150 




■♦3652 


71100 


00002 


12661 


1019* 




7S220 


01000 


1011* 


*6a03 



(A0> 


1725 


2'.20 


252* 


0000 


0000 


(Al) 


0516 


0*20 


0090 


0000 


ooon 


(A2) 


1717 


0631 


*6J1 


*6*0 


3615 


(A3> 


2000 


0000 


0000 


0000 


0012 


(A*) 


5555 


5555 


5555 


5733 


36*0 


(A5» 


2000 


0000 


0000 


0003 


1571 


(A6I 


0516 


0*20 


000 


0000 


0000 


(A7) 


0000 


0000 


0000 


0000 


0000 



066 00 


10056 


5*11)5 


55*31 


76165 


51600 


10103 


55761 


513 00 


10076 


61100 


00001 


00000 


00000 


00000 


OOOOO 


00000 


00000 


00000 


00000 


11160 


*0506 


11161 


12*05 


OOQOO 


00000 


oonoo 


OOOOO 


00000 


00000 


00000 


OOOOO 


51100 


00001 


03110 


10115 


71100 


00130 


20 160 


V6000 


20&62 


01000 


1011* 


v6nofl 


71502 


2031* 


0*000 


10125 


53160 


2017 3 


03310 


10133 


71603 


2*616 


12661 


20651 


03760 


101*1 


71600 


0301 


53120 


11161 


71600 


31117 


0*00* 


10155 


blOOP 


*6noO 



03*10 


10057 


56330 


5 6*31 


10633 


7*260 


2270* 


55671 


*3002 


f5231 


26060 


63735 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


0*000 


10125 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


5*610 


0*000 


10113 


*6aD0 


13661 


13161 


13661 


*6aoo 


51100 


roooi 


03110 


10126 


20150 


36661 


01000 


1011* 


03010 


10133 


51100 


OOOOl 


OlOOO 


1011* 


61000 


*6000 


206i.5 


13115 


0*000 


101*1 


032-'0 


10153 


1*777 


27606 


53120 


20173 


03310 


10160 



03610 


10060 


56330 


57*31 


21111 


55761 


55071 


*6oao 


21322 


95121 


63635 


55*11 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


11160 


61116 


112*0 


50000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


1007* 


01300 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


51100 


0066 


03310 


10121 


51600 


10113 


10611 


*6000 


0*00* 


10127 


61000 


*6ooa 


0*00* 


10133 


61000 


*6aD0 


03110 


10135 


71100 


00001 


0*000 


05732 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


01000 


10133 


61000 


*6000 


12 717 


20652 


53720 


12662 


03110 


101*7 


52120 


00001 



Figure 1-13-9. Exchange Package Dump 



DUMP FROM TO 


1 IDOOO 

















OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


05160 


*2aoo 


OOOOO 


30000 


* 


OOOOO 
OUPLICATiC 


OOOOO 

1 LINES 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


oonoo 


OOOOO 


5* 


56110 


03110 


0005* 


5*710 


51100 


00001 


03110 


3 0055 


60 


15091 


52000 


OOOOO 


0061 


OOOOO 


17200 


90000 


OOOOl 


6* 


17261 


*oiao 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


*0000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


17103 


70 


17261 


*0157 


5500 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


a oooo 


7* 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


0000 


100 


OOOOO 


00001 


71030 


*252 MAA(A)1721* 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


10* 


1723* 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


17235 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


110 


172** 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


172** 


*0000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


11* 


1722* 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


1722* 


71*21 


60500 


4**11 


120 


17226 


73J17 


27205 


*11*5 


17227 


36735 


20*26 


40772 


12* 


1723* 


36156 


7*671 


3 76*5 (C) 17226 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


130 


17275 


2*000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


1721* 


31*63 


1*631 


+ 6315 


13* 


1721* 


*631* 


631*6 


31*63 


17215 


*o31* 


631*6 


?li.63 


1*0 


172** 


*0000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


172*6 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


30000 


1** 


90000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


0163 


OOQOa 


000*2 


60000 


Q 0000 


150 


oonoo 


00002 


OOOOO 


00203 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


01*00 


OOOOO 


15* 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 




OUPLICATSn LINES 


; , 












220* 


17252 


*20 25 


2*00 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


1*700 


*0630 


D7727 


2210 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


06103 


OOOOO 


00003 


OOOOO 


22** 


221* 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


0000 


0000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


2 220 


OOOOO 


10000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


03 00 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


22** 


2 22* 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


00002 


2**00 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


oonoo 


2230 


0*021 


*6aoo 


000*0 


22** 


OOOOO 


OOOPO 


OOOOO 


3 2?** 


223* 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


02237 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


22*0 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


22** 


55555 


56555 


55555 


5 553* 


57333 


33333 


33333 


56655 


2250 


35555 


53657 


33333 


3 3333 


333 35 


66565 


55555 


55S55 


?25* 


33333 


33333 


33555 


5 5555 


55555 


556*1 


57 333 


33333 


2260 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


oonoo 


OOOOO 


55555 


55555 


55555 


5 6i*3 


226* 


33333 


333 33 


55555 


55555 


55553 


*3357 


33 333 


33333 


2270 


55565 


56556 


35333 


3 5733 


33333 


33333 


33556 


55555 


227* 


33335 


73333 


33333 


3 3333 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


2300 


55555 


555*1 


33335 


7 3333 


33333 


33333 


55555 


55555 


?30* 


33573 


33333 


33333 


3 3355 


55555 


55655 


'.*333 


35-'33 


2310 


33333 


35566 


6565 6 


5 553* 


333*5 


73333 


33333 


3 3 333 


231* 


573*3 


33333 


33333 


35555 


5555J 


55665 


55 365 


7 3*33 


2 320 


33335 


55555 


55555 


5 5555 


35573 


53333 


33333 


333';5 


2 32* 


55553 


63336 


57333 


33333 


33333 


35 665 


55555 


ss-^ss 


2330 


55555 


55556 


55555 


5 65 55 


55553 


65736 


33 333 


33733 


233* 


37363 


33333 


33 333 


3 5555 


55555 


55655 


55335 


7 3333 


?3*0 


53335 


55555 


65556 


5 5555 


33573 


33333 


33 333 


3 3355 


2 3** 


55555 


55533 


57333 


3 3333 


33333 


30000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


2350 


55555 


55565 


55375 


73333 


333 33 


33333 


65555 


36555 


7 35* 


*357J 


33333 


3333 3 


3 3355 


56555 


55665 


553*3 


35733 



11162 0262* OOOOO 001*3 

oonoo OOOOO ooooo ooooo 



17252 *202S 2*000 0220* 
OOOOO OOOOO OOOOD OOOOO 



6*650 


02650 


OOOOO 


*6000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


*02*2 


noonn 


ninon 


1703? 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


1722* 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


ooooo 


17236 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


172*5 


noooo 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


17725 


52023 


531*7 


7*736 


1723* 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


1721* 


1*631 


*631* 


631*6 


17215 


31*6'! 


1*631 


*6316 


17226 


nnnofi 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


172*7 


*oooo 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


oooon 


oooon 


20010 


oonoo 


noooo 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


00*2 


60010 


ooooo 


ooooo 


22600 


03*00 


0*521 


ooooo 


00002 


ooooo 


noooo 


ooooo 


oooon 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


OOOOD 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


022** 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


noooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


55555 


',5555 


55355 


73333 


37673 


3 3333 


33333 


33355 


33333 


35555 


55555 


95555 


57333 


3 3 333 


33333 


35555 


33335 


65555 


55555 


53*33 


55553 


63333 


57333 


33333 


55665 


5555'=: 


5555* 


33 33 


55*23 


33357 


33333 


33333 


33333 


33333 


33555 


55555 


OOOOO 


oonoo 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


33333 


33333 


55555 


56655 


55555 


E5555 


55553 


65735 


55365 


7J63J 


33333 


33333 


33000 


oonoo 


ooooo 


oooon 


33333 


33333 


55555 


55555 


55555 


6555« 


55553 


35733 


55555 


!;S555 


55555 


55536 


55555 


6*157 


33333 


33333 


33331 


33333 


3J555 


55555 



(B) 



OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


*aooo 


OOOOO 


*00Q0 


oooon 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


ooooo 


17226 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


ooooo 


17237 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


17215 


52023 


63147 


7*736 


17226 


2*613 


01655 


51333 


1723* 


17*15 


66315 


755*7 


17216 


1*631 


*631* 


631*5 


1730* 


37000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


17236 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


11162 


252* 


00000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


20010 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


00002 


OOOOD 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


022** 


17252 


*2025 


2*000 


00131 


37520 


ooooo 


01000 


0*2*5 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


ooooo 


OOOOl 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


33333 


33333 


6S565 


55555 


55555 


55555 


5555* 


05733 


55*25 


73333 


33333 


3 3333 


55555 


55555 


55**5 


73333 


33573 


33333 


33333 


33355 


33333 


35565 


55555 


55537 


67333 


33333 


33333 


35555 


33335 


56555 


55555 


5*333 


553*3 


33333 


67333 


33333 


55555 


55555 


55555 


55535 


65353 


33557 


33333 


33333 


33333 


33333 


335S5 


55SS5 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


55555 


55555 


55*13 


**2*2 


55555 


53357 


33333 


33333 


33333 


13333 


33555 


55555 


57333 


333 33 


33333 


35565 


33335 


56555 


55555 


55555 


55555 


33*36 


57333 


33333 



1-13-12 



Figure 1-13-10. Central Memory Dump 



60407000 D 



2340 


33333 


36556 


55555 


S5553 


34375 


73333 


33333 


33333 


ooooo 


oonoo 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


55655 


55555 


55655 


63441 


•"sei* 


57333 


33333 


33333 


3 5555 


55555 


55555 


34435 


73333 


33333 


33333 


55565 


55555 


55553 


53357 


33333 


33333 


?3ro 


33335 


55555 


55555 


S55S5 


35574 


33543 


37354 


?345S 


55555 


55565 


55553 


75733 


33333 


33333 


33656 


55555 


?37<» 


55555 


55537 


571.31. 


4 434+ 


1*2444 


05555 


55555 


3 5555 


55405 


74140 


41434 


03735 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


2i>ao 


55555 


55555 


55555 


5 5541 


57363 


53740 


40 40 3 


55555 


55555 


55553 


55415 


74436 


43353 


33535 


55555 


55565 


JI.BI. 


55555 


51.257 


37433 


6363.* 


37435 


55655 


55555 


5 5555 


43573 


33333 


33333 


33355 


65655 


55555 


55554 


35737 


2<»ia 


t3i.03 


SttSSi. 


37555 


5 5555 


55555 


55543 


57443 


73735 


42344 


1.5555 


55555 


55534 


33345 


73333 


33333 


3333 3 


^itiii 


nOODO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


55555 


55555 


55556 


55635 


57343 


33333 


33333 


35555 


55555 


55656 


65365 


73433 


2W0 


33333 


33333 


55555 


5 5555 


55353 


33557 


33333 


33333 


33335 


65565 


55555 


55555 


35673 


53333 


33333 


33365 


PI.?* 


55555 


55i665 


65553 


65735 


33333 


33333 


33555 


55555 


55553 


63335 


57333 


33333 


33333 


36556 


55555 


65555 


ZU30 


55355 


73633 


33333 


3 3333 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


55555 


65665 


65655 


55555 


55553 


55736 


33333 


33333 


?i.3l» 


33000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


55555 


55555 


55554 


24440 


57423 


741*43 


431.24 


05555 


55655 


55556 


55335 


73333 


pititO 


33333 


333 3 3 


55556 


5 5555 


55553 


53357 


33333 


3 3 333 


33335 


55555 


55555 


55655 


33573 


333 33 


33333 


33355 


21. mt 


55555 


55555 


55553 


3 57 33 


33333 


33333 


33655 


5 5555 


55555 


55533 


57333 


33333 


33333 


30000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


2I«30 


00000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


90000 


ooooo 


ooono 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


noooo 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


ooooo 




OUPLIC«T=: 


■) LINES. 




























-Z»i. 


ooooo 


nciDoo 


OOOOO 


oaooo 


ooooo- 


22600 


OOOOO 


31.521 


OOOOO 


22600 


OOODQ 


04521 


77777 


77777 


77777 


66167 


If 250 


21.05? 


3?U01 


5565 


4252 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


oonno 


10000 


siino 


4 245 


01000 


04541 


51100 


04312 


46000 


45000 


1*25 <» 


oinoo 


07'623 


00160 


4250 


51100 


01*316 


46000 


46000 


01000 


04457 


00170 


04250 


71700 


00001 


61700 


04332 


4 260 


51500 


01,332 


62450 


00100 


72750 


ooion 


40644 


<6000 


51700 


04320 


51700 


04321 


54640 


51100 


04320 


46000 


i-2&if 


010 00 


01*1.26 


00220 


4250 


51500 


04332 


72750 


00100 


52650 


00100 


51700 


01*320 


51700 


04321 


51100 


04320 


"•270 


01000 


01.1.36 


00230 


4250 


51500 


04332 


72750 


00001 


72077 


77754 


52660 


00112 


54750 


03300 


04250 


46000 


■.271, 


71700 


00001 


51700 


01.333 


51500 


04333 


61600 


30006 


35055 


63750 


62500 


00100 


51570 


00100 


56450 


30045 


1-30 


61550 


00002 


24700 


460 00 


51770 


00135 


61770 


00001 


06670 


04277 


76770 


46000 


51700 


04333 


51100 


04323 


t301» 


01000 


07623 


00260 


01*250 


51100 


04316 


46000 


1*5000 


01000 


04467 


00270 


04250 


51500 


04333 


51100 


04260 


''310 


77005 


21.700 


51700 


00123 


04000 


05715 


45000 


46000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


04416 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


04327 


-311. 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


43 30 


OOOOO 


UOOOQ 


OOOOO 


0000 


onooo 


OOOOO 


onooo 


04331 


nooon 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


'.3?0 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


00112 


ooooo 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


00112 


ooooo 


ooono 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


onnnn 


00900 


ooooo 


04420 


t321t 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


4327 


ooooo 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


4330 


OOOOO 


noooo 


noooo 


OOOOO 


noooo 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


00001 


•.330 


ooooo 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


onooo 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


loonoo 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


00013 1 I 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


OOOOd 


<-33i. 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


00173 


ooooo 


ooono 


ooooo 


00173 


ooooo 


noooo 


ooooo 


00173 


oonoo 


OOOOO 


noooo 


00173 




DUPLICAT? 


D LINFS. 




























1,411, 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


0173 


oonoo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


0173 


17251 


1.0155 


55565 


55555 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


00300 


"1.20 


17261 


1.0155 


55655 


5 6555 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


24223 


1555= 


55550 


04426 


noooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


17200 


"Wfc 


511.00 


01*1.56 


10644 


46000 


61300 


04423 


52030 


oonoo 


04000 


04271 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


74600 


51*010 


51600 


01*423 


' <»30 


^6000 


1*6000 


46000 


46000 


64500 


53150 


ainno 


1 0004 


50500 


03001 


53150 


46000 


51500 


04464 


01000 


10004 


'•'.3". 


51500 


011.1.51. 


30056 


24700 


51700 


04456 


04000 


14424 


04000 


04271 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


51200 


a444i 


10622 


46000 


I'lftO 


51600 


01.1*3 


04000 


4427 


04000 


04442 


51000 


1.6000 


51100 


04456 


51200 


04436 


lObll 


22702 


51600 


04430 


titHi. 


51700 


041.26 


61000 


46000 


54500 


50400 


00001 


53150 


53340 


31031 


24700 


46000 


03270 


04431 


01000 


10004 


"♦kSO 


50500 


00001 


53150 


46000 


51500 


04451* 


01000 


1 0004 


51600 


041*54 


31066 


24700 


51700 


3 4455 


04000 


041*24 


ltl»5!t 


17221. 


36156 


74671 


37645 


-.60 00 


45000 


45000 


46000 


17234 


36156 


74671 


37646 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


-I.&0 


OOOOO 


oonoo 


oonoo 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


oooon 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


i-<.5l. 


20221 


62455 


5555 


4467 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


17200 


51300 


0446F 


52030 


OOOOO 


04000 


04307 


ooooo 


ooooo 


■-.1.70 


71.600 


54010 


61600 


4455 


43700 


71600 


nnnoi 


*6noo 


51700 


04512 


51600 


04613 


61500 


04513 


51500 


00035 


i-i»rit 


63750 


46000 


46000 


46000 


51500 


04512 


51470 


00100 


517'0 


00001 


30045 


2 470 


61*750 


06670 


01*475 


75770 


1.500 


51700 


04513 


51100 


04503 


010 no 


07271 


00100 


04454 


04oan 


04466 


46000 


46000 


00000 


30000 


ooooo 


220 4 


i-Efli. 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


01*510 


000 30 


OOOOO 


01000 


04^12 


00030 


OOOOO 


06000 


041*57 


OOOOO 


000 00 


ooooo 


oooon 


i.510 


551,01. 


05555 


55000 


OOOOO 


51343 


04105 


34426 


74262 


17'16 


15677 


75120 


0744 


onooo 


30000 


ooooo 


000 35 


1-511. 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


01.21*3 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


30000 


03172 


D3122 


11071 


02455 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


ooooo 


:.520 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


oonoo 


55553 


55555 


55554 


'4440 


57423 


74443 


43424 


05665 


55555 


55555 


55335 


73333 


■'$21* 


33333 


33333 


55555 


55555 


55353 


53357 


33533 


33333 


33335 


55555 


55555 


55555 


33573 


33333 


siiss 


33355 


1-530 


55555 


5555 = 


6555 3 


35733 


33333 


33333 


33555 


55':55 


55555 


55533 


57333 


33333 


33333 


33333 


33333 


33333 


1153". 


55353 


736 33 


33333 


3 33 33 


20552 


12661 


1*3101 


J0151 


12561 


01000 


10114 


46000 


51200 


04531 


10722 


46000 


1.51.0 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


4504 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


74410 


01*315 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


02204 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


04504 


1.5141, 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


onooa 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


oooon 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


00005 


77777 


77777 


77777 


77776 


1.550 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


oonoo 


n oono 


OOOOO 


onooo 


30000 


00007 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


noooo 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


00001 


1.551, 


ooooo 


00000 


OOOOO 


00 04 


ooooo 


ooooo 


10000 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


00226 


20060 


ooooo 


ooooo 


00021 


•■B60 


11701 


54335 


06020 


4576 


31200 


04625 


11403 


37673 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


00002 


oonoo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


OOOOO 


1.551. 


20120 


00001 


01000 


4S12 


ooooo 


oonoo 


1)0030 


30000 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


04521 


01*000 


07244 


51000 


45000 


1.570 


ooooo 


ooooo 


ooooo 


0057 


51300 


04627 


55710 


54300 


01000 


04640 


61000 


46000 


51500 


04527 


61500 


00001 


I-S7I. 


20120 


ooooo 


ooooo 


4511 


1*3052 


04000 


1462 3 


45000 


57225 


03310 


04523 


53210 


Q3120 


04bOO 


53710 


46000 


1.600 


10265 


57510 


00006 


46000 


71500 


001 


43773 


20535 


15667 


11775 


36667 


2 0637 


54650 


52510 


00005 


45000 


1.601. 


71600 


00006 


1.3771 


2 0545 


15567 


11773 


55557 


20626 


54650 


52510 


00002 


46000 


71600 


00002 


43772 


20532 


-610 


1E667 


11775 


36557 


2 0542 


51*650 


52S10 


00002 


45000 


71600 


00002 


43772 


20536 


15667 


11776 


36657 


20536 


1.611. 


51,650 


52S10 


00006 


4 3752 


15457 


52610 


00005 


* 371*1* 


2151*4 


15657 


61500 


00001 


03140 


04621 


71600 


00226 


-.620 


711.00 


04521 


61000 


4 50 00 


205i*t 


1276 4 


51*710 


loeii 


22502 


54640 


54115 


54446 


03210 


4560 


07020 


04560 


1-62 It 


03350 


04^32 


14155 


4 60 00 


04000 


04532 


IblOOO 


46000 


20140 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


00002 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


;-630 


22227 


36727 


20503 


1521i 


20701 


12661 


35771 


53525 


20506 


15160 


63410 


22244 


73113 


11505 


03320 


04530 


-631. 


56357 


041*00 


04637 


66322 


03150 


04640 


04430 


04637 


67545 


05520 


464 


55300 


43400 


04300 


04640 


10677 


l.6«0 


OOOOO 


noooo 


61000 


«50oa 


71400 


07774 


43056 


76600 


65211 


13777 


51307 


7774H- 


204Z3 


56500 


713 


00007 


■~e>*it 


01.000 


04632 


61000 


46000 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


1.63 


55555 


55555 


55555 


5 5555 


77777 


77777 


77777 


77777 


77777 


7777' 


77777 


'7700 


77777 


'7777 


77777 


70000 


■•65', 


77777 


77777 


7777 


0000 


7777' 


77777 


77000 


OOOOO 


77777 


77777 


OOOOO 


OOOOfl 


77777 


77700 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


-660 


'7777 


70000 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


77770 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


77000 


onooo 


oonoo 


OOOOG 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


1*661. 


17201. 


001100 


OOOOO 


ooon 


172 35 


OOOOO 


noooo 


OOOOO 


17266 


20000 


ooono 


OOOOO 


17317 


61*000 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


1.670 


17351. 


7O40O 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


17405 


05600 


noooo 


0000 


17437 


50220 


000 no 


OOOOO 


17474 


51132 


OOOOO 


ooooo 


1.674 


17525 


75360 


1.0000 


ooooo 


17557 


31*654 


eiOOOO 


ooooo 


17614 


52013 


71000 


OOOOO 


17645 


54416 


67200 


ooooo 


1.70 


17677 


21522 


1*5040 


ooooo 


17731* 


430123 


'>7124 


ooooo 


17765 


53630 


40751 


OOOOO 


2002/ 


165 76 


61143 


20000 


^701. 


2 0061. 


3415 7 


11676 


2000 


20115 


1.3712 


74135 


42400 


20145 


74n5> 


63161* 


73100 


20201* 


251*34 


43011 


01*750 



Figure 1-13-10. Central Memory Dump (Cont'd) 



60407000 D 



1-13-13 



PROGRAM LIBRARY AND SYSTEM 14 

UTILITY CONTROL CARDS 



PROGRAM LIBRARY UTILITY CONTROL CARDS 

The following control cards are provided by KRONOS to enable the user to maintain a 
program library, 

MODIFY Edits a Modify -formatted program library file 

OPLEDIT Removes modification decks and identifiers froim a Modify-formatted 
program library file 

UPDATE Edits an Update-formatted program, library file 

UPMOD Converts an Update-formatted programi library file to a Modify- 

formatted program library file 

MODIFY CARD 

The MODIFY control card edits a Modify-foraxiatted program library file. 

The control card format is: 

MODIFY(pi.p2,....Pn) 

Pjj Any of the following in any order: 

I Use directive input from file INPUT. If the 

I option is omitted, file INPUT is assumed. 

I=lfn. Use directive Input from file Ifn^. 

1=0 Use no directive input. 

P Use file GPL for the old program library. 

If the P option is omitted, file GPL Is 
assumed. 

P=lfn2 Use file Ifng for the old program library. 

P=0 Use no old program library 

C Write compile output to file COMPILE. If 

the C option Is omitted, file COMPILE is 
assumed. 

C=lfn3 Write compile output to file Ifng. 

C=0 Write no compile output. 

N Write new program library on file NPL. 

N=lfn^ Write new program on file Ifn^. 

N=0 Write no new program library. If this option 

is omitted, N=0 is assumed. 

S Write source output on file SOURCE. 

S=lfn5 Write source output on file Ifn^. 

S=Ci Write no source output. If this option Is 

omitted, S=0 Is assumed. 



60407000 D 



1-14-1 



L List output on file OUTPUT. If the L option 

is omitted, file OUTPUT is assumed. 

L=lfng List output on file Ifng. 

L=0 List no output. 

LO Select list options: ECTMWDS 

LO=chars Selects up to seven list options which can 
be any of the following: 

E Errors 

C Directives other than INSERT, 
DELETE, RESTORE 

T Input text 

M Modifications made 

W Compile file directives 

D Deck status 

S Statistics 

I Inactive cards 

A Active cards 

A Write compressed compile file. 

D Ignore errors. 

F Modify all decks. 

U Modify only decks mentioned on DECK 

directives; F overrides the U option. 

NR Do not rewind the compile file. 

X Rewind input and output files, set A option, 

and call the COMPASS assembler when 
modification is complete. 

X=prog Rewind input and output files, set A option, 

and call the processing program prog when 
modification is complete. 

X=0 Do not call another processing program. If 

this option is omitted, X=0 is assumed. 

Q Rewind the output file, set A option, and call 

the COMPASS assembler when modification 
is complete. 

Q=prog Rewind the output file, set A option, and 

call the prog assembler when modification 
is complete. 

Q=0 Do not call another processing program. If 

this option is omitted, Q=0 is assumed. 

Z If this parameter is present, the MODIFY 

control card contains the input directives 
following the terminator. When this para- 
meter is specified, the I parameter is ignored. 

NOTE 
Do not place another terminator 
after the directives. 

1-14-2 60407000 D 



CV=f)3 Convert 64 character set OPL to 63 character 

set OPL. 

CV=64 Convert 63 character set OPL to 64 character 

set OPL. 
The following parameters can be entered only if the X or 
Q options are selected. 

CB Set assembler argument B=LGO. If the CB 

option is omitted, B=LGO is assumed. 

CB=lfnr, Set assembler argument B=lfn^. , 

CB=0 Set assembler argument B=0. 

CL Set assembler argument L=OUTPUT. 

CL=lfn8 Set assembler argument L=lfn8. 

CL=0 Set assembler argument L=0. If this option 

is omitted, L=0 is assumed. 

CS Set assembler argument S=SYSTEXT. If the 

CS option is omitted, S=SYSTEXT is assumed. 

CS=llfng Set assembler argument S=lfng. t 

CS=0 Set assembler argurtient S=0. 

CG Set assembler argument G=SYSTEXT. 

CG=lfnj^Q Set assembler argument G=lfnjQ. t t 

CG=C( Set assembler argument G=0. If this option 

is omitted, CG is defined by the CS option. 

For a more detailed description of Modify, refer to the Modify Reference Manual. 

OPLEDIT CARD 

The OPLEDIT control card removes modification decks and identifiers from a Modify- 
formatted program library file. 

The control card format is: 

OPLEDIT(Pj. Pg, . . . , pj 

Pjj Any of the following in any order: 

I Use directive input from file INPUT. If the 

I option is omitted, file INPUT is assumed. 

Use directive input from file Ifn^. 

Use no directive input. 

Use file OPL for the old program library. 
If the P option is omitted, file OPL is 
assumed. 

Use file lfn2 for the old program library. 

Use no old program library. 

N Write new program library on file NPL. 



1= 


Ifn.^ 


1= 





p 




p^ 


=lfn2 


p^ 


= 



t The desired file is retrieved from the system. 
tt The desired file is a local file. 

60407000 D 1-14-3 



N=lfn3 Write new program library on file lfn3. 

N=0 Write no new program library. If this option 

is omitted, N=0 is assumed. 

L List output on file OUTPUT. If the L option 

is omitted, file OUTPUT is assumed. 

L=lfn4 List output on file Ifn^. 

L=0 List no output. 

M=lfn5 Write output from *PULLMOD directives on 

file lfn5. If this option is omitted, M=MODSETS 
is assumed. 

LO'^x Set list options x; each bit in x, if set, 

turns on the corresponding option. 



001 


Errors 


002 


Directives 


004 


All other input cards 


010 


Modifications made 


020 


Directives processed from the 




program library 


040 


Deck status 


100 


Directory lists 


200 


Inactive cards 


400 


Active cards 



If this option is omitted, x=177 is assumed 
(that is, the first seven options listed). 

F Modify all decks. 

D Debug; ignore errors. 

U Generate *EDIT directives for all decks. 

U=0 Generate no *EDIT directives. 

If the U option is omitted, generate *EDIT 
directives for common decks. 

The OPLEDIT routine is used to completely remove specified modification decks and 
modification identifiers from an OPL. It can also be used to determine the contents 
of a specified modification set on an OPL file. The OPLEDIT parameters are similar 
to the MODIFY parameters. However, the only input directives are as follows: 

*PURGE name 

*PURGE name, * 

name Modification identifier to be purged 

* Indicates that name and all identifiers thereafter are to be 

purged 

*EDIT dckl 

*EDIT dckl.dckn 

dckl Deck to be edited 

dckl.dckn Edit all decks from dckl to dckn 



1-14-4 60407000 D 



The EDIT directive requests OPLEDIT to edit a program deck and transfer it to the 
new program library. The deck names specified normally are the decks that contain 

the modification identifiers. 

The PULLMOD directive is available to reconstruct a modset to a deck and write it on 
a specified file. 

*PULLMOD d moda, modb, .... modn 

d Valid OPLEDIT delimiter 

moda, modb, Modnames to be pulled and generated onto the file specified 

.... modn by the M option (MODSETS is assumed by default) 

The PULLALL directives also make it possible to generate a modset that contains the net 
effect of all current modsets or all modsets added after and including a specific mod- 
set. 

* PULLALL 
*PULLALL, modn 

modn First modset to be included; all modsets following modn are also 

included. 

Example 1 

The user requires a composite modset of all mods that have been added to a deck. 
The following cards performi this function. 

job card 
USER(. . . ) 



OPLEDIT(M=MOD, . . . ) 

-EOR- 

*PULLALL 

*EDIT ITD 

-EOI- 

Plle MOD would contain: 

*IDENT*'''*^=*** 
*DECK ITD 



-EOI- 

File MOD plus the ITD OPL, which contains no mods, builds the latest ITD OPL. 

Example 2 

The user requires 3 modsets to be combined into one composite modset. The following 
cards perform this function. 

job card 

USER(. . . ) 

OPLEDIT(M=MOD, . . . ) 

-EOR- 

*PULLALL. 1TD27 

*EDIT, ITD 

-EOI- 

60407000 D 1-14-5 



File MOD would contain: 

*IDENT******* 
*DECK ITD 



-EOI- 



File OPL contains ITD.lTDl, 1TD2, . . . , 1TD27, 1TD28. The resulting MOD file contains 
1TD27 and 1TD28. 

Example 3 

The user requires a noncomposite mod for file MOD. The following cards per- 
form this function. 

job card 
USER(. . . ) 



OPLEDIT(M=MOD, ...) 

-EOR- 

*PULLMOD, 1TD27, 1TD28 

*EDIT, ITD 

-EOI- 

File MOD would contain: 

1TD27 

*IDENT 1TD27 
*DECK ITD 



1TD28 

*IDENT 1TD28 
*DECK ITD 



-EOI- 

It is not possible to pull modsets implicitly; that is, *PULLMOD A. B is illegal. Also, 
-PULLMOD A, * does not pull modset A sind all modsets that follow (as on the *PURGE 
directive). Rather, it pulls modset A and modset *. 

Modnames requested are pulled only from edited decks. The *PULLMOD and >:= PURGE 
directives may be used in any order and combination. 

The modsets generated are in a form suitable for use by MODIFY as follows: 

*READ, file, * 

or 
*READ, file, ident 

That is, each modset is a separate record, with ident being the first card. The *PULLALL 
modset, if any, is the first record on the file. The file specified by the M option is returned 
before, and rewound after use. 



1-14-6 60407000 D 



UPDATE CARD 

The UPDATE control card edits an Update-formatted program library file. 
The control card format is : 



UPDATE(pi,P2, 
Pi 



.Pn> 



Any of the following in any order: 

A Sequential- to- random program library copy 

B Random-to-sequentlal program library copy 

C Write compile file output on COMPILE. If 

the C option is omitted, file COMPILE is 
assumed. 

C=lfn. Write compile file output on Ifn^. 

C = Write no compile output. 

D Compile output has 80 columns for data; if D 

is omitted, compile output has 72 columns 
for data. 

E Update rearranges the directory to reflect the 

actual order of decks on the program library. 
If E is omitted, the old program library 
directory is not edited. 

F Full update; all decks are compiled. If F is 

omitted, corrected decks and those named on 
COMPILE directives are processed. 

G=lfn2 Output from PULLMOD directives is written 

on lfn2. Any rewind option applying to the 
source file also applies to this file. OUTPUT 
is not a valid file for this option. If G is 
omitted, pulled modifications are appended to 
the source file. 

I Input is on file INPUT. If the I option is 

omitted, file INPUT is assumed. 

I=lfno Input comprises next record on lfn3. 

K Compile output decks to be written on file 

COMPILE in COMPILE directive sequence. 

K=lfn4 Compile output decks to be written on Ifn^ in 

COMPILE directive sequence. If this option 
is omitted, output is determined by the C 
option. 

L=char char is a string that specifies any of the A, 

F, and through 9 list options. If this option 
is omitted, options A, 1, 2, 3, and 4 are 
selected. Any use of suppresses listing. 

M Merge input is on file MERGE. 

M=lfn5 Merge input is on file Ifn^. If M option is 

omitted, there is no merge file. 

N New program library to be written on file 

NEWPL. 



60407000 D 



1-14-7 



N=lfng New program library to be written on file 

Ifng. If N option is omitted, no new pro- 
gram library is written. 

O List output to be written on OUTPUT. If 

the O option is omitted, OUTPUT is assumed. 

0=lfn7 List output to be written on Ifny. If O 

option is omitted, OUTPUT is assumed. 

P Use file OLDPL for the old program library. 

If the P oiition is omitted, OLDPL is assumed. 

P=lfng Use file Ifng for the old program library. 

If this option is omitted, OLDPL is 
assumed. 

Q Only decks on COMPILE directives are 

processed. If Q is omitted, corrected 
decks and those named on COMPILE 
directives are processed. 

R No rewinds are issued for the program 

libraries, compile file, or source file. 

R=char Each character in the string char indicates 

a file to be rewound before and after the 
Update run. 

C Compile 

N New program library 

P Old program library and merge 

library 

S Source and PULLMOD 

Files not specified in char are not re- 
wound. If R is omiitted, files are 
rewound before and after the Update run. 

S Source output written on file SOURCE. 

S=lfn9 Source output written on file Ifng. If S 

is omitted. Update does not generate a 
source output file unless the source output 
is specified by T. 

T Source output excluding common decks on 

file SOURCE. 

T=lfnio Source output excluding common decks on 

file Ifnio. If T is omitted, no source 
output unless source output is specified 
by S. 

U Update execution is not terminated by 

normally fatal errors. H U is omitted. 
Update execution terminates upon en- 
countering a fatal error. 

W TTie new program library (refer to N 

option) will be a sequential file. If W 
is omitted, the new program library will 
be a random file (unless it is a magnetic 
tape file). 



1-14-8 60407000 D 



X Compile file is in compressed format. If X 

is omitted, the compile file is not in com- 
pressed format. 

7. The input file (refer to I option) is assumed 

to be in PCS compressed format. This para- 
meter applies to the directives input file only; 
it does not apply to files specified by READ 
directives. If Z is omitted, the input file is 
a normal, coded file. 

8 Compile file output is composed of 80- column 

line Images. If this option is omitted, com- 
pile file output is composed of 90-column line 
images. 

*=char The master control character (first character 
of each directive) for this Update run is char 
which can be any character having a display 
code octal value in the range 01 through 54 
except for 51 and 52 (the open and close 
parentheses). If this option is omitted, the 
master control character is *. 

/=char The comment control character for this Update 
run is char which can be A through Z, 
through 9, or +-*/$=. Note, however, that 
the character should not be changed to one of 
the abbreviated forms of directives unless 
NOABBREV is in effect. If this option is 
omitted, the comment control character is 
a slant bar. 



Note that the UPDATE control card is processed in product set format. For a more 
detailed description of Update, refer to the Update Reference Manual. 



60407000 D 1-14-9 



UPMOO CARD 

The UPMOD control card converts an Update-formatted program library file to a 
Modify-formatted program library file. 

The control card format is: 

UPMOD(pj, pg. . . . , Pn) 

p. Any of the following in any order: 

P Update program library from file OLDPL. 

If the P option is omitted, file OLDPL is 
assumed. 

P=lfn, Update program library from file Ifnj^. 

N Modify program library on file OPL. 

N=lfn2 Modify program library on file lfn2. 

M Modify progranti library name is OPL. If 

the M option is omitted, file OPL is as- 
sumed. 

M=lfn3 Modify program library name is lfn3. 

F Convert to file mark 

NR Do not rewind file Ifn^^. 

The Update file must be in sequential format. A random Update file must first be 
changed to sequential format via Update before being submitted to UPMOD for conversion. 
Unless otherwise specified, only one record from the Update file is converted. After 
the Modify OPL has been created, no references should be made to modset identifiers 
present on the Update library. The new OPL should be treated as any other program 
library created by a Modify creation run. 

SYSTEM UTILITY CONTROL CARDS 

The following utility control cards aid the system programmer in manipulating the 
system. 

FAMILY Specifies the name of the systera's normal family of 

permanent file devices. FAMILY can be used by any 
' system origin job. 

KRONREF Generates a cross-reference listing of system symbols. 

SYSEDIT Modifies the system library. SYSEDIT can be used by 

system origin jobs or users with system origin privileges 
(if the system is in DEBUG mode). 



1-14-10 60407000 D 



FAMILY CARD 

The FAMILY control card allows the user to change the family name associated with 
his job. 

The control card format is: 

FAMILY(familyname) 

familyname 1- to 7-character name of a family of permanent file 

devices 

If an alternate family of permanent file devices is introduced into the system without 
a VALIDUS file, the job to create VALIDUS could include a FAMILY card identifying | 

that family. If the familyname parameter is omitted, the default family name is. used. 
If the normal system has a default family name but the alternate system does not, 
the user can specify the edternate system by submitting the following card. 

FAMILY. 0. 

The FAMILY card can be used by any system origin job. If the card is included in 

any nonsystem origin job, the job is aborted and the system issues the following message 

to the user's dayfile. 

ILLEGAL CONTROL CARD. 

If the default family is required but not known to the user, a 

FAMILY, 
card will set the default fam^ily name. 

Refer to Device Residence, section 2, for further information about families. 



60407000 D 1-14-11 



KRONREF CARD 

The KRONREF control card generates a cross-reference listing of system symbols 
used by decks on a MODIFY OPL. 

The control card format is: 

KRONREF (P=lfni, L=lfn2 . S=lfn3 . G=lfn4 ) 

P=lfn2 OPL input from file Ifnj. If the P option is omitted or 

P alone is specified, file OPL is assumed. 

L=lfn2 List output on file lfn2. If the L option is omitted or L 

alone is specified, file OUTPUT is assumed. 

S=lfn3 System text from overlay Ifns- If the S option is omitted 

or S alone is specified, file SYSTEXT is assumed. 

G=lfn4 System text from local file lfn4. If G is omitted, system 

text is acquired as specified or defaulted by the S option. 
If G alone is specified, local file TEXT is used. Use of 
the G option overrides any S specification. 

The names of programs on the OPL are listed for those decks that reference the 
following. 

• PP direct cell locations defined in lfn3 or lfn4 

• PP resident entry points defined in lfn3 

• Monitor functions 

• Central memory pointers (in low core) defined in Ifng of Ifn^ 

• Central memory locations (in low core) defined in lfn3 or lfn4 

• Control point area words defined in lfn3 or lfn4 

• Dayfile message options 

• File types and mass storage constants 

• Job origin types, queue types, and priorities 

• Error flags referenced 

• Common deck calls 

• PP packages called 



1-14_12 60407000 D 



SYSEDIT CARD 

The SYSEDIT control card enables modifications to be made to the system library. 

The control card format is: 

SYSEDIT(pi, P2, • . . . Pn) 

p. Any of the following in any order: 

I Directive input is on file INPUT. If the 

I option is omitted, file INPUT is assumed. 

I=lfn| Directive input is on file Ifn^. 

1=0 No directive input. 

B Binary change cards are on file LGO. If 

the B option is omitted, file LGO is as- 
sumed. 

B=lfn2 Binary change cards are on file Ifng. 

B=0 No binary change cards. 

L List output on file OUTPUT. 

L=lfn3 List output on file Ifng. 

L=0 No list output. If the L option is omitted, 

the system assumes L=0. 

R Restore to initial deadstart system. 

R=n Restore to copy n of the system. The 

system copy number is printed on the out- 
put listing. 

R=0 No system file restoration. If the R option 

Is omitted, the system assumes R=0. 

C Checkpoint the system following SYSEDIT. 

If the C option Is omitted, no checkpoint 
Is performed unless the system was gener- 
ated employing the alternate system library 
residency feature. System using the alter- 
nate library feature are check-pointed 
automatically following SYSEDIT. 

If the job Is not of system origin, DEBUG must be set from the system console to 
allow changes to the operating system. The user must also be validated for system 
origin privileges. 



60407000 D 1-14-13 



The following are the valid input directives to SYSEDIT. f 



*An, nn, tvj 'rec|,ty2/rec2, . . . t 
tyn'reCjj 



*CM, tyi/reci,ty2/rec2, . ... 
tyn/recjj 

*MS, tyl/reci, ty2/rec2, .... 
tyn/rec^ 

^DELETE, tyi/reci,ty2/rec2, . • • , 
tyjvec^ 

or 

*D, tyi/reci, ty2/rec2, .... 
tyn/rec^ 



Specifies the alternate device to be used 
instead of the system device(s) for storing 
ABS, OVL, and PP tj^pe routines; nn is 
either the EST ordinal or the device type. 

Define record recj of type tyj^ as being 
central memory resident. 

Define record rec^ of type ty^^ as being 
mass storage resident. 

Delete record rec^ of type ty^ from the 
system library. Type tyj^-ULlB is 
ignored; user libraries cannot be de- 
leted. 



*FILE,lfn 
or 
*FILE,lfn. NR 



*IGNORE. tyi/reci, ty2/rec2, .... 

tyn/j'ec^ 

*PROC. reci, rec2, .... rec^ 



» . . . » 



*RENAME,oej-nej, oe2-ne2 
oen-nen 

*PPSYN, nam/namj, nam2, . . . , 



nam. 



*SC, tyi/reci,ty2/rec2, . ... 
tyn/recn 



Define file Ifn as a file containing system 
changes. If NR is not present, Ifn 
is rewound before processing. 



Do not process record rec^ of type ty^ 
when it appears on the system change 
file. 

Define record recj of type TEXT as 
procedure file. 

Rename CPU entry names oej to ne.. 



Add entries to system library to provide 
synonym nam^ for the FPU program nam. 

Define record reci of type ty; as product 
set format control cards. The control card 
parameters will be processed in product 
set formiat (refer to Control Card Format, 
section 5). 



t Refer to the CATALOG control card for record types. 



1-14-14 



60407000 D 



LOADERS 15 



System loading is done by the following loaders. 

• LINK relocatable loader 

• CDC CYBER reloc table loader 

• Absolute overlay loader (LDR) 

• Chippewa-formatted overlay loader (EXU) 

A relocatable loader provides high-speed transfer of relocatable binary programs from 
storage devices to central memory. It is called when a job requires loading of a file 
or program in relocatable format. The LINK loader is provided for compatibility 
with previous operating systems. It provides many of the features available with the 
CDC CYBER relocatable loader but differs in the following respects. 

• The LINK loader does not allow multiple sequential loads such as those 
available with the CDC CYBER loader through the LOAD card. 

• It allows only the Cnnnnnn origin optional OVERLAY directive parameter to 
specify the origin of the overlay (refer to the Loader Reference Manual). 

• It does not recognize the global library set specified by the LIBRARY control 
card. 

• It uses the first library of the global library set as an alternate default 
library. This library Is; searched after the libraries specified on the LINK 
card and the libraries specified (if any) in LDSET tables, but before the de- 
fault library SYSLIB. 

Additional information and a description of the LINK control card is discussed later 
In this section. For a complete description of the CDC CYBER loader, its control 
cards and processing, refer to Oie Loader Reference Manuiid. 

The overlay loaders provide direct transfer of absolute overlays or binary data from 
storage devices to central memoi^y. An absolute record consists of code or data that 
is not relocatable and must be loaded at specific core locations. Because the overlay 
loaders perform no address manipulation, absolute code can be loaded more rapidly 
than relocatable code. For fvirther information on the ovez-lay loaders and the LDR 
and EXU requests, refer to section 11 in volume 2 of the reference manual. 



60407000 D 1-15-1 



LINK RELOCATABLE LOADER 

The LINK relocatable loader is called by the absolute overlay loader as the result of 
a LINK call card request to load a file that is in relocatable binary format. Input to 
the LINK relocatable loader is object code generated by compilers and assemblers 
according to specifications for loader tables. Subprograms assembled or compiled 
independently, in relocatable or binary format, can be loaded and linked to each other 
or to library subroutines by the loader. The loader issues diagnostic messages to 
the dayfile and generates memory maps when requested. 

The loader can generate overlays that are written on a specified file in absolute format. 
These overlays can be loaded later by the absolute overlay loader. 

MEMORY MAP 

Following completion of loading, an optional map of the user's field length is produced 
on file OUTPUT. A full map includes: 

• Names, length, and positions of entry points with a sublist of all programs 
referencing the entry points 

• Names and locations of common blocks 

• Total length of all loaded programs and common blocks 

• Length of the loader and its tables 

• Unsatisfied external references 

Map options can be selected using the MAP control card. (Refer to Loader Reference 
Manual. ) 

LINK CARD 

The LINK control card specifies directives for the LINK loader. The LINK routine 
processes the loading of relocatable programs and generating of absolute binary files 
for present or future executuion. LINK does not load execute-only mode files. 

The control card format is: 
LINK(pj,P2, ...,Pj^) 



■^1 



p. Any of the following in any order: 

F=lfn-, Loads from file Ifn^. 

F omitted The system assumes lfn]=LGO. 

P Satisfy external references from program 

library SYSLIB. 

P=lfn2 Satisfy external references from program 

library lfn2. 

P omitted Satisfy external references from program 

library SYSLIB. 



1-15_2 60407000 D 



B 

B=lfrL3 

B=0 

B omitted 

L=lfrL4 

L=0 

L omitted 



E=name 

LO 

LO F=c. . . c 



X 



Write loaded program on file LGOB. 

Write loaded program on file lfn3. 

No loaded program to write. 

The system assumes B=0. 

Write load map on file Ifn^. 

No map 

The default file name is OUTPUT but no 
map is produced unless either errors 
occur or some map options (LO parameter) 
are explicitly selected. 

Load program with the specified entry 
point name from file Ifnj. If this option 
is selected, Ifn^ must be a user library 
file. 

Set map options S and B. 

Set map option S for statistics and errors 
and any of the following characters. 

B Block assignments 

E Entry points 

X External references and entry 

points. 

Execute loaded program. 



Since the loader resides in the program area, the user must have enough memory 
available to load the largest overlay in the file. 

Many of the options on the control card are self-explanatory; however, the following 
examples illustrate some of the features of the LINK program. 

If the user has generated a library file (refer to the description of the LIBGEN 
control card), he can load any program on that file. 

For example, assume the user has file LIBl attached to a control point. LIBl 
contains routines TESTl, TEST2, and TESTS. TESTS has the entry point TESTSE. 
The control card : 

LINK(F=LIB1, E=TEST3E, X) 

loads the routine TESTS and begins execution at entry point TESTSE. 



60407000 D 



1-15-S 



A more common example illustrates a relocatable load that generates an overlay 
using several different user libraries. The control cards: 

MAP(FULL) 

LIBRARY{M YLIBI ) 

LINK(F=BINREL, P=MYLIBO, L=MYMAP, B=BINABS) 

generate an absolute overlay format [level (0,0) unless BINREL contains overlay 
control cards specifying other levels] of file BINREL and write it on file BINABS. 
A full load map is written on file MYMAP. The externals are satisfied from libraries 
in the following order. 

MYLIBO 

LDSET tables (if any) 

M YLIBI 

SYSLIB 

NOTE 

The CDC CYBER loader does not satisfy exter- 
nals from libraries in this order. (Refer to 
Loader Reference Manual. ) 

The following example illustrates the previous example using the CDC CYBER reloca- 
table loader. The control cards: 

LIBRARY(MYLIBl) 

MAP(FULL) 

LDSET(LIB=MYLIBO, MAP=/MYMAP) 

LOAD(BINREL) 

NOGO(BINABS) 

generate an absolute overlay format of the file BINREL and write it on file BINABS, 
with map written on MYMAP. The externals are satisfied from libraries in the follow- 
ing order. 

MYLIBl 

MYLIBO 

LDSET tables (if any) 

SYSLIB 



1-15-4 



60407000 D 



CHARACTER SETS 



KRONOS 64-CHARACTER SET FOR TIME -SHARING TERMINALS 



ASCII CODE TERMINALt | 


CORRESPONDENCE CODE 


TERMINALttI 


INTERNAL 
DISPLAY CODE 
(6/12-BlT OCTAL) 


STANDARD PRINtJ 


APL PRINT 1 


STANDARD PRINT ] 


APL PRINT 1 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(8-BIT OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(8-BIT OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(7-BIT OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(7-BIT OCTAL) 


; 


072 


: 


27 6 


• 


1 53 


: 


121 


00 


A 


10 I 


A 


341 


A 


171 


A 


171 


1 


B 


102 


B 


342 


B 


166 


B 


166 


02 


C 


303 


C 


14 -.5 


C 


172 


C 


172 


03 


D 


104 


D 


344 


D 


052 


D 


052 


04 


E 


305 


E 


145 


E 


1 12 


E 


112 


5 


F 


306 


F 


146 


F 


163 


F 


163 


06 


G 


107 


G 


347 


G 


043 


G 


043 


07 


H 


1 10 


H 


350 


H 


046 


H 


046 


1 


I 


31 1 


I 


151 


I 


031 


I 


031 


1 1 


J 


312 


J 


152 


J 


103 


J 


103 


1 2 


K 


1 13 


K 


353 


K 


032 


K 


032 


13 


L 


314 


L 


154 


L 


106 


L. 


106 


14 


M 


115 


M 


355 


M 


141 


M 


141 


15 


N 


116 


N 


3561 


N 


122 


N 


122 


16 





317 





157 





105 





105 


17 


P 


120 


P 


360 


P 


013 


P 


013 


20 


Q 


321 


Q 


161 


Q 


133 


Q 


133 


21 


R 


322 


R 


162 


R 


051 


R 


051 


22 


S 


123 


S 


363 


S 


045 


S 


045 


23 


T 


324 


T 


164 


T 


002 


T 


002 


24 


U 


125 


U 


365 


U 


062 


U 


062 


25 


V 


126 


V 


366 


V 


061 


V 


061 


26 


w 


327 


w 


167 


w 


165 


w 


165 


27 


X 


330 


X 


170 


X 


142 


X 


142 


30 


Y 


131 


Y 


371 


Y 


147 


Y 


147 


31 


z 


132 


z 


372, 


z 


124 


z 


124 


32 





060 





060 





144 





144 


33 


1 


261 


1 


261 


1 


040 


1 


040 


34 


2 


262 


2 


262 


2 


020 


2 


020 


35 


3 


063 


3 


063 


3 


160 


3 


160 


36 


4 


264 


4 


264 


4 


004 


4 


004 


37 


5 


065 


5 


065 


5 


010 


5 


010 


40 


6 


066 


6 


066 


6 


130 


6 


130 


41 


7 


267 


7 


267 


7 


150 


7 


150 


42 


8 


270 


8 


270 


6 


070 


8 


070 


43 


9 


071 


9 


071 


9 


064 


9 


064 


44 


+ 


053 


+ 


055 


+ 


023 


+ 


067 


45 


- 


055 


- 


275 


- 


067 


- 


067 


46 


* 


252 


* 


120 


* 


070 


* 


013 


47 


/ 


257 


/ 


257 


/ 


007 


/ 


007 


50 


( 


050 


( 


053 


( 


064 


( 


153 


51 


) 


251 


) 


252 


) 


144 


) 


1 II 


52 


$ 


044 


$ 


176 


$ 


004 


a 


171 


53 


= 


275 


=: 


245 


= 


023 


= 


010 


54 


t THE 


. OCTAL C0D1 


ES LIS 


TED FOR ASC 


II COD 


E TERMINAL 


S ARE 


SHOWN WIT 


H EVEN '*^'" 



PARITY (NORMAL) 

tt THE OCTAL CODES LISTED FOR CORRESPONDENCE CODE TERMINALS ARE SHOWN 
WITH ODD PARITY (NORMAL) 
60407000 D 



1-A-l 



ASCII CODE TERMINAL 


CORRESPONDENCE 


CODE TERMINAL 


INTERNAL 
DISPLAY CODE 
(6/12-BIT OCTAL) 


STANDARD PRINT 


APL PRINT 


STANDARD PRINT 


APL PRINT 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(8-BIT OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(8-BIT OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 
{7-BIT OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(7-BIT OCTAL) 


(SPACE) 


240 


(SPACE) 


240 


(SPACE) 


100 


(SPACE) 


100 


55 


» 


254 


> 


254 


t 


073 


t 


073 


56 


, 


056 


, 


056 


, 


121 


, 


121 


57 


# 


243 


•• 


041 


# 


160 


•• 


040 


60 


C 


333 


C 


273 


1/4 


001 


C 


153 


6 1 


3 


335 


1 


072 


'/2 


001 


3 


III 


62 


7o 


245 


^ 


173 


% 


010 


T 


023 


63 


II 


042 


* 


050 


•• 


1 1 1 


* 


070 


64 


— 


137* 





306 





067 


_ 


163 


65 


! 


041 


V 


251 


♦ 


130 


V 


064 


66 


a 


246 


A 


137 


a 


150 


A 


144 


67 


1 


047 


1 


113 


1 


1 II 


1 


032 


70 


? 


077 


? 


321 


? 


007 


? 


1 33 


71 


< 


074 
276 
300 


^ 


243 
047 
044 


NULL 
NULL 




< 
> 

< 


160 
150 
004 


72 
73 
74 


> 


> 
< 




® 


020 


\ 


134 


\ 


077 


NULL 




\ 


007 


75 




1 


176 
273 





042 
074 


NULL 

1 




__ 


020 
073 


76 
77 




153 


I 


a 


140 
341 


NULL 
a 




NULL 

a 




NULL 
a 




7600 
7601 


101 


171 


171 


b 


342 


i 


102 


b 


166 


i 


166 


7602 


c 


143 


n 


303 


c 


172 


n 


172 


7603 


d 


344 


L 


104 


d 


052 


L 


052 


7604 


e 


145 


e 


305 


e 


112 


e 


112 


7605 


f 


146 


X 


134 


f 


163 


X 


023 


7606 


g 


347 


V 


107 


9 


043 


V 


043 


7607 


h 


350 


A 


110 


h 


046 


A 


046 


76 10 


i 


151 


\ 


311 


i 


031 


X 


031 


76 1 1 


i 


152 


o 


312 


i 


103 


o 


103 


7612 


k 

1 


353 
154 


a 


336 
314 


k 

1 


032 
106 


NULL 

o 




7613 
76 14 


106 


m 


355 


1 


115 


m 


141 


1 


141 


7615 


n 


356 


T 


116 


n 


122 


T 


122 


76 16 


o 


157 





317 





105 





105 


76 17 


P 


360 


" 


100 


P 


013 


-- 


00! 


7620 


q 


16 1 


- 


134 


q 


133 


- 


101 


7621 


r 


162 


P 


322 


r 


051 


P 


051 


762'> 


s 


363 


r 


123 


s 


045 


r 


045 


7623 


t 


164 


~ 


324 


t 


002 


~ 


002 


76 24 


u 


365 


4 


125 


u 


062 


i 


062 


76 25 


V 


366 


u 


126 


V 


061 


u 


061 


76 26 


w 


167 


01 


327 


w 


165 


u 


165 


76 27 


X 


170 


3 


330 


X 


142 


3 


142 


76 30 


y 


371 


t 


131 


y 


147 


t 


147 


7631 



3AE3A 



♦on TTY MODELS HAVING NO UNDERLINE, THE BACKARROW (H TAKES ITS PLACE 



l-A-2 



60407000 D 



ASCII CODE TERMINAL 


CORRESPONDENCE CODE 


TERMINAL | 


INTERNAL 
DISPLAY CODE 
(6/12-BIT OCTAL) 


STANDARD PRINT 


APL PRINT 1 


STANDARD PRINT 


APL PRINT 1 


CHAR. 


CODE 

(8-BIT OCTAL 


CHAR. 


CODE 
{8-BIT OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(8-BIT OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(8-BIT OCTAL) 


Z 


372 


c 


132 


Z 


124 


c 


124 


7632 


1 


173 


■ 


140 


NULL 




NULL 




7633 






1 


174 


> 


246 


t 


040 


> 


130 


7634 


i 


175 


} 


374 


NULL 




NULL 




7635 








176 


s 


175 


NULL 




NULL 




7636 






DEL 


377 


DEL 


377 


NULL 




NULL 




7637 






NUL 


000 


NUL 


000 


NUL 


075 


NUL 


075 


7640 


SOH 


201 


SOH 


201 


SOA 


166 


SOA 


166 


7641 


STX 
ETX 


202 
003 


STX 
ETX 


202 
003 


EOA 
NULL 


064 


EOA 
NULL 


064 


7642 
7643 






EOT 


204 

005 


EOT 

ENQ 

ACK 

BELL 


204 
005 

006 

207 


EOT 
NULL 

ACK 
NULL 


174 


EOT 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 


174 


7644 
7645 
7646 
7647 


ENQ 


067 




ACK 


006 
207 




BELL 






BS 


210 


BS 


210 


BS 


135 


BS 


135 


7650 


HT 


01 1 


HT 


01 1 


HT 


057 


HT 


057 


7651 


LF 


012 
213 
014 


LF 
VT 
FF 


012 
213 
014 


LF 
NULL 

NULL 


156 


LF 
NULL 
NULL 


156 


7652 
7653 
7654 


V T 






F F 






OR 


215 


CR 


215 


CR 


155 


CR 


155 


7655 


SO 


216 


SO 


216 


UCS 


034 


UCS 


034 


7656 


SI 
DLE 
DCI 


017 
220 
021 


SI 
DLE 
DCI 


017 
220 
021 


LCS 
NULL 
NULL 


037 


LCS 
NULL 
NULL 


037 


7657 
7660 

7661 










DC2 


022 


DC2 


022 


NULL 




NULL 




7662 






DC 3 


023 


DC3 


023 


NULL 




NULL 




7663 






DC4 


024 


DC 4 


024 


STO 


054 


STO 


064 


7664 


NAK 


225 


NAK 


225 


NAK 


001 


NAK 


001 


7665 


SYN 


226 


SYN 


226 


XL 


075 


IL 


075 


7666 


ETB 


027 


ETB 


027 


EOB 


136 


EOB 


136 


7667 


CAN 

EM 

SUB 


030 

231 
232 


CAN 

EM 
SUB 


030 
231 
232 


DEL 
NULL 
NULL 


177 


DEL 
NULL 
NULL 


137 


7670 
7671 
7672 










ESC 
FS 
GS 


033 

234 
035 


ESC 
FS 

GS 


033 
234 
035 


PF 

NULL 

NULL 


076 


PF 
NULL 
NULL 


076 


7673 
7674 
7675 










RS 

US 

NULL 

® 


036 
237 


RS 

US 

NULL 

< 


036 
237 


NULL 

NULL 

NULL 

® 




NULL 
NULL 
NULL 

< 




7676 
7677 
7400 
7401 










300 


044 


020 


004 


/s 


176 


— 


042 


NULL 




.— 


020 


7402 




NULL 
NULL 




NULL 
NULL 




CNL 

NULL 


001 


CNL 
NULL 


001 


7403 
7404 


NULL 
NULL 




NULL 
NULL 




NULL 
NULL 




NULL 
NULL 




7405 
7406 


NULL 





NULL 




NULL 




NULL 




7407 



60407000 D 



l-A-3 



KRONOS 63 -CHARACTER SET FOR TIME-SHARING TERMINALS 



ASCII CODE TERMINALt | 


CORRESPONDENCE 


CODE 


TERMlNALttI 


INTERNAL 
DISPLAY CODE 
(6/12-BIT OCTAL) 


STANDARD PRINT~1 


APL PRINT 1 


STANDARD PRINT 1 


APL PRINT ! 


CHAR. 


CODE 

(8-BST OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(8-BIT OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(7-BlT OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 1 
(7- BIT OCTAL)] 


NULL 
A 




NULL 
A 




NULL 
A 




NULL 
A 




00 
1 


101 


341 


171 


171 


B 


102 


B 


342 


B 


166 


B 


166 


02 


C 


303 


C 


143 


C 


172 


C 


172 


03 


D 


104 


D 


344 


D 


052 


D 


052 


04 


E 


305 


E 


145 


E 


112 


E 


112 


5 


F 


306 


F 


146 


F 


163 


F 


163 


6 


G 


107 


G 


347 


6 


043 


6 


043 


07 


H 


1 10 


H 


350 


H 


046 


H 


046 


1 


I 


311 


I 


151 


1 


031 


I 


031 


1 1 


J 


312 


J 


152 


vl 


103 


J 


103 


1 2 


K 


1 13 


K 


353 


K 


032 


K 


032 


13 


L 


314 


L 


154 


L 


106 


L 


106 


14 


M 


115 


M 


355 


M 


141 


M 


141 


15 


N 


116 


N 


356 


N 


122 


N 


122 


16 





317 





157 





105 





105 


17 


P 


120 


P 


360 


P 


013 


P 


01 3 


20 


Q 


321 


Q 


161 


Q 


133 


Q 


133 


21 


R 


322 


R 


162 


R 


051 


R 


051 


22 


S 


123 


S 


363 


S 


045 


S 


045 


23 


T 


324 


T 


164 


T 


002 


T 


002 


24 


U 


125 


U 


365 


U 


062 


U 


062 


25 


V 


126 


V 


366 


V 


061 


V 


061 


26 


w 


327 


w 


167 


w 


165 


w 


165 


27 


X 


330 


X 


170 


X 


142 


X 


142 


30 


Y 


131 


Y 


371 


Y 


147 


Y 


147 


31 


z 


132 


z 


372 


z 


124 


z 


124 


32 





060 





060 





144 





144 


33 


1 


261 


1 


261 


1 


040 


1 


040 


34 


2 


262 


2 


262 


2 


020 


2 


020 


35 


3 


063 


3 


063 


3 


160 


3 


160 


36 


4 


264 


4 


264 


4 


004 


4 


004 


37 


5 


065 


5 


065 


5 


010 


5 


010 


40 


6 


066 


6 


066 


6 


130 


6 


130 


41 


7 


267 


7 


267 


7 


150 


7 


150 


42 


8 


270 


8 


270 


8 


070 


8 


070 


43 


9 


071 


9 


071 


9 


064 


9 


064 


44 


+ 


053 


+ 


055 


+ 


023 


+ 


067 


45 


- 


055 


- 


275 


- 


067 


- 


067 


46 


* 


252 


* 


120 


* 


070 


* 


013 


47 


/ 


257 


/ 


257 


/ 


007 


/ 


007 


50 


( 


050 


( 


053 


( 


064 


( 


153 


51 


) 


251 


) 


252 


) 


144 


) 


1 II 


52 


$ 


44 


$ 


176 


$ 


004 


a 


171 


53 


= 


275 


= 


245 


= 


023 


= 


010 


54 



l-A-4 



t THE OCTAL CODES LISTED FOR ASCII CODE TERMINALS 
PARITY (NORMAL) 

tt THE OCTAL CODES LISTED FOR CORRESPONDENCE CODE 
WITH ODD PARITY (NORMAL) 



ARE SHOWN WITH EVEN 
TERMINALS ARE SHOWN 



60407000 D 



ASCII CODE TERMINAL 


CORRESPONDENCE CODE 


TERMINAL 


INTERNAL 
DISPLAY CODE 
(6/12-BIT OCTAL) 


STANDARD PRINT 


APL PRiNT 


STANDARD PRINT 


APL PRINT 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(8-BlT OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(8-BIT OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(7-BIT OCTAL) 


CHAR. 


CODE 
(7-BIT OCTAL) 


(SPACE) 


240 


(SPACE 


240 


(SPACE) 


100 


(SPACE) 


100 


55 


, 


254 


1 


254 


» 


073 


. 


073 


56 




056 




056 


• 


121 


. 


121 


57 


M 


042 


•■ 


041 


•■ 


1 II 


•• 


040 


60 


C 


333 


C 


273 


1/4 


001 


C 


153 


6 1 


3 


335 


3 


072 


Vz 


001 


3 


III 


62 




072 


; 


276 


; 


153 


; 


121 


63 


' 


047 


I 


1 13 


1 


1 1 1 


1 


032 


64 


a 


246 


X 


134 


a 


150 


X 


023 


65 


CR 

I.F 


215 

012 


CR 

LF 


2)5 

012 


NULL 

LF 




NULL 
LF 




66 
67 


156 


156 


t 
# 


336 

243 





042 
336 


NULL 
# 




» 


020 
070 


70 
71 


t 


160 


it 




074 
276 




243 
047 


NULL 
NULL 
NULL 




< 

> 

NULL 


160 

1 50 


72 
73 
74 


> 

(ESC 1) 


< 




> 

NULL 












7 


077 


? 


321 


7 


007 


? 


133 


75 


(ESC 2) 




NULL 




NULL 




NULL 




76 










; 


273 


; 


074 


t 


153 


1 


073 


77 


NULL 

a 




NULL 
a 




NULL 
a 




NULL 
a 




7600 
7601 


341 


10 1 


171 


171 


b 


342 


1 


102 


b 


166 


i 


166 


7602 


c 


143 


n 


303 


c 


172 


n 


172 


7603 


d 


344 


L 


104 


d 


052 


L 


052 


7604 


e 


145 


e 


305 


e 


112 


€ 


112 


7605 


f 


146 


A 


137 


f 


163 


__ 


163 


7606 


g 


347 


V 


107 


g 


043 


V 


043 


7607 


h 


350 


A 


110 


h 


046 


A 


046 


76 10 


i 


151 


X 


31 1 


i 


03 1 


\ 


031 


76 1 1 


i 


152 


o 


312 


i 


103 


o 


103 


7612 


k 


353 


— 


100 


K 


032 


< 


004 


7613 


1 


154 


D 


314 


1 


106 


D 


106 


76 14 


nn 


355 


— 


134 


m 


141 


1 


141 


76 15 


n 


356 


T 


116 


n 


122 


T 


122 


76 16 





157 





317 





105 





105 


76 17 


P 


360 


< 


044 


P 


013 


> 


130 


7620 


q 


161 


> 


246 


q 


133 


? 


133 


7621 


r 


162 


P 


322 


r 


051 


P 


051 


7622 


s 


363 


r 


123 


s 


045 


r 


045 


7623 


+ 


164 


^ 


050 


t 


002 


~ 


002 


7624 


u 


365 


i 


125 


u 


062 


i 


062 


76 25 


V 


366 


u 


126 


V 


061 


u 


061 


76 26 


w 


167 


(1) 


327 


w 


165 


Ol 


165 


76 27 


X 


170 


3 


330 


X 


142 


3 


142 


76 30 


y 


371 


t 


131 


y 


147 


t 


147 


76 31 



60407000 D 



l-A-5 



ASCII CODE TERMINAL 



STANDARD PRINT 



CHAR. 



(8. 



CODE 
Bit OCTAL) 



APL PRINT 



CHAR. 



(8-1 



CODE 
BIT OCTAL) 



CORRESPONDENCE CODE TERMINAL 



STANDARD PRINT 



CHAR. 



CODE 
(8-BIT OCTAL) 



APL PRINT 



CHAR. 



CODE 
(8-BlT OCTAL) 



INTERNAL 
DISPLAY CODE 
(6/12-BIT OCTAL) 



z 
DLE 
BELL 
DC2 
ETX 
DC4 
NAK 
SYN 
ETB 
CAN 

EM 

VT 

SON 

I 

SI 

BS 

HT 
EOT 

6S 
NUL 

FF 

SO 
STX 

f 

SUB 
ACK 

a 
\ 



# 

FS 

RS 
DEL 

US 

NL 
ESC 
NULL 

Q 

% 

a^ 

X-ON 

X-OFF 

ENQ 



372 

220 

207 

022 

003 

024 

225 

226 

027 

030 

231 

213 

201 

041 

017 

210 

Oil 

204 

035 

000 

014 

216 

202 

173 

175 

232 

006 

246 

134 

174 

176 

243 

234 

036 

377 

237 

033 

300 

245 

140 

137 t 

021 

223 

005 



c 
DLE 
BELL 
DC2 
ETX 
DC4 
NAK 
SYN 
ETB 
CAN 

EM 

VT 
SOH 

V 

SI 

BS 

HT 
EOT 

6S 
NUL 

FF 

SO 
STX 

} 

SUB 
ACK 
NULL 

\ 

I 

NULL 
FS 
RS 
DEL 
US 
NL 
ESC 
NULL 



X-ON 

X-OFF 

ENQ 



132 
220 
207 
022 
003 
024 
225 
226 
027 
030 
231 
213 
201 
251 
017 
210 
01 1 
204 
035 
000 
014 
216 
202 
140 
374 
232 
006 

077 
I 15 
324 

234 
036 
377 
237 

033 

175 
173 
335 
306 
021 
223 
005 



z 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 

BS 

HT 
NULL 
NULL 

NUL 



NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 

NULL 

NULL 

NULL 

t 

± 

NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 

NL 
MULL 
NULL 

Q 

Vo 

NULL 

NULL 
NULL 
NULL 



124 



135 
057 



075 
073 
I 2 I 



130 
040 



155 



020 
010 

067 



c 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 

BS 

HT 
NULL 
NULL 

NUL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 



NULL 
NULL 
NULL 

\ 

I 

NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 

NL 
NULL 
NULL 

A 

V 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 
NULL 



124 



135 
057 



075 



00 1 
101 



007 
141 
002 



155 



144 
023 
064 



7632 

7633 

7634 

7635 

7636 

7637 

7640 

7641 

7642 

7643 

7644 

7645 

7646 

7647 

7650 

7651 

7652 

7653 

7654 

7655 

7656 

7657 

7660 

7661 

7662 

7663 

7664 

7665 

7666 

7667 

76 70 

7671 

7672 

7673 

7674 

7675 

7676 

7677 

7400 

7401 

7402 

7403 

7404 

7405 

7406 

7407 



3AE6A 



t ON TTY MODELS HAVING NO UNDERLINE, THE BACKARROW ( — ) TAKES ITS PLACE. 



l-A-6 



60407000 D 



KRONOS STANDARD CHARACTER SET 



CDC 
GRAPHIC 


ASCII 

GRAPHIC 

SUBSET 


DISPLAY 
CODE 


HOLLERITH 
PUNCH 
(026) 


EXTERNAL 

BCD 

CODE 


ASCII 

PUNCH 
(029) 


ASCII 
CODE 


:t 


• 


001 


8-2 


00 


8-2 


3A 


A 


A 


1 


12-1 


6 1 


12-1 


41 


B 


B 


2 


12-2 


62 


12-2 


42 


C 


C 


03 


12-3 


63 


12-3 


43 


D 


D 


04 


12-4 


64 


12-4 


44 


E 


E 


5 


12-5 


65 


12-5 


45 


F 


F 


6 


12-6 


66 


12-6 


46 


G 


G 


07 


12-7 


67 


12-7 


47 


H 


H 


1 


12-8 


70 


12-8 


48 


1 


1 


1 1 


12-9 


7! 


12-9 


49 


J 


J 


12 


ll-l 


41 


ll-l 


4A 


K 


K 


13 


11-2 


42 


11-2 


48 


L 


L 


14 


11-3 


43 


11-3 


4C 


M 


M 


15 


11-4 


44 


11-4 


4D 


N 


N 


16 


11-5 


45 


11-5 


4E 








17 


11-6 


46 


11-6 


4F 


P 


P 


20 


M-7 


47 


M-7 


50 





Q 


21 


11-8 


50 


11-8 


51 


R 


R 


22 


11-9 


51 


11-9 


52 


S 


S 


23 


0-2 


22 


0-2 


53 


T 


T 


24 


0-3 


23 


0-3 


54 


U 


U 


25 


0-4 


24 


0-4 


55 


V 


V 


26 


0-5 


25 


0-5 


56 


w 


w 


2 7 


0-6 


26 


0-6 


57 


X 


X 


30 


0-7 


27 


0-7 


58 


Y 


Y 


31 


0-8 


30 


0-8 


59 


z 


Z 


32 


0-9 


31 


0-9 


5A 








33 





12 





30 


1 


1 


34 


1 


01 


1 


31 


2 


2 


35 


2 


02 


2 


32 


3 


3 


36 


3 


03 


3 


33 


4 


4 


37 


4 


04 


4 


34 


5 


5 


40 


5 


05 


5 


35 



t TWELVE OR MORE ZERO BITS AT THE END OF A 60- BIT WORD ARE 
INTERPRETED AS END-OF-LINE MARK RATHER THAN TWO COLONS. 
END-OF-LINE MARK IS CONVERTED TO EXTERNAL BCD 1632. 

60407000 D 



3AEI3A 



l-A-7 





ASCII 




HOLLERITH 


EXTERNAL 


ASCII 




CDC 


GRAPHIC 


DISPLAY 


PUNCH 


BCD 


PUNCH 


ASCII 


GRAPHIC 


SUBSET 


CODE 


(026) 


CODE 


(029) 


CODE 


6 


6 


41 


6 


06 


6 


36 


7 


7 


42 


7 


07 


7 


37 


8 


8 


43 


8 


10 


8 


38 


9 


9 


44 


9 


1 1 


9 


39 


+ 


+ 


45 


12 


60 


12-8-6 


2B 


- 


- 


46 


1 1 


40 


1 1 


2D 


X 


m 


47 


1 1-8-4 


54 


11-8-4 


2A 


1 


/ 


50 


0-1 


21 


0-1 


2F 


( 


{ 


51 


0-8-4 


34 


12-8-5 


28 


) 


) 


52 


12-8-4 


74 


11-8-5 


29 


$ 


$ 


53 


11-8-3 


53 


1 1-8-3 


24 


s 


s 


54 


8-3 


13 


8-6 


3D 


BLANK 


BLANK 


5 5 


NO PUNCH 


20 


NO PUNCH 


20 


.(COMMA) 


.(COMMA) 


56 


0-8-3 


33 


0-8-3 


2C 


.(PERIOD) 


.(PERIOD) 


57 


12-8-3 


73 


12-8-3 


2E 


= 


# 


60 


0-8-6 


36 


8-3 


23 


c 


C 


61 


8-7 


17 


12-8-2 


5B 


] 


3 


6 2 


0-8-2 


32 


11-8-2 


5D 


%tt 


% 


63 


8-6 


16 


0-8-4 


25 


9t 


" (QUOTE) 


64 


8-4 


14 


8-7 


22 


— 


_ (UNDERLINE) 


65 


0-8-5 


35 


0-8-5 


5F 


V 


! 


66 


ll-O 


52 


12-8-7 


21 


A 


a 


6 7 


0-8-7 


37 


12 


26 


t 


'(APOSTROPHE) 


7 


1 1-8-5 


55 


8-5 


27 


\ 


? 


71 


11-8-6 


56 


0-8-7 


3F 


< 


< 


72 


12-0 


72 


12-8-4 


3C 


> 


> 


73 


11-8-7 


57 


0-8-6 


3E 


< 


& 


7 4 


8-6 


15 


8-4 


40 


> 


\ 


75 


12-8-5 


75 


0-8-2 


5C 


-» 


^(CIRCUMFLEX) 


76 


12-8-6 


76 


11-8-7 


5E 


|: (SEMICOLON) 


; (SEMICOLON) 


77 


12-8-7 


77 


11-8-6 


3B 



3AE6A 

it IN INSTALLATIONS USING THE CDC 63 -GRAPHIC SET, DISPLAY CODE 00 HAS NO ASSOCIATED 
GRAPHIC OR HOLLERITH CODE; DISPLAY CODE 63 IS THE COLON (8-2 PUNCH). THE 
SELECTION OF THE 63- OR 64-CHARACTER SET FOR TAPES IS AN INSTALLATION OPTION. 



l-A-8 



60407000 D 



ASCII/DISPLAY CODE AND EBCDIC /DISPLAY CODE CONVERSION 



DISPLAY 
CODE 


ASCII 


EBCDIC I 


UPPERCASE 


LOWERCASE 


UPPERCASE 


LOWERCASE I 


OCTAL 


CHAR 


CHAR 


HEX 


CHAR 


HEX 


CHAR 


HEX 


CHAR 


HEX 


00 


'. 


•_ 


3A 


SUB 


lA 


[ 


7A 


SUB 


3F 


01 


A 


A 


41 


a 


61 


A 


CI 


a 


81 


02 


B 


B 


42 


b 


62 


B 


C2 


b 


82 


03 


C 


C 


43 


c 


63 


C 


C3 


c 


83 


04 


D 


D 


44 


d 


64 


D 


C4 


d 


84 


05 


E 


E 


45 


e 


65 


E 


C5 


e 


85 


06 


F 


F 


46 


f 


66 


F 


C6 


f 


86 


07 


G 


6 


47 


g 


67 


6 


C7 


9 


87 


10 


H 


H 


48 


h 


68 


H 


C8 


h 


88 


1 1 


I 


I 


49 


i 


69 


I 


C9 


i 


89 


12 


J 


J 


4A 


J 


6A 


J 


01 


J 


91 


13 


K 


K 


48 


k 


68 


K 


D2 


k 


92 


14 


L 


L 


4C 


1 


6C 


L 


03 


1 


93 


15 


M 


M 


4D 


m 


6D 


M 


D4 


m 


94 


16 


N 


N 


4E 


n 


6E 


N 


D5 


n 


95 


17 








4F 





6F 





06 





96 


20 


P 


P 


50 


P 


70 


P 


07 


P 


97 


21 


Q 


Q 


51 


q 


71 


Q 


08 


q 


98 


22 


R 


R 


52 


r 


72 


R 


09 


r 


99 


23 


S 


S 


53 


s 


73 


S 


E2 


s 


A2 


24 


T 


T 


54 


t 


74 


T 


E3 


t 


A3 


25 


U 


U 


55 


u 


75 


U 


E4 


u 


A4 


26 


V 


V 


56 


V 


76 


V 


E5 


V 


A5 


27 


w 


w 


57 


w 


77 


w 


E6 


w 


AS 


30 


X 


X 


58 


X 


78 


X 


E7 


X 


A7 


31 


Y 


Y 


59 


y 


79 


Y 


E8 


y 


A8 


32 


Z 


z 


5 A 


z 


7A 


z 


E9 


z 


A9 


33 








30 


DLE 


10 





FO 


DLE 


10 


34 


1 


1 


31 


DCI 


II 


1 


Fl 


DCI 


1 1 


35 


2 


2 


32 


DC2 


12 


2 


F2 


DC2 


12 


36 


3 


3 


33 


DC3 


13 


3 


F3 


TM 


13 


37 


4 


4 


34 


DC 4 


14 


4 


F4 


0C4 


3C 



3AETA 



60407000 D 



l-A-9 



OISP 
CO 


LAY 
DE 


ASCII 


EBCDIC 1 


UPPERCASE 


LOWERCASE 


uppIrcase I 


LOWERCASE | 


OCTAL 


CHAR 


CHAR 


HEX 


CHAR 


HEX 


CHAR 


HEX 


CHAR 


HEX 


40 


5 


5 


35 


NAK 


15 


5 


F5 


NAK 


3D 


41 


6 


6 


36 


SYN 


16 


6 


F6 


SYN 


32 


42 


7 


7 


37 


ETB 


17 


7 


F7 


ETB 


26 


43 


8 


8 


38 


CAN 


18 


8 


F8 


CAN 


18 


44 


9 


9 


39 


EM 


19 


9 


F9 


EM 


19 


45 


+ 


+ 


2B 


VT 


OB 


+ 


4E 


VT 


OB 


46 


- 


- 


20 


CR 


OD 


- 


60 


CR 


OD 


47 


¥ti 


^ 


2A 


LF 


OA 


m 


5C 


LF 


25 


50 


/ 


/ 


2F 


SI 


OF 


/ 


61 


SI 


OF 


51 


{ 


( 


28 


BS 


08 


( 


4D 


BS 


16 


52 


) 


) 


29 


HT 


09 


) 


5D 


HT 


05 


53 


$ 


$ 


24 


EOT 


04 


$ 


5B 


EOT 


37 


54 


:= 


1= 


3D 


6S 


ID 


= 


7E 


IGS 


ID 


55 


SP 


SP 


20 


NUL 


00 


SP 


40 


NUL 


00 


56 


« 


» 


2C 


FF 


OC 


1 


6B 


FF 


OC 


57 


, 


« 


2E 


SO 


OE 


. 


4B 


SO 


OE 


60 


= 


# 


23 


ETX 


03 


# 


7B 


ETX 


03 


61 


c 


c 


5B 


FS 


IC 


(t 


4 A 


IPS 


IC 


62 


] 


] 


5D 


SOH 


01 


! 


5A 


SOH 


01 


63 


7o 


% 


25 


ENQ 


05 


% 


6C 


ENQ 


2D 


64 


9t 


II 


22 


STX 


02 


II 


7F 


STX 


02 


65 


r 


_M 


5F 


DEL 


7F 





6D 


DEL 


07 


66 


V 


! 


21 


1 


7D 


1 


4F 




DO 


67 


A 


a 


26 


ACK 


06 


a 


50 


ACK 


2E 


70 


t 


1 


27 


BEL 


07 


' 


7D 


BEL 


2F 


71 


i 


? 


3F 


US 


IF 


? 


6F 


I US 


IF 


72 


< 


< 


3C 


{ 


7B 


< 


4C 




CO 


73 


> 


> 


3E 


RS 


IE 


> 


6E 


IRS 


IE 


74 


< 


& 


40 


X 


60 


@ 


7C 


N 


79 


75 


> 


\ 


5C 


1 


7C 


\ 


EC 


1 


6A 


76 


-, 


A 


5E 


*W 


7E 


—I 


5F 


.F>rf 


A! 


77 


1 


• 
I 


3B 


ESC 


IB 


1 


5E 


ESC 


27 




















3AE8A 



1-A-lO 



60407000 D 



CARRIAGE CONTROL CHARACTERS 



CHARACTER 


COMMAND 


SPACE 


SINGLE SPACE 


1 


EJECT PAGE BEFORE PRINT 





SKIP ONE LINE BEFORE PRINT (DOUBLE SPACE) 


- 


SKIP TWO LINES BEFORE PRINT (TRIPLE SPACE) 


+ 


SUPPRESS SPACE BEFORE PRINT 


/ 


SUPPRESS SPACE AFTER PRINT 


2 


SKIP TO LAST LINE OF FORM BEFORE PRINT 


8 


SKIP TO FORMAT CHANNEL 1 BEFORE PRINT t 


7 


SKIP TO FORMAT CHANNEL 2 BEFORE PRINT t 


6 


SKIP TO FORMAT CHANNFI 3 BEFORE PRINT t 


5 


SKIP TO FORMAT CHANNEL 4 BEFORE PRINT t 


4 


SKIP TO FORMAT CHANNEL 5 BEFORE PRINT t 


3 


SKIP TO FORMAT CHANNEL 6 BEFORE PRINT t 


H 


SKIP TO FORMAT CHANNEL I AFTER PRINT 


6 


SKIP TO FORMAT CHANNEL 2 AFTtR PRINT 


F 


SKIP TO FORMAT CHANNEL 3 AFTtR PRINT 


E 


SKIP TO FORMAT CHANNEL 4 Ah ThR PRINT 


D 


SKIP TO FORMAT CHANNEL 5 AFTER PRINT 


C 


SKIP TO FORMAT CHANNEL 6 AFTER PRINT 


Q 


CLEAR AUTO EJECT; REMAINDER OF LINE IS 




NOT PRINTED 


R 


SET AUTO EJECT; REMAINDER OF LINE IS 
NOT PRINTED 


S 


SELECT 6 LINES/INCH; tt REMAINDER OF 
LINE IS NOT PRINTED 


T 


SELECT 8 LINES/INCH; 1 1 REMAINDER OF 
LINE IS NOT PRINTED 



3AE9A 



fNo space after print. For all other control characters, a line 
feed is issued after print. 

■ft Used only on the 512 and 580 line printers. The deselection of 
auto eject mode on a 512 or 580 line printer results in the 
deselection of 8 lines per inch, if previously selected. 



60407000 D 



1-A-ll 



DAYFILE MESSAGES B 



This appendix contains an alphabetical listing of the messages which may appear in a 
user's dayfile. Lowercase characters are used to identify variable names or fields. 
If the first word or characters are variable, the message is listed according to the 
second word. For example, the message: 

pfn ALREADY PERMANENT, AT nnn. 

is listed alphabetically with the messages beginning with the letter A. This is done 
because the variable pfn (permanent file nanae) may change each time the message is 
issued. All messages beginning with numbers follow the alphabetical listing. 

The CIO and PFM file processors utilize the file environment table (FET) as a communi- 
cation area to contain Information about the requests of a user's job. Higher level 
languages (COBOL, FORTRAN, etc. ) automatically establish and use these areas but the 
COMPASS programnier must define the FET. (Refer to volume 2 for detailed infor- 
mation on the FET. ) CIO and PFM error messages contain the address, nnn, of the 
FET associated with the request and the logical file name, fff, from word zero of the 
table (FET+0). 

When the error processing (ep) bit is set in word 1 of the FET, status information is 
returned by the function processor when an abnormal situation or error occurs. The 
abnormal termination codes are returned to bits 10 through 13 of word zero of the FET 
(bits 10 through 17 of PFM). Following the alphabetical listing of messages Is a list 
of LFM and PFM error codes and explanations. Also Included at the end of this sec- 
tion is a table summary of the action taken by PFM when an error is detected while 
reading mass storage. 



60407000 D 1-B-l 



a c 

"it 

^§ 

■kJ CO 

a> «> 
So w 

09 CO 2 



as 






o 
v 



DO 

a 

Q* til w . 



-H am 
^ o o 



c 



B 



I <u 



•a <* 






CD 



U 



C CQ 

—I m 

f 3 

a, « 




U 
O 



o o 



I& 



«5 
•-< 

BO 

>■«: 

O 3 

•-< 3 

o S 

0) u 

-< 4) 
^^ 



I 
H a 



3 



B 
3 
O 

"Ha 






BD 

s 



5 

CO 

a 



IMC 
C O 



^« 

•ga 



It 

01 
(B.2 



V '3 



i-iS 



00.2 



XI 

o 

01 



bo 
B 



s .y 



§ . 



°c3 .2 ™ 



5 

O 

6 

B 
O 
o 



J 

b 



VI 



O 



H 

En 



a 

a 
■§ 



ti 


■fl 




H 


o 


v 


n 


B 


X 


Id 




B 


to 




a 


n 

0) 


i 


m 


t, 




v 


Tl 


-a 

c 


cs 


■s 


1 







'-' ^ H-l 

VI v|-' 



■o 

•« 
e 

O 

a HH " 

03 CO f^ 






<u 



KBSi 

EH-I I—' 
feO 





sS§ 


2 




vivl 




Si 


HH^ 


i 




m CO f-< 






KK p 


y 


^ 


EEo 


5,' 


X) 




u 






3 

K 











Cci 






























Ol 




















































U 




. 


K 
Q 


m 


^ 


m 
O 


o 


o 


2 


2 


o 

l-t 





2 


U 


H 


u 


d, 


J 


K 


m 


H 


u 


o 


o 


o 


u 


u 


u 


H 






0) 



s 















c 


H 










< 








c 
c 










M 


a 








f) 


M 








Z 


^ 








<; 


< 






• 








« 
n 


a 
o 


O 




K 


OS 

u 

m 


8 

CO 


D 
< 


K 
O 
K 
K 


H 

w 




CO 




U 


« 


(E 


<; 


. 


& 


O 


Q 




n 


CT 


D 


D 


P 


K 


(C 


< 


<: 


o. 


< 


<: 







>, 
























Q 






O 

SI 


^ 




> 
i 

CJ 






H 


^ 




K 


>. 






H 




K 


<: 




O 






(S 


>< 


M 


K 


K 


» 
K 


i 


U 


U 


Ui 


B 


g 




H 


Q 


g 


K 


<! 


< 


a 


m 





H 








<! 








§ 








•J 








a 








m 








K 




i 




» 


H 


H 




iJ 


< 


<l 




i 


s 


g 




H 


p5 






s 


g 


rr! 




K 





m 


H 


o 


05 


M 


< 


DS 


K 






K 


W 


M 


a 


U 


93 


o 


<t 


H 


H 


M 


u 


J5 


O 


p 


ft. 


^ 


Z 


nf 


< 


o 


H 


fn 


H 


o 


iJ 


CO 


M 


u: 


M 


us 


<: 




8 


8 


a 


J 


J 


►4 


M 


m 


n 


03 



1 


5 






<! 


S 




• 

05 


s 


rf 




o 

03 


B 




• 

a 




w 


S 




a 


w 
p 


g 
^ 


^, 






i;^ 


6 


o 


B 


W 


< 


o: 

< 


H 


H 








n 


K 


(K 


M 


H 


a 


M 


8 




In 


tn 


H 


fa 


fe 


J 


O 


p 


P 


n 


m 


ca 


03 






H 



P 
P3 



l-B-2 



60407000 D 



0) 

I « 

B 

■S o 

03 

rt ™ 

5 c 

a 

u o 

OJ 

S I" 

h ■» 
Mm 

<L> 



11) g 

a g 

^o 
-. "" . 

C , 0) 



to 

Eh 

s 
J 
o 



o 
a 
o. 


2 


(0 


o 




si 




m 




X 




■n 






01 


c 


.a 


o 




B 


0) 









rl 




6(1 


t) 




O 



•3 



a) 01 

•o ■'■' "J 

iri I" a " 

S3 " -3 " 

o 'S b "i 

S £ " *- 

&^:t: Si 

*" c :S 

HO, is H 






a. S3 o 



ai 

V 

> 
•-ci 
o 
aj 

Li 
-3 

B 

B 
o 

» 

o 

W 



go 
m M 
— I -t-> 

o 6 
<.£ 



bo 


^^ 
ct) 

<» 
u 

m 

"t. 
(i> 
m 

3^ 

£ C 

o 

a n 

•^ o 

QJ 
I" 

0] <U 
03 Ci 
m S 

3i 

01 -M 
OO 

4-* 

<u o 

(^ (< 

..-I •*-* 

■a c 

a o 



.2 o 



•3 

S 
u 


a 



^ a 



o 



3 . 



s 



a 
(« 

<u 

M 

fcl 
.s 



o -o 
a 

a "! 
d 



■a S3 
o 

0) a 

a (U 

■"' o 
■o S 

(U -^ 

"§ 



QJ S ^ 0> 

QJ R g 41 

"3. . o- "3. 

S § "■ fi 

Co > 

C ^ ^ C 



BO 



W 
<; 
H" 
en 
M a 

a 

£ QJ 



§« 



O 



■a (U 1= 



J3 o a 

C o g- 
C ^ 



u .a 

I -t-> -O 



(J 



QJ 



uf^ a 

QJ o 






S QJ 



6 "S 



3 



j3 "■ 



- ti 

en 

■I 
u 
ni 
IE 



^ OJ 

5» 05 






J3 . 

"■s 

■a.° 



•gJ 



£ -M 



3 
QJ OJ 

rB Q> 



-ts " 






"•a 
OJ a 



a 

H oo 
ad:::! 



to QJ 

<" 'S 

-t^ Co 

a a 

T3 -JJ 

a 7} 



0) u 

a 01 
m g 

01 ol 

(^ T3 

QJ 

-tJ ■*-» 

a o 

o -w 

(X 0) 

o 

QJ H 

Sen 
W 

^ cc • 

OJ QJ 

S !H::d 
>>a 

* is -^ 

a 2' o 
o g a 

2«| 

■" a "" 

^J 0) iS 

'*"^ a o 
m 0) 0) 

^ ^ ra 

ca "> 0, 

6f35 

•r" -M Tj 

fa a 01 
5 o OJ 



< 
H 

CO 

W 



s 


■3 






01 


n 


■V 








<u 





u 


c 


X 




Ql 


f.. 




ai 






B 




QJ 





a i5 



SI a 
3 3 

cr- o 



.2 ™ 



-a 
01 

01 

QJ 

& 
0) 



a 


S.H 











J3 


a 









m 




01 




» 


Sh 


S 














0} 





(O 


w 





H 










a, 


£ 


CO 


>, 


fi 






■a 

OJ 


^Ti 


id 


TO Q) 






a o 

al 



OS 

J3 



O 
a. 



QJ 

O nl 

■o 

I" 
§•2 



QJ 



QJ 



J3 
H S 



ii „ -O 

•Sea 



3 £ 



OJ 

•a 
a 
o 
J 



-H "^ 

a =' 
S.2 



^-( 







u 


01 


01 

3 


4J 




ti 
3 


£ 


a 


J= 



B 



o> .:: 



a 
o 
o 

QJ 

H 



fa y Ik, 



a, 



o 



w 


H 


w 













H 


K 


CC 


D5 


ll< 


^ 




S 


g 








U 


U 



0- 



PC 
< 
H 

m 

W 
CC 

p 



^ s 



o 



K 
< 
H 

W 






u 

E-< 



OT 


m 


t.l 


Ik 


H 


<y 



0. 



a 
a 
a 

H 
< 



o 

05 
O 
05 
K 

W 

Q 
K 

o 

o 

H 
Z 
O 
U 

05 

w 
m 







a 


















g 


a 


^ 














H 


a 


c 














< 


H 


H 






K 









OT 


<! 


< 






fa 

H 

fa 




a 






a 










(jj 


fe 


w 


w. 






K 


hJ 




Ql 






a 






Hi 




03 

fll 


1 


1 









H 


S 




ri 


t§ 


i« 


H 






H 







rt 


b 





U 


, 


>-! 


<! 


u 




0; 
0< 


fa 


^ 


2 
t2 


Q 
fa 


03 


<! 


a 




05 


0; 


fa 


H 


m 


a 




H 


fa 


fa 


►J 


K 




1^ 




< 


U 

Q 


8 


8 


< 

fa 




m 

<! 

fa 


fa 

E 
fa 


fa 
J 
J 

fa 


H 
2 


p 


hJ 


J 


2 











M 


m 


<! 


< 


2 


K 


B5 


03 







u 


H 


H 




<1 


< 


^ 


fa 


-Fi 


<; 


< 


hC 


K 


« 


S 


a 


a 


u 


U 


u 


U 


U 


u 


u 



o 

H 

Q 
fa 

fa 
J 
fa 

o 
u 

1 

a 

H 
2 

O 
fa 

U 



o 

05 
05 
fa 

fa 

J 

fa 

H 
2 

s 

fa 

(J 

w 
ffi 
u 











fa 

































P5 
















05 
















fa 




H 










>i 


H 








, 






05 


2 




,S 




Q 






<l 


fa 




t-J 


Q 


2 






05 


■3 


03 




2 


,>r; 






M 


p 


n 


H 


P 


u 
fa 




Q 
fa 


J 



0: 


03 
05 


2 
fa 




fa 


H 




2 


< 


fa 


1^ 


^H 




2 


H 


g 


H 



D 
03 


Q 
K 






2 


H 


m 


-1 


2 


<! 


<! 


H 


2 



2 


fa 
p 


< 
> 


<X, 


U 


U 


m 


u 


^ 




fa 


J 


-1 


-J 


03 


fa 


H 


J 











D3 


K 


05 


C) 




05 


05 


05 


fa 


r) 




2 


fa 


H 


H 


H 


> 


fa 


fa 




tei 


2 


2 


2 


2 


ffi 


M 


y 








C 








U 


U 


U 


U 


U 


u 


u 


u 



60407000 D 



l-B-3 



a 






■s «- 



T3 3 



o is 






c 
o 
u 

H 
K 

a 

> 

B 

V 



a 
o 
v» 
a. 
o 



§ 

H 



6 



& 
o 









o 

6 

B 



■O 
C 

o 
a 






11) ^ 



XI 

■a 
td 



c 
o 



'OD 
CO 






« o 






is fi 



o 






o ; 

.2 a 



O 

I- C 
0) 



M (II 



'= a 






T3 .5 



(d 
t< 
o 
a 
o 

■a 
<ii 
<i> 
u 






O QJ 
01 



1 






I 



V 73 

■"• r- 



0) rt 

X 
0) jq 



CO <k, 0) « 



, G "' 



o 



g^ 



id 

OJ 



■s 



5"° 

o o> 



K S 



c 




o 






c 

3 


*! 


u 







s 


s 

0) 


Pi 


u 


D) 


<! 


to 



0> Ih 

J3 






cm 

0, 0) 



o 
p 






u o 

O ti 

a a 
o 
s P 



5 u 

u 0) 



d. o 






o a 

0) •-; 

■£§ 

•a « 
c <" 

0) >> 



01 
«tH S CI 

o ^ o 
■3 H •■ 

<1| S 01 

fl gxi 
so 

oSi., 
, ti o 
S-i 01 t. 

HU W 



a x) 



S-.'D •?' 

"> "m 
> to 

m C <u 
2 S '^ 

2 u O 
m t< C 

0) 0) 0) 

o o 

> > > 

01 0> 0> 

QDQ 






p m 



> *» O O T»* 
0) i-( *H to 









«^ fr,^ a,< S 



^ 



03 



TJ 



5.S 

O h 

u o> 

^.2 



>50 



K 3 












^ S S w 

fc fe li. Q 

P< en m to 



o> 

BO 
01 



Q 

m 



u 

H 

o 

iz; 

§ 

en 
K 

> 

s 



o 


















^ 


03 








>; 


O 

m 








fe 


< 






H 


H 


m 






en 


< 


O 






U 




-5 






P 


1-4 


& 




§ 




IJ 




ca 




X 


>-l 




K 


kJ 


w 


|x< 




H 


< 




K 






CO 


ffi 


W 


■ 


> 


m 


o 


> 


, 


o 


J 


« 


C) 


e 




J 


« 




• 


< 




M 


OS 


?^ 


S 


S 


D 


o 


Oi 


fc 


Pk 


(Ih 


u 


u 


u 


u 


U 



X 

K 
O 



K 
O 
K 
K 
W 

W 
en 
<! 
m 

< 

<: 

Q 



a 








B 








B 




, 


, 


^ 




Q 


1 


a 




^ 


o 

K 

a 

w 

a 


a 
w 

H 

g 




g 

en 

1 


1 


H 

H 
►J 

1— 1 


>< 




< 


fe 


>< 


•1 
X 


H 


X 


S 

X 


<; 


<! 


H 


u 


u 


:«! 


D 



l-B-4 



60407000 D 



a 

o 



03 Q> 
-w ■** 

C C 

„ T3 T3 
2 C C 

^^ t-t t~* 



cfl 




ts 




<u 






g 




^ 


0) 


Q) 


<u 




•a 


i; 


a 


(U 



ZmCC 



o o 

Q n 




01 01 
O O ^ CO jH 2 
i-< f-l CO .u! -S 



WDhHotK 



X! 


X 


i< 


M 


M 


U 


m 


ra 


r/) 


W 


U 


U 


K 


K 


K 



o 

V 



2 fe 



Q 

CO 





K 








o 


s 


• 




OS 
03 


§ 






^ 


K 








« 


H 




g; 


W 


<! 




2 


g 


£ 


Q 


H 


Q 




§ 
H 
U 


< 


P 
^ 


• 


C) 


H 


J 


<: 


>< 


2 

1-1 


<! 


n 


M 


> 


u 


Q 


Q 


Q 


>< 


^ 


Z 


^ 


H 


g 


g 


s 


2 


M 


W 


w 


W 


Q 


D 


Q 


Q 









»< 








X 


i 






CO 




■ 




H 


[H 


B 








c 








c 


cr 


s 


a 




s= 


o 


3 




z. 


^ 


H 


fe 


p 


Ix< 


►J 


* 


* 


§ 


PQ 


s 


s 

en 


K 


»— 1 


c 


^ 


U 


PQ 


s 


H ''^ 


m 


^ 


,* 


■> • 


K 


2 


0} 


^ 


M 


iu 










>> 


>^ 


w 


H 


>> 


!» 


u 


C) 


u 


u 










> 


> 


s 


a 


a 


Q 


D 


Q 



60407000 D 



l-B-5 



h 


O 


O 


B 


■a 


s^ 




(d 


m 


fi 


0) 




3 


m 


ly 0) 


IK T3 


b 


"-J 



c »! 



<" ?. £ 



43 m jQ 



a 



in 

(0 
III Li 

•= s 



•a. .2 

-- - .3 r 

o 

o> c 
3 

CO m 

to o 



■O 
T3 
CD 

O 



5" 
Q. 



<u ^ .5 o -e 
3 o -B m 



3 
Q 10 



.^Ii o o u o 
o 'm 'ui 'co CO 

3 J3 ja j3 X! 



0) lU 

££ 

cd tj 

£2 
^^. 
2 c 
£ o 

° a. 

(1) o 

2 > 
'>^ 

■° o 

§ i" 

. w 

ra-O 2 

•*■* 0) to 

at .Z o 

ID 
■^"^ 

<o n ^ 



CO S 

lu cd 

o -^ 



o 
a 

&-. 
CO 

e 



.S " 



O 

a 



0) = 



ti ? H 



>" 2 



"2 <u 



H 
g 



§ 

o 



CO 

CJ lU 



— ^ -o , 



o 
c <v 



•5 Si; 
i-^-io 



a> u. 



-« -a-C 






^ S X s< « >. 
S g. X X >« 3 
S o'PUHra 



i|-i > ^ 

O "^ 
I1)T> 

Q.. C 



Ht3 



Ji m 2 -S 



lU lU 



H-5 



CO 



H3 



*« o- 



o o 

TJ * 

o 






-4 0) 

ID ** 

<J T3 



■a Q. 
u 

tD ID 



cd u 

ID 0) 



10 M m 

ID CC CU) 



> a ^ 
S S 3 

<! m o 



o 
u 



B 
ID 
Si 
% 

to 

ki 
3 
o 
o 
O 



c J- 

oj *i-i 



o 
o 

u 



si 



c c 

ID >> 

OJ cd 

Q h 



ElH 



la 



•s a 

<D cd 



cd 



fc •§ 



ID 

H 



J3 



<; -o 











3 












n 












III 












c 












o 












ti 












u 






ID 






01 






O 






c 






> 






Id 






OJ 












■a 






? 






T3 
























S! 






u 












q; 












S 




u 


OJ 


^H 






Sc' 


a 

10 


ID 

n 


11 


60 


Ji^- 


§3 




P 


h 


T3 


p fa 


£ 


§ 


Id 

s 


ID 

U 


§§ 




u 
n 


ID 
f) 


>^ 


3 
o 


01 >f 

a ^ 


•s a 




•> 


a 


H 


t a 


(D Id 


CO 


OJ 


Id 




01 cd 


Qfa 


EQ 


Dfa 


CO 

cd 

si 


Q IK 




X 










0) 






(1) 












^ 




X 
M 


i-l 






:^ 


X 








« 


Of 






g 

o 
2 


C 
■a 


X 

K 
X 
X 


a 

to 


XI 

c X 
■3 X 



o 






H 
i-l 

1—4 

Ix, 
O 
K 
di 



(bOo, 



s 


s 












b 


b 


u 


U 


u 


u 


u 


O 


O 


u 


W 


H 


w 


u 


« 


P? 


K 


K 


K 


tc 


K 


IX 


ft 


o- 


a 


» 


» 


© 



01 
tU) 

cd 



§ 
< 

K 
O 
K 
K 
» 

H 

U 

I-l 

> 
Q 
en 

CO 

O 
O 

<! 

H 
U 

DC 



K 


K 


O 


o 


K 


a 


OS 


a 


W 


a 


H 


a 


> 


> 






H 


H 


U 


U 


u 


W 


K 


K 






o 


D 





„ 


J 




(C 


p 


^ 


o 


fe 


CO 


K 




m 


ffi 


H 


o 


W 


^ 


u 


Q 


III 


III 


K 


X 


IxJ 


<: 


s 


B 


u 


X 


> 


w 


X 


H 
U 

U 
K 

S 


> 

H-l 

H 
O 

w 

03 


b 

-§ 

z 


e 


Q 


a 



D 
W 



J 
K 
W 
Eh 
g 

H 

b 



X 
b 



2 
Q 







o 






« 




, 


05 




w 


b 




ij 




K 


b 


Q 


o 


H 


2 


K 
K 
W 


b 


b 
W 
D 


w 





2 


S 


2 


P 



X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

b 



c 

■a 
2 

a 



X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

s 

b 



§ 



l-B-6 



60407000 D 



cd 
























t. 


c 
























Ji 


Q) 0) 


























js xm 


























I-. eo 
























4) 




























CQ 
























.D 


4) 


























■^ c 
























h 


d. '•' 








u 
















> 



D 01 








o 










,, 






OS 








0) 










s- 






^.4 


5ii 








"E 










1 






u 


X! O 


03 

u 




1 

a 
1 


o 

1 

u 

J3 
o 

t< 
o 
u 


O 
0) 


O 

u 
u 
<u 

n 

2 


•o 

t 

V 

m 

lU 


t 

0) 

u 
o 


rS 
"S 

V 

c 






■V 
(U 

u 
<u 
■o 

M 
C 
O 
O 

(0 


T! C 


(1, 
Q 
Q 




O 




m 
m 


in 

o 
o 


o 


B 
o 


§ 


■o 


i 




«•-« 




13 


fci Tl 


> 


t> 


> 




ITl 




5l t- 


T3 en 
<U X 


o 


t 


o 


01 XI 


(U 


(i> 


(II 


m 


91 










&,<QQD 


h 


03 


!S 


r; ^ 


s 


a 
e 


T3 












h 






3 n 


^3 _, 


TJ 


H 


s 


2 


WQ 


H 
to 


CO 05 

Kg 


(t-i 

o 

(U 

o, 


CS 


^ 


0) S 




en x: 


u 












!>, 






inS 


WUW 












H 






(C c 


S'e 


























t- 


























« g> 


























01 H 


























^^ 


























s»> 




























s< 


>> o 


















B 


«f^ 


« 


&,(U 












ce 






B 


^!^ 


























< 0) 



























V 01 

o o ^1 o c a 

rH t-l CC' 1-* >S 1-3 



p.; a ^1 z CO 05 

Oh < cr.i fe 05 g 



c o 



0} s 



a OJ 

So 

18 

CO .-< 

m ■*-» 
o 

01 B 



II o 



J5 
PL. 



s 



01 

m 
m 

0) 

? 

XI 
0) 

a 

a 



XI 

o 

>•. 
t-. 
o 

B 



o 

§ 

2 

o 
u 



X 

<! 



a s 



O 0) 






a 



S? --S -i^ 



5 a 
o 

•S ft 

(» 2 

2 ° 

« CD 



ir; s 01 ID 



X xi 
H at 



o 

01 ID 
—I ■ " 

< OJ 



Si 



01 
XI 



B 



^ CO 

fi -H CO 
3 ™ t^ 

C .. a> 

o g 6 
0) c a 

(;4 ^ 4-> 

■3.2'o 

t. 

■S u a- 

BO). 

OJ jQ ^ 

01 S o 
o *-* ^ 

^? 

°a-a 

^ " t< 
.b <« 

S 0) 
u X <» 

OJ 
T3 0) 

d B " 

O t,xi 

K £ a 

6 c 

B i o • 

d ., * :3 
Si .2* 

^^ - °-S 



01 



tl a; 
I 4-> a.o 
1 o B 
: 01X1 B 

•o.2§ 

a" 



3 5 <u 

ss-s « 

01X3 , ." 

.!i 3 0) a 

-■ x> 3 

01 o B X! 

o 01 

g m m £ 

ct n 

t. B •- tlO 

O C X rH 
0) 01 .- 

B "-o « 
" 1^ S c 

X> 0) o o 
(D a) Jlj o 

o ^^ « :>, 



u 
u 



a 2 

0) -B 



O (4 tl 

01 01 
^ -,Q X> 

S: 0) m ST 
.Q 3 o 

x> a g 

S 3 "• Q. 

.S ° Mq, 
tl *. B t, 

.2 o a o 

rt 0) „ t-i X3 



' 3 CO 
c B a, m 



CO s 
CO 

01 



01 



V 



3S 



3 tl 



Q ^ CO a 



o S x> 

«" . tl 

B a ., t4 rt 

I^ .Q 01 

00 CO «i5 e t. 

•B tl o B 5 

■B 01 tl 3 .-i 

H XI a fixj 











H 


M 


^ 








J 


J 










h 


E 


s 


S 


s 


s 








Oh 


h 


h 


b 


0: 


PC 


U 


J 


J 


J 


Oi 


0- 








s 





i 


«Jl 


M 


^ 

h 


s 


0< 


n 


S 


K, 


p 


D 


Q 


D 



< 

Z 



H 
<! 

y 

J 

0, 

D 



CO 

W 
2 



W 
H 

<! 
y 

J 

Oh 
Q 



K 
H 

pq 
S 
P 

2 

H 
U 
W 

3 

05 

Oh 

H 
<! 

y 

3 
0, 

Q 



0: 

pq 

P 

05 
W 
CO 
P 

W 

H 
< 

y 

3 

Oh 

p 

D 



60407000 D 



l-B-7 



^ 



•2 

XI 



u 

Q 






O -u 

3 

« a 

X) W 

s > 

§ s 

«M O 



O 



XI 

■o 
a 



> 

S5 



m ^ 



2 ii 



*• o 

0) o 






o 

xj c 

^ 2 

c o 

§ o 

o ^ 

§ .s 

0) o 

a. 
n 

d »-, 

? i! 

s. s 



5 B 3 



XI 
CO 

n 



o 01 



01 

=1 



0) 

Si 



c 
o 

X) 
01 

01 

s| 

01 s 

m 
ej m 

^ m 

a? 

.' 3 

•Ox) 

s§ 



d 



> 
O 



X3 
0> 

ra 2 
CD 5 



§ i 

[O <^ (U 

■S ti iS 
ag- 

Ti 5 S 



si 



Ox) 
0) o 
<J TO 



I 



c 
cm 

CD 

"I 
■9-2 

XJ t, 






o 



2.2 

u 8 



— S 0) 
0) O 3 

■333 



5 -?" 



d r_ ro 



. XI 



X £ o 



o S 

&^ 
3 d 

.. n 
C d 
o 

t! -O 

2^ 

0) . 

£ * 

K 

Ui d 
O 0) 

Q -} 

H 3 
S " c 

3« d 



3L 

X! O 

o 



am 

<« ^ 

^ 3 

2' "> 

d .M 

■" d 

S »! 

*^ 0) 

.a™ 

a *" 

O 73 



01 

01 

■B . 
B Id 

» I 
" m 

■s° 

^ to 

3^ 

." 0> 

'^ a 
o> 

d bo 

t.XJ 
0) 



o . 

Oi 01 S 

5.„- 



<u a 
<« 2 



So; 

B5 



s i - "S - 



X) 
d 

> 

d 



a- C 
' 0) c 
' ,c d 



(u ^ a 



U M 



.u — o>. 
d J3 "^ •• o -H 

5^.232g.S 

fe iJ IM I 

H S: 0) 2 rt 3 3 
m 



^ Ma, 0) (U 

cS§<u S 

. m "* a 
o «> c 



<u 



CD 



03, m II mm a;. c"Sg 

01 



9 « 



X) 

.T^ " 

^ t( 

. «> tl 

o t> m 
0) , o t. 
fci S fc. 01 

,3 t, " a 
m ■?, d 
"X! .2 ^ 

0) (J rj d 

oja ^ 

3 a - t< 

^ c ° '•' 
3 Oj<l o 

a dirt's 

•-;OXl c 

•" 2 O-S 
■= c 



t, m 



2«aiS^<mSc5 



o ce; 



ES 



I o 

01 CO 

Si c 
H 5 



g 



.S 3 
-< g 



Si 



a a 
o o 
u u 
m m 



a 
a 
a a 
a a 
a XI a 
a ja a 
a X3 Q. 
c XI a 






3 
O 
PS 






<! 
u 



H 
K 
O 



o 
6 





m 


m 




n 


M 


H 


H 


<! 


i-J 


hJ 


g 




h 


b 







H 


• 


d 




a 


u 


hJ 




K 


111 


H 


0: 


§ 


<! 


n 


U 


» 




9 


£ 


;6 


s 




H 


u 











D 


a 


u 


a 


^H 



H 

HJ 



a 

I— I 

« 
O 
CO 

S 

:s u w 



8 

< 
V 

X 
H 
CU 



i 

H 



O 

Q 



Q 
Z 
P 
O 
b 

H 
O 

H 
Z 
b 

H 

Z 



1-4 

H 

<: 

z 

i-i 

K 
H 
H 

« 
O 

M 
PQ 

Q 

a 

K 

a 

H 

z 

8 

u 

z 
u 

o 



H 

% 

a 

H 

H 

a 

K 

o 

fa 

H 

m 

D 

u 

PS 
M 
H 
Z 

o 
u 
z 

S 



Q, 

m SI 
JLO- 

8^ 
".xJ . 

"•S ?• 

«l-l . 

" eg 

tu 

"Co 

i? .0 

3 *"* * 

I £■ 01 

01 |i| U 
I i • 
000 
u o o 



l-B-8 



60407000 D 



OJ 

o 

4^ 
o 

o 
o 
o 



Message 



EQ, Ccc-uu, vsn, rw, est, Ss, GSgggg. 

EQ. Ccc. Dddd. . . d 

EQ, Ccc, Fff, lii, Bnnnnnn, Lbbbb, Ppppppppp. 

EQ, Ccc, Eec, Hhhhhhhhh, type. 



I 

M 

I 

CO 



Routine 



Description 



IMT 



The third line of the message contains the following information: 

CO Channel number: the channel number is repeated to allow the 

analyst to associate this message with the first and second mes- 
sages if errors are occurring on more than one tape channel at 
the same time. 
Octal error code value. 

Controller options selected at the time of the error; each two 
digits is a function code. 
Additional description of the error (one of the following): 



ec 
0000000000 

type 



BAD ERASE. 

BLOCK TOO 
LARGE 
BUSY. 
CHANNEL ILL. 

CON. REJ. 
CON. REJ. OFF. 



iJ£.lNOIl 1 

CHANGE. 
FNnn, Pyyyy. 



Lbbbb, Bnnnnnn. 



NO EOP. 

NOISE. 

NOT READY. 

ON THE FLY. 

POSITION 

LOST. 

RECOVERED. 

STATUS. 

WRONG 
PARITY. 



Error detected after an erase was attempted to 

recover a write error. 

Data block was larger than expected. 

Unit was still busy after 1 second. 
Channel is not accepting function or status 
requests properly. 

Connect reject; unable to connect to the unit. 
Connect reject; unable to connect to unit. Unit 
turned OFF. 

Either user error where auto select does not 
match user selection (0-track only), or hardware 
error where status does not match user selection. 
Function nn was rejected by the controller; yyyy 
is the address in IMT where the function was 
initiated. 

The length (bbbb) and block number (nnnnnn) read 
from trailer bytes in block did not match the 
actual length or the block number read; given in 
previous message line. 

No end-of-operation detected from unit within 1 
second. 

A noise block was skipped on the tape. 
Tape unit dropped ready status. 
Error was corrected as the data was read. 
The last good block written cannot be found during 
write recovery. 

Previously reported error has been successfully 
recovered. 

Error type cannot be deternained so actual con- 
troller status is returned. 

Tape was written in parity opposite that being 
read. 



Four-line message describing a magnetic tape hardware malfunction occurring on 
a 667 or 669 tape unit. 

EQ MT for 667; NT for 669 

The first line provides the following information: 

cc-uu Channel and physical unit number of tape unit on which error 

was encountered, 
vsn Volume aerial number associated with the tape on the specified 

unit. 



I 

I 



Message 



Routine 



o 

O 

o 
o 
o 



Description 



est 



s 
gggg 



Read (RD) or write (WR) operation; any operation not Involving an 

actual read or write is listed as a read. 

EST ordinal of the unit on which the tape was written. This is 

provided only for labeled tapes generated under NOS 1.0; otherwise, 

the field is blank. 

Channel status 

General status of magnetic tape unit. 



The second line of the message contains: 

cc Channel number; the channel number is repeated to allow the 

analyst to associate this message with the first message if errors 
are occurring on more than one tape channel at the same time. 

ddd. . . d Detailed status of magnetic tape unit. 

The third line of the message contains: 

oc Channel number; repeated to associate this message with the 

previous messages, 
ff Software function on which the error occurred, 

ii Error iteration; number of times error has been encountered on 

this unit without successful recovery, 
nnnnnn Block number on which error occurred, 

bbbb Length of block on which error occurred. In octal bytes, 

pppppppp IMT internal error parameters. 

The fourth line of the message contains: 

cc Channel number; repeated to associate this message with the 

previous messages. 
Octal error code value. 

Unit format parameters. Refer to Magnetic Tape Subsystem 
Reference Manual for descriptions of unit format parameter fields. 
Additional description of the error (one of the following): 



ec 
hhhhhhhh 

type 



FNnn, Pyyyy. 



Lbbbb. Bnnnnnn. 



BAD ERASE. Error detected after an erase was attempted to 
recover a write error. 

B.C. RESTART. Magnetic tape controller firmware restarted. 

BLOCK TOO Data block was larger than expected. 

LARGE. 

BUSY. Unit was still busy after 1 second. 

CHANNEL ILL. Channel is not accepting function or status re- 
quests properly. 

CON. REJ. Connect reject; unable to connect to the unit. 

CON. REJ, OFF. Connect re'-ect" unable to connect to unit. Unit 
turned OFF. 

DENSITY Either user error where auto select does not 

CHANGE. match user selection (9-track only), or a hardware 

error where status does not match user selection. 

Function nn was rejected by the controller; yyyy 

is the address in IMT where the function was 

initiated. 

The length (bbbb) and block number (nnnnnn) read 

from trailer bytes in block did not match the 

actual length or the block number read; given in 

previous message line. 



03 

o 



o 
o 

o 



Message 



Routine 



Description 



EQxx,CHyy Adddd INCOMPLETE TRANSFER. 



no 



NO EOF. No end-of-operation detected from unit within 1 

second. 

NOISE. A noise block was skipped on the tape. 

NOT READY. Tape unit dropped ready status. 

ON THE FLY. Error was corrected as the data was read. 

POSITION The last good block written cannot be found 

LOST. during write recovery. 

RECOVERED. Previously reported error has been successfully 
recovered. 

STATUS. Error type cannot be determined so actual con- 

troller status is returned. 

WRONG Tape was written in parity opposite that being 

PARITY. read. 

An incomplete data transfer was detected by a local batch equipment driver. 



EQxx,CHyy CONTROLLER HUNG BUSY. 



no 



EQxx,CHyy Fzzzz FUNCTION TIMEOUT. 



no 



txi 



EQ 



yy 

dddd 



One of the following equipment types: 

CP 415 card punch 

r^v? 405 card reader 

LP 501, 505, 512. or 580 line printer 

TjQ 512 line orinter 

LR 580 line printer 

EST ordinal of local batch equipment 

Channel number 

Octal byte count not transferred 



The specified local batch controller did not drop BUSY status. 

EQ One of the following equipment types: 

CP 415 card punch 

CR 405 card reader 

LP 501, 505. 512, or 580 line printer 

LQ 512 line printer 

LR 580 line printer 

XX EST ordinal of local batch equipment, 

yy Channel number 

No response (inactive) was received after Issuing a function code to the specified 
local batch equipment. (Converter and equipment status unavaUable. ) 

EQ One of the following equipment types: 





CP 


415 card punch 




CR 


405 card reader 




LP 


501, 505, 512, or 580 line printer 




LQ 


512 line printer 




LR 


580 line printer 


XX 


EST ordinal of local batch equipment 


yy 


Channel 


number 


zzzz 


Function 


code 



I 

a 



Oi 

o 

o 
-J 
o 
o 
o 



Message 


Routine 


Description 


EQxx.CHyy Fzzzz REJ Paaaa.Cbbbb, Ecccc. 


HO 


Detected function reject or transmission parity error on the specified local batch 
equipment. 

EQ One of the following equipment types: 

CP 415 card punch 

CR 405 card reader 

LP 501. 505, 512, or 580 line printer 

LQ 512 line printer 

LR . 580 line printer 

XX EST ordinal of local batch equipment 

yy Channel number 

zzzz Function code 

aaaa Driver (ICD) address 

bbbb Converter status 

ccoc Equipment status 


EQxx.CHyy RESERVED. 


HO 


The specified local batch equipment is reserved and cannot be connected on 
channel yy. 

EQ One of the following equipment types: 

CP 415 card punch 

CR 405 card reader 

LP 501, 505, 512, or 580 line printer 

LQ 512 line printer 

LR 580 line printer 

XX EST ordinal of local batch equipment 
- yy Channel number 


EQxx.CHyy TURNED OFF. 


no 


The specified local batch equipment was logically turned off (OFF status set in 
EST). Note: this message is preceded in the error log by a message for the 
same equipment which specifies the failing condition. 

EQ One of the following equipment types: 

CP 415 card punch 

CR 405 card reader 

LP 501, 505, 512, or 580 line printer 

LQ 512 line printer 

LR 580 line printer 

XX EST ordinal of local batch equipment 
yy Channel number 


EQxx, DNdn. DIRECT ACCESS FILE ERROR, AT nnn. 


PFM 


The system sector data for the file does not match the catalog data. 

XX EST ordinal of device 
dn Device number 


EQxx, DNdn, FILE LENGTH ERROR, AT nnn. 


PFM 


The length of a file does not equal the catalog length. 

XX EST ordinal of device 
dn Device number 



o 

o 

-a 
o 
o 
o 



I 



Message 


Routine 


Description 






The action taken depends on the type of command issued. 






Command Action 






GET A local file is created with length being the actual length 

retrieved. 
SAVE If file length is loriger than TRT specification, file is 

truncated. 
REPLACE Same as for SAVE. 


EQxx, DNdn. MASS STORAGE ERROR AT nnn. 


PFM 


An error was encountered in reading a portion of the permanent file catalog or 
permit Information. 

XX EST ordinal of device 
dn Device number 


EQxx. DNdn, RANDOM INDEX ERROR, AT nnn. 


PFM 


The random disk address of the permit sector is in error. 

XX EST ordinal of device 
dn Device number 


EQxx, DNdn, REPLACE ERROR, AT nnn. 


PFM 


The same file was found twice during a catalog search. This error can occur for 
APPEND or REPLACE commands after a file is found and purged and the catalog 
search is continued. 

XX EST ordinal of device 
dn Device number 


EQxx. DNdn, TRACK LIMIT, AT nnn. 


PFM 


No allocatable tracks remain on equipment xx. 

XX EST ordinal of device 
dn Device number 


EQxx FILE ACTIVE - fUename. 


IMS/MSI 


An attempt to initialize a dayfile on device xx was not completed because it was 
still in use as an active dayfile. 

XX EST ordinal of device 
filename Name of dayfile 


EQxx. FILE BUSY - filename. 


IMS/MSI 


The inactive dayfile has track interlock set indicating It Is attached to another 
control point and thus may not be initialized. 

XX EST ordinal of device 
filename Name of dayfile 


EQxx NO SYSTEM DAYFILES FOUND. 


IMS /MSI 


An attempt was made to initialize an inactive dayfile on device xx but no dayfile 
was found. 

XX EST ordinal of device 


EQxx PROTECTED QUEUES IGNORED. 


IMS /MSI 


Device XX was Initialized for permanent files and protected queue files were found. 
XX EST ordinal of device 



I 

a 



at 
o 
>«k 
o 
~i 
o 
o 
o 



Message 


Routine 


Description 


EQxx, RM=mnimmmmm, PF=ppppppp, UI=ililli. 


PFM 


Additional line written only in error log after one of the following messages. 

EQxx. DNdn. DIRECT ACCESS FILE ERROR. AT nnn. 
EQxx, DNdn, FILE LENGTH ERROR, AT nnn. 
EQxx, DNdn, MASS STORAGE ERROR. AT nnn. 
EQxx, DNdn, RANDOM INDEX ERROR, AT nnn. 
EQxx, DNdn, REPLACE ERROR. AT nnn. 
EQxx, DNdn. TRACK LIMIT, AT nnn. 

XX EST ordinal of device 
mmmmmmm Family name 
ppppppp Permanent file name 
iiiiii User index 


filename EQxx TRACKtttt LENGTH ERROR. 


QREC 


EOI of disk and EOI of TRT are not Identical. 

filename Name of file in error 
XX EST ordinsil of device 
tttt First track of file in error 


EQUIPMENT NOT AVAILABLE 


LFM/RESEX 


Requested equipment Is either in use or does not exist. 


ERASE LIMIT, fff AT nnn. 


CIO 


The system made 20 erasures (10 feet of tape) without being able to successfully 
write the tape. 


ERROR AT LINE xxx 




Issued when errors occur while resequencing a BASIC program. The line con- 
taining the error is specified by xxx. 


ERROR IN ARGUMENTS 




One or more of the following conditions was detected. 

• More than one date was entered. 

• No options were selected. 

e The param.eter was illegal or could not be recognized. 

• The TM option was selected but no data was specified. 

• Both the device number parameter and the paokname or auxiliary device 
parameter were selected; auxiliary devices do not have device numbers. 


ERROR IN CHARGE NUMBER. 


PROFILE 


The charge number is in error. The charge number entry is disregarded and 
PROFILE skips to the next charge number entry in the input directives. 


ERROR IN COMMAND PARAMETERS. 




Either no parameters are allowed or an Illegal parameter has been encountered. 


ERROR IN DATE. 


PURGALL 


The format of the date (ad, md, or cd) parameter in a PURGALL request was 
incorrect. 


ERROR IN DEVICE NUMBER. 


PURGALL 


The file residency as specified by the device number parameter was illegal. 


ERROR IN DIRECTORY. 




Program library does not have a directory record, or has an Incorrectly for- 
matted directory record. 


ERROR IN FILE ARGUMENTS 


FILES 


The parameter could not be recognized. 



o 

o 

-J 
o 

o 
o 



ixl 

I 



Message 


Routine 


Description 


ERROR IN FILE CATEGORY. 


PURGALL/ 
PFILES 


The user specified an illegal file category. 


ERROR IN FILE TYPE. 


PURGALL 


The user specified an illegal file type. 


ERROR IN IDENTIFIER. 


PROFILE/ 
MODVAL 


PROFILE cannot recognize a directive identifier. The action taken depends upon 
the position of the erroneous identifier within the entry. 

• If the error occurs within a project number entry, the entire project 
number entry is disregarded. 

• If the error occurs in a directive that appears after a charge number but 
before the first project number, only the erroneous directive is disre- 
garded. However, if the error occurs on the first PN directive, the 
entire project number entry is disregarded. 

• If the error occurs in any PN directive except the first one. It is treated 
as an error within the preceding project number entry. Both the project 
number entry for the erroneous project number and the preceding project 
number entry are disregarded. 


ERROR IN LIMITS ARGUMENT. 


TCS 


Parameters were included on the LIMITS statement. 


ERROR IN LINK ARGUMENTS. 


LINK 


An invalid parameter was used on the LINK control card. 


ERROR IN NUMERIC DATA. 


PROFILE/ 
MODVAL 


PROFILE detected nonnumeric data or numeric data exceeding the maximum limit 
for specified control value. The entire project number entry containing the 
erroneous directive is disregarded. 


ERROR IN PASSWOR ARGUMENTS. 


TCS 


Parameters specified on a PASSWOR control statement were in error. 


ERROR IN PROFILE ARGUMENTS 


PROFILE 


Error on PROFILE control statement. 


ERROR IN PROJECT NUMBER. 


PROFILE 


The data field on the PN directive does not contain 1 to 20 alphanumeric characters. 
The entire project number entry associated with the erroneous PN entry is dis- 
regarded. 


ERROR IN TIME. 


PURGALL 


The format of the time parameter in a PURGALL request was incorrect. 


ERROR IN USER NUMBER. 


PROFILE 


The data field of the UN directive does not contain 1 to 7 alphanumeric characters 
(or asterisks). The entire project number entry containing the erroneous UN 
directive is disregarded. 


ERROR - FILE(S) NOT PROCESSED. 


CHKPT 


One or more files were not checkpointed because CHKPT detected address errors. 


FET ADDRESS OUT OF RANGE AT nnn. 


CIO 


FET extends past job's field length. 


FILE ALREADY INTERLOCKED. 


QFM 


The track interlock for the specified file in the DULL word in the MST is already 
set. 


nnnn FILE DEQUEUED Dndn FMxxxxxxx. 


QREC 


Indicates the number of files that have been dequeued on the specified device. 

nnnn Number of files 
dn Device number 
xxxxxxx Family name 


FILE EMPTY. 


LFM/SFM/QFM 


The file specified was empty. 






o 

>f>> 
o 
-J 
o 
o 
o 



Message 


Routine 


Description 


FILE ERROR Iftl. 


CHKPT/ 
RESTART 


An illegal address was detected on file Ifn, 


FILE NAME CONFLICT. 


QREC 


Processing was attempted on two files having the same name. 


FILE NAME ERROR, AT nnn. 


PFM 


File name contains illegal characters. 


FILE NOT FOUND 


LFM/SFM/QFM/QDL 


Requested file was not found. 


FILE NOT ON MASS STORAGE. 


SAD 


The specified file does not reside on mass storage. 


FILE NOT OVERLAY FORMAT. 


LDR 


The first record of the file was not an overlay. 


FILE TOO LONG, AT nnn. 


PFM 


The local file specified for a SAVE, REPLACE, or APPEND command exceeds 
the length allowed, or the direct access file specified for an ATTACH in write, 
modify, or append mode exceeds the direct access file length limit for which the 
usel- Is validated. 


nnnn FILES ACTIVATED DNdn FMxxxxxxx. 


QREC 


Indicates the number of files that have been activated on the specified device. 

nnnn Number of files 
dn Device number 
xxxxxxx Family name 


nnnn FILES IGNORED DNdn FMxxxxxxx. 


QREC 


Indicates the number of queued files remaining inactive on the specified device. 

nnnn Number of files 
dn Device number 
xxxxxxx Family name 


nnnn FILES PURGED DNdn FMxxxxxxx. 


QREC 


Indicates the number of queued flies which have been purged on the specified de- 
vice. 

nnnn Number of files 
dn Device number 
xxxxxxx Family name 


FL BEYOND USER LIMIT. 


IMA 


The requested field length exceeds that for which the user is validated. 


FL TOO SHORT FOR LIBRARY GENERATION. 


LIBGEN 


Additional memory Is required for LIBGEN. 


FL TOO SHORT FOR LOAD. 


LINK 


The program requires additional field length. 


FL TOO SHORT FOR LOADER, NEED xxx. 


LINK 


The loader requires xxx additions^ words of memory. 


FL TOO SHORT FOR MAP. 


LINK 


Additional memory Is required for the MAP operation. 


FL TOO SHORT FOR OVERLAY GENERATION. 


LINK 


Additional memory Is required for overlay generation. 


FL TOO SHORT FOR PROGRAM. 


3AE 


The user's field let^th Is too short for the program. 


pfn FOUND. AT nnn. 


PFM 


The specified permanent file was found. 


FORMAT ERROR ON CONTROL CARD. 


TCS 


An error was detected In the format of the control statement. 



05 
O 

o 
-J 
o 

o 
o 



I , 

a 



Message 



FORMAT ERROR ON OVERLAY DIRECTIVE 
ILLEGAL ACCESS TO EXECUTE ONLY FILE. 
ILLEGAL CHARACTER NUMBER. 



ILLEGAL CHARGE. 

ILLEGAL CIO REQUEST. 
ILLEGAL CONTROL CARD. 



ILLEGAL COUNT. 



ILLEGAL DEVICE REQUEST, At nnn. 



ILLEGAL DISPOSE CODE. 
ILLEGAL EQUIPMENT. 

ILLEGAL EXTENSION ON Iff AT nnn. 
ILLEGAL FILE NAME fff AT nnn. 



Routine 



LDR 
SAD 
FILES 



CHARGE 

PACK 
TCS 



COPYBF/COFYBR/ 
COPYX 

PFM 



CIO 
110 

CIO 
CIO 



Description 



Illegal overlay directive parautneter or no arguments found. 
The specified file is an execute -only file. 

In a copy request, one of the following was detected. 

• Last character position was less than first character position. 

• Last character position was greater than 150. 

• Either first character position or last character position was unrecogniz- 
able. 

The specified charge or project number does not exist or the project number was 
not assigned to this user. 

An attempt was made to pack a nonmass storage file. 

One of the follcv/inE : 

• The control statement could not be identified. 

• An Invalid parameter was specified or no terminator was detected. 

• The user attempted to pass too many parameters on the program call 
statement (such as LGO). 

• The user submitted a control statement considered Illegal because of his 
validation. For example, if access option 1 (refer to LIMITS control 
statement) was not set and the user submitted a PASSWOR control state- 
ment. 

• The user submitted a control statement considered Illegal for a particular 
job type or fUe type. For example, the use of a FAMILY statement In a 
nonsystem origin job. 

Number of files in copy request was either Illegal or zero. 

The device type (r parameter) specified on a request for an auxiliary device cannot 
be recognized or does not exist in the system. 

If the auxiliary device specified by the pn parameter Is not the same type as the 
system default, the r parameter must be included; If not, the message is issued. 

The queue type (q^) specified on a DISPOSE control statement was unrecognizable. 

File is assigned to illegal equipment for the specific request. For example, the 
file specified in a COMMON request is not on mass storage. 

The user attempted to lengthen a file that could not be extended. 

The file name does not conform to established rules. 






o 

o 
-J 

o 
o 
o 



Message 


Routine 


Description 


ILLEGAL FILE TYPE. 


LFM/QDL/QFM 


The specified file Is of a type not allowed in the requested operation. For example, 
this message would be Issued if the file name in a RELEASE request was not a 
queue type file (input, print, or punch) or if the user attempted to make a non- 
local file a library fUe. 


pfn ILLEGAL FILE TYPE, AT nnn. 


PFM 


The user attempted to define a file that was not a local file. 


ILLEGAL INPUT FILE. 


CIO 


An attempt was made to pack a file that is assigned to a time -sharing terminal. 
For example, file INPUT for time -sharing origin jobs represents data typed at 
the terminal keyboard, and therefore cannot be packed. 


ILLEGAL I/O REQUEST ON FILE fff AT nnn. 


CIO 


CIO could not recognize the specified function code, or the code was not valid for 
the type of device to which the tile was assigned. The system provides a dump on 
the FET on fUe OUTPUT. 


ILLEGAL LEVEL NUMBER. 


LDR 


One of the following: 

• Assembly error 

• Level number greater than 773 

• First overlay not zero level (0.0) overlay 


ILLEGAL LOAD ADDRESS. 


3AE 


The load address is less than 2. 


ILLEGAL MAP OPTION, MUST BE -PFSBEXR- 


LINK 


The MAP control card contained an invalid parameter. 


ILLEGAL MODIFICATION OF fff AT nnn. 


CIO 


Either the user has attempted to shorten a modify-only file or the file cannot be 
modified at all. 


ILLEGAL ORIGIN. 


SFM/QFM/QDL 


The origin type specified when releasing a local file to a queue was illegal. 


ILLEGAL ORIGIN SPECIFIED. 




Origin word count error. 


ILLEGAL OVERLAY LOADED. 


LINK 


Overlay processing was already in progress. 


ILLEGAL PROFILE INQUIRE. 


PROFILE 


The user is not allowed to access the control information for the charge number 
supplied. 


ILLEGAL QUEUE TYPE. 


QDL 


The queue type specified in the request was illegal. 


ILLEGAL RECORD TERMINATION. 


COPYX 


Illegal format on record terminator. 


ILLEGAL SORT PARAMETER. 




The SORT control statement is in error. 


ILLEGAL TERMINAL REQUEST. 




A command intended for time-sharing origin jobs only (refer to Time-Sharing 
Commands, section 4) has been used in a non-time -sharing origin job. 


ILLEGAL USER ACCESS. 


LFM/QFM/QFSP 


User tried to perform an operation for which he was not validated. 


ILLEGAL USER ACCESS, AT nnn. 


PFM 


The user is not validated to create direct access or indirect access files or to 
access auxiliary devices. 



o 

o 
-J 

o 
o 

o 

O 



Message 



I 



IMPROPER ACCESSIBILITY. 
IMPROPER VALIDATION. 

INDEX ADDRESS OUT OF RANGE FOR fff AT nnn. 

INPUT FILE IN NORERUN STATUS. 
INPUT FILE IN RERUN STATUS. 
INQUIRY COMPLETE. 

deckname -INVALID CS, 63 ASSUMED. 

I/O EXECUTE-ONLY FILE fff AT nnn. 

I/O SEQUENCE ERROR. 

I/O SEQUENCE ERROR, AT nnn. 

I/O SEQUENCE ERROR ON FILE fff AT nnn. 

IQFT FILE INTERLOCKED. 

JOB ABORTED, fff AT nnn. 

JOB CARD ERROR. (20 characters) 

JOB EXECUTING. 

JOB IN INPUT QUEUE. 

JOB IN NORERUN STATE ON RECOVERY. 

JOB IN OUTPUT QUEUE. 
JOB IN PUNCH QUEUE. 
JOB NOT FOUND. 

JOB REPRIEVED. 



Routine 



RESEX 
TCS 

CIO 

QFM 

QFM 

PROFILE/ 
MODVAL 

TCS 



CIO 

QFM/QDL 
PFM 

CIO 

IMS /MSI 

CIO 

3AA 



lAJ 



Description 



SFP 



The user did not specify the correct file accessibility on the LABEL statement. 

A validation program (one containing a VAL= entry point, such as that used for 
CHARGE and USER is required before continuing. 

The random sector address for a random input/output request was equal to or 
greater than field length. 

Informative message. 

Informative message. 

The inquiry was successfully completed. 

Character set identification for deck deckname was not recognizable. OPLEDIT 
assumes 63 character set and uses it for the new program library if one is being 
created. 

The user attempted to read, write, or position an execute-only file. RETURN is 
the only operation allowed for an execule-oiily file. 

Action was requested by a busy file. 

A request was attempted on a local file that is currently active. This error can 
occur, for example, if the user creates two FETs for the same file and Issues a 
second request before the first is completed. 

The user attempted to perform more than one concurrent function on a single file. 

The IQFT file Is Interlocked by another job and cannot be Initialized. 

The job was aborted while a tape operation was pending. 

The job statement on the file being submitted is In error. The first twenty 
characters of the statement In error follow the message. 

The job Is either executing or has been rolled out for a higher priority job. 
Informative message. 

Identifies a job recovered on level deadstart that was aborted because It was In 
a no-rerun mode 'due to NORERUN control statement or macro). 

Informative message. 

Informative message. 

This message normally indicates that the job has been processed and no longer 
exists In the system. However, It may also be Issued If the jobname was entered 
Incorrectly (misspelled). 



The job has been successfully reprieved. 



_J 



I 

w 

I 

o 



a> 
o 
><^ 
o 
-a 
o 
o 
o 



Message 


Routine 


Description 


LABEL CONTENT ERROR, fff AT nnn. 


CIO 


A block read was the correct size for a label but one or more required fields 
(such as the label name) were incorrect. The programmer should use the 
LlSTLB control statement to determine the cause of the problem. 


LABEL MISSING, fff AT nnn. 


CIO 


During a read operation, a required label was missing. The programmer should 
use the LISTLB control statement to determine the cause of the problem. 


LABEL PARAMETER CONFLICT ON OPEN, fff AT nnn. 


CIO 


Label fields did not match on open request. An additional message: 

FIELD BEGINNING AT nnn NO COMPARE. 

specifying the decimal character position in HDRl of the first field that did not 
compare correctly is also issued. 


LBC ARGUMENT ERROR. 


CPMEM 


The load address, addr, specified on the LBC control statement was not numeric. 


LBC FWA .GE. FL. 


CPMEM 


The load address specified on the LBC control statement was greater than or 
equal to the user's field length. 


LDR ERROR. 


LDR 


Issued after one of the following errors. 

OVERLAY NOT FOUND IN LIBRARY. 

ARG ERROR. 

FILE NOT OVERLAY FORMAT. 


LEVEL NUMBER MISSING 


LDR 


First or second level number was blank or unspecified. 


LEVEL-3 DATA BASE ERROR. 


PROFILE 


PROFILE detected a format error in the user number/control value entries of the 
project profile file. 


LFM ILLEGAL REQUEST. 


LFM 


One of the following: 

• LFM function detected was not recognized as a legal function. 
» An LFM function was issued without the auto recall bit set. 


LIBGEN ARGUMENT ERROR. 


LIBGEN 


An invalid parameter was vised on the LIBGEN control statement. 


LIBRARY GENERATION COMPLETE. 


LIBGEN 


Informative message. 


LIBRARY GENERATION FILE EMPTY. 


LIBGEN 


The file to be processed is empty. 


LINE NUMBER LIMIT EXCEEDED, 


RESEQ 


The line number encountered or required during a resequencing (RESEQ) operation 
exceeded 99999. 


LIST COMPLETE. 


PROFILE 


The list operation has been successfully completed. 


** LOAD ERRORS. 


LINK 


During the load operation, xx errors were encountered. 


LOAD FILE EMPTY. 


LINK 


No data on the file to be loaded. 



Oi 

o 
lli. 
o 
-I 

o 
o 
o 



I 

a 

I 

to 



Message 


Routine 


Description 


LOADER MISSING. 


TCS 


Either CALL or LDR= were not found in the library. 


LOC ARGUMENT ERROR. 


CPMEM 


The first word address or last word address parameter specified on the LOC 
control statement was not numeric. 


LOG RANGE ERROR. 


. CPMEM 


Either the first word address was greater than the last word address or the last 
word address was greater than the user's field length. 


-LO-ERROR. MUST BE IN -BEXCR-. 


LINK 


The LO parameter specifying the map list option for the LINK control card Is 
incorrect. 


LPxx, ... . 


, 


Refer to the EQxx, ... series of corresponding messages for full descriptions 
of messages beginning with LPxx, ... . 


LQxx.... . 




Refer to the EQxx.... series of corresponding messages for lull descriptions 
of messages beginning with LQxx, .... 


LRxx, .... 




Refer to the EQxx,... series of corresponding messages for full descriptions 
of irieSsages beginning with LBxx, ... . 


MASS STORAGE DIRECTORY NOT WRITTEN. 




On a GTR control card, user requested that a mass storage directory record 
be written on a non-mass storage file. 


MDxx, Cyy. ec. ann, Stttt, FNqqqq-r. 
or 


6MD 


An error has been detected on mass storage device xx. The nature of the error 
Is determined by examining each parameter In the message. 


MDxx, Cyy, ec, ann, Stttt, Ux Cxxxx Stttt. 




XX EST ordinal of 841 disk 

yy Channel number 

ec Error code; one of the following: 

PE Parity error/checkword error 

AD Address error 

ST Device status error 

FN Function reject for any device connected to data 

channel converter (6681), or function timed out with 

no response 
RS Device reserved 
NR Device not ready 

a Type of operation; one of the following: 

R Read 
W Write 

nn Retry count; error Is considered irrecoverable after following 
number of retries. 

PE 10 

AD 10 

ST 64 

FN 10 

RS Indefinite 

NR Indefinite 



txi 

I 



Message 



Routine 



O 

o 
-I 
o 
o 
o 



MEMORY OVERLOW. 

MISSING OVERLAY FILE SPECIFICATION. 

MIXED CHARACTER SET OPL, 

M. T. NOT AVAILABLE ON FILE fff AT nnn. 
MT/NT CONFLICT 

NO CONNECT TIME AVAILABLE, 

NO CPU TIME AVAILABLE. 

NO DIRECTIVES. 

NO EOR FOUND ON ZZZZZDF. 



NO FILE SPECIFIED FOR LOAD. 

NO INPUT FILE 

NO INPUTFILE FOUND. 

NO IQFT FILE FOUND. 



LINK 



CIO 

RESEX 



CHARGE 
CHARGE 



LINK 

PROFILE 
QFM 

IMS/ MSI 



Description 



tttt Device status, implies there was an incomplete transfer if status 

does not indicate an error 

qqqq Function rejected 

r Data channel converter (6681) status, if present 

Ux Physical unit 

Cxxxx Upper address Physical address 

Sxxxx Lower address 

Insufficient storage was allowed for an OPLEDIT run. 
No overlay file name specified. 

Records of more than one character set were encountered on the old program 
library. 

The magnetic tape executive is not executing. 

Conflict exists between 7-track and 9-track tape descriptors. For example, a 
request for a 9-track tape specifies 200-bpl density. 

This message can also be issued if the device type specified in FET+1 conflicts 
with the track type specified In FET+8, bit 56. If dt=MT and bit 56 Is set, or if 
dt=NT and bit 56 Is not set, the message Is issued. 

The user has accumulated the maximum connect time allowed for the specified 
project number. 

The user has accumulated the maximum CPU time allowed for the specified project 
number. 

Directive file was empty. 

Illegal file format for ZZZZZDF. The FILE control statement (described in the 
Record Manager Reference Manual) is used to update the file information table 
(FIT) which is required for files the Record Manager accesses. The system uses 
information the programmer supplies on the FILE statement to prestore FIT in- 
formation in file ZZZZZDF. 

The file to be loaded was not specified on the control card. 

No input directives were present. 

No valid input file exists; functions cannot be performed. 

An attempt to initialize inactive queues on the device was not completed since an 
IQFT file could not be found. 



o 
>(^ 
o 
-J 
o 
o 
o 



t 

w 

I 

CO 

Ca3 



Message 


Routine 


Description 


NO LINE NUMBER ON SORT FILE. 


SORT 


A line on the input file to a SORT request is missing a line number or a line 
exceeded the 150-character limit. 


NO LINE TERMINATOR. 




A copy operation was attempted on a line longer than 150 characters which did 
not contain a line terminator. 


NON-MATCHING CONVERSION 




The conversion mode required for the tape is not the same as that specified on the 
control statement. This Is only a warning message. 


NO READ FILE - Ifn. 


SUBMIT 


The specified file cannot be found. 


filename NOT DECLARED RANDOM. 




An EOF was encountered on the nonrandom file, filename. 


NOT ENOUGH DATA IN BUFFER. 


QDL 


The CIO buffer does not contain enough words to be written into the system sector. 


NOT ENOUGH ROOM IN BUFFER. 


QDL 


There are not enout^h words 9.vstil5ible in the buffer to contain the system sector. 


Ifn NOT FOUND. 


RESTART 


RESTART was unable to retrieve a file named, but not Included, on Ifn. 


NORERUN/RERUN IGNORED FROM TTY JOBS. 


QPM/CONTROL 


User entered NORERUN/RERUN from a terminal. The command is ignored. 


XXX NOT IN PP LIB. 


SFP 


PP package xxx was not found in PP libraries. 


XXX NOT IN PP LIB. - CALLED BY yyy. 


SFP 


PP package xxx was not found in the PP libraries and was called by package yyy. 


pfn NOT FOUND, AT nnn. 


PFM 


One of the following: 

• The specified permanent file could not be found. 

• The specified user number could not be found. 

• The user is not allowed to access the specified file. 

• The user Issued an Indirect access file conamand on a direct access file. 

• The user issued a direct access file command on an Indirect access file. 

If this message occurs in response to the SAVE request, the specified local file 
is not attached to the control point. Is a direct access file, or is an execute-only 
file. 


Ifn NOT ON MASS STORAGE, AT nnn. 


PFM 


The file to be saved is not on mass storage; the first track of the file Is not 
recognizable. 


NT 




Refer to the EQ. . . . series of corresponding messages for full description of 
messages beginning with NT. 



I 

1^ 



05 

o 

o 
-J 
o 

o 
o 



Message 


Routine 


Description 


NO WRITE ENABLE, ON fff AT nnn. 


CIO 


Either the user attempted to write on a tape mounted with no -write ring, or no 
write was allowed because of additional constraints described Ln an additional 
message line: 

LABEL NOT The user attempted to write over a label that had 
EXPIRED. not yet expired. 

WRITE OVER The user is not allowed to destroy the VOL! label. 
LABEL ILLEGAL. 

200 BPI WRITE The tape unit (667 or 669) does not support 200-bpl 
ILLEGAL. densitj. 


OLDPL ERROR. 




Update program library format was bad. 


OPERATOR DROP. 


SAB 


The job was dropped by the operator. 


OPLEDIT COMPLETE. 


OPLEDIT 


Informative message indicating OPLEDIT completion. 


OPLEDIT ERROP>S, 


OPLEDIT 


Errors were encountered while modifying a particular deck. 


OUTPUT FILE LIMIT 


LFM 


The total number of files disposed to the output queue by the job has exceeded the 
limit for which the user is validated. 


OUTPUT FILE LIMIT, FILE fff AT nnn. 


CIO 


During an attempt to close this flle, the number of files disposed to output queues 
by the job has exceeded the limit for which the user is validated. 


OVERLAPPING INSERT OR DELETE. 




Insertions and deletions affect the same deck. 


OVERLAY FILE EMPTY. 


SAD 


No data appears in the requested file. 


OVERLAY FILE NOT FOUND. 


SAD 


The specified file was not available. 


OVERLAY LEVEL NOT (0,0). 


LINK 


The overlay was not a zero level (0,0) overlay. 


OVERLAY NOT FOUND. 

OVERLAY NOT FOUND IN LIBRARY. 


3AD/3AE 
LDR 


The specified overlay was not found. 

The specified overlay was not found in the system library. 


PACK PARAMETER ERROR. 

PARITY ERROR - RESTARTED FROM kk. 


PACK 
RESTART 


The PACK control statement contains an err-or. 

Because RESTART detected a parity error In attempting to restart from the 
specified checkpoint nn, the alternate checkpoint kk was used instead. 


PBC ARGUMENT ERROR. 


CPMEM 


Either the first word address or the last word address specified on a PBC control 
statement was nonnumeric. 



o 
»{». 
o 
-J 
o 
o 
o 



I 

a 

I 

cn 



Message 


Routine 


Description 


PBC FWA .GT. LWA. 


CPMEM 


The first word address was greater than the last word address. 




PBC RANGE ERROR. 


CPMEM 


The last word address parameter specified on a PBC statement was greater than 
or equal to the user's field length. 


PFM ABORTED, AT nnn. 


PFM 


Error flag detected at PFM control point. 




PFM ILLEGAL REQUEST, AT nnn. 


PFM 


One of the following: 

• Illegal command code passed to PFM 

• Illegal permit mode o r catalog type specified 

• CATLIST request has permit specified without a file name 

• PERMIT command attempted on a public file 




PF UTILITY ACTIVE, AT nnn. 


PFM 


Because a permanent file utility is currently active, the operation was not 
attempted; the user sho'old retry the operation. 




PL ERROR IN DECK dname. 




Error encountered in processing deck dname. 




POSITION ERROR ON— xxxxxxx. 




File xxxxxxx was not repositioned after being checkpointed because CHKPT 
tected an address error. 


de- 


POSITION LOST, fff AT nnn. 


CIO 


During write error recovery, the system could not find the last good block 
making It impossible to successfully perform error recovery. 


of data. 


PP CALL ERROR. 


3AB 


The monitor detected an error in a CPU request for PP action. 




PROPILA UPDATED. 


PROFILE 


The project profile file was successfully updated. 




PROFILE ABORTED. 


PROFILE 


Central site operator aborted PROFILE. 




PROGRAM FILE EMPTY. 


TCS 


A load of an empty data file was attempted. 




PROGRAM LIBRARY EMPTY. 




The old program library contained no data. 




PROGRAM NOT FOUND. 


EXU 


The program to be loaded was not found on the specified library file. 




PROGRAM NOT ON MASS STORAGE. 


EXU 


The program does not reside on a mass storage device. 




PROGRAM STOP AT xxxxxx. 


SAB 


The monitor detected a program stop instruction at address xxxxxx. 




PROGRAM TOO LONG 


EXU 


The program does not fit in the available storage. 








O 

o 
-J 

o 
o 
o 



Message 


Routine 


Description 


PROTECTED FILE 




The user has attempted to release a locked file. 


PRU LIMIT. AT nnn. 


PFM 


The job's mass storage PRU limit has been exceeded during preparation of a local 
copy of an indirect access file. 


PRU LIMIT. FILE fff AT nnn. 
PRUS REQUESTED UNAVAILABLE. 


CIO 

3PF 


The job's mass storage PRU limit was exceeded during an attempt to write or 

extend this file. 

The number of PRUs requested is not available. 


PRUS REQUESTED NOT AVAILABLE, AT nnn. 


PFM 


The number of PRUs specified via the s parameter on the DEFINE request is not 
available. 


QDL ARC ERROR. 


QDL 


Parameter addresses passed to QDL were not within the user's field length. 


QDL ILLEGAL REQUEST. 


QDL 


One of the following: 

• The job was not of system origin and the user did not have system 
origin privileges. 

• Job did not have SSJ= entry point. 

• Auto recall bit was not set. 

• The RA+1 call to QDL contained an illegal function code. 


QFM ARGUMENT ERROR. 


QFM 


One of the following: 

• Address is outside field length 

• Address Is equal to one 

• Origin code is out of range 

• ID code is out of range 


QFM EOI BAD ON ATTACHED FILE. 


QFM 


The EOI sector cannot be found on the specified file. 


QFM FILE ALREADY ATTACHED. 


QFM 


The specified file is already attached to the control point. 


QFM FILE EMPTY. 


QFM 


The submitted file has not been used. 


QFM - FILE IGNORED filename. 


QFM 


The file was ignored because it had an illegal origin or type code. It could 
indicate a bad IQFT file. 


QFM FILE NAME ERROR. 


QFM 


The Ifn specified does not check as a valid file name. 


QFM FILE NOT FOUND. 


QFM 


The submitted file could not be found. 


QFM FILE NOT ON MASS STORAGE. 


QFM 


The submitted file does not reside on mass storage. 


QFM ILLEGAL EQUIPMENT. 


QFM 


The equipment specified in FET+7 either is not mass storage or is not in the 
range of the EST. 


QFM ILLEGAL FILE TYPE. 


QFM 


The submitted file is not a local file. 


QFM ILLEGAL ID CODE. 


QFM 


The ID code is out of range. 


QFM ILLEGAL ORIGIN TYPE. 


QFM 


The origin type for the submitted file is not batch or Export/Import. 



o 
M^ 
o 
-J 
o 
o 
o 

O 



Message 



I 

I 

M 
-J 



QFM ILLEGAL REQUEST. 



QFM INTERLOCK ERROR. 
QFM TRACK MISMATCH. 

QFM UNABLE TO INTERLOCK MST. 

QREC/QLIST ABORTED. \ 

QUEUE STATUS INDEFINITE.) 
QUEUE FILE UTILITY COMPLETE. 

QUEUED FILES LOST. 



QUEUES UNRECOVERABLE THIS DEVICE. 



RANDOM ADDRESS NOT ON FILE fff AT nnn. 

READ AFTER WRITE, fff AT nnn. 
READ FILE BUSY - Ifn 
nnnnn RECORDS CONVERTED. 

n RECORD(S) NOT REPLACED. 
RECORD SIZE EXCEEDS 500. 

RECORD TOO LONG. 

REPRIEVE IMPOSSIBLE - BAD CHECKSUM 
REQUEST UNDEFINED ON DEVICE fff AT nnn. 

RERUN NOT POSSIBLE. 
RESEX DETECTED ERROR. 



Routine 



QFM 

QFM 
QFM 

QFM 
QREC 
QFSP 
QREC 

QREC 

CIO 

CIO 

SUBMIT 



CPMEM 

SFP 
CIO 

IDS 

LFM 



Description 



One of the following: 

• Specified function illegal or undefined 

• Job did not have SSJ= entry point 

• Auto recall bit was not set 

Track interlock could not be set due to a conflict. 

The file about to be purged is not the same file that was previously attached. 
The first track in the EST does not equal the one from the DULL word. 

Informative message. 

This pair of messages occurs if QREC aborts for any reason. 

Informative message. 

Files which process error conditions were not requeued. This error should never 
occur but may if QREC was aborted and could not modify its files correctly. A 
level deadstart will recover the queues. 

This message is issued in conjunction with the mass storage error message 

DNdn FMxxxxxxx MS ERROR. 
Refer to that message for the appropriate device information. 

The random address specified was not within the bounds of the file. The system 
provides a dump of the FET on file OUTPUT. 

The user attempted to read a tape on which the last operation was a write. 

The read file is found to be busy (direct access file only). 

Informative message indicating number of records <nnnnn) converted from one 
character set to another. 

Informative message; the job Is aborted unless the D option was specified. 



ine mtiximuiii iine iengcii lur 
exceeded. 



reuui'u lu ue cuiivcx^lcu \uuu uiiew"«ti: lci's » weiEs 



The record is too long for available memory. Available memory is filled and the 
excess data Is skipped. In response to a WBR requests the record length 
parameter was greater than or equal to the user's field length. 

Post-recovery checksum does not match pre-recovery checksum. 

The specified function cannot be performed on the device on which the file resides. 
The system provides a dump on the FET on file OUTPUT. 

Operator attempted to rerun a job that is In no-rerun mode. 

The resource executive (RESEX) detected an error. 



I 

da 
t 

C» 



o 
o 

-4 
O 
O 

o 



Message 


Routine 


Description 


RESEX FAILURE, AT nnn. 


PFM 


The resource executive has detected a fatal error. 


RESOURCE DEMAND ERROR. 


RESEX 


The user attempted to decrease the number of scheduled units to less than the 
number of currently assigned units, or Increase the number of scheduled units 
to a point where a deadlock would occur. 


RESOURCE TYPE ERROR. 


RESEX 


The user specified an illegal resource type. 


jobname RESTARTED FROM yy/mm/dd. hh.mm.ss. 


RESTART 


The checkpolnted job identified by jobname was restarted from the checkpoint 
taken on the specified data and time. This message is issued whenever a check- 
point job is restarted. 


ROLLIN FILE BAD. 


IRI 


An illegal format was detected In the rollin file. 


SFM ARGUMENT ERROR. 


SFM 


The argument passed to SFM was out of bounds or the FET specified did not 
specify a buffer of at least lOOg words. 


SFM DAYFILE BUSY. 


SFM 


Action was requested on a busy dayfile. 


SFM ILLEGAL DAYFILE CODE. 


SFM 


The dayfile code passed in the FET was not within range. 


SFM ILLEGAL REQUEST. 


SFM 


The requested function or origin type specified in the function call was not 
recognizable, or SFM request was made and the auto recall bit was not set. 


SFM TRACK INTERLOCK ERROR. 


SFM 


Track was either interlocked when it should not have been or not interlocked when 
it should have been. 


SMF UNABLE TO INTERLOCK DEVICE. 


SFM 


SFM request was not performed because the selected device could not be inter- 
locked. 


SEP CALL ERROR. 


SEP 


SFP was not loaded by default. 


SFP.xxx ILLEGAL ORIGIN CODE. 


SFP 


Function illegal for user's job origin. 


SFP/xxx PARAMETER ERROR. 


SEP 


Parameter address outside FL. 


SPCW CALL ERROR. 


lAJ 


A DMP= type call was made and the program called is either not in the CLG 
or does not have a DMP= entry point defined. 


SPECIAL REQUEST PROCESSING ERROR. 


SFP 


The SPCW word was busy. 


STATUS ERROR. f« AT nnn. 


CIO 


An irrecoverable error was encountered. A second message line describes the 
error in more detail. 

CRC ERROR. An error was detected In cyclic redundancy character. 

DATA TIMING Hardware malfunctions. Another unit should be tried. 

PROBLEMS. 

FILL STATUS The system has detected an odd number of frame, a 

ILLEGAL. condition which is illegal for the data format of the 

tape being read. 
FLAG BIT ERROR. The tape being read with ASCII conversion contains 

characters not included in the 128-character set. 
MEMORY PARITY A parity error was detected in the conversion memory 
ERROR. of the tape controller. 



o 

o 
-J 

o 



I 

en 

t 



Message 


Routine 


Description 






MULTI-TRACK Multiple tracks were found to be in error at 1600 cpi, 
PHASE ERROR. making recovery impossible. 
PARITY ERROR. The tape could not be read/written correctly. 
UNIT HAS MOTION The tape unit cannot properly write the tape. The 
PROBLEMS. user should resubmit his job, using a different tape 
unit. 


SYSTEM ABORT. 


IMA 


PP program detected an irrecoverable system error. 


SYSTEM SECTOR ERROR. 


QFM/QDL 


An error occurred while reading the system sector. 


TABLE OVERFLOW. 
JOB ABORTED. 




Resubmit job with increased field length. 


TAPE BLOCK DEFINITION ERROR. 


RESEX 


The user attempted to define data block size via the EC or C keyword or noise 
block size via the NS keyword in such a manner that the system is unable to 
correctly define the size of the data block. The omission of the FC or C param- 
eter on a control statement where it is required also causes this message to be 
issued. 


TAPE FORMAT PROBABLY WRONG. 


CIO 


This message is issued In addition to one of the following messages: 

BLOCK SEQUENCE ERROR, fff AT nnn. 
BLOCK TOO LARGE, fff AT nnn. 
WRONG PARITY, fff AT nnn. 

if one of these error conditions occurs on the first block. 


TIME LIMIT. 


SAB 


The monitor detected that the time limit for the job has expired. 


TIME LIMIT EXCEEDED. 


CPM 


Job used more CPU time (In seconds) than allowed. 


TL NOT VALIDATED. 


ACCFAM 


The time limits specified on the job statement exceed that for which the user is 
validated. 


TOO MANY ARGUMENTS, 
or 


TCS 


The number of arguments on the control statement exceeds that allowed by the 
program. 


TOO MANY ARGUMENTS. 


COPYB 


More arguments were specified on a copy request than are allowed on that 
control card. 


TOO MANY DEFERRED BATCH JOBS. 


QFM 


The user is not validated for this function or he has more jobs in the system 
than he is allowed. (All jobs in batch queues and E/I queues are counted.) 
The count is ignored if the job is of system origin or the user is validated for 
system privileges and DEBUG mode is set by the operator. 


TRACK ALREADY ASSIGNED 


QFM 


The track byte for the IQFT file in the DULL word in the MST is already assigned. 


TRACK LIMIT. FILE fff AT nnn. 


CIO 


The device on which the file resides is full. 


UNIDENTIFIED LOADER INPUT. 


LINK 


The file to be loaded is not in correct format. 


UNABLE TO READ IQFT FILE. 


IMS /MSI 


An attempt to initialize inactive queues failed because the IQFT file could not be 
read. 



I 

dd 

CO 

o 



Message 



Routine 



Description 



03 

o 

o i 
-a ! 

o 
o 
o 



UNIDENTIFIED PROGRAM FORMAT. 
UNRECOVERABLE MS ERROR. 
UPMOD COMPLETE. 
USER NOT VALID TO UPDATE. 

VERIFY ERRORS. 

WBR ARGUMENT ERROR. 

WRITE ON READ-ONLY FILE fff AT nnn. 

WRITE OVER LABEL ILLEGAL ON fff AT nnn. 
WRONG PARITY, fff AT nnn. 
25555 FIELD LENGTH INCREASE. 



3AE 
QFM 

PROFILE 

VERIFY 
CPMEM 
CIO 

CIO 
CIO 



The file the user requested to be loaded was not in a recognizable format. 

An irrecoverable mass storage error was detected during an I/O operation. 

Informative message indicating UPMOD completion. 

A user who attempted an update was not the master user for the specified charge 
number entry. That entry is ignored and PROFILE skips to the next charge 
number entry in Ifn,. 

Errors were encountered during VERIFY routine. 

The record length parameter specified on a WBR statement was nonnumerlc. 

Either the user attempted to write on a file with write interlock or the direct 
access file was not attached in write mode. 

The user is not allowed to destroy the VOLl label. 

A 7-track tape is being read In opposite parity from which it was written. 

The job field length was too small for LIBEDIT. Field length was increased 
to 26K. 



LFM ERROR CODES 

The following error codes are returned to the error code field of the FET word 0, bits 
10 through 13 in response to LFM requests. 

Error Codes Description 

1 File not found 

2 File name error 

3 Illegal file type 

4 File empty 

5 Waiting for common file 

6 Duplicate common file name 

7 Illegal equipment 

10 Equif)ment not available 

11 Duplicate file name 

12 Illegal user access 

13 Illegal user number 

14 Illegal ID code 

15 Resource executive (RESEX) detected an error 

16 I/O sequence error 

17 Output file limit 
20 Local file limit 

PFM ERROR CODES 

The following error codes are returned to the error code field of the FET word 0, bits 
10 through 17 in response to PFM requests. 

Error Codes Description 

1 The specified direct access file is attached In the opposite 
mode. 

2 One of the following: 

• The specified permanent file could not be found. 

• The specified account number could not be found. 

• The user is not allowed to access the specified file. 

• The user issued an indirect access file command on 
a direct access file. 

• The user issued a direct access file command on an 
indirect access file. 

If this message occurs in response to the SAVE macro, the 
specified local file is not attached to the control point, is a 
direct access file, or is an execute-only file. 

3 The file specified on a SAVE macro contains no data. 

4 The file to be saved is not on mass storage; the first track 
of the file is not recognizable. 

60407000 D l-B-31 



Error Codes Description 

5 The user has already saved or defined a file with the name 
specified. 

6 The user attempted to define a file that was not a local file. 

7 File name contains illegal characters. 

10 The user is not validated to create direct access or indirect 

access files or to access auxiliary devices. 

11 The device type (r parameter) specified on a request for an 

auxiliary device cannot be recognized or does not exist in 
the system. 

If the auxiliary device specified by the pn parameter is not 
the same type as the system default, the r parameter must 
be included; if not, this message is issued. 

12 The local file specified for a SAVE, REPLACE, or APPEND 

command exceeds the length allowed, or the direct access 
file specified for an ATTACH in write, modify, or append 
mode exceeds the direct access file length limit for which 
the user is validated. 

13 One of the following: 

• Illegal command code passed to PFM 

• Illegal permit mode or catalog type specified 

• CATLIST request has permit specified without a file 

name 

• PERMIT command attempted on a library file 

14 Access to the permanent file device requested is not possible. 

15 The device on which the file resides may not contain direct 

access files because: 

1. The device is not specified as a direct access de- 
vice in the catalog descriptor table. 

2. llie device is not specified as ON and initialized 
in the catalog descriptor table. 

3. The device is a dedicated indirect access perma- 
nent file device. 

16 Because a permanent file utility is currently active, the 

operation was not attempted; the user should retry the oper- 
ation. 

17 An error occurred in a read operation during a file trans- 
fer. 

20 The nunrber of files in the user's catalog exceeds the limit 

(refer to LIMITS control card, section 6 ). 

21 The cumulative size of the indirect access files in the user's 

catalog exceeds the limit (refer to LIMITS control card, 
section 6). 



l-B-32 60407000 D 



Error Codes Description 

22 The number of PRUs specified via the s parameter on the 

DEFINE macro is not available. 

23 A request was attempted on a local file that is currently 

active. This error can occur, for example, if the user 
creates two FETs for the same file and issues a second 
request before the first is completed. 

24 The job's local file limit has been exceeded by an attempt 

to GET or ATTACH the file. 

25 The job's mass storage PRU limit has been exceeded during 

preparation of a local copy of an indirect access file. 

30 The resource executive has detected a fatal error. 

31 No allocatable tracks remain on equipment xx, where xx is 

the EST ordinal. 

32 The length of a file does not equal the catalog length; the 

action taken depends on the type of command issued. 

C ommand Action 

GET A local file is created with length 

being the actual length retrieved. 

aWE If file length is longer than TRT 

specification, file is truncated. 

REPLACE Same as for SAVE. 

33 Permit random address error. 

34 The system sector data for the file does not match the 

catalog data. 

35 The same file was found twice during a catalog search. 

This error can occur for APPEND or REPLACE commands 
after a file is found and purged and tltie catalog search is 
continued. 

36 Error flag detected at PFM control point. 

37 An error was encountered in reading a portion of the 

permanent file catalog or permit Information. 

Table 1-B-l specifies the action PFM takes if it detects an error while reading mass 
storage. The symbols used in the table designate the type of response PFM makes 
and are defined as follows: 

Symbol Description Code 



DTE DATA TRANSFER ERROR. 17 

EOI Processing continues as If an EOI was encountered. 

MSE MASS STORAGE ERROR. 37 

FNF pfn NOT FOUND. 2 

DAF DIRECT ACCESS FILE ERROR. 34 

FLE FILE LENGTH ERROR. 32 

60407000 D l-B-33 







W 
























U 
























<! 






fe 






fa 


fa 


W 








H 












< 


^ 


CO 


?, "O 






H 






fo 






Q 


fa 


§ 


S <" 






O 


















3 a 
m tn 

.2.2 


























W 


















2 "«. 






1—4 

w 

Q 






CO 






fa 






2? So 

sa 




Q 






•1^ 
















W 


t— 1 


-1— 


W 


■1— 

1—4 




fa 


W 


ffi rr 

oo 






H 


o 


a 


H 


o 




S 


to 


«K 


Kfl 




Pu 


Q 


H 


fo 


Q 


fa 




fa 


kk 


z 




<; 


















H W 


o 






















Ho 




w 


















Q 




u 


















g 




< 


H 


4^ 


W 








fa 


W 


wo 


O 




•-] 


H 


o 


m 








a 


CO 


jh 


U 




w 


Q 


w 


§ 








fa 


§ 


w^ 


O 




















JCO 

"co 
fa^ 


« 




















K 




E-i 


















aj ^ 


1^ 


73 


t— 4 


















« cd 




a 

o 
U 








fa 










fa 

CO 


eing read 
catalog. 


Eh 




















iz; 




H 


















■^'fa 


w 




1— 1 


















m 0, 


2 




J 






1— 1 








trl 




a) 












O 








O 




SI 


K 




u 


















s-s 


w 






















o " 
03 O 
03 "^ 


Oi 




o 






fa 






fa 


fa 




• 




Oh 






g 






^ 


t^ 




«« Si 




p 






fa 






Q 


fa 




1-^ n 


m 




^ 




















1—1 






















H 




H 


N 


H— 
1— < 


fa 








fa 


fa 


0) -2 


J 




W 


H 


o 


g 








^ 


CO 


^ I 


PQ 




O 


Q 


w 


fa 








fa 


1^ S; 


< 






















U (3 

fH O 

3 


H 


> 


W 


1— 1 


w 
















Q 


o 


CO 












O X) 

u s 
















,-^ 


















•—1 

at 

4-> 


.-H 


^ tl 








o o 








0) 

o 


«3 


P MO 


g2 
«.go 

". tlfl(U 


i 


-M 


■^ S-< 


Ih O 

iH O 








1 t> 


•a o 

1 c 


OS 

o 

fa 


-devi 

if ori, 

sect 


-devi 
if ori 
lid s 


-4-a 
CO 


a 


a<2 

ai § 


<u o 










?I 


fa 


O 73 

1 ^ tJ 


1 h - 


<3J0 




CL.2 


M m 






" to o 


sll 


I 




Device 
transfe 
file (no 


.S !^ 




Readin 
inform 
update 






•X3 

o 

< 


Devi 
tran 
sect 


^ 2 «i 

Q *3 w 


0) 

0) 

K 


Devi 
tran 
file 


III "*^ 

CtJ o 
« 0) 


It 


H— +- 



l-B-34 



60407000 D 



LIBEDIT 



LIBEDIT is a binary record managertient program that is used to: 

• Create and maintain a library file 

• Copy records to a library file 

• Delete records from a library file 

• Replace records on a library file 

Binary logical records are the basic unit manipulated. LIBEDIT manipulates the records 
of the old library file and optional replacement files. Records for replacement can be 
on one or more secondary files. Replacement is the implicit mode of a LIBEDIT run. 
Additions and no-replacements must be explicitly requested. 

LIBEDIT manipulates the following record types. 

Relocatable central processor program (RED 

Central processor overlay (OVL) 

Multiple entry point overlay (ABS) 

6000 peripheral processor program (PP) 

7600 peripheral processor program (PPU) 

Modify old program library deck (OPL) 

Modify old program library common deck (OPLC) 

Modify old program library directory (OPLD) 

User library programs (ULIB) 

Chippewa format central processor program (COS) 

Unrecognizable as a program (TEXT) 

Formats are further described in appendix G, volume 2. 

LIBEDIT is called from the operating system library using a control card. The record 
managing process is controlled by LIBEDIT directives. 

LIBEDIT executes in two phases. During the first phase, it reads directives and re- 
placement records. It groups directives by type and file and groups corrections when 
several insertions take place relative to the same record. 

During the second phase, LIBEDIT performs modifications and generates the new library. 
If LIBEDIT cannot process the specified combination of directives and the D option 
(refer to the following control card description) was not specified, LIBEDIT lists the 
conflicting directives (or a simulated form of the directives), issues an error message, 
and aborts the job. If the D option was specified, LIBEDIT continues processing the 
directives. 



60407000 D 1-C-l 



CONTROL CARD FORMAT 

The following control cards call the LIBEDIT program to be loaded and executed. Param- 
eters specify, mode and files. 

LIBEDIT(pj, pg. . . . , Pn) 

The optional parameters, pi, can be in any order within the parentheses. Generally, a 
parameter can be omitted or can be in one of the following forms. 

a (C, R, and V only) 

a=lfn 

a=0 

a is one of the following options: I, P, N, L, LO, B, C; R, and V. Ifn is the 1- to 
7-alphanumeric character file name. LIBEDIT accepts only one instance of any param- 
eter. 



Option 

I=lfn 

1=0 

I omitted 



Description 

Directives comprise the next record on file Ifn 
No directive input 
Directives are on file INPUT 



P=lfn 

P=0 

P omitted 

N=lfn 

N=0 

N omitted 

L=l 

L=0 

L omitted 



LO=lfn 

LO omitted 

B=lfn 

B=0 

B omitted 



C omitted 



R 

R om^itted 

V 

V omitted 

D 

D omitted 



File Ifn contains the old program library 

No old program library file 

Old program library is on file OLD 

New program library will be written on file Ifn 
Illegal; no error message is issued, if used 
New program library will be written on file NEW 

Short correction listing (includes only directives, modifications, 

and errors) on the file specified by the LO parameter 

No output is listed 

Full correction listing is written on the file specified by the LO 

parameter 

List output on file Ifn 

List output on file OUTPUT 

Use file Ifn for the replacement file 

Do not use a default replacement file 

Use file LGO as the default replacement file 

Copy the new library file over the old librai*y file after processing 
Do not copy the new library file over the old library file after 
processing 

Do not rewind library files after processing 

Rewind old a:id new library files after LIBEDIT and VFYLIB 

processing 

Call VFYLIB after LIBEDIT processing 

Do not call VFYLIB to verify libraries after LIBEDIT processing 

Ignore errors and continue 

Do not ignore errors; abort Job 



l-C-2 



60407000 D 



LIBEDIT DIRECTIVES 

Directives comprise a program record on file INPUT or on the file specified through the 
I mode parameter on the LIBEDIT control card. Directives control the record manage- 
ment process. A directive begins with an asterisk in column 1 followed immediately by 
the card identifier. The card identifier is delimited by a comma and/or one or more 
spaces. Parameters are delimited by -, a blank, an end-of-line, or a comma. 

Card parameters have no embedded blanks. If a directive does not begin with an 
asterisk and a card identifier, LIBEDIT assumes the operation is a continuation of the 
last directive operation. If the card was not preceded by a directive, the operation is 
assumed to be: 

*BEFORE *. gidj.gidg,. . ..gid^. 
Note, however, that gid entries cannot be split between cards. For example, the cards 

*B. OVL/Pl, OVL/P2, . . . , OVL/P 

N 
do not constitute a valid directive. The last entry would not be processed as OVL/PN. 
Qn the other hand, the cards 

*B, OVL/Pl, OVL/P2 

OVL/P3 

OVL/PN 



TEXT/Tl 

do constitute a valid directive and would be processed in the same manner as 

*B, OVL/Pl, OVL/P2,OVL/P3, OVL/PN, 0. TEXT/Tl 

Directives are not required. If they are not provided, LIBEDIT replaces the records 
of the old program library file that have the same name and type as the records on the 
correction file, and LIBEDIT writes the new library. 

Parameters common to many of the correction directives are the reference record 
identifier (rid) and the group record identifier (gid). 

rid The rid parameter specifies a reference point for a correction. It can 

be in one of the following forms. 

type/rname Reference record is of the specified type 

rname Reference record is the implied type (refer to type) 

* Reference point is an end-of-file mark (^BEFORE 

card only) 

gid One or more gid parameters on a directive indicate records or groups 

of records to be inserted, deleted, or replaced. A gid can be in one 
of the following forms. 

type/rname Single record of the specified type 

type 2 / rname j^- Group of records beginning with rname of typej and 
type2/rname2 ending with rname2 of type2. Types sire specified 
or implied. 

rname Record identifier can be one of the following. 

rname Name of record 



60407000 D 



l-C-3 



type 



LIBEDIT recognizes the following directives. 
Directive 



* If used for rname. on an 

INSERT. AFTER, BEFORE, 
or IGNORE, an * indicates 
that all records on the library 
of the specified or implied 
type are to be inserted or 
ignored. 

If used for rnameo on INSERT, 
AFTER, BEFORE, or IGNORE, 
an =!= indicates that all records 
of typei, starting with rnamej^, 
are to be inserted or ignored. 

Indicates that a zero -length 

record is to be inserted. 

Identifies the type of the named record. When 
type is absent from a rid or gid parameter, 
LIBEDIT uses the type most recently speci- 
fied on a directive. For valid types, refer 
to the description of the TYPE directive. 



Definition 



*ADD 

BEFORE or i=B 

*BUILD 

♦COMMENT 

*COPY 

*DATE 

♦ DELETE or *D 

♦FILE 

♦IGNORE 

♦INSERT or *I 
♦AFTER or ♦A 

♦NOREP 

♦RENAME 

♦REPLACE 

♦REWIND 
♦TYPE or NAME 



or 



Adds records at end of library. 

Inserts records before the named record. 

Builds an index at end of new file. 

Adds comment to prefix table. 

Copies new file to old at end of editing. 

Adds date and comment to prefix table. 

Deletes specified records. 

Declares additional correction file. 

Ignores records when reading correction file. 

Inserts records from correction file after named record. 

Does not auto raatic ally replace records frora named file. 

Renames record. 

Replaces records on old file with records from correction file. 
Optionally declares current correction file as no-replace. 

Designates file to be rewound before and after editing. 

Sets type of library to be used for default. 



l-C-4 



60407000 D 



FILE 

The directive format is: 

*FILE Ifn 

Ifn Name of the additional replacement file; subject to operating system 

restrictions on file names. If Ifn is an *, LIBEDIT uses the re- 
placement file specified by the LIBEDIT control card or the default 
file (LGO), if none is specified. 

The FILE directive declares a secondary file as an additional file that contains replace- 
ment records. LIBEDIT directives following a FILE card specify records on the declared 
replacement file. 

REWIND 

The directive format is: 

^REWIND Ifn 

Ifn Name of file to be rewound 

LIBEDIT rewinds the specified file before and after editing. 

TYPE OR NAME 

The formats for the directives are: 

*TYPE type 
*NAME type 

type Specifies default type of internal record format: 

REL Relocatable CPU program 

OVL CPU overlay program 

ABS Multiple entry point overlay 

PP 6000 series format peripheral processor unit program 

PPU 7600 format peripheral processor unit program 

OPL Modify old program library deck 

OPLC Modify old program library common deck 

OPLD Modify old program library directories 

ULIB User library; begins with a ULIB type record and terminates 

with OPLD type record 

COS Chippewa format CPU program 

TEXT Unrecognizable as a program 

Any explicit use of a type or a rid or gid parameter resets the default value to the new 
type. 

With the TYPE (or NAME) directive, the user specifies the type of record to which sub- 
sequent LIBEDIT directives refer. A type specification is in effect until the next TYPE 
(or NAME) directive is supplied or until a type is explicitly declared on another directive. 
If no TYPE or NAME directive is sup»plied or no explicit type is used, the type is TEXT. 

60407000 D l-C-5 



For example. 



Z 



/ 



♦BEFORE *, JANE-* 



* DELETE HENRY -IDA 



♦INSERT GEORGE, MARY 



/*TYPE COS 
is equivalent to 



f' 



c 



^ 



♦BEFORE *. COS /JANE-* 



*DELETE COS/HENRY-COS/IDA 



INSERT COS /GEORGE, COS /MARY 



INSERT OR AFTER 

The formats for the directives are: 

♦INSERT rid, gid^, gidg. .... gid^ or *I rid, gid^, gid^, .... gid^ 

♦AFTER rid, gid^^, gidg, .... gid^ or *A rid, gid^, gidg, .... gid^ 

rid Identifies the record on the old library file after which the 

specified records or groups of records are to be inserted 

gidj Identifies the records or groups of records from the replacement 

file to be inserted after rid 

An INSERT or AFTER directive directs LIBEDIT to insert records or groups of records 
from the current replacement file after the specified old library record for transcription 
to the new library file. The current replacement file is the most recent file specified 
by a FILE directive or by the LIBEDIT control card,. Insertion of records causes auto- 
matic deletion of the old records having the same names and types from the old library 
file. 

An example of the use of this directive is: 
♦INSERT GPL/LEA, TEXT/OSCAR-* 

These cards direct LIBEDIT to insert, after the OPL deck LEA on the old library file, 
all TEXT records from OSCAR until an end-of-file mark is encountered. If any of these 
TEXT records have the same name as a TEXT record that is already on the old library 
file, the old TEXT record is not transcribed to the new library file. 



j_(-._g 60407000 D 



BEFORE 

The directive formats are: 

^BEFORE rid, gidj,gid2, . .. .gidn or *B rid,gid]^,gid2. . . • .gid^ 

rid Identifies the record on the old library file before which the 

specified records are to be inserted. On the form omitting the 
directive name, rid is assumed to be * (that is, insert before 
end-of-file). 

gidj Identifies records or groups of records from the replacement 

file to be inserted before rid. 

A BEFORE directive causes LIBEDIT to insert records or groups of records from the 
current replacement file before the specified old library record for transcription to the 
new library file. The current replacement file is the most recent replacement file 
specified by a FILE directive or by the LIBEDIT control card. Insertion of records 
causes automatic deletion of the old records having the same names and types from 
the old library file. 

DELETE 

The directive formats are: 

*DELETE gidj.gidg... ..gidn or *D gid^, gidg. . • • . gid^ 

gid. Identifies records or groups of records to be deleted from the 

^ old library file. An asterisk cannot be used. 

The DELETE directive causes LIBEDIT to suppress copying of the specified records 
from the old library file to the new library file. 

An example of the use of this directive is: 
*DELETE PPU/LAD-REL/RUN 

This card directs LIBEDIT to delete records starting with 7600 PPU program LAD 
through relocatable CPU program RUN. 

IGNORE 

The directive format is: 

^IGNORE gidj, gid2. .... gid^ 

gidj Identifies records or groups of records from the replacement file 

to be ignored. 

The IGNORE directive causes LIBEDIT to Ignore a record or group of records on the 
current replacement file during record processing. 

An example of the use of this directive is: 

^IGNORE FRAN-* 
*FILE WOMAN 

LIBEDIT ignores program FRAN of the current type and all following programs of the 
current type until an end-of-file mark on the replacement file WOMAN is encountered. 

60407000 D l-C-7 



ADD 

The directive format is: 

*ADD lib. gidj, gid2. .... gidj, 

lib Specifies that the library is to be added to the old program library 

file before the zero -length record for the old library file indicated. 
A library cannot be added if there is no zero-length record. 

LIB! to Libraries 1 through 63 on the old program library file. 
LIB63 
gid. Identifies records or groups of records to be added to the speci- 

^ fied library. 

The ADD directive causes LIBEDIT to append records to the specified library for tran- 
scription to the new library. Two libraries are separated by a zero-length record on the 
new library file. 

NOTE 

Directories are determined from file OLD; adding 
a zero-length record does not change the directory 
of the library being added. 

Figure 1-C-l illustrates where records are inserted with the ADD directive. 







CATALOG 


CI- NEW 


FILE 


1 






REC 


NAME 


TYPE 


LENGTH 


CKSun 


DATE 


- 


1 


conoRDU 


TEXT 


2DbS 


7231 






2 


concuTu 


TEXT 


ISDb 


3sm 




I.lHl 


3 


nopup 


TEXT 


113bS 


2bb2 




M 


LLT 


TEXT 


20t7 


10Mb 






S 


RTtI 


TEXT 


bit 


Mb31 






b 


LIST 


TEXT 


bD23 


7735 




A flrli>in' i .' V-»^»r*-«»n-i 




{003- 


sun 


= 2bllQ 






zero-lengtli record 










& 


KROQS 


TEXT 


3S1 


im3 






T 


CHP7 


TEXT 


132 


27b0 




LI 132 


10 


cnP6 


TEXT 


17 S 


132M 






11 


CflPI 


TEXT 


3Sb 


5203 




, 


12 


•CQO> 


sun 


lasb 






- 


13 


KROQMb 


TEXT 


11S3 


S05S 




I.IB3 


m 


KR00M7 


TEXT 


41S 


5313 




IS 


KRODMl 


TEXT 


IDDDS 


S3bS 




L 


It 


■CDQ} 


sun 


- 11S7S 






- 


17 


RUNOMfi 


TEXT 


2M 


b7M5 






Ifi 


RUN0M1 


TEXT 


SM 


37MM 




1,1154 


11 


RUNDSQ 


TEXT 


72 


bM37 






ED 


RUNQSl 


TEXT 


22 


bb71 






ei 


RUNDD3 


TEXT 


231 


0253 




. 


22 


■CDO> 


sun 


4MS 






- 


23 


KRONDl 


TEXT 


51 


07Q3 






2M 


SMP 


TEXT 


1373 


323b 




MH") , 


25 


PdON 


TEXT 


13D1 


bH7D 






5t 


zscpom 


TEXT 


25Sb 


3132 




. 


27 


■CDQ} 


sun 


5523 






I.IBfi < 


2fi 


MODIFY 


OPL 


1251DS 


2MSS 


7D/lD/m. 


21 


{D0> 


sun 


= lasios 






Last Uhi-a»-y cannot 


- .^^n 


noDS 


OPLD 


57 


7172 


71/01/12. 


be ipf('r«jnc(Ml by 


^JU 


ADI) hut can he 














T-el(M'('nt!ed by a 


31 


* EOF * 


sun 


= 17MS37 







HKKOKK end-of-nie 



Figure 1-C-l. Adding to the Old Program Library 



l-C-8 



60407000 D 



BUILD 

The directive format is: 

*BUILD dname 

dname Name of directory record. 

The BUILD card requests LIBEDIT to construct and append a directory record in Modify 
format to the new library file. If the old library file has such a directory, LIBEDIT 
automatically generates a new directory deck without an explicit BUILD request.! 

COMMENT 

The directive format is: 

*COMMENT rid comment 

rid Name of the record on the replacement or old library file. 

comment A string of up to 40 jq characters that is suitable as a comment. 

Additional characters are truncated. 

The COMMENT card adds a comment to the prefix (77) table for a program 

on a replacement file or the old library file. If the program previously did not have a 

prefix table, LIBEDIT generates one that includes the date and the comment. 

DATE 

The directive format is: 
*DATE rid comment 

rid Name of the record on the replacement or old library file. 

comment A string of up to 40io characters that is suitable as a comment. 

Additional characters are truncated. 

The DATE card adds the current date and the specified comment to the prefix (77) table 
for a program on a replacement file or the old library file. 

NOREP 

The directive format is: 

*NOREP lfni.lfn2....,lfn,j^ 

The NOREP card declares the specified replacement files to be no-replace files. LIBEDIT 
does not replace all records of the old library file with records on the no-replace file 
having identical names, but selectively replaces records from a no-replace file according 
to REPLACE. INSERT, and BEFORE directives. 



t BUILD can also be used to change the directory name. 



60407000 D l-C-9 



RENAME 

The directive format is: 

♦RENAME rid, name 

rid Name of the record on the replacement or old library file to be 

renamed. 

name New name of the record (1 to 7 characters),, 

The RENAME card assigns a new name to a record on the old library or the current 
replacement file for transcription to the new library file. If the renamed record is 
referenced by another correction card in the same run, the old name should still be 
used. 

REPLACE 

The directive format is: 

♦REPLACE gid^.gidg, ...,gidj^ 

gidj Name of the record or record group from the replacement file 

to replace on the old library file. 

The REPLACE card directs LIBEDIT to selectively replace records on the old library 
file with records of the same name from a current replacement file that has been de- 
clared a no-replace file (refer to the NOREP card description). Thus, the user can 
selectively replace records by using the NOREP and REPLACE directives, or he can 
selectively not replace records by using the IGNORE directive according to the circum- 
stances. 

An example of the use of this directive follows: A user has a replacement file named 
FRUIT containing records APPLE, CEDERRY, GRAPE, and ORANGE. Records having the 
same names are on the old library file. The user wishes to retain records APPLE and 
CHERRY but replace records GRAPE and ORANGE. 

The following two sequences of directives produce the same results. 



^♦REPLACE GRAPE -ORANGE /*IGNORE APPLE -CHERRY 

/*NOREP FRUIT /*FILE~FRUIT 

j^*FILE FRUIT 

COPY 

The directive format is: 

♦COPY 

The COPY card directs LIBEDIT to copy the new library file to the old library file after 
it has processed all correction cards. 



1-C-lO 60407000 D 



LIBEDIT EXAMPLES 

The following two examples illustrate the use of LIBEDIT. 

Job 1: 

The following steps describe the operations performed by job 1. 

1. The job requests an old deadstart tape, OLDSYS. 

2. The job modifies decks CPM and SYS EDIT (fromOPL) with the changes from the 
input file, assembles the two decks, and writes the new binary code on file LGO. 
The MODIFY control card assumes that file OPL is a read-only common file. 

If, however, OPL is a direct access permanent file, the user must include an 
ATTACH control card before issuing the MODIFY request. 

3. LIBEDIT reads the new binary code from LGO, the old binary code from 
OLDSYS, and writes a copy of OLDSYS to file NEW with the two decks (CPM 
and SYSEDIT) replaced with the new code. 

4. The job requests a new deadstart tape. 

5. File NEW is then copied to the new deadstart tape, NEWSYS, and the copy is 
verified. 



JOBKCMeoOOO, TlOO) 
USER(U5ERNUM. PASSWRD, FAMl) 

REQUEST(OLDSYS) 

MODIFY (Q) 

LIBEDIT(P=OLDSYS,I=0) 

UNLOAD(OLDSYS) 

RETURN(OLDSYS) 

REQUEST (NEWSYS) 

REWIND(NE W, NEWSYS) 

COPY (NEW, NEWSYS, V) 

UNLOAD(NEWSYS) 

RETURN(NEWSYS) 

-EOR- 

♦IDENT CPM**** 

*/ ****PREVENT TIME LIMIT ON TELEX JOBS 

*/ WHEN SETTING TIME LIMIT 

*DECK CPM 

*I, 265 

UJN STL5 

*I, 266 

STL5 BSS 

*IDENT SYSED** 

*/ .,^^^jPjX ERROR THAT CAUSES CERTAIN 

*/ LIBDECK CARDS TO BE IGNORED. 

*DECK SYSEDIT 



*I, 1360 
SL52.1 


BSS 





*D, 1379 


SA2 


WC 




SB3 


X2 




LT 


B2, B3. 5LS1 



IF NOT END OF BUFFER 



*EDIT CPM, SYSEDIT 
'■EOI'* 



60407000 D 1-C-ll 



Job 2: 

The following steps describe the operations performed by job 2. 

1. The job copies the source decks for VERIFY and VFYLIB from file INPUT to 

file VERS. (Note: The 6/7/9 card following VFYLIB makes the COPYBF possible.) 

2. It creates the decks VERIFY and VFYLIB and writes them in program library 
format to file NFL. It then assembles the decks and writes the binary code to 
file LGO. 

3. LIBEDIT reads the program library code from file NPL and writes a copy of the 
old program library OPL to file N. At the same time, it inserts the code for 
VERIFY and VFYLIB immediately following the program UPMOD (this assumes 
that VERIFY and VFYLIB are not already on file OPL). 

4. It requests a new program library tape. 

5. File N is copied to tape file NEWPL and verified. 

6. It requests an old deadstart tape OLDSYS. 

7. LIBEDIT reads the binary code for VERIFY and VFYLIB from file LGO and writes a 
copy of the old system object programs from file OLDSYS to file NEW. Meanwhile, the 
code for VERIFY and VFYLIB is inserted immediately before the fourth zero-length 
record on file OLDSYS (this assumes that VERIFY and VFYLIB are not already on file 
OLDSYS). 

8. It requests a new deadstart tape file NEWSYS. 

9. File NEW is then copied to tape file NEWSYS and verified. 



l-C-12 60407000 D 



JOB2(CM60/)00, T7777,) 

USER(ajSERNUM, PASSWRD, FAMl) 

COPYBFdNPUT, VERS) 

COMMON(OPL) 

MODIFY(Q,N,CL) 

LIBEDIT(P=OPL, B=NPL. N=N) 

REQUEST(NEWPL) 

REWIND(N. NEWPL) 

COPY(N„NEWPL,V) 

UNLOAD(NEWPL) 

RETURN(NEWPL) 

REQUEST(OLDSYS) 

LIBEDIT(P=OLDSYS) 

UNLOAD(OLDSYS) 

RETURN (OLDSYS) 

REQUEST(NEWSYS) 

REWIND(NEW, NEWSYS) 

COPY(NEW,NEWSYS,V) 

UNLOAD(NEWSYS) 

RETURN(NEWSYS) 

-EOR- 

VERIFY 



Insert VERIFY program source deck here. 



-EOR- 

VFYLIB 



Insert VFYLIB program source deck here. 



-EOF- 




*REWIND VERS 


♦CREATE VERS 


*EDIT 


VERIFY, VFYLIB 


-EOR- 




*TYPE 


OPL 


*INSERT 


UPMOD, VERIFY, VFYLIB 


-EOR- 




*ADD 


LIB4. ABS/*, OVL/* 


-EOI- 





I 
I 



LIBEDIT issues dayfile messages to report program completion or errors encountered 
during processing. A fatal error results in job termination. In recreating the card 
for the error listing, the parameters are changed to reflect the rid (record reference 
identifier) or gid (group reference identifier) being processed when the error was 
encountered. These messages are included in Appendix B. 



60407000 D 



l-C-13 



JOB OUTPUT INFORMATION 



Appendix D lists the output information printed for the sample job below. The notes in 
the right margin identify the various format conventions of KRONOS output. 

The following control cards are submitted. 

TESTA(CM50000, TIO) 
USER(JEANCOM, PASSWOR. SYSl 72) 
FTN. 
-EOR- 

PROGRAM CONVERdNPUT, OUTPUT) 
C THIS PROGRAM CONVERTS OCTAL TO DECIMAL 

C THE SECOND VALUE PRINTED IS 10 OCTAL TIMES THE FIRST 

C TERMINATE BY TYPING ZERO 

2 CONTINUE 
READ 1, J 

1 FORMAT(08) 

K=J*10B 

PRINT 6, J.K 
6 FORMAT(5X, 110, 5X, 110) 

IF{J. EQ. 0)3, 2 

3 CONTINUE 
STOP 
END 

-EOI- 



60407000 D 1-D-l 






KROHOS Z,i-hw. r3/0*»/19. 

OPERATING SYSTEM 
JOB ORIGIN ' BATCH. 

USER NUMBER = JEANCOM 
JOBCARD NAME ' TESTAOO 



The first three lines of the banner page indicate that this local batch job 
was run under the control of version 2, 1. 2 of the KRONOS Operating System. 
The system creation date was April 19, 1975. 

The user number is that which was supplied on the USER card. The jobcard 
name is the name of the particular job which was supplied on &e job card. 



AAAAAAAAAA 


AAAAAAAAAA 


fFPFFFFFFPFP 


tITXIIIIIIII 


AAAAAAAAAA 


AAAAAAAAAAAA 


AAAAAAAAAAAA 


F.FFFFFFFFFFF 


IIIIIIIIIIII 


AAAAAAAAAAAA 


AA AA 


AA 


AA 


FF 


II 


AA AA 


AA AA 


AA 


AA 


FF 


II 


AA AA 


AA AA 


AA 


AA 


FF 


II 


AA AA 


AA AA 


AA 


AA 


FF 


II 


AA AA 


AA AA 


AA 


AA 


fF 


II 


AA AA 


AA AA 


AA 


AA 


rFFFFFF? 


II 


AA AA 


AAAAAAAAAAAA 


AAAAAAAAAAAA 


FFFFFFFF 


11 


AAAAAAAAAAAA 


AAAAAAAAAAAA 


AAAAAAAAAAAA 


FF 


II 


AAAAAAAAAAAA 


AA AA 


AA 


AA 


FF 


II 


AA AA 


AA AA 


AA 


AA 


FF 


II 


AA AA 


A A A A 


AA 


AA 


FF 


II 


AA AA 


AA AA 


AA 


AA 


FF 


II 


AA AA 


AA AA 


AA 


AA 


FF 


riiiiiiiiiii 


AA AA 


AA AA 


AA 


AA 


FF 


IIIIIIIIIIII 


AA AA 



ICCCCCCC3C 

cccccccccacc 

cc cc 

cc 

cc 

cc 

cc 

cc 

cc 
cc 
cc 

CO 

C3 cc 

cccccccccccc 
cccccccccc 



FFFFFFFFFFFF 

FFFFFFFFFFFF 

FF 

FF 

FF 

FF 

FF 

FFFFFFFF 

FFFFFFFF 

FF 



FF 
FF 
FF 
FF 
FF 
FF 



7S/06/02. 13.26.27. 



This line specifies the current date 
(June 2, 1975) and the time (hh.mm, as.) 
when ttie job printing was initiated. 



The first four characters of 
the banner job name are gen- 
erated from the user index 
associated with the user num- 
ber. These four characters 
are unique to each user and 
remain the same for subse- 
quent jobs run under the same 
user number. The last three 
characters are the job se- 
quence number assigned by the 
system at the time of pro- 
cessing. 



en 
o 
)t^ 
o 
-J 
o 
o 
o 



03 

o 
if^ 
o 
-J 

o 
o 
o 

a 



I 

D 
I 

OS 



PROGRAM CONVER 



7Z/7S 0PT=1 



FTN i».i»+Uitni 



75/06/02. 13.26.2it. 



PAGE 



10 



PROGRAM CONWERtlNPUT, OUTPUT} 
C THIS PROGRAM COMWERTS OCTAL 

C THE SECOND VALUE PRINTED IS 

C TERMINATE BY TYPING ZERO 

2 CONTINUE 
READ 1,J 

1 FORMAT (OS) 

6 FORMAT(5X,I10,5X, IIOJ 

K=J»10B 

PRINT 6,JsK 

IF(J.EQ.0)3,2 

3 CONTINUE 
STOP 

END 



TO DECIMAL 

10 OCTAL TIMES THE FIRST 



The job calls the FORTRAN Extended compUer 
which compiles the program. CONVER, contained 
in the program record. The symbolic reference 
map for program CONVER is printed below. 



SYMBOLIC REFERENCE MAP tR=l > 



ENTRY POINTS 
V107 CONVER 






VARIABLES 
«fl37 J 


SN TYPE 
INTEGER 


RELOCATION 


FILE NAMES 
INPUT 


MODE 
FMT 


2nitl OllTP'JT 


STATEMENT LABELS 
'»12'f 1 FMT 
'♦126 6 FMT 


l»l 



<»l<fO 



INTEGER 



3 



INACTIVE 



STATISTICS 

PROGRAM LENGTH 
BUFFER LENGTH 



3 6B 
fftOSB 



30 
2115 



d 

I 

>4^ 



AAFIACF. 75/06/02.(10) CVBER73 KRONOS This line specifies the job name, the current date, and the computer system being used. 

13 26 23 TESTA CMSOOOO TlO The dayflle includes a listing of the Control cards, system supplied status messages, and 

ir^fcpaii^CB 'icSNrnM 'sYsi?? program output, if any. Spaces precede status messages and program output. Each line 

U.ieie'.'pTN? Includes the time the message was issued to the dayfUe. 

13.26.25. .08<* C? SECONDS COHPILATION TIME ., xi. x » j ^ ^ 

1^ 26 2? iiFM=; ' n i;73KUNS The last four lines specify the type and amount of system resources the job used. This job 

1326.25.UECP oIo93SEGS. used 0.573 kilo-units 6f mass storage activity. 0.093 seconds of CPU time, and 1.000 SRU. 

13'26!25'aesr' lioOOUNTS. The job produced 0.iS2 kilo-lines of printable output. Depending on the resources used, 

Is'zesz'uCLp' 23 ' 0.192KLNS. additional information may be included in the dayflle. The formats of these messages are 

■ * * ' ' ' given under Job Completion in section 3. 



05 

o 
><^ 
o 

o 
o 

o 



PERMANENT FILE DEVICE STATISTICS 



The system allocates space for permanerAt mass storage files in units called reservation 
blocks. The size of a reservation block depends upon the type of file and/or the type 
of device on which the file is to reside. For indirect access files, the reservation 
block size is always one PRU (64 CM words), regardless of the device residence. 
For direct access files, the reservation block size is a multiple of PRUs and varies 
according to the device type, as shown in the following table. 

Device 

Type Device 

DA 6603 Disk System 

DB 6638 Disk System 

DC 863 Drum Storage 

DD 853/854 Disk Storage 

Drive (lln<_8) 

DE Extended Core Storage 

DF 814 Disk File 

DH 821 Data File 

DI 844 Disk Storage Sub- 

system (l<^n<_8) 

DP Distributive Data 

Path to ECS 

MD 841-n Multiple Disk 

Drive (1< n<.8) 



PRUs/ 
Block 


CM 
Words 


Characters 


Maximum 
No. of Blocks 


50. 
64 


3200, 
4096 


32,000, 
40, 960 


2048 


49 


3136 


31,360 


2048 


25 


1600 


16,000 


256 


n>!26 * 


n*1664 


n*16, 640 


n*400 (854) 
n*200 (853) 


16 


1024 


10,240 


121 for 125K 
243 for 250K 


85 


5440 


54, 400 


2048 


320 


20,480 


204, 800 


2048 


n*107 


n*6, 848 


n*68,480 


n*1616 


16 


1024 


10, 240 


121 for 125K 
243 for 250K 


n*32 


n*2048 


n*20, 480 


n*1600 



In this table, n indicates the unit count for multiunit devices. 

In general, the largest permanent file the user can create is a direct access file that 
resides on a nonmaster device within his family of permanent file devices. Such files 
are restricted in size by the limitations of the device itself and the DS validation 
parameter which limits the size of direct access files. If no DS restriction is im- 
posed, the maximum file size equals the maximum number of reservation blocks that 
can be allocated for the device. 

All other permanent files reside either on the user's master device or on an auxiliary 
device. Their maximum size is restricted to the device limit minus any space allo- 
cated for catalog information and other files. In addition, an installation can use the 
FS validation parameter to limit the size of indirect access files. 



60407000 D 



1-E-l 



CARD FORMAT AND CONVERSION PROBLEMS 



Data within the system is stored in binary or coded records. Binary records are vari- 
able in length and consist of cen1;ral memory images. Coded records consist of lines 
of display-coded characters. Binary and coded data can enter the system in several 
different formats as some enter the system directly; others must be converted to a 
recognizable form by the peripheral driver that enters the data. The converted data 
can reside in the system in several formats. The processing program must recognize 
the specific format and process the data accordingly. 

Described are the formats for punched cards and the format for printed data. In 
addition, this appendix describes the conversion performed by the system on data trans- 
ferred between the system and peripheral devices and the method by which time- sharing 
terminal data is converted in the system. 

When using the 64 character set, the user should avoid using consecutive colons 
(00 characters). It is possible for these colons to be Interpreted as an end-of-llne. 
An end-of-line is defined as 12 to 66 bits of zero right-justified in one or two central 
memory words. If consecutive colons appear in the lower 12 bits of a central memory 
word, they are interpreted as an end-of-line rather than as colons. 

Example : 

The following characters are punched on a coded card beginning in column 1: 
:::::::::A::::::::AA 



This would appear in memory as follows: 
59 47 35 23 



11 



00 00 


00 00 


00 00 


00 00 


00 01 


: : 


: : 


• • 
■ • 


: : 


: A 


00 00 


00 00 


00 00 


00 00 


01 01 


: : 


: : 


: : 


: : 


A A 


00 00 


00 00 


00 00 


00 00 


00 00 



end-of-line 



60407000 D 



1-F-l 



However, if the characters were copied with the COPYSBF utility, the following would 
appear: 



59 



47 



35 



23 



11 



55 00 


00 00 




00 00 


00 00 


00 00 


end -of -line 


01 00 


00 00 


00 00 


00 00 


00 01 


A : 


: : 


: : 


: : 


: A 


01 00 


00 00 


00 00 


00 00 


00 00 



end -of -line 



NOTE 

If a colon is the last character of a line, the 
system appends a blank character to preserve 
the colon and then appends an end -of -line. 
(Two blanks may be added to ensure an even 
number of characters. ) 



FORMATS FOR CARDS READ 

The system reads cards in coded and binary formats, 
in both formats. 



The following conditions apply 



1. A card with a 7/8/9 punched in cplumn 1 is, an EOR mark. 

2. A card with a 6/7/9 punched in column 1 is an EOF mark. 

3. A card with a 6/7/8/9 punched in column 1 is an EOI mark. 

The reaminder of each card is ignored except for columns 79 and BO of the EOR and 
EOF cards. These columns can contain the keypunch conversion mode for the input 
records that follow. Conversion modes are discussed in the following section. 

CODED CARDS 

Cards are read in Hollerith punch code. The 3447 card reader controller converts the 
Hollerith code to internal BCD code and passes the data to the card reader driver. The 
driver converts the data from internal BCD code to display code. Up to 80 characters 
can be transferred per card. Trailing spaces are deleted. 

Two conversion modes, 026 and 029, t exist for the Hollerith punch code. All data 
is converted in the system default keypunch mode unless a conversion mode change is 
specified. This change can be specified on any of the following cards. 

The job card, 7/8/9 card (EOR mark), and 6/7/9 (EOF mark) can contain the keypunch 
conversion mode in columns 79 and 80. A 26 punched in columns 79 and 80 indicates 
all subsequent coded cards are converted in 026 mode. A 29 indicates subsequent cards 
are converted in 029 mode. Each conversion change remains in effect until another 
change card is encountered or the job ends. The user can switch between 026 and 
029 mode as often as desired. If 26 or 29 does not appear in columns 79 and 80 of the 



t These codes are ignored by a 200 User Terminal since conversion mode is selected 
by a hardware switch. (Refer to the Export/import Reference Manual. ) 



l-F-2 



60407000 D 



job card, the Initial keypunch mode of that job is the system deftiult mode. If 26 or 
29 does not appear on a 7/8/9 or 6/7/9 card, no conversion change is made and the 
most recent keypunch mode remains in effect. 

Keypunch mode can also be changed by a card containing a 5/7/9 punch in column 1. 
A blank (no punch) in column 2 indicates 026 conversion mode; a 9 punched in column 
2 indicates 029 mode. The conversion change remains in effect until another change 
card is encountered or the job ends. 

The 5/7/9 card also allows literal input when 4/5/6/7/8/9 is punched in column 2. 
Literal input allows 80 column binary data to be read while transmitting input in coded 
mode. Cards are read (16 central menaory words per card) until a card identical 
to the previous 5/7/9 card (4/5/6/7/8/9 in column 2) is read. The next card can 
then specify the new conversion mode. 



BINARY CARDS 

Binary cards are denoted by a 7/9 punch in column 1 and can contain up to 15 central 
memory words. The 3447 card reader controller reads the binary data and passes it 
to the card reader driver in 12 -bit codes. Each card column row corresponds to a bit 
position. The driver checks the checksum figure if this option is specified. The driver 
then passes the data to the central memory buffer. 

The fields within a binary card are: 

Column(s) Descrip t ion 

1 7/9 punch indicates a binary card 

4 punch ignores checksum punch in column 2 

Rows 0, 1, 2, and 3 contain the binary equivalent of the 
word count of the card 

2 Binary data checksum (modulo 4095) 

15 central memory words of binary data 
Blank 
24-bit binary card sequence number 



3 through 77 

78 

79 and 80 



SUMMARY 

The following punches appearing in column 1 of a card have the corresponding meaning 
to the card reader driver. 



Punch 



7/8/9 




6/7/9 




6/7/8/9 




5/7/9 




7/9 




Not 7 and 


9 



Represents 
End-of-record (optional conversion mode change) 
End-of-file (optional conversion mode change) 
End-of -information 

Conversion mode change /Read 80 column binary 
Binary card 
Coded card 



B0407000 D 



l-F-3 



FORIVLAT FOR CARDS PUNCHED 

Punched cards can be in three formats. 

• Coded (punch Hollerith) 

• Binary 

• Absolute binary 

The following conditions apply to all three formats. 

• When an EOR is encountered, a card is punched with a 7/8/9 in columns 1 and 
80. This card is offset. 

• When an EOF is encountered for a file, a card is punched with a 6/7/9 in 
columns 1 and 80; the remainder of the card is blank. This card is offset. 

• When an EOI is encountered on a file, a card is punched with a 6/7/8/9 in 
columns 1 and 80; the remainder of the card is blank. This card is offset. 



• 



If a compare error is encountered, the erroneous card and the following card 
are offset. These two cards are repunched until no error is detected. An 
EOI card with 6/7/8/9 punches in columns 1 and 80 contains a binary count in 
column 40 of the number of compare errors. 

• During the punching of each file, the system maintains a count of the number 
of cards punched for the file. If the number exceeds the limit for which the 
user is validated, punching of the file is terminated. A special banner card 
with the word LIMIT is punched and offset as the last card of the deck. 

The following methods are used by the system to punch each of the three forms of 
cards. 

CODED CARDS (PUNCH) 

With the exception of decks punched via the DISPOSE request, the keypunch mode (026 
or 029) of coded cards depends on the job origin type. If the job is of local batch 
origin, decks are punched in the initial keypunch mode; that is, the mode specified on 
the job card or set by system default. For all other job origin types, decks are punched 
in the system default keypunch mode. However, the DISPOSE request allows the user 
to specify that decks be punched in either 026 or 029 mode regardless of the job's 
keypunch mode. 



^-F-'i 60407000 D 



BINARY CARDS (PUNCHB) 

The card punch driver retrieves 15 words of binary data from central memory. The 
driver then generates a checksum for the data and issues a card number. The card 
punch controller receives the binary data and punches it on the card unchanged, that is, 
in 12 -bit codes. Each row in a card column corresponds to a bit position. The driver 
formats the binary card in the following manner. 

Column(s) Contents 



1 7/9 punch denotes binary card 

Rows 0,' 1, 2, and 3 contain the binary equivalent of the 
word count of the card 

2 Binary data checksunti (modulo 4095) 

3 through 77 15 central memory words of binary data 

78 Blank 

79 and 80 24-bit binary card sequence number 

ABSOLUTE BINARY CARDS (P8) 

Absolute binary cards are central memory images in 12~bit codes. Each row in a card 
column corresponds to a bit position. Sixteen central memory words are punched per 
card with no special punches or fields added. 

PRINTED DATA 



All printed data is in coded format. The line printer driver extracts data until an end- 
of-line mark occurs or until 14 central memory words are retrieved. The end-of-line 
is denoted by a zero byte, as the last byte of a central memory word. The print line 
consists of a maximum of 136 characters. If an end-of-line mark does not appear after 
136 characters, the last four characters of that group are lost. The driver converts the 
extracted data from display code to internal BCD code (refer to appendix A for the char- 
acter set equivalences) and forwards the data to the line printer controller. 

The driver interprets the first chsiracter in a line as the carriage control character 
(refer to appendix A) and that character is not printed. In most cases, the proper 
carriage control is issued while thie remainder of the line is printed. However, when 
Q, R, S, or T is specified, no printing takes place for that line. The Q, R, S, and T 
format controls remain in effect until changed, and all other carriage control options 
must be supplied for each line they control. Line spacing is normally done in the auto 
eject mode; that is, creases in the paper are skipped by the line printer controller's 
automatic line spacing mechanism if the paper is loaded properly. 

During the printing of each file, the system maintains a count of the number of lines printed/ 
skipped for the file. If the number exceeds the limit for which the user is validated, printing 
of the file is terminated. The informative diagnostic LINE LIMIT EXCEEDED is printed. 
If a job's dayfile is part of the terminated print file, the dayfile Is subsequently printed. 

The Installation can impose an implied page control by setting a certain number of default 
lines for each page. If less than the default number of lines is printed/ skipped on a page, 
the line limit is still decremented by the default number of lines. 



60407000 D l-F-5 



TERMINAL CHARACTER CONVERSION 

Normal input mode from a terminal consists of a 64-character set where all lowercase 
alphabetlcs are converted to uppercase characters. Under ASCII mode, the characters 
74 and 76 represent the beginning of a 74xx or 76xx escape sequence. Under NORMAL 
mode, the characters 74 and 76 are treated as data rather than escape codes. ASCII 
and NORMAL modes apply to both input and output. 

DATA INPUT 

The terminals KRONOS supports can be grouped into ASCII terminals and correspondence 
code terminals. The manner in which the characters entered from a terminal are in- 
terpreted by the system depends on whether the user specifies that the characters belong 
to the full character set. For example, if the user enters the following characters to 
be mapped into the full ASCII set: 

aAbBcCdDeEfF 

the central memory equivalent ls:t 



59 


47 


35 


23 


11 


7.& 0.1 


01 76 


02 02 


76 03 


03 76 


04 04 


76 05 


05 76 


06 06 


00 00 



I However, if a NORMAL command is issued, the characters are mapped into the sub* 
set of the ASCII character set; then the central memory equivalent is: 



59 


47 


35 


23 


IL 


01 01 


02 02 


03 03 


04 04 


05 05 


06 06 


00 00 


00 00 


00 00 


00 00 



In ASCII mode, 1 1 ^U 128 characters from an ASCII or correspondence code terminal 
are recognized. These characters, in addition to the first 64, are processed as 12-bit 
characters with an escape code conversion as shown previously. Appendix A lists 
the character set equivalences. The programs that process data must recognize that 
data is in ASCII mode rather than normal display code and process it accordingly. 

DATA OUTPUT 

Data output is in either a 64/63 or 128 character set, depending on whether the termi- 
nal is in NORMAL or ASCII mode. When the terminal is in NORMAL mode, the codes 
74 and 76 represent data rather than escape codes. In ASCII mode, 74 and 76 are 
treated as the beginning of an escape sequence. All inforraation is transmitted in even 
parity unless the user specifies odd parity. 

For a more detailed description of terminal operation, refer to the Time-Sharing User's 
Reference Manual. 



Data can also be transmitted to or from a terminal through a paper tape reader. 
paper tape character mode is always ASCII. 



The 



t Partial words are zero-filled; partial bytes are blank-filled. 
tt Refer to the Time-Sharing User's Reference Manual for descriptions 'of the ASCII 
and NORMAL commands. 



l-F-6 



60407000 D 



TAPE LABELS 



The operating system accepts ANSI standard and nonstandard labeled tapes. Labels 
which do not conform to ANSI standsirds In format and/or content are defined as non- 
standard, 

ANSI labels perform two functions. They provide information that uniquely identifies 
a file and the reel on which it resides, and they mark the beginning and end of a file 
and the beginning and end of a reel. 

ANSI labels are designed to conform to the American National Standard Magnetic Tape 
Labels for Information Interchange X3. 27- 1969. All labels are 80 characters in length 
and are recorded at the same density as the data on the tape. The first three char- 
acters of an ANSI label identify the label type. The fourth character indicates a number 
within a label type. 

The following is a summary of each label type, name, function, and whether or not it 
is required. 



lype 



No. 



Name 



VOL 


1 


Volume header label 


UVL 


1-9 


User volume Isibel 


HDR 


1 


File header label 


HDR 


2-9 


File header label 


UHL 


t 


Useir header label 


EOF 


1 


End- of- file label 


EOF 


2-9 


End- of- file label 


UTL 


■■ 


User trailer label 


EOV 


! 


End- of- volume label 



EOV 



2-9 



End- of- volume label 



Used At 

Beginning-of- volume 
Beginning-of-volume 
Beginning-of- file 
Beginning-of-file 
Beginning-of- file 
End-of-file 
End-of-file 
End-of-fUe 
End-of- volume 

End-of-volume 



Required /Optional 

Required 

Optional 

Required 

Optional 

Optional 

Required 

Optional 

Optional 

Required when 

appropriate 

Optional 



REQUIRED LABELS 

The VOLl, HDRl, and EOFl labels are required on all ANSI-labeled tapes. In addition, 
an EOVl label is required if the physical end-of-tape reflector is encountered before an 
EOFl label is written or if a multifile set is continued on another volume. In the 
descriptions of the contents of these labels, n is any numeric digit and a is any letter, 
digit, or any of the following special characters. 



tAny member of the CDC 6-bit subset of the ASCII character set. 



60407000 D 



1-G-l 



I 

II 



+ 



> 



& 

/ 

( 



[ 

\ 

] 

A 



Some fields are optional. An optional field which does not contain the designated infor- 
mation must contain blanks. Fields which are not described as optional are required 
and will be written as specified. Note that n-type fields are right- justified and zero- 
filled, and a -type fields are left- justified and blank- filled. 

VOLl - VOLUME HEADER LABEL 

The volume header label must be the first label on a labeled tape. All reels begin with 
a VOLl label. If two or more reels belong to a volume set, the file section field in 
the following HDRl label gives the actual reel number. 



VOL 


1 


volume serial number 


va 


reserved 


reserved 


reserved 


owner 
identification 


owner identification (oid) 


oid 


reserved 


reserved 


reserved 


Isl 



l-G-2 



60407000 D 



c 
o 

O . 












.2 
•a o3 

Cm W 0) a, f^ 

5^50) 

w <u m 5 S 

:5^^ S i 3 

i'^ «M to > C 



o "2 

" O 

«2 V -H 

(U K o 

o2| 

Zffl 8 







to <S 1^ 










^S-^Q 










O rn 

5 ci: 










^..2° 










Q) to T5 










Vl nj r-l 






o 


o 


a> 3 0) 


o 


o 


Z 


Z 


05 oc; 


2 


z 



c 

c 
o 

u 



►J 

O 

> 

0.1 
XI 



to 

3 



J3 



10 

3 



C 0) 

o ja 

•O M 
at C 
m -rt 
u 



m 






0) 

C O ■-' 
O -w at 

CO m 03 

.a S >> 
Soft 

T3 
3 .fh r< eS 

o a) « «« 
> nj S o 



^T3 

ffl3 



S w 
•- c 

X! O 

U CO 

(U 0) 

-" t< 

o 

CO 0) 

u x: 
CO ■" 

•fl to 

y <u 



c 
a; O 

2 CO 

Is 

jS.o 
S'S 
0-" 

X! 0) 
^£ 

o ->-• 

. CO 
to, to 
C <U 

CO y 

:„ o 



CO 
CO 

« CO 
XI T3 



jS 3 

§s 



•2t3 S ?i 

a; "O <U X) *" 
4.» C ;^ O O 
O CO bn (-1 -w 

<U C X! P^ 
Q, CO -" 






to ,. S CO i 



o fi <" <i> .S ' 
>, cs tS ^ r • 

<; S.Sx! af 



to 

CO 
f— * 

ja 

X5 
•♦J 
CO 

3 



u 

CO 
^^'^^ 

:;:3 eu XI 

s ss 



a 

in"" 

S O 



c o 

> 



o 

to ? 
x: o .-4 

" /., cS 

csxi" 

s -^ CO 

<! .w o. 



CO 
CO 



XJ 



to 

3 



3o 

a > 

CO .rt 

-I X! 



5 



2 to 

CO cd 

u 
p 



O C 

«^ * 

rtXl CO 

s . s 

3 U to 

<D ^-> "^ 

.4- (O (U 

•" M X3 

■« 2 to 



(U 
J3 



O 

rt -'-' 

6 c 

rt 0) . 

X5 c to 

o S <" 

t» <U -rt 

to Sh ^ 



UU rt 

CO Q, 



CO 2 y 

g|s 

O O X! C o r C 

,H C! iS t! C <A ti .rt 



>-. CO 
h 0) 0) 





.^.^ 




in 




u 




4) 


x: 


•4-> 

y 


c 


f-i 


a> 


CO 


^ 


x: 


H-( 


y 




C 




•>^ 




*'-' 



o 

(M 



00 



0) 




u 


P— 1 

.2 


1 




XJ 


)h 


u 

.2 


s 

3 


<1> 

CO 




C 


(U h 


2 


rrt^ 


1—4 


i| 


0) 


■^1 


(U 


■rt 


X3 


> c 


fe 


m^^ 


CO 




,j2 


J 


(.< 








(U B 








y -H 






o 


t .-a 


CO 




frt 


h en 

CO o 


1 

1-1 


-* 


1 











CO 

to 

y ^ 
<5^ 



u 




u 


U CO 




u ti 


OT) 




o-o 


«-< C 




«rt c 


"5!^ 




7>« 


^ to 




gjto 


Sh 0) 


c 


(h 0) d 


V h 


o 


(U t. o 


CO 3 
<1> rt 

035 


•rt 
CO 


Res 
futu 
zati 



rt '^ 

C -rt 

(U o 

- e 
u g 

ll 

6c 



■X3 
U 

u a 

O X) 

a 



'O 


cO 






•4-> 




f 


to 




u 


<u 


c 


9> 


!h 


o 


m 


3 


.rt 




4^ 

3 

«1H 


CO 

ISI 



t-l 

CO 


co 


in 

t 

00 
CO 


05 




CO 


1 

CM 

in 



T3 

U 

CO 

•a 

ad 

(U —t 



o 

CO 



60407000 D 



l-G-3 



HDRl - FIRST FILE HEADER LABEL 

The first file header label must appear before each file. When a file is continued on 
more than one volume, the file header label is repeated after the volume header label 
on each new volume for that file. If two or more files are grouped in a multifile set, 
each HDRl label indicates the relative position of its associated file within the set. 



HDR 


1 1 file identifier (fi) 


file identifier (fi) 


fi 


set identification nu*^ee^r®es*^9??io ) 


secno 


fUe 
sequence number 


generation number 


gvn 


gvn 


creation date ^^S'iV^J^^^" 


expiration 

date 


fa 


block count 


system code 


system code I reserved 



l-G-4 



60407000 D 



c 






o 






-a "o 






oj aJ 






5 V 






<u 


CO 


m 


s: 


QJ 


<Si 


U 


>H 


>< 






^, ft 



f, ft 



■^ S3 

o o 
2 « 
^- ft 



c 
cd 

1 — 1 

ffl 



ctf 

1—4 



o 
o 
o 



o 
o 

o 







•?w 






ilPQ 






B^ 






c «, 






o S? 






•" J3 






-l-a -l-» 


tf 






XI 


0) 
XI 

•4-> 


identif 
imeter 
rol car 


M 


m 


Oj TO -y 


3 


3 


rH h C 


S 


§ 


f^ ft u 



" m «« 

(U a; y 

W oj o 

rn ^ ^ 

x;x:<^ 

T!XI S 

•'■> x: 

Kl^ O 



B 
x: -u 

3 "M 

1° 

to 
(U <u 

.-I [TJ. 

to "J 



o 

i« 

o --< 
CO 



«o.S 



n. m <" 
i XI XI 

^ «£ 

O 
m 



sa 



m 






. ?! 3 

o o £ 

o -" 

° " oT 
.2 Is 

^> "U 3 

:3 >< o 



O J3 

en 3 a 
., ^ O *:! 

§ 9 ft « 
5 > CO ^ 

o m M ™ 
3 O Sh • 

-H JJ; 4) CO 
d 50 3 O O 

.SS^£3 



m 



X! 



CO (N 

— o 

>> .. 3 ° 



£ -o £ 5 ^ 






c ^-S 



<u 



o 

c 
o 






o -"c 

CO <d g 

c o r:H 



i ™-*" »-^ ,^* X 



en 

o 

0, 



2 3£ 

oW" 

(U ^ o 
to t-l o 



3 

c 



tc 0) to 4) 

X , 



CS 



B 

ct) 

to 



^, "i^ CD 

o c r3 X 

tt-4 ^■M C4H +J 



CO 



■* 



s 


.2 


1 

3 

c 


.2 

c 


2 


^S1 


r-4 


s 


a; 


(u *; 


0) 




•1-4 


XI ?, 


^ 


a> 


fe 


«4^ 


nt 


a 




hJS 


J 


fc 



c 
.2 

a 

c 
a> 

73 



CO 










c 


c 








0) 


•s 


3 


•4-> 







Ih 


CO 


a> 




X 


0) 

f— 1 


s 


•r^ 


3 


fe 


c 



o 
c 
v 

3 

iiS 



^ 




<1> 


c 


■«-> 








•F-l 


cS 


.tJ 


a 


S 


X 


a. 



CO 




CM 


(M 


T-i 


'i' 


f 


1 
CM 
CM 



CO 

I 

03 
CM 



in 

CO 



CM 

CO 



60407000 D 



l-G-5 



a 




o 




T3 


"O 


0) 


a 


^ 


a> 


o 


tf 


0) 




J2 




u 





^ a) 
U w 



01 
0) 



I 

O .3 h 
TO rj fr* 



I 

9- c to 

O tt) 3 

<a ™ /!> 

.2.2i 

■tJ 4-3 Tj 



5" 





■a 




a> 








a. 


!a 


S 

0) 


tj 


ts 


<u 


at 






^ 


u 


U & 



o 
o 
o 



o 
o 



(0 

3 

o 



c 

(U 

u 

u 

3 



0) 

X! is 01 0) 

a >,£^ 

3 XI ^ rt 

s-a o > 

C! Q) ti m 

* CO cd rt 

O etf P. O 



O O 
C! O 
O 0) 

•^ to 

pi (U 

'-' X! 

0) ^ 
W)0 



'W o c 

•woo 

£ <u to 



.2 2 



to .s g 

3 w rt 
3+* 

^■^ 
Jd.2 g 
U 3 o 



^1 



^4 


J3 


C! 


7 




CM 

O 


0) 


h 


^ 


0) 
J3 


. 


s 


c 


3 


o 


C 


•l-< 




-*-» 


c 


cd 


o 


S^ 


••-* 


^ 


w 


C 


;h 


0) 


0) 


tJB> 



.2c£ 
;7i to . 

y td ft CI 

g .59 

ca o *s i-I 



0) u 

■*^ 

cd 

u 
o 



lisS 



cd « 



CO CO 

cd cd 

1-1 T3 






° _ o 

O TJ «H 
^ tt) „ 

Sh ^ 2 

■2.2-2 « 

(-1 -rt Cm -* 



U Q <U 

„ td ii J3 

+» <u tj *-" • 

5i c «> -S ?, 

<S -H <u S w 

" .15 ^^ Id O 

d fe o 2 ^ 

^ cj id -S 

<" >, ^, ft S 



^ ** -I 

.- n^ 5 * '-' 



0) 

cd C 
-,, "O td 
^ x: 

a; >i M 

•2 xi ■" 
to o iS 
fl -" 

o n 5i 
cJ oj o 

to •$ o 

3^ 3 



.2 fe 

CO •-• .g 

-.2 S 

c ■•-; <u 
•^ -o ^ 
c c a, 

> o is 

bc to , 

*J ^-» .^ 

Cd _, <M 

^ £.2 
•"•^ tJ 

X! t> ™ 

+3 l> to 



> «w 



•" XI 

11. 

P s 



o 

> c 

Xi £ 
4-» -t-i 

o ^ 



to Vt 3 
3 O i. 

1 ^'S 

— 1 " X3 

2 P CO 
S Tj to 

•H a) 

"^ aj ■" 

0) 2 
> fl) 3 

-«-* -4-3 M 



cd-g 



-a d.a 



to a3 



0..2 



cdri 

ftW)^ !> 

>< d . ^ 

^^ 2 to 

aj a) H "^ 

d o 3 a> 

o ^H o Cd 

" ft > TJ 



to 
u 
<u 



■>* 



<0 


d 


,5 


--^ 


z 


■A ,-^ 


2 

<0 


Gene rat 
number 
(optiona 


fa 


!L| 




<u d 




.y 


03 


P> rS 


CO 


i to 


1 

CO 
CO 





d 


d 
.2 


^ 


Id 


d u 


<u 


§ 




C) 


0) 3 





> d 



I 

o 



d 

.2 

Cd 

(U 

u 



I 



Cd 

•o 

d 
o 

Id 

•H 
ft 



CO 

I 

00 

■>* 



l-G-6 



60407000 D 



c 
o 

V 

x: 
U 



CO •«-* 

<u 03 "^ 



g 



o 



o 



3 

Q 



0) 

m 

O n> 

■g «!-< • 

C! O TJ 

w « o 

« «^ 

O ci! ■» 

O ti C 

« s ° 



I 

c 



I 

a . 

..- CO 

^§ 

a .^ 
.^ ■•-» 

^ ••-4 
•4-> 

u m 

at (p 
o n 



cii -M 

" CI 

o- 

• tn 

S a> 
™ o 

.fj Co 



§.2 

3 . 
to 

o 

26 



m t— I 






<u 



.rf i- 



tf ^ (U 
C3 ^ *■ 

B: • oj 
w S 

.a 3 o w o 



I Co ti 

M O 

«> o 



16 



S "« ^ *-< 
cii S n n> 



f' o 

- a 

=1 >» 

'to ti 

tn o 



r_ B O «> - 

O ^ H i O W 5- 

O ' ^ • -a 

ft '43 3 5^ £ 



to 
o 

u 

0) 

N 

«> 
Si 

m 

3 



Mc<?IS^ 



(4 



•r* rt 
rt) M 

O C! 

TO ^^ 

Oi ° 

CO ^ 



go 



'^^^ 

CO .J -^ 

x^ CI i- 
-^ oi> 

M KM 

o (u c 



o 
a 

S • 

Co *■» 

"I 

o aj 

4) O 



$-1 ■!-> X) N -•-> 



01 

a 



01 
(U 
O 

cd 

p. 

CD 

a) 

£1 

0) 

3 





^^ 




to 




tl 




« 


j: 
^ 




c 


u 


V 


0] 


kJ 


J2 





c 







to 



a 

at 

Z 

■a 
I— I 

V 



(D 
01 
(U 

o cd 



c 

s 

o 

o 
o 

r-H 
ffl 



o 

o 

a 

0) 

tn 

>> 
m 



T3 

h CD 
O TJ 

CM fl 

^ « 

Sh (U c 

a> h Q 
CO 3 -rj 






u 
oi 
u 
a 

Si 

U 






o CO 

<o t- 

I I 

in 1-t 

in CO 



o 

00 

I 

t- 



60407000 D 



l-G-7 



EOFl - FIRST END-OF-FILE LABEL 

The end-of-file label is the last block of every file. It is the KRONOS end-of- informa- 
tion for the file, A single tape mark precedes EOFl, A double tape mark written 
after the EOFl label marks the end of a multifile set. 



EOF 


|l 


file identifier (fi) 


file identifier (fi) 


fi 


set identification 1 mirnlipr Tspono) 


secno 


sequence^number I generation number 


gvn 


gvn 


creation date | ^^'8^^i|*'°^ 


expiration 
(iate 


1 fa 1 block count 


system code 


system code 


reserved 



l-G-8 



60407000 D 



c 





















■a "5 






CO 




fl> ?, 






cd 




o X 

9) 


tn 


« 


CO H! 


m 


s: 


(U 


D 


V 


U 


>< 


>< 


>i 



p 

10 

at 

(U 

e 

cd 

CO 



c 






0) 






-l-> 






c 
o 
u 


O 






W 


rH 




0) 


<U 




XI 


XJ 




•l-a 


-M 




CO 


CO 




3 


3 



bo 




c 




•f-4 




XI 




c 




o 




a, 




CO 




<u 




^ 




u 




o 


1-4 


o 


« 


(U 


P 


:S 


fC 


m 


c 


a 


.^ 


V 


CO 


s 


t— 1 


cd 


.2 


tn 


•IH 



.S w a* 3 ^ 






>L ^ XI O 3 




tm 


acters speci 
r of data bio 
is label and 
HDR label g 
does not inc 


CO 


a 

•f-4 

1 

a. 
en 

oQ 


cd 

6 

a> 
o. 
cd 


U V'S &D'-< 


■*-» 


oK 


cd ^ r! Cd 


u 


CO C 

cd-- 

|2 
cntS 


Six n ch 
the num 
between 
precedii 
This tot 


o 
en 

■— 1 





^_^ 




CO 




s^ 




flj 


J2 


*•> 

o 


C 


^ 


^ 






c 




•^ 



o 
in 



O 

CM 



0) 

s 

r— I 



u 

•r-l 

rj d 
hJ3 



(U 

6 

§ 

■—I 

Cd 



ffl) CQ 

o -^ 



a 

3 
O 

o 

o 
o 

m 



(U 


01 








2 

0) 






o 


• H 






o 


«w 




_^ 


CO 

Cd 






f— 1 


<u 


O 


p 


o 


e 


ffi 




5 


a. 


d 


tn 


en 


•f-4 





(U d 



V3 

t 


in 


o 

CO 


H .5J4 


in 


in 

in 



o 

CO 

I 



60407000 D 



l-G-9 



EOVl - FIRST END- OF- VOLUME LABEL 

The end-of-volume label is required only if the physical end-of-tape reflector is en- 
countered before an EOFl label is written or if a multifile set is continued on another 
volume. EOVl is preceded by a single tape mark and followed by a double tape mark. 



EOV 



file identifier (fi) 



file identifier (fi) 



file section 
number (secno) 

generation number 1 gvn 



secno 



fi 



set identification 



file — ;: — 

sequence number 



expiration 
diitg. 



gvn 



creation date 



expiration 



■Wa'a' 



m 



block count 



system code 



system code j 



reserved 



1-G-lO 



60407000 D 



c 
o 






'o'H 






D ?, 






S 0) 






V 


n 


to 


x: 


0) 


V 


U 


>* 


{H 



Q 
OS 

a 






03 

Q 
oi 

6 



3 

.s 



e 

c 
o 

o 



> 









w 


<-i 


(U 


V 


XJ 


^ 


+» 


■^ 


CO 


w 


3 


3 


§ 


§ 



00 




c 




.»i4 




73 




C 




o 




o. 




« 




0) 




u 




u 




o 


iH 


o 


03 


0) 





Si 


iE 


to 


G 


cd 


■i-i 


(D 

H 


CO 


,s 


• 1-4 


en 


tM 



.S w 

tttS 
axH 

OS XI 

•^ S 
og 

c c 



P4 (1> 

X! O S 

■a ^ly . 
d—i £ to 

rt OS to "^ 



o o. 



•i-i rC 'D ci5 
C rt fn 



.s 

T5 

a 
o 
o. 

CO 
0) 

u 
u 

"(« 

X! T-i 
CO C 

cd - 

<"^ 
S3 
CS.2 





^.^ 




«i 




u 




0) 


x: 

•4-* 

bl 




n 


h 


flj 


aJ 


J 


x: 
o 




e 




•1-4 



o 
in 



CO 



o 



0) 




u 

0} 


5P^ 




6 


u 
.2 

51 


g 




3 


xs 


3 

a 

<-\ 

(U 
XI 

5 


Same as 
correspo 
fields in 
(optional 


O 

o 
o 

a 

ffl 



c »? 
0) to o 



10 

eii 

0) 

6 






0.2 



CO O tS<> 



u 




9) C 




•t^ O 




U 'S 




js.-a 


CO 


cd o 


t 







■* 



in 
I 

in 



o 

CO 

I 

in 



o 

(» 

I 

<o 



60407000 D 



1-G-ll 



These labels define four possible file configurations, 

• A single file on a single volume 

• A single file on two or more volumes 

• Two or more files on a single volume 

• Two or more files on two or more volumes 

Figures 1-G-l through l-G-7 illustrate the use of ANSI labels in these configurations. 



l-G-12 60407000 D 




* = TAPE MARK 
-= USER DATA 



Figure 1-G-l. ANSI Labels: Single File, Single Volume 




Figure l-G-2. ANSI Labels: Single File, Multivolume 



60407000 D 



l-G-13 



HDRI 



-^ ^^--FILE A-- 





FILE B * EOFI 



¥e - tape: mark 

- = USER DATA 



Figure l-G-3 ANSI Labels: Multifile, Single Volume 



l-G-14 



60407000 D 



HDRI 




X : TAPE MARK 
- = USER DATA 



Figure l-G-4. ANSI Labels: Multifile. Multivolume 



60407000 D 



l-G-15 




NOTE: 

THE LETTERS (A) AND (B) IN 
PARENTHESES INDICATE TO WHICH 
FILES THE LABELS ABOVE THEM BELONG. 



^= TAPE MARK 
- = USER DATA 



Figure l-G-5. ANSI Labels: End-of-File. End-of- Volume Coincidence 



l-G-16 



60407000 D 




EOFI 


^ 


HDRI 


H 


* 


EOVI 


* 


H 




NOTE: 

THE LETTERS (A) AND (B) IN PARENTHESES 
INDICATE TO WHICH FILES THE LABELS ABOVE 
THEM BELONG. 



H - TAPE MARK 
- = USER DATA 



Figure l-G-6. ANSI Labels: End-of-File, End- of- Volume Coincidence 



60407000 D 



l-G-17 



HDRI 




EOFIPE * 



■)«• = TAPE MARK 
- = USER DATA 



Figure l-G-7. ANSI Labels: End-of-File, End- of- Volume Coincidence 



l-G-18 



60407000 D 



OPTIONAL LABELS 

Six types of optional labels are allowed. They are additional header (HDR2-9), end-of- 
file (EOF2-9), end-of-volume (EOV2-9), user volume (UVLa), header (UHLa), and trailer 
(UTLa) labels. 

(HDR2-9) - ADDITIONAL FILE HEADER LABELS 

HDR2-9 labels may immediately follow HDRl. Their format is: 

Default 
Written 



Character 
Position 


Field Name 


Length 
(in characters) 


Contents 


1-3 


Label 
identifier 


3 


HDR 


4 


Label number 


1 


2-9 


5-80 




76 





HDR 



2-9 



Only the label identifier and the label number are checked on read. 



(EOF2-9) - ADDITIONAL END-OF-FILE LABELS 

EOF2-9 labels may immediately foUov/^ EOFl. Their format is: 



Character 
Pos ition 


Field Name 


Ltmgth 
(in characters) 


Contents 


1-3 


Label 
identifier 


3 


EOF 


4 


Label number 


1 


2-9 


5-80 




76 





Default 
Written 

EOF 



2-9 



Only the label identifier and the label number are checked on read, 

(EOV2-9) - ADDITIONAL END-OF-VOLUME LABELS 

EOV2-9 labels may immediately follow EOVl. Their format is: 



Character 
Position 


Field Name 


Length 
(in chai?acters) 


Contents 


1-3 


Label 
identifier 


3 


EOV 


4 


Label nunaber 


1 


2-9 


5-80 




76 





Default 
Written 

EOV 
2-9 



Only the label identifier and the label number are checked on read. 



60407000 D 



l-G-19 



Refer to section 3, volume 2 for a description of the use of EOV2 labels in conjunction 
with CLOSER. REWIND, and UNLOAD macros. 

USER LABELS 

USER labels may immediately follow their associated system labels. Thus, user volume 
labels (UVLa) may follow VOLl, user header labels (UHLa) may follow the last HDRn 
label, and user trailer labels (UTLa) may follow the last EOVn or EOFn label. Their 
format is: 



Character 
Position 

1-3 



5-80 



Field Name 

Label 
identifier 

Label number 



User option 



Length 
(in characters) 

3 



Contents 



Default 
Written 



77 



UVL, UHL. or UTL UVL, UHL, 

or UTL 

Must be 1, 2, 3, 4, 
etc. , consecutively 
for UVL labels. For 
other labels, any a 
character. 

Any a characters. 



Only the label identifier and the label number are checked on read. The system checks 
the number of user labels of a label type; a maximum of 64 is allowed. 



l-G-20 



60407000 D 



INDEX 



AB 1-6-6 

*A directive l-C-4 

A mode 1-8-3 

Abnormal termination codes 1-B-l; 2-3-6 

Abort CPU 2-6-3 

Abort job 1-5-6; 1-10-3; 2-3-11; 2-4-16; 
2-11-1 

ABORT macro 2-11-1 

Abort PPU 2-6-3 

ABS record type 1-7-5 

Absolute binary cards l-F-3, 4, 5 

ACCESS 1-4-4 

Access date 1-8-13 

Access limits 1-6-2 

Access word 1-6-7 

Accessibility, tape l-G-3, 7 

Accessing files 1-2-8 

Accessing direct access files 1-8-6 

Access mode 1-8-3, 6, 7; 2-5-2, 16, 19 

Accessing permanent file catalog 1-6-20 

Accessing tape files 1-10-13 

Accessing unlabeled tapes 1-10-11 

ACCOUNT card 1-6-2 

Account dayfile 1-6-2,3; 2-9-3 

Account dayfile message formats 1-3-12; 
1-6-2 

Accounting information 1-3-7,12; 2-6-13 

ACCSF macro 2-4-13; 2-A-l 

ACTR symbol 2-2-6; 2-E-l 

*AD directive 1-14-14 

*ADD directive l-C-4, 8 

Address errors 2-3-19 

Address out of range 1-3-11; 1-6-8 

Address registers 1-13-2 

*AFTER directive l-C-4, 6 

Aging jobs 1-3-8,10 

ALGOL 3 card 1-11-10 

ALGOL 4 card 1-11-12 

ALTER, OPEN function 2-3-22 

Alternate checkpoint dumps 1-10-15 

Alternate system 1-1-3; 1-2-8; 1-6-22 

Alternate user information 1-8-7 

Alternate user number 1-2-7; 1-8-2 

ALTERNR, OPEN function 2-3-22 

ANSI labels 1-10-1, 14; 1-G~1; 2-3-49; 
2-4-16,18 

ANSI labels 

End-of-file, end-of- volume coinci- 
dence l-G-16, 17, 18 
Multifile, multi volume l-G-15 
Multifile, single volume l-G-14 
Single file, multi volume l-G-13 
Single file, single volume l-Gr-13 



Answerback identifier 1-6-6 

APL card 1-11-1 

APPEND card 1-8-5 

APPEND macro 2-5-13 

APPEND mode 1-8-3 

Appending information to a file 1-8-5; 

2-5-13 
Applications programs, converting 2-12-1 
ARE 1-4-3 
ARET error 2-6-3 
ARG= entry point 1-5-3; 2-F-l 
ARGR symbol 2-2-6; 2-E-l 
Arithmetic error 1-4-3; 2-6-3 
Arithmetic operators 1-4-2 
ASCII/ display code conversion 1-10-3; 

l-A-9, 10; 2-3-11; 2-4-16 
ASCII mode 1-4-13; 2-12-5 
ASCII statement 1-4-13 
ASCII terminals l-F-6 
Assembler languages 1-1-4 
Assign file to queue device 2-7-4 
ASSIGN card 1-7-2; 1-10-11 
ASSIGN macro 2-4-3, 13 
Assigning a file 1-10-11, 13, 14; 2-4-11, 15 
Assigning a pack 1-6-11 
Assigning a tape unit 1-6-11; 1-10-11, 13, 

14 
Assigning equipment 1-7-2; 2-4-10 
Assigning nonallocatable devices 1-6-8 
Assigning resources 1-6-11 
Assignment, file 2-12-2 
ATTACH macro 2-5-18 
Auto eject mode l-F-5 
Auto input byte 2-12-4 
Auto recall 2-2-1, 3 

CIO 2-3-16 

LFM 2-4-1 

PFM 2-5-1 

SFM 2-9-1 

*option 2-3-39,41 
Automatic permission 1-8-2 
Automatic tape assignments 2-4-18 
Auxiliary device requests 1-8-12; 2-5-4 
Auxiliary devices 1-2-8; 1-6-6; 1-8-4; 

2-3-10 
Auxiliary devices, creating files on 1-6-8; 

1-8-12 
AW 1-6-7 



60407000 D 



Index- 1 



B format 1-10-23: 2-3-12; 2-4-17 

*B directive l-C-3,4 

Backspacing a file 1-7-3; 2-3-42, 54 

Backup system 1-2-8; 1-6-2, 22 

BASIC card 1-11-18 

BASIC subsystem 1-4-4 

Batch job image 1-6-5 

Batch jobs, subinitting 1-6-5, 16 

Batch origin type 1-3-6, 7 

BATCH subsystem 1-4-4 

BCD code l-F-2 

BCO 1-4-3 

BCOT 1-3-6,7 

*BEFORE directive l-C-3,4, 7 

Beginning of information 1-2-1,2 

Binary cards l-F-3, 4, 5 

Binary data 1-9-2,4,5 

Binary files 2-3-6 

Binary formats 2-G-l 

Binary input mode 2-12-5 

Binary output mode 2-12-5 

Binary punch output 1-2-4 

Binary random file 2-3-14 

Binary record management 1-C-l 

Binary records 1-9-4,5; 1-F-l 

Binary sequential file 2-3-14 

BKSP card 1-7-3 

BKSP macro 2-3-42 

BKSPRU macro 2-3-43 

BLANK card 1-10-12 

Blank labeling a tape 1-10-8, 12 

Block count l-G-7, 9, 11 

Block, defined 1-10-1 

Block size 2-3-8, 12; 2-4-18 

Blocked data format 1-2-2; 1-10-23; 2-4-17 

BOI 1-2-1,2 

Boolean operators 1-4-3 

Buffer, circular 2-3-16 

Buffer empty, defined 2-3-3 

Buffer full, defined 2-3-3 

Buffer parameters 2-3-2 

Buffer size 2-3-3, 15 

Buffers, working 2-3-55 

*BUILD directive l-C-4, 9 



*CALL directive 2-2-9; 2-C-15 

CALL statement 1-4-5 

Card deck 1-2-2 

Card file structure 1-2-2 

Card format 1-2-2; l-F-2 

Cards, binary l-F-3, 4, 5 

Cards, coded l-F-2 

Cards, punched l-F-4, 5 

Cards, read l-F-2 

Carriage control characters 1-A-ll; l-F-5 

Carriage return delay 1-6-6 



Catalog 1-6-22 

CATALOG card 1-7-4 

Catalog information 2-5-9 

Catalog, user 1-8-2,7 

Category, file 1-8-2, 13; 2-3-10; 2-5-3 

CATLIST card 1-8-7 

CATLIST macro 2-5-9; 2-A-l 

CB parameter 1-7-2; 1-10-6; 1-12-3 

CC 1-6-7 

CCAP 2-5-13 

CCAT 2-5-18 

CCCCCCC 1-10-15 

CCCCCCO 1-12-1 

CCCG 2-5-20 

CCCT 2-5-9 

CCDF 2-5-15 

CCDR symbol 2-2-6; 2-E-l 

CCGT 2-5-6 

CCPG 2-5-7 

CCPM 2-5-12 

CCRP 2-5-12 

CCSV 2-5-5 

CEJ/MEJ option 1-1-1; 2-E-2 

Central e;xchange jump 2-2-3 

Central exchange jump/ monitor exchange 

jump 1-1-1; 2-E-2 
Central library directory 1-5-6 
Central memory, defined 1-1-1 
Central memory dumps 1-9-1,2; 1-12-1; 

1-13-1; 2-11-12 
Central memory field length 1-5-5 
Central memory resident, defined 1-1-2 
Central memory resident records 1-14-14 
Central memory time slice 1-3-10 
Central processor abort 1-3-11 
Central processor, select 1-6-21 
Central processor time 1-3-10; 1-5-5; 

1-6-15 
Central processor time, maximum 1-6-6, 

15 
Central processor unit, defined 1-1-1 
CHANGE card 1-8-9 
CHANGE macro 2-5-20 
Character conversion l-F-2, 4 
Character count 1-10-3 
Character set conversion 1-10-3 
Character sets 1-A-l; l-F-6; 2-12-9 
CHARGE card 1-3-7; 1-6-2 
Charge number 1-6-2, 7 
Checkpoint dumps 1-7-2; 1-10-13,14; 

1-12-1; 2-3-15; 2-4-10 
Checkpoint files 1-10-6; 1-12-1 
Checkpoint messages 1-B-l 
Checkpoint option 1-14-14 
Checkpoint/ restart 1-12-1; 2-10-3 
CHECKPT macro 2-10-3; 2-A-l 
Checksum l-F-3, 5 
Chippewa CPU programi 2-G-7 



Index-2 



60407000 D 



CIO 2-3-16 

CIO circular buffer 2-3-16 

CIO CLOSE macro 2-3-9 

CIO, common decks 2-3-20 

CIO detail error return codes 2-3-19 

CIO error messages 1-B-l 

CIO FET format 2-3-17 

CIO function processing 2-3-15 

CIO OPEN and CLOSE functions 2-3-9, 22 

CIO read functions 2-3-29 

CIO write functions 2-3-37 

Circular buffers 2-3-2, 16 

Circular read operation 2-3-4 

Circular write operation 2-3-3 

CK parameter 1-7-2; 1-10-6; 1-12-3 

CKP card 1-12-1 

CKP messages 1-B-l 

CLEAR card 1-7-8 

CLOCK macro 2-11-1 

CLOSE macro 2-3-26 

CLOSER macro 2-3-27 

Closing a file 2-3-26, 27 

CM, defined 1-1-1 

*CM directive 1-14-14 

CM dumps 1-13-1 

CM, maximum 1-6-6 

CM parity error 2-6-4 

CM time slice 1-3-10 

CMR, defined 1-1-2 

CMU option 2-E-2 

CMUR symbol 2-2-6; 2-E-2 

CN 1-6-7 

COBOL card 1-11-7 

Code, Hollerith l-F-2 

Display l-F-2 

Internal BCD l-F-2 
Coded cards l-F-2, 4 
Coded files 2-3-6 
Coded format l-F-4 
Coded random file 2-3-14 
Coded records l-F-1,2 
Coded sequential file 2-3-14 
Coding specifications 2-C-l 
Combined Input/output 2-3-16 
COMCARG 2-A-3 
COMCCDD 2-A-3 
COMCCFD 2-A-3 
COMCCIO 2-A-3 
COMCCOD 2-A-3 
COMCCPM 2-A-3 
COMCDXB 2 -A -3 
COMCEDT 2-A-3 
COMCFCE 2-A-3 
COMCLFM 2 -A -3 
COMCMAC 2-A-l 
COMCMTM 2-A-3 
COMCMTP 2-A-3 
COMCMVE 2-A-3 
COMCOVL 2-A-3 



COMCPPM 2-A-3 

COMCRDC 2-A-3 

COMCRDH 2-A-3 

COMCRDO 2-A-3 

COMCRDS 2-A-3 

COMCRDW 2-A-3 

COMCSFM 2-A-3 

COMCSFN 2-A-3 

COMCSRT 2-A-3 

COMCSSN 2-A-3 

COMCSST 2~A-4 

COMCSTF 2-A-4 

COMCSYS 2 -A -4 

COMCUPC 2-A-4 

COMCWOD 2-A-4 

COMCWTC 2-A-4 

COMCWTH 2 -A -4 

COMCWTO 2-A-4 

COMCWTS 2-A-4 

COMCWTW 2-x\-4 

COMMENT card 1-6-3; 2-C-l 

*comment card 1-6-3 

^COMMENT directive l-C-4, 9 

Comment field 2-C-ll 

Comments on control cards 1-5-2; 1-6-3 

COMMON card 1-7-8 

Common decks 2-1-1; 2-2-8; 2-A-l; 2-C-15 

CIO 2-3-20 

CPM 2-6-1 

Data transfer macros 2-3-59 

LFM 2-4-2 

PFM 2-5-2 

QFM 2-7-1 

SFM 2-9-1 

System requests 2-11-1 

TCS 2-10-1 
COMMON macro 2-4-4 
Com.munlcatlon area 1-B-l 
Compare error l-F-4 
Compare/move unit 2-E-2 
COMPASS source deck 1-3-2 
COMPASS statement 2-H-l 
COMHLE file 1-14-1,7 
Compiler languages 1-1-4 
Completion of a job 1-3-12 
Condition codes 1-3-11 
Configurations, PPU 1-1-3 
Configurations, tape file l-G-12 
Conflict on tags 2-2-11 
Connect time limits 1-6-2 
Console, display a message 2-6-5; 2-11-7 
CONSOLE macro 2-6-5; 2-A-l 
Constants 1-4-2 
Continuation cards 1-10-10 
Control bytes 2-12-4 
Control card buffer 2-10-2 
Control card format 1-5-1 
Control card input buffer 1-5-6; 2-10-2 
Control card processing 1-3-8; 1-5-1; 1-6-5 



60407000 D 



Index-3 



Control card processing flow 1-5-6, 7; 

2-10-1 
Control cards 1-5-1 

Checkpoint/ restart 1-12-1 

File management 1-7-1 

Job control 1-6-1 

Load/dump central memory utility 
1-9-1 

Loader control 1-5-1; 1-15-1 

Permanet file 1-8-1 

Product set 1-11-1 

Program library utility 1-14-1 

System utility 1-14-10 

Tape management 1-10-1 
Control language 1-4-1 
CONTROL macro 2-10-1 
Control point area 1-3-7; 2-6-1 
Control point dayfile 1-3-12; 1-6-3; 2-9-3 
Control point manager 1-3-9; 2-6-1 
Control points, defined 1-1-1 
Control statement, execute 2-10-2 
Control statement file 2-4-13, 14 
Control statement image 2-E-2 
Control statement parameters 2-10-1; 

2-E-2 
Control words 2-3-13, 31, 39 
Conversion, character set 1-10-3 
Conversion mode 1-5-5,6; 1-10-3; l-F-2, 

3: 2-3-11; 2-4-16 
Conversion processes l-F-2 
CONVERT card 1-7-8 
Converting applications programs 2-12-1 
COPY card 1-7-9 
*COPy directive l-C-4, 10 
COPYB listing 2-D-l 
COPYBF card 1-7-10 
COPYBR card 1-7-10 
COPYCF card 1-7-11 
COPYCR card 1-7-11 
COPYEI card 1-7-12 
COPYSBF card 1-7-12 
COPYX card 1-7-13 
Correction line images 1-9-3 
Correspondence code terminals l-F-6 
COS format 2-G-7 
COS record type 1-7-5 
CP 1-6-7 
CPE 1-4-3 
CPET error 2-6-3 
CPM 1-3-9; 2-6-1 
CPM, common decks 2-6-1 
CPU 2-6-14 
CPU abort 2-6-3 
CPU common decks 2-2-8; 2-A-l 
CPU, defined 1-1-1 
CPU error exit 1-3-11; 2-6-2, 3 
CPU parity error 2-6-4 
CPU priority 1-6-15; 2-6-2,8 
CPU program error exit mode 1-6-8 



CPU programs 1-1-4 

CPU, select 1-6-21 

CPU time, 1-6-6, 15; 2-11-13 

CPU time limit 1-6-6, 15; 2-6-2 

CPUMTR 1-1-2; 2-2-4 

Creating 

Direct access file 1-6-7; 1-8-10; 
2-5-15 

File on an auxiliary device 1-6-8 

Indirect access file 1-6-7; 1-8-14, 15; 
2-5-5 

Labeled tape 1-10-13 

Library file 1-2-6; 1-C-l; 2-3-1, 22 

Random file 2-B-l 

Tape files 1-10-1,13 

Unlabeled tape 1-10-11 
Creation date 1-8-13; 1-10-7; l-G-6; 

2-3-14; 2-4-18 
Cross reference, system symbols 1-14-12 
CS 1-6-6 

CSET macro 2-12-9; 2-A-l 
CSET statement 1-4-13 
CSMR 2-2-6; 2-E-l 
CT option 1-8-2 
C TIME card 1-5-6; 1-6-3 
Current date 2-11-2,9 
Current random index 2-3-9 
Current tirae 1-6-14 
CYBER loader 1-15-1 



*D directive 1-14-14; l-C-4 

Data channels 1-1-3 

Data conversion mode l-F-2 

Data format 1-10-5, 18; 2-3-12; 2-4-17 

Data Input l-F-6 

Data output l-F-6 

Data tag conventions 2-C-14 

Data transfer macros 2-3-55 

*DATE directive l-C-4, 9 

DATE macro 2-11-2 

Date, packed 2-11-2 

DAYFILE card 1-6-3 

Dayfile, displaying information 2-11-7 

DAYFILE macro 2-9-3; 2-A-l 

Dayfile messages 1-B-l; 2-11-7 

DB 1-6-6 

DDP 1-1-3 

Deadlock 1-6-11 

DEBUG mode 1-6-8; 1-14-14 

Debugging aids 1-13-1 

Deck structure 1-3-1 

Default family name 1-2-8; 1-14-11 

Default system library 1-11-1 

Deferred batch jobs 1-6-6; 2-7-3 

DEFINE card 1-8-10 

DEFINE macro 2-5-15 

*DELETE directive 1-14-14; l-C-4, 7 



Index-4 



60407000 D 



Density, tape 1-10-2; 2-3-10; 2-4-lB 
Detail error return code 2-3-15, 19 
Device, auxiliary 1-2-8 
Device not ready error 2-3-19 
Device number 1-8-9,13 
Device, permanent file 1-2-7 
Device reserved error 2-3-19 
Device residence 1-2-8 
Device statistics 1-E-l 
Device status errors 2-3-19 
Device type 1-4-9; 1-7-2; 1-8-4,10; 

2-3-7,15; 2-4-8; 2-9-4 
DF 1-6-7 

Diagnostic messages 1-B-l 
Direct access file management capability 

1-11-1 
Direct access files 1-2-5 
Accessing 1-8-6 
Attaching 2-5-18 
Block sizes 1-2-7; 1-E-l 
Changing parameters 1-8-9 
Creating 1-6-7 
Defining 1-8-10; 2-5-15 
Interlock 1-8-6 
Maximum size in PRUs 1-E-l 
PRUs desired 2-3-12 
Purging 1-8-13,14 
Space 1-8-4; 2-3-12 
Directives 

Escape character 1-6-16 
Modify 1-14-1 
OPLEDIT 1-14-4 
SYSEDIT 1-14-14 
Update 1-14-7 
Disable program exit mode 1-6-8 
Disconnect terminal 2-12-4 
Dismounting packs 1-6-13 
Dismounting tapes 1-6-13 
Display code l-F-2 

Display code conversion 2-3-11; 2-4-16 
Display code dumps 1-9-2; 2-11-3 
DISPLAY statement 1-4-6 
DISPOSE card 1-7-14 
Disposition of job output 1-6-16 
DISTC macro 2-12-6; 2-A-l 
Distributive data path 1-1-3 
Division, integer 2-2-7 
DMD card 1-9-2 
DMD request 2-11-13 
DMP card 1-9-1; 1-13-1 
DMP= entry point 2-F-l 
DMP request 2-11-13 
DOCMENT card 1-7-15; 2 -C-1 
Documentation cards 2-C-l, 11 
DS 1-6-7 

DTY parameter 2-3-15 

Dumping central naemory 1-9-1,2; 1-13-1 
Dumps 1-13-1 
Duplicate common file names 2-4-4' 



Duplicate lines in dump 1-9-1; 1-13-1 



*E card 2-C-lO 

E format 1-10-23; 2-3-12; 2-4-17 

E mode 1-8-3 

EBCDIC /display code conversion 1-10-3; 

l-A-9, 10 
EC 1-6-7 

EC directive 1-6-19 
ECS 1-1-3 

ECS data storage/ retrieval 1-1-3 
ECS files 1-2-2 
EDATE macro 2-11-2; 2-A-l 
*EDIT directive 1-14-4 
Editing an OPL-formatted file 1-14-3 
Editing an OPLDPL -formatted file 1-14-7 
EESET macro 2-6-6 
EF 1-4-3 
EIO 1-4-3 
EIOT 1-3-6,7 
E mode 1-8-3 
EM 1-4-3 

EM-M 1-6-8; 1-13-2 
Empty buffer, defined 2-3-3 
ENCSF macro 2-4-14; 2-A-l 
End of block byte 2-12-4 
End-of-device status 2-3-7,17,18 
End of file 1-2-1 

B format 1-10-24 

E format 1-10-23 

F format 1-10-24 

I format 1-10-19 

S format 1-10-22 

SI format 1-10-21 

X format 1-10-21 
Eind of file label 1-G-l, 8, 19 
End of information 1-2-1; 2-3-6 

B format 1-10-24 

E format 1-10-23 

F format 1-10-24 

I format 1-10-19 

S format 1-10-22 

SI format 1-10-21 

X format 1-10-22 
End of line byte 1-F-l; 2-12-4 
End of record 1-2-1 

B format 1-10-24 

E format 1-10-23 

F format 1-10-24 

I format 1-10-19 

S format 1-10-22 

SI format 1-10-21 

X format 1-10-21 
End of reel, defined 1-10-25; 2-3-11, 27; 
2-4-17 

B format 1-10-24 

E format 1-10-23 



60407000 D 



Index-5 



F format 1-10-24 

I format 1-10-20 

S format 1-10-22 

SI format 1-10-21 

X format 1-10-22 
End-of-tape, defined 2-3-11; 2-4-17 
End of tape processing 1-10-25; 2-4-17 
End-of-tape reflector 1-G-l 
End of transaction block 2-12-5 
End of volume label 1-G-l, 10. 19 
ENDRUN macro 2-11-3 
Enforce ring 1-10-3,4 
ENQUIRE card 1-6-4 
EOF 1-2-1,2 

EOF card 1-2-2; 1-3-1; l-F-2 
EOF directive 1-6-17 
EOF 1 label 1-G-l, 8 
EOF2-9 labels 1-10-14; 1-G-l, 19 
EOI 1-2-1,2 

EOI card 1-2-2; 1-3-1; l-F-2 
EOR 1-2-1,2 

EOR card 1-2-2; 1-3-1; l-F-2 
EOR directive 1-6-17 
EOVllabel 1-G-l, 10 
EOV2 label 1-G-l; 2-3-27 
EOV2-9 labels 1-G-l, 19 
EPR parameter 2-3-15 
Equipment/ file assignment 1-7-2 
EREXIT macro 2-6-3 
ERRLOG 2-9-3 
Error codes 1-B-l 
Error codes, LFM 2-4-1 
Error conditions 1-3-11; 1-6-8 
Error control 1-3-11; 1-6-8; 1-13-2 
Error exit address 1-3-11; 2-6-3 
Error exit mode 1-6-8; 2-6-2 
Error flag 1-3-11; 1-5-8; 1-6-8; 2-11-1 
Error inhibit 1-10-4 
Error log. dayflle 2-9-3 
Error messages 1-B-l 
Error processing 1-5-8; 1-6-8; 2-4-16; 

2-5-19 
Error processing bit 1-B-l; 2-3-7. 15, 18 
Excape character 1-6-15,19 
ESYF macro 2-9-4; 2-A-l 
ETIME macro 2-11-4; 2-A-l 
Evaulatlon of control language statements 

1-4-3 
Event descriptor 2-6-6 
EVICT card 1-7-16 
EVICT macro 2-3-52 
Evicting a file 2-3-52 
Exchange jump 2-2-3 
Exchange package 1-9-1, 2; 1-13-1 
EXCST macro 2-10-2; 2-A-l 
EXECUTE mode 1-8-3 
EXECUTE subsystem 1-4-4 
EXIT card 1-3-11; 1-5-8; 1-6-5; 1-13-2 



Exit mode 1-3-11; 2-6-2, 9 
Exit processing 1-5-8; 1-6-8 
Expiration date l-G-6; 2-3-14; 2-4-18 
Export/Import origin type 1-3-6, 7 
Expressions 1-4-2 
Extended core storage 1-1-3 
Extended label processing 2-3-7, 15, 18, 24 
External data format 1-2-2; 1-10-21; 

2-4-7 
External documentation 2-C-l 
External reference 

ALGOL 3 1-11-10 

ALGOL 4 1-11-12 

BASIC 1-11-18 

COBOL 1-11-7 

FORTRAN 1-11-3 

SIMSCRIPT 1-11-18 

SIMULA 1-11-16 
EXU 2-11-13 



F format 1-10-24; 2-3-12; 2-4-17 

Family 1-2-8; 1-6-2,22; 1-14-11 

FAMILY card 1-14-11 

Family device 1-8-4 

Family name 1-2-7; 1-6-2,22; 1-14-11 

FAST attach file 2-5-19 

FC 1-6-6 

FCLI category 2-5-2 

FCPB category 2-5-2 

FCPR category 2-5-2 

FCSP category 2-5-2 

FET 1-B-l; 2-3-1 

FET creation macros 2-3-14 

FET description 1-2-8; 2-3-4 

FET formats 2-3-4 

CIO requests 2-3-17 

LFM requests 2-4-2 

PFM requests 2-5-1 

SFM requests 2-9-1 
FET, LABEL macro 2-4-15 
FET length 2-3-7, 15 
FET parameter 2-3-15 
FET, position in field length 2-12-1 
Field length 1-3-8,9; 1-5-5; 1-6-14; 

1-13-2; 2-6-11; 2-11-5 
Field length control word 2-6-15 
Field length, reducing 2-6-11; 2-11-5 
Field length, user defined 1-3-9; 1-6-14 
File accessibility 1-2-8; 1-10-7; 2-3-12; 

2-4-18 
File, assigning 2-4-10 
File assignments, terminals 2-12-2 
File, block sizes 1-E-l 
File category 1-8-2; 2-3-10; 2-5-3, 16 
File, checkpoint 1-12-1,2 
File, communication area 1-2-8 



Index -6 



60407000 D 



File creation. COMPASS 2-3-1 
File, direct access 1-2-5; 1-8-6,, 10; 

2-5-15,17 
*FILE; directive 1-14-15; l-C-4, 5 
File environment table 1-B-l; 2-3-1 
File header label 1-G-l, 4, 19 
File identifier 1-10-6; l-G-5; 2-3-13; 

2-4-18 
File information table 1-11-1 
File limit error 2-6-4 
File, magnetic tape 2-4-18 
File management control statements 1-7-1 
File mode 2-3-6,10 
File name 2-3-15 
File name in FET 2-3-6 
File name, new 1-8-9; 2-5-2 
File name table 1-2-2,3 
File password 1-8-2; 2-3-13; 2-5-2 
File permission mode 1-8-2, 13; 2-5-2, 12, 

16 
File positioning 2-3-42; 2-4-8 
File, private 1-8-2; 2-5-3 
File processors 2-3-1 
File, public 1-8-2; 2-5-3 
File, purging 1-8-13, 14; 2-5-7 
File, replacing 1-8-14; 2-5-12 
File, residency 1-8-10; 2-5-4, 15 
File returning 2-3-48 
File, rewinding 2-3-44 
File, saving 1-8-15; 2-5-5 
File section number 1-10-7; l-G-2, 5; 

2-3-12; 2-4-18 
File, semiprivate 2-5-3 
File sequence number 1-10-7; l-G-5; 

2-3-12; 2-4-18 
File, skipping 2-3-52,53 
File space, releasing 2-3-48, 52 
FILE statement 1-4-8 
File status 1-4-8 
File status table 1-2-3 
File, structure 1-2-1 
File types 1-2-3; 1-8-13 
FILEB macro 2-3-14 
FILEC macro 2-3-14 
Files 1-2-1 

Files, backspacing 2-3-42,54 
Files, binary 2-3-14 
Files, coded 2-3-14 
Files, FET formats 2-3-4 
Files, local 1-2-4; 2-4-1 
Files, magnetic tape 1-10-1 
Files, maximum number attached 1-5-6 
Files on auxiliary devices 2-5-4, 15 
Files, random 2-3-14 
Files, sequential 2-3-14 
FIRST 2-3-3, 5, 7 
First file header label l-G-4 
First end-of-file label l-G-8 
First end -of -volume label 1-G-lO 



First word address of memory 1-9-1 

FIT 1-11-1 

FL 1-4-3 

FLE 1-4-3 

FLET error 2-6-4 

FNT entry 1-2-2, 3; 2-3-15; 2-4-9, 20 

FNT pointer 2-3-8 

Force unload 1-10-4 

Foreign data format 1-2-2; 1-10-24; 

2-4-17 
Formats for cards read l-F-2 
Formats for cards punched l-F-4 
Formats for printed data l-F-5 
FORTRAN source deck 1-3-4 
FORTRAN switches 2-E-2 
Frame count 1-10-3 
FS 1-6-6 
FSET error 2-6-4 
FST entry 1-2-3; 2-4-9,20 
FTNcard 1-11-3 
FTNTS subsystem 1-4-4 
Full buffer, defined 2-3-3 
FULL duplex transmission mode 1-6-7 
Function processors 2-1-1 
fwa 1-9-1 
FWPR symbol 2-2-6; 2-E-l 



Generation number 1-10-7; l-G-6; 2-3-14; 

2-4-18 
Generation version number l-G-6; 2-3-14; 

2-4-18 
GET card 1-8-11 
GET macro 2-5-6 
GETEM macro 2-6-9 
GETFLC macro 2-6-15; 2-A-l 
GETFNT macro 2-4-20; 2-A-l 
GETGLS macro 2-6-18; 2-A-l 
GETJA macro 2-6-12; 2-A-l 
GETJCR macro 2-6-11; 2-A-l 
GETJN macro 2-6-7; 2-A-2 
GETJO macro 2-6-13; 2-A-2 
GETLC macro 2-6-17; 2-A-2 
GETPR macro 2-6-8; 2-A-2 
GETQP macro 2-6-8; 2-A-2 
GETSS macro 2-6-16; 2-A-2 
GETTL macro 2-6-9; 2-A-2 
gld l-C-3 

Global library set Indicators 2-6-18, 19 
GOTO statement 1-4-4 
Group record identifier l-C-3 
GTR card 1-7-17 



HALF duplex transmission mode 1-6-7 
Hardware components 1-1-1 
Hardware instructions 1-1-4 



60407000 D 



Index -7 



HDRl label l-G-1,4; 2-3-49; 2-4-18 
HDR2-9 labels 1-10-14; l-G-19 
Header documentation 2-C-ll 
Header label, defined l-G-1,4 
Hollerith punch code l-F-2, 3 
Hollerith punch output 1-2-4 



I format 1-2-1; 1-10-19; 2-3-12; 2-4-17 

*I directive l-C-4 

ID code 2-4-12 

Identification code 1-6-8; 2-4-12 

IF statement 1-4-7 

*IGNORE directive 1-14-14; l-C-4, 7 

Illegal instruction 1-3-11 

IN 2-3-3,5,8 

Increasing the number of scheduled units 

1-6-11 
Increment registers 1-13-2 
IND parameter 2-3-15 
Indefinite operand 1-3-11; 1-6-9 
Index length 2-3-9, 15 
Index random 2-3-9 
Index, writing 2-3-26 
Indexed sequential files 1-11-1 
Indirect access files 1-2-7; 1-8-14, 15; 
2-5-5,6 

Accessing 1-8-6; 1-12-1 

Appending information 1-8-5 

Block size 1-2-7; 1-E-l 

Changing parameters 1-8-9; 2-5-20 

Creating 1-8-14,15; 1-6-6; 2-5-5,12 

Maximum number 1-6-6 

Maximum size in PR Us 1-6-6; )-E-l 

Purging 1-8-13; 2-5-7 

Replacing 1-8-14; 2-5-12 

Saving 1-8-15; 2-5-5 

Working copy 1-8-12; 2-5-6 
Infinite operand 1-3-11; 1-6-9 
INFT type files 1-2-3 
Inhibit error processing 2-4-16 
Inhibit unload 1-10-4 
Initiate ASCII output 2-12-5 
Initiating a job 1-3-6 
Input, binary 2-12-5 
Input, data l-F-6 
INPUT file 1-3-10 
INPUT* file 2-3-48 
Input file control 1-3-10 
INPUT file, terminal 2-12-2 
Input file type, releasing 2-3-48 
Input file type, returning 2-3-48 
Input files 1-2-3 
Input/output buffers 2-3-56 
Input/output, COMPASS 2-3-1 
Input /output queue protection 2-7-1 
Input queue 1-3-8, 10 
Input queue priority 1-3-8 



INPUT, writing on 1-3-10 
*INSERT directive l-C-4, 6 
Interactive compiler 1-11-1 
Interactive interpreter 1-11-1 
Interchangeable families 1-2-8 
Interlock 1-8-6 
Internal BCD code l-F-2 
Internal data format 1-2-2; 1-10-19 
I/O sequence error 2-4-1 
Irrecoverable parity error 2-4-16 
IS 1-6-7 



JDATE macro 2-11-4 
Job abort 1-5-6; 1-10-3 
Job accounting information 2-6-13 
Job action requests 2-3-1 
Job attachment 2-3-48, 52 
Job communication area 2-E-l 
Job completion 1-3-12 
Job control 1-3-8; 1-6-1; 2-10-1 
Job control control cards 1-6-1 
Job control registers 2-6-11, 12 
Job control statements 1-3-1.; 1-5-4 
Job deck 1-3-1 
JOB directive 1-6-17 
Job field length 1-6-14 
Job files 1-2-3 
Job flow 1-3-1 
Job initiation 1-3-6 
Job name 1-3-6; 1-5-5; 2-6-7 
Job name format 1-3-6, 7 
Job origin 2-6-13 
Job origin type 1-3-6; 2-8-2 
Job output information 1-D-l 
Job priority 1-2-3; 1-3-8 
Job scheduling 1-2-3; 1-3-8; 1-6-2 
Job subsystem 1-4-4 
Job termination 1-3-12 
Jobs, submitting 1-6-5,16 
'JOPR symbol 2-2-6; 2-E-l 
Ji^llan date 2-11-4 



K display 2-6-5 

Keyboard buffer address 2-6-5 

Keywords 1-5-3 

KRONOS 2. 1 written tape 1-10-1; l-G-7 

KRONREF card 1-14-12 



L display 2-6-5 

L format tapes 1-10-22; 2-3-9, 12; 2-4-7 

L format tapes, reading 2-3-35 

L format tapes, writing 2-3-37,38,41 

Label bit 2-3-10; 2-4-16 



Index -8 



60407000 D 



Label buffer 2-3-12 

LABEL card 1-10-13 

Label, defined 1-10-1 

Label identifier l-G-3, 5. 9, 11, 20 

LABEL macro 2-4-15 

Label number l-G-3, 5, 9, 11, 20 

Label processing 2-3-18,24; 2-4-15 

Extended 2-3-7 

Standard level 1-10-9; l-G-3; 2-3-7 
Label types 1-G-l 
Label verification 2-3-25 
Labeled tape 1-10-6,12; 2-4-15 
Labels 1-G-l 
Labels, optional l-G-19 
Labels, required 1-G-l 
Last transfer address 1-15-8 
Last word address of memory 1-9-1 
LBC card 1-9-2 
LDI card 1-6-5 
LDR processor 2-11-14 
LDRR symbol 2-2-6; 2-E-l 
LDV processor 2-11-14 
Legal user 1-6-2.22 
LENGTH card 1-6-5 
Length of PET 2-3-2, 7 
Length of index 2-3-9 
Level number 2-3-6, 17 
LFM 2-4-1 
LFM call format 2-4-1 
LFM, common decks 2-4-2 
LFM error codes 1-B-l; 2-4-1 
LFM FET format 2-4-1 
LGO 1-5-1; 1-12-1 
LIBEDIT 1-C-l 
LIBEDIT directive 1-C-l, 3 
LIBEDIT examples 1-C-ll 
LIBEDIT messages 1-B-l 
LIBEDIT card 1-7-18; 1-C-l 
LIBGEN card 1-7-19 
^LIBRARY directive 1-14-15 
Library files 1-2-6,14; 1-C-l; 2-3-48; 

2-4-3,4,13 
Library pointer 1-11-1 
Library, program 1-14-1 
Library routines 1-11-1 
Library, system default 1-11-1 
Library type file, returning 2-3-48 
Library type files 1-2-6, 14; 2-4-13; 

2-5-3 
Library user 1-11-1 
Libraries 1-2-14 

System 1-2-14 

Program 1-2-14 

User 1-2-14 

User number LIBRARY 1-2-14 
LIFT type files 1-2-6 
LIMITS card 1-3-7; 1-6-6; 1-14-3; 

2-3-3,5,8 
Linefeed, suppress 2-11-4 



Line Image data format 1-2-2; 1-10-23; 

2-4-17 
Line numbers 1-6-16 
Line spacing l-F-5 
LINK card 1-15-2 
LINK loader 1-15-1,2 
LINP symbol 2-2-6 
List address 2-3-8 
LISTLB card 1-10-14 
LIST80 card 1-7-20 
Literal input l-F-3 
Literals 1-5-2 
Load map 1-13-3 
Load/dump central memory utility control 

statements 1-9-1 
Loader control word 2-6-10,17 
Loader requests 2-11-14 
Loaders 1-5-1 
Loading binary data 1-9-2,4 
Loading octal card images 1-9-3 
Loading overlays 2-11-14 
Local file control statements 1-5-1 
Local file manager 2-4-1 
Local file, retrieve permanent file 1-8-12 
Local file, saving 1-8-15 
Local files 1-2-4 

Local files, releasing 2-3-48; 2-4-5 
Local type file, returning 2-3-48 
Location of data in core dump 1-13-4 
LOG card 1-9-3 
LOCK card 1-7-21 
LOCK macro 2-4-6 
Locked common files 2-4-6 
LOFT type files 1-2-4 
Logical end of file 1-2-1 
Logical end of information 1-2-1 
Logical end of record 1-2-1 
Logical file name 2-3-6 
Logical/ physical file structure 1-2-1 
Logical record 1-2-1; 1-3-1; 2-3-9, 18 
Log-off user 2-12-4 
L072 card 1-7-21 
LP 1-6-7 
Iwa 1-9-1 
LWPR symbol 2-2-6; 2-E-l 



M. mode 1-8- 
Macro usage 
Magnetic tape 
Magnetic tape 
Magnetic tape 
Magnetic tape 
Magnetic tape 
Magnetic tape 
Magnetic tape 
Magnetic tape 
Blocked 



■3 
2-1-1; 2-2-5 

1-10-1; 2-4-10 
file, checkpoint 1-12-1,2 
file, structure 1-2-2 
files, buffer size 2-3-15 
files, creating 1-10-1 
files, rewinding 2-3-44 
files, unloading 2-3-46 
formats 1-2-2 
1-2-2; 1-10-23 



60407000 D 



Index-9 



External 1-2-2; 1-10-21 

Foreign 1-2-2; 1-10-24 

Internal 1-2-2; 1-10-19 

Line image 1-2-2; 1-10-23 

SCOPE internal 1-2-2; 1-10-20 

SCOPE long block stranger tape 
1-2-2; 1-10-22 

SCOPE stranger tape 1-2-2 
Magnetic tape labels 1-G-l 
Magnetic tape, standard FET 2-3-4 
Magnetic tape units, maximum 1-6-6 
Magnetic tapes, access restrictions 1-6-12 
Magnetic tapes, assigning 1-6-11 
Magnetic tapes, scheduling 1-6-11 
Magnetic tapes, system management 1-6-11 
Main overlay 1-13-5 
Managing tapes and packs 1-6-11 
Map flags 2-6-10; 2-E-2 
Mass storage, assigning a file 2-4-10 
Mass storage device file structure 1-2-2 
Mass storage device statistics 1-E-l 
Mass storage files, buffer size 2-3-15 
Mass storage files, size 1-8-4 
Mass storage files, rewinding 2-3-44 
Mass storage files, unloading 2-3-46 
Mass storage, maxim^um 1-6-6 
Mass storage resident records 1-14-23 
Mass storage, standard FET 2-3-4 
Master device 1-2-8; 1-6-3 
Maximum logical record size 2-3-9, 18 
Maximum number of control points 1-1-1 
Maximum time 1-3-10 
Memiory boundaries 1-13-1 
MEMORY macro 1-3-9; 2-11-5 
Memiory map 1-15-2 

Memory, releasing 1-3-8; 1-6-13; 2-11-5 
Memory requirenaents 

ALGOL 3 1-11-10 

ALGOL 4 1-11-12 

BASIC 1-11-18 

COBOL 1-11-7 

COMPASS 1-11-2 

FORTRAN 1-11-3 

PERT66 1-11-16 

SIMSCRIPT 1-11-18 

SIMULA 1-11-16 

SORTMRG 1-11-15 

TRSUN 1-11-19 
MERGE file 1-14-7 
Message, LFM 2-4-1 
MESSAGE macro 2-11-7 
Messages 1-B-l 
MFL= entry point 1-3-8; 2-E-l 
Minimum buffer size 2-3-15 
MNE 1-4-3 

MODE card 1-3-8; 1-6-8 
Mode me 2-3-10 
MODE macro 2-6-2 
Modif Ic a tlon dat e 1-8-13 



Modification decks 1-14-3 
Modification identifiers 1-14-4 
MODIFY card 1-14-1 
Modify directive 1-14-1 
Modify library file format 2-G-2 
MODIFY mode 1-8-3 
MODIFY OPL 1-14-12 
Modify-formatted programi library file 

1-14-1,3 
Modifying the system library 1-14-13 
MODVAL card 1-6-8 
MOVE macro 2-11-9 
MS 1-6-7 

*MS directive 1-14-14 
MT 1-6-6 

MTR functions 2-11-12 
Multifile reels l-G-12 
Multifile sets 1-G-l; 2-3-49 
Multifile tape, positioning 2-3-49 
Multireel files l-G-12 
Multiunit device 2-3-13; 2-5-4 



N mode 1-8-3 

NA option 1-8-4 

Name change 2-4-2 

Name conventions 2-C-13 

*NAME directive l-C-4, 5 

Name, file 2-3-10 

ND option 1-8-5 

Nested calls to procedure files 1-4-11 

NEW card 1-7-25 

New file name 1-8-9; 2-3-14; 2-5-2 

New password 1-6-11 

New permanent file name 1-8-9 

NEWPL file 1-14-7 

NF 1-6-6 

No abort option 1-8-5 

No drop option 1-8-5 

NOEXIT card 1-3-11; 1-5-8; 1-6-9; 1-13-2 

Noise size 1-10-1, 6; 2-3-12; 2-4-18 

Nonallocatable device 1-6-8 

Nonallocatable devices, assigning 1-6-8 

Nonstandard label bit 2-3-10; 2-4-16 

Nonstandard labels 1-G-l; 2-4-16 

Nonstop read 2-3-35 

Nonstop write 2-3-41 

NOPACK directive 1-6-17 

*NOREP directive l~C-4, 9 

NORERUN card 1-6-9 

NORERUN macro 2-7-3; 2-A-2 

NORMAL mode 1-4-12 

NOSEQ directive 1-6-17 

NOTRANS directive 1-6-18 

NPL file 1-14-3 

NR functions 2-3-22, 26, 27 

NULL 1-4-4 

NULL mode 1-8-3 

NUM statement 1-4-10 



Index- 10 



60407000 D 



Octal card image format 1-9-3 

Octal card Images, loading 1-9-3 

ODET error 2-6-4 

OF 1-6-7 

OFA 1-10-7 

OFFSW macro 2-6-7 

OLD card 1-8-11 

Old file accessibility . 1-10-7, 12 

Old password 1-6-11 

Old permanent file name 1-8-9 

OLDPL file 1-14-7,9 

ONEXIT card 1-5-8; 1-6-10; 1-13-2 

ONSWcard 1-6-10 

ONSW macro 2-6-7 

Open for read 2-3-24 

Open for write 2-3-24 

OPEN macro 2-3-22 

Opening a file 2-3-22 

Operand out of range 1-3-11; 1-6-9 

Operand registers 1-13-2 

Operating registers, restoring 2-12-8 

Operating system format 1-5-1,2,3 

Operator assignment of equipment 2--4-10 

Operator assignment of tapes 2-4-18 

Operator drop 2-6-4 

Operator/user communication 2-6-5 

Operators 1-4-2,3 

OPL common decks 2-2-9 

OPL fae 1-14-1,3.9,11 

OPL format 2-G-2 

OPL record type 1-7-5 

OPLC format 2-G-5 

OPLC record type 1-7-5 

OPL D format 2-G-6 

OPLD record type 1-7-5 

OPLEDIT card 1-14-3 

Optional tape labels 1-6-19 

Optional user number 2-3-12; 2-5-2 

Order -dependent format 1-5-3 

Order-independent format 1-5-3 

Origin type 1-3-6; 2-8-2 

Origin type, batch 1-3-6,7 

Origin type, remote batch 1-3-6,7 

Origin type, system 1-3-6 

Origin type, time-sharing 1-3-6,7 

OT 1-4-4 

OUT card 1-7-25; 2-3-3, 5, 8 

Output, automatic 2-12-2 

Output, binary 2-12-5 

Output, data l-F-6 

Output file 1-2-4 

OUTPUT file 1-2-4; 1-12-1 

Output file terminal 2-12-2 

Output information 1-D-l 

Output problems, terminals 2-12-2 

Overcommitnaent of resources 1-6-11 

OVERLAY macro 2-11-16 

Overlays, loading 2-11-14 

OVL record type 1-7-5 



OWN parameter 2-3-15 
OWNCODE address 2-3-15 
Owner identification l-G-3 
Owner of a KRONOS 2. 1 written tape 

1-10-1,9 
Owner of auxiliary device 1-2-8 
026 mode 1-5-6; l-F-3; 2-3-26; 2-4-6 
029 mode 1-5-6; l-G-3; 2-3-26; 2-4-6 



PA 1-6-6 

PACK card 1-7-26 

PACK directive 1-6-17 

Pack name 1-2-8; 1-8-4.12; 2-3-13; 

2-5-2,4; 2-6-15 
Packed date 2-11-2,9 
Packed time 2-11-4.9 
PACKNAM card 1-8-12 
PACKNAM macro 2-6-15. 16 
Packs, access restrictions 1-6-12 
Packs, assigning 1-6-11 
Packs, private 1-6-12 
Packs, public 1-6-12 
Packs, scheduling 1-6-11 
Packs, sharable 1-6-12 
Packs, system management 1-6-11 
Paper tape reader l-F-6 
Parameter field 1-5-2 
Parameters, control statement 1-5-3; 

2-E-2 
Parameters, number of characters 1-5-3 
Parity errors 2-3-19; 2-6-4 
PARITY macro 2-12-9; 2-A-2 
PARITY statement 1-4-12 
Parity, terminal 2-12-9 
PASSWOR card 1-6-11 
Password 1-6-2,22 
Password, changing 1-6-7, 11 
Password, file 2-3-13; 2-5-2, 4 
PBC card 1-9-4 
PCET error 2-6-3 
PDATE macro 2-11-9 
Peripheral hardware 1-1-3 
Peripheral processor library director 

1-5-6 
Peripheral processor units 1-1-3 
Permanent file catalog 1-6-19 
Permanent file catalog area 1-6-2 
Permanent file control statements 1-8-1 
Permanent file devices 1-2-8; 1-6-2; 1-8-4; 

1-14-11; 1-E-l; 2-5-4 
Permanent file information 1-8-7 
Permanent file manager 2-5-1 
Permanent file name 1-8-6; 2-3-10; 2-5-2 
Permanent file name, changing 1-8-9; 

2-5-20 
Permanent file, returning 2-3-48 



60407000 D 



Index- 11 



Permanent files 1-2-5, 7 
Private 1-8-2 
Public 1-8-2 
Semiprivate 1-8-2 
Permanent file size 1-E-l 
Permanent file system 1-8-1; 2-5-1 
Permanent file request to auxiliary device 

1-8-12 
Permanent file, used as local file 1-8-12 
Permanent files, direct access 1-2-8; 

1-8-6; 2-5-15 
Permanent files, indirect access 1-2-8 
Permanent files, purging 1-8-10,13,14; 

2-5-7 
Permanent type files, releasing 2-4-5 
Permission, file 1-8-2, 13; 2-5-12 
Permission information 1-8-7; 2-5-10 
PERMIT card 1-8-16 
PERMIT macro 2-5-12 
PERT66 card 1-11-16 
PFM 2-5-1 
PFM call format 2-5-1 
PFM, common decks 2-5-2 
PFM communication words 2-3-16 
PFM error codes 1-B-l 
PFM error messages 1-B-l 
PFM FET format 2-5-1 
PFM, registers used 2-5-2 
PGNR symbol 2-2-6; 2-E-l 
PHFT type files 1-2-4 
Physical file structure 1-2-1 
Physical record unit, magnetic tape 

1-2-2; 1-10-1 
Physical record unit, mass storage 1-2-2. 
Physical record units, defined 1-2-1; 2-3-8 
PMFT type files 1-2-5 
PN 1-6-7 

Positioning a file 2-3-42 
Positioning a labeled tape 2-3-49 
Positioning the control statement file 

2-4-14 
POSMF macro 2-3-49 
PP call error 2-6-3 
PP format 2-G-2 
PP record type 1-7-5 
PPE 1-4-4 
PPET error 2-6-3 
*PPSYN directive 1-14-14 
PPU 1-1-3 
PPU abort 2-6-3 
PPU absolute records 2-G-2 
PPU record type 1-7-5 
Prefix character 1-5-1 
PR FT type files 1-2-4 
PRIMARY card 1-7-27 
PRIMARY macro 2-4-21; 2-A-2 
Primary terminal files 1-2-6 
Primary terminal type file, releasing 
2-4-6 



Primary terminal type file, returning 

2-3-48 
Print file priority 1-2-4 
Print files 1-2-4 
Print type files, releasing 2-4-6 
Print type files, returning 2-3-48 
Printed data l-F-5 
Printer queue 1-2-4 
Priority, CPU 1-6-5, 13; 2-6-2, 8 
Priority, job 1-2-3 
Priority level 1-5-5 
Priority, maximum 1-6-5 
Priority, queue 1-3-8; 2-6-1, 8 
Private file 1-8-2, 13; 2-5-3 
Private packs 1-2-8; 1-6-12 
Privileged commands 1-6-6 
^'PROC directive 1-14-14 
Procedure files l-4-l> 10 
Processing options 1-10-3; 2-3-11; 2-4-16 
Processing tape requests 2-3-22; 2-4-10,15 
Product set control statements 1-5-1; 

1-11-1 
Product set format 1-5-1, 2, 3 
Program address 1-13-2 
Program address register 1-9-1 
Program call statements 1-11-2 
Program control of terminal activity 

2-12-4 
Program error exit mode 1-6-8; 1-13-2 
Program example 2-D-l 
Program library 1-2-14 
Program library utility control statements 

1-14-1 
Program name field 1-5-2 
Program stop 2-6-4 

Program /system communication 2-2-1 
Program termination 2-11-3 
Program text documentation 2-C-ll 
Project number 1-6-2, 7 
Project number entry 1-14-10 
PRU 1-2-1 

Magnetic tape 1--2-2; 1-10-1 
Mass storage 1-2-2 
Punched statements 1-2-2 
PRU, reading 2-3-29 

PRU size 1-2-1; 1-E-l; 2-3-8, 12, 18; 2-4-18 
PSCSF macro 2-4-14; 2-A-2 
PSE 1-4-4 
PSET error 2-6-4 
Pseudo- sense switches 1-6-10,21 
P TAP mode 2-5-2 
PTEXmode 2-5-2 
PTFT type files 1-2-6 
PTMD mode 2-5-2 
PTNU mode 2-5-2 
PTRA mode 2-5-2 
PTRD mode 2-5-2 
PTRMmode 2-5-2 
PTWR mode 2-5-2 



Index-12 



60407000 D 



Public file 1-8-2; 2-5-3 

Public packs 1-2-8; 1-6-12 

♦PULALL directive 1-14-5 

*PULLMOD directive 1-14-5; 1-6-12 

PUNCH 1-2-4 

Punch code l-F-4 

Punch file structure 1-2-2 

Punch file types, releasing 2-4-6 

Punch files 1-2-4 

Punch type file, returning 2-3-48 

PUNCHB 1-2-4; 1-9-4; 1-12-1; 1-F-!) 

PUNCH9 2-4-6 

Punched card format l-F-4, 5 

PURGALL card 1-8-13 

PURGE card 1-8-14 

PURGE macro 2-5-7 

*PURGE directive 1-14-4 

Purging files 1-8-13, 14; 2-5-7 

Px 1-6-6 

PW option 1-8-2 

P8 1-2-4; 1-12-1; l-F-5 



QDL 2-3-1; 2-8-1 

QFM 2-3-1; 2-7-1 

QUAL pseudo instruction 2-2-13 

QUAL$ tag 2-2-13 

Qualifying common decks 2-2-13 

Queue device assignment 2-7-4 

Queue dump/load processor 2-3-1; 2-8-1 

Queue file manager 2-7-1 

Queue files 1-2-3; 1-7-13; 2-4-12 

Queue, input 1-3-10 

Queue priority 1-3-8,10:2-6-1,8 

Queue protection 2-7-1 

Queue, rollout 1-3-10; 2-6-5 

Queue, type files 2-8-2 

Queues, releasing files 1-7-13; 2-8-3 



R option 1-8-4 
RA 1-1-2; 2-E-l 
RA mode 1-8-3 
RA+1 requests 2-2-1,3 
Random access 1-2-8; 2-3-20 
Random access bit 2-3-7 
Random address 2-3-20 
Random file, sample 2-B-l,6 
Random index 2-3-9, 15 
Random I/O, examples 2-B-l 
Random processing 2-3-18,20 
Random request 2-3-9, 15 
Random rewrite request 2-3-9 
RBR card 1-9-4 
RDVT macro 2-9-4; 2-A-2 
*REAd directive 1-14-5 



READ directive 1-16-18 

READ ftinction 2-3-22 

Read functions 2-3-29 

READ macro 2-3-29 

READ mode 1-8-3 

Read nonstop 2-3-31 

READ, OPEN function 2-3-22 

Read/write 2-3-10; 2-4-16 

Read/write interlock 2-5-18 

READAPmode 1-8-3 

READC macro 2-3-59 

RE ADC W macro 2-3-31 

READEI macro 2-3-36 

READH macro 2-3-60 

Reading ANSI labels 2-4-15 

Reading binary records 1-9-4 

Reading CM dumps 1-13-3 

Reading files 1-2-10 

Reading labels 2-4-16 

Reading statements l-F-2 

READLS macro 2-3-33 

READ mode 1-8-3 

READMD mode 1-8-3 

READN macro 2-3-35 

READNR, OPEN function 2-3-22 

READNS macro 2-3-35 

READO macro 2-3-61 

READS macro 2-3-62 

READSKP macro 2-3-30 

READW macro 2-3-63 

Real-time clock 1-6-14; 2-11-10 

Recall 2-2-1,3 

RECALL macro 2-11-10 

Record 1-2-1 

Record logical 1-3-1 

Record management 1-C-l 

Record manager 1-11-1 

Record prefix 1-9-4 

Record type 1-7-5 

Records, skipping 2-3-52, 53 

REEL function 2-3-22 

REELNR function 2-3-22 

Reference address 1-1-2; 1-13-2 

Reference record identifier l-C-3 

Reflector, end-of-tape 1-G-l 

Reformatting directive 1-6-16 

Register contents 1-4-4 

Registers, job control 2-6-11, 12 

Registers, restoring 2-12-8 

REL type record 1-7-5 

Relational operators 1-4-2 

RELEASE macro 2-4-5 

Releasing a local fUe 2-4-6; 2-7-1 

Releasing file space 2-4-6 

Releasing files to output queues 2-4-7 

Releasing job attachment 2-3-48,49 

Releasing memory 1-3-8; 1-6-14 

Releasing output files 1-3-12 

Remote batch origin type 1-3-6, 7 



60407000 D 



Index-13 



Removable auxiliary devices, maximuxn, 

file residency 1-6-6; 1-8-4 
Remove file 1-8-13, 14 
RENAME card 1-7-27 
RENAME macro 2-4-2 
^RENAME directive 1-14-15; l-C-4, 10 
Renaming a file 2-4-2 
REPLACE card 1-8-14 
^REPLACE directive l-C-4, 10 
REPLACE macro 2-5-12 
Replacing files 1-8-14; 2-5-12 
REQUEST card 1-7-28; 1-10-14 
REQUEST macros 2-4-10, 11 
Request processor 2-3-1 
Request/ return codes 2-3-6 
Requests, system 2-2-1; 2-11-12 
Required tape labels 1-G-l 
RERUN card 1-6-11 
RERUN macro 2-7-2; 2-A-2 
Rerun status 1-6-9, 11; 2-7-2 
Rescheduling a job 1-6-12 
RESEQ card 1-7-30 
Reservation blocks 1-E-l 
Reserved name conventions 2-C-13 
Residency, file 1-2-8; 1-8-10; 2-5-15 
RESOURC statement 1-6-11; 2-5-16 
Resource types 1-6-11 
Resource utilization 1-6-2,11 
RESTART card 1-12-2 
Restarting a job 1-12-1, 2; 2-10-3 
Restoration field length 1-6-14 
Retention cycle 1-10-8 
Retention date 1-10-7 
RETURN card 1-6-12; 1-7-31 
Return codes 2-3-6 
RETURN function 2-3-26 
RETURN macro 2-3-48 
RETURN vs E\aCT macros 2-3-52 
RETURN vs UNLOAD macros 2-3-46 
Returning a pack 1-6-12; 2-3-48 
Returning a tape file 1-6-12; 2-3-48 
REWIND card 1-7-32 
REWIND directive 1-6-19 
*REWIND directive 1 -C -4, 5 
REWIND function 2-3-26 
REWIND macro 2-3-44 
REWIND vs UNLOAD macros 2-3-46 
Rewinding a file 2-3-27,44 
Rewrite In place 1-2-12 
REWRITE macro 2-3-39 
REWRITEF macro 2-3-39 
REWRITE R macro 2-3-39 
RFILEB macro 2-3-14 
RFILEC macro 2-3-14 
RFL card 1-3-9; 1-6-14 
RFL= entry point 1-3-8; 2-F-l 
rid l-C-3 
R mode 1-8-3 
RM mode 1-8-3 



RO 1-6-6 

ROFT files 1-2-3 

Rolling out a job 1-3-10; 1-6-14 

ROLLOUT card 1-6-14 

Rollout control 1-3-10 

Rollout files 1-2-3; 1-3-10 

ROLLOUT macro 2-6-5; 2-A-2 

Rollout queue 1-3-10; 1-6-14; 2-6-5 

Rollout time period 1-3-10; 2-6-6 

Routine name conventions 2-C-13 

RP 1-6-6 

RPHR macro 2-3-29 

RPHRLS macro 2-3-34 

RTIME macro 2-11-10 

RTIME statement 1-5-6; 1-6-14 

Rubout characters 1-6-6 

Running field length 1-3-9 



S format 1-10-22; 2-3-9. 12; 2-4-17 

S format tapes, reading 2-3-36 

S format tapes, writing 2-3-38,41,46 

S option 1-8-4 

Sample job 1-D-l 

SAVE card 1-8-15 

SAVE macro 2-5-5 

Saving a file 1-8-15; 2-5-5 

*SC directive 1-5-1; 1-14-15 

Scheduling jobs 1-2-3; 1-3-8 

Scheduling packs 1-6-11 

Scheduling resources 1-6-11 

Scheduling tape imits 1-6-11 

Scheduling units 1-6-11 

SCOPE internal data format 1-2-2 

1-10-20; 2-4-17 
SCOPE long block stranger format 1-2-2; 

1-10-22 
SCOPE stranger tape data format 1-2-2; 

1-10-22: 2-4-17 
Scratch files 1-2-4 
Scratch tape files 1-10-15 
SDM= entry point l--;j-3; 2-F-l 
Section number l-G-5 
Semlprivate files 1-8-2; 2-5-3 
Sense switch 1-6-10,21; 2-6-7; 2-E-2 
Separators 1-5-2 
SEQ directive 1-6-17 
Sequence error 2-4-1 
Sequence number l-G-5 
Sequential access 1-2-8 
Set binary input mode 2-12-5 
Set identification l-G-5 
Set identifier 1-10-7; 2-3-14; 2-4-18 
SET statement 1-4-6 
Set transparent mode byte 2-12-5 
SETCORE card 1-6-14 
SETGLS macro 2-6-19 
SETID card 1-7-32 



Index- 14 



60407000 D 



SETID macro 2-4-12 

SETJCR macro 2-6-12; 2-A-2 

SETLC macro 2-6-10; 2-A-2 

SETLC macro 2-6-10; 2-Ar.2 

SETPR card 1-6-15 

SETPR macro 2-6-2; 2-A-2 

SETQP macro 2-6-1; 2-A-2 

SETRFL macro 1-3-9; 2-6-11 

SETSS macro 2-6-12; 2-A-2 

SETTL card 1-3-10; 1-6-15 

SETTL macro 1-3-10; 2-6-2 

SETUI macro 2-6-9; 2-A-2 

SFM 2-9-1 

SFM call format 2-9-1 

SFM common decks 2-9-1 

SFM FET format 2-9-1 

Sharable packs 1-6-12 

SI format 1-10-20; 2-3-12; 2-4-17 

SIMSCRIPT card 1-11-18 

SIMULA card 1-11-16 

SKIPB macro 2-3-54 

SKIPEI card 1-7-33 

SKIPEI macro 2-3-54 

SKIPF card 1-7-33 

SKIFF macro 2-3-52 

SKIPFB card 1-7-33 

SKIPFB macro 2-3-52 

SKIPFF macro 2-3-53 

SKIPR card 1-7-34 

SL 1-6-7 

SORT card 1-7-34 

SORTMRG card 1-11-15 

SOURCE file 1-14-1,8 

Space for direct access file 1-8-4; 2-3-12 

Special control cards 1-5-6 

Special files 1-2-4 

SRU 1-3-7; 2-11-11 

SS 1-4-4 

SSJ= entry point 2-F-l 

STAGE card 1-7-36 

Standard label processing 2-3-7, 18, 24 

Standai-d labels 1-G-l 

Statement label field 1-5-1 

Status information 1-B-l; 2-3-6 

Status information, CIO 2-3-17 

STATUS macro 2-4-8 

Status of terminal 2-12-10 

STIME card 1-5-6; 1-6-15 

STIME macro 2-11-11 

Structure of files 1-2-1 

SUBMIT card 1-3-6, 7; 1-6-17 

SUBMIT macro 2-7-3; 2-A-2 

Submitting jobs 1-3-6; 1-6-5, 16; 2-7-3 

SUBR macro 2-11-12; 2-A-2 

Subroutine tag conventions 2-C-13 

Subsystem 1-4-4 

Subsystem control 2-6-12,16 

Subsystem type 2-12-11 

SUI card 1-6-20 



SUMMARY card 1-6-20 

SWITCH card 1-6-21 

SYET error 2-6-4 

SYFT type files 1-2-6 

Symbolic names 1-4-3 

Symbols, system communications 2-2-5 

SYO 1-4-4 

SYOT 1-3-6 

SYSCOM macro 2-2-5 

SYSEDIT card 1-14-13 

SYSLIB 2-2-8 

System abort 2-6-4 

System code l-G-7 

System communication symbols 2-2-6 

System control cards 1-5-1 

System dayfile 1-6-3; 2-9-3 

System default library 1-11-1 

System description 1-1-1 

System file manager 2-9-1 

System files 1-2-6; 2-9-4 

System interface rules 2-C-15 

System job name 1-3-6 

System library 1-2-14; 1-14-13 

SYSTEM macro 1-13-2; 2-11-2 

System macros 2-3-7; 2-C-16 

System monitor 1-1-2 

System origin type 1-3-6 

System origin privileges 1-6-8 

System priorities 1-3-8 

System request processing 2-2-1 

System requests 2-11-1 

System resource units 1-3-7; 2-11-1 

System sequence number 1-3-6,7 

System software 1-1-4 

System symbols 1-14-12 

System type file, returning 2-3-48 

System/user interface 2-E-2 

System utility control statements 1-14-10 

SYSTEXT file 1-14-12; 2-2-5 



*T card 2-C-lO 
Tags, conflict of 2-2-11 
Tape, CIO buffer size 2-3-15 
Tape density 2-3-10; 2-4-16 
Tape file 2-3-22; 2-4-10, 15 
Tape file assignment 2-4-15, 18 
Tape file configurations 1-G~12 
Tape file structure 1-2-2 
Tape files 

Evicting 2-3-52 

Returning 2-3-48 

Rewinding 2-3-44 

Unloading 2-3-46 
Tape files, accessing 2-4-10,15 
Tape files, block size 2-4-17 
Tape files, creating 2-4-10, 15 
Tape formats 1-2-2; 1-10-18 



60407000 D 



Index- 15 



Tape label processing 2-3-24 
Tape labels 1-G-l 
Tape management 1-10-1 
Tape mark 1-10-1; l-G-8, 10 
Tape requests 2-3-22; 2-4-10,15 
Tape units 

Assigning 1-6-11 

Dismounting 1-6-13 

Scheduling 1-6-11 

System management 1-6-11 
TAPEn 1-9-4,5 

Tapes, access restrictions 1-6-12; 2-4-15 
TC 1-6-7 
TCS 2-3-1; 2-10-1 
TDUMPS card 1-7-37 
TEFT fUe 1-2-3 
Terminal buffer sizes 2-3-15 
Terminal character conversion l-F-6 
Terminal control 2-12-4 
Terminal data input l-F-6 
Terminal output problems 2-12-2 
Terminal parity 1-6-6; 2-12-9 
Terminal, print position 2-12-4 
Terminal status 2-12-10 
Terminal suspended 2-12-6 
Terminal type 1-6-7; 2-12-11 
Termination 1-3-12; 2-11-3 
Terminators 1-5-2 
Text format 2-G-4 
TEXT record type 1-7-5 
Time, accumulated CPU 2-11-13 
Time limit 1-3-10; 1-6-6, 15; 2-6-2, 9 
Time limit error 1-5-8; 2-6-3 
TIME macro 2-11-13 
Time of day 1-6-14; 1-8-13; 2-11-1,4 
Time -sharing commands 1-4-13 
Time -sharing origin type 1-3-6, 7 
Time -sharing terminal, buffer sizes 

2-3-15 
Timed/ event rollout file 1-2-3 
TKE 1-4-4 
TKET 2-6-4 
TLE 1-4-4 
TLET error 2-6-3 
TLX macro 2-12-2; 2-A-2 
Track limit error 2-3-19; 2-6-4 
Track mode 2-4-16 
Tracks bit 2-3-10; 2-4-16 
Trailer label sequence 2-3-27 
TRANACT 1-4-4 
TRANS directive 1-6-17 
Transaction functions 1-6-8 
Translate control statements 1-5-6; 2-10-1 
Translation of control cards 2-9-1 
Transmission mode 1-6-7 
Transparent mode 1-6-16; 2-12-5 
TSRUN card 1-11-19 
TSTATUS macro 2-12-10; 2-A-2 
TT 1-6-7 



TTY character conversion l-F-6 

TXO 1-4-4 

TXOT 1-3-6,7 

*TYPE directive l-C-4,5 



UHLa labels 1-G-l, 20 

ULIB record type 1-7-5; 2-G-8 

UN option 1-8-2 

Unit count 2-3-12; 2-5-15 

Unlabeled tape 1-10-6, 11; 2-4-10, 15, 16 

Unload, force 1-10-4 

Unload, Inhibit 1-10-4 

UNLOAD card 1-7-38 

UNLOAD macro 2-3-46 

UNLOCK card 1-7-38 

UNLOCK macro 2-4-7 

Unused bit count 2-3-9, 18 

Up bit 2-3-7,15,18 

UPDATE card 1-14-7 

Update -formaitted program library file 

1-14-7 
Update to modify conversion 1-14-10 
UPMOD card 1-14-10 
UPR parameter 2-3-15 
USASII conversion 2--3-11; 2-4-16 
USECPU card 1-6 '-21 
USECPU macro 2-6-14 
User catalog 1-8-2,7 
User control word 2-3-13 
User dayfile 2-9-3 
User header Label 1-G-l, 20 
User index 1-3-7; 1-6-20; 2-6-9 
User label buffer 2-3-24 
User labels l-G-20 
User libraries 1-2-14; 2-G-9 
User number 1-2-7; 1-3-7; 1-6-2,22; 

2-6-14 
User number, alternate 1-8-2 
User number library 1-2-14 
User number, optional 2-3-12; 2-5-2, 4 
User /operator com.munlcation 2-6-5 
User permission 1-8-3, 6, 13; 2-5-2 
User processing 2-3-18 
User processing bit 2-3-7, 15, 18 
User programs 1-1-4 
User/ system interface 2-E-2 
User trailer label 1-G-l, 20 
User validation 1-6-2,22 
User volume label 1-G-l, 20 
USERNUM macro 2-6-14 
User's control point dayfile 1-6-3 
UTLa labels 1-G-l, 20 
UVLa labels 1-G-l, 20 



Index-16 



60407000 D 



VAL= entry point 2-F-2 

Validation 1-3-7 

Validation information 1-6-6,7,8 

VALIDUS 1-14-11 

VERIFY card 1-7-39 

VERSION macro 2-6-17 

VFYLIB 1-7-40 

Volume accessibility 1-10-8 

Volume, defined 1-10-1 

Volume header label l-G-1,2 

Volume aerial number 1-10-1, 6, 13; 

2-3-12; 2-4-18 
VOLl l-G-1,2, 3; 2-4-18 
VSN 1-10-1,6,13; l-G-3; 2-3-12; 2-4-18 
VSN card 1-10-15 



WRITEF card 1-7-40 

WRITEF macro 2-3-38 

WRITER macro 2-3-60 

WRITEN macro 2-3-41 

WRITENR, OPEN function 2-3-22 

WRITEO macro 2-3-61 

WRITER card 1-7-40 

WRITER macro 2-3-38 

WRITES macro 2-3-62 

WRITEW macro 2-3-63 

Writing ANSI labels 2-4-15 

Writing files 1-2-11 

Writing interactive programs 2-12-1 

Writing labels 2-4-16 

WSA parameter 2-3-15 



Wmode 1-8-3 

WBR card 1-9-5 

Working buffers 2-3-56 

Working copy of a file 1-8-11, 13; 2-5-6 

Working files 1-2-4.6 

Working storage 2-3-8, 15 

WPHR macro 2-3-37 

WRIF$ symbol 2-3-39 

Write functions, CIO 2-3-37 

Write lockout bit 2-4-6 

WRITE macro 2-3-37 

WRITE mode 1-8-3 

Write, nonstop 2-3-39,41 

WRITE, OPEN functions 2-3-22 

WRITEC macro 2-3-60 

WRITECW macro 2-3-39 



X format 1-10-21; 2-3-12; 2-4-17 

XJ instruction 2-2-3 

XJPR symbol 2-2-4, 6; 2-E-l 

XJR system request 2-12-8 

xl bit 2-3-7,18,49 

XTEXT common deck call 2-2-11 



Zero byte l-F-5 



6681 function reject error 2-3-19 
6/7/8/9 statement 1-2-2; l-F-2 
6/7/9 statement 1-2-2; l-F-2 
7/8/9 statement 1-2-2; l-F-2 
80-column binary punch output 1-2-4 



60407000 D 



Index- 17 



COMMENT SHEET 

MANUAL TiTiF CDC KRONOS 2.1 Reference Manual, Volume 1 



60407000 D 
PUBUCATION Na REVISION 



FROM: name:. 



business 
address: 



COMMENTS: 

This form is not intended to be used as an order blank. Your evaluation of this manual will be welcomed 
by Control Data Corporation. Any errors, suggested additions or deletions, or general comments may 
bemade below. Please include page number references and fill in publication revision level as shown by 
the last entry on the Record of Revision page at the front of the manual. Customer engineers are urged 
to use the TAR. 



U|l 

zl 
3\ 

(91 
Z 

3 
<\ 



HI 



NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY IF MAILED IN U. S. A. 

FOLD ON DOTTED UINES AND STAPLE 



STAPLE 



STAPLE 



FOlO 



FOLD 



FIRST CLASS 
PERMIT NO. 8241 



MINNEAPOLIS. MINN. 



BUSINESS REPLY MAIL 

NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY IF MAILED IN U.S.A. 



POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY 

CONTROL DATA CORPORATION 

Publications and Graphics Division 

ARH219 

4201 North Lexington Avanuo 

Saint Paul, Minnesota 55112 




z 

o 

z 
o 

-< 



FOlO 



FOLD 



CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS, P.O. BOX 0, MiNNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55440 , ,Tho in U S a 

SALES OFFICES AND SERVICE CENTERS IN MAJOR CITIES THROUGHOUT THE WORLD 



CONTRpL DATA CORPORATION